WO2021006068A1 - Long film - Google Patents
Long film Download PDFInfo
- Publication number
- WO2021006068A1 WO2021006068A1 PCT/JP2020/025189 JP2020025189W WO2021006068A1 WO 2021006068 A1 WO2021006068 A1 WO 2021006068A1 JP 2020025189 W JP2020025189 W JP 2020025189W WO 2021006068 A1 WO2021006068 A1 WO 2021006068A1
- Authority
- WO
- WIPO (PCT)
- Prior art keywords
- liquid crystal
- film
- group
- functional layer
- polymerizable liquid
- Prior art date
Links
- 239000004973 liquid crystal related substance Substances 0.000 claims abstract description 433
- 150000001875 compounds Chemical class 0.000 claims abstract description 246
- 239000010410 layer Substances 0.000 claims abstract description 246
- 239000002346 layers by function Substances 0.000 claims abstract description 190
- 239000000203 mixture Substances 0.000 claims abstract description 162
- 229920005989 resin Polymers 0.000 claims description 107
- 239000011347 resin Substances 0.000 claims description 107
- 238000012546 transfer Methods 0.000 claims description 14
- 229920005672 polyolefin resin Polymers 0.000 claims description 13
- 239000010408 film Substances 0.000 abstract description 563
- 239000000463 material Substances 0.000 abstract description 50
- 230000003287 optical effect Effects 0.000 abstract description 22
- 239000012788 optical film Substances 0.000 abstract description 15
- 238000000926 separation method Methods 0.000 abstract 1
- 239000002585 base Substances 0.000 description 180
- -1 polyethylene Polymers 0.000 description 177
- 239000000047 product Substances 0.000 description 151
- NIXOWILDQLNWCW-UHFFFAOYSA-M Acrylate Chemical compound [O-]C(=O)C=C NIXOWILDQLNWCW-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 106
- 239000002904 solvent Substances 0.000 description 75
- 238000000576 coating method Methods 0.000 description 56
- 239000011248 coating agent Substances 0.000 description 55
- 238000000034 method Methods 0.000 description 53
- 229920001577 copolymer Polymers 0.000 description 52
- 239000000178 monomer Substances 0.000 description 50
- 229920000642 polymer Polymers 0.000 description 46
- 125000004432 carbon atom Chemical group C* 0.000 description 40
- 239000004372 Polyvinyl alcohol Substances 0.000 description 37
- 229920002451 polyvinyl alcohol Polymers 0.000 description 37
- 150000008040 ionic compounds Chemical class 0.000 description 34
- 239000004593 Epoxy Substances 0.000 description 32
- 239000000853 adhesive Substances 0.000 description 32
- 230000001070 adhesive effect Effects 0.000 description 32
- 239000000975 dye Substances 0.000 description 29
- 239000003795 chemical substances by application Substances 0.000 description 28
- 239000003999 initiator Substances 0.000 description 28
- 238000001035 drying Methods 0.000 description 27
- 239000003505 polymerization initiator Substances 0.000 description 27
- LYCAIKOWRPUZTN-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethylene glycol Chemical compound OCCO LYCAIKOWRPUZTN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 22
- 238000010521 absorption reaction Methods 0.000 description 22
- 125000003118 aryl group Chemical group 0.000 description 22
- ZXMGHDIOOHOAAE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,1,1-trifluoro-n-(trifluoromethylsulfonyl)methanesulfonamide Chemical compound FC(F)(F)S(=O)(=O)NS(=O)(=O)C(F)(F)F ZXMGHDIOOHOAAE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 20
- 230000000694 effects Effects 0.000 description 20
- 238000006116 polymerization reaction Methods 0.000 description 20
- XLYOFNOQVPJJNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N water Substances O XLYOFNOQVPJJNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 20
- 125000000217 alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 19
- 125000004429 atom Chemical group 0.000 description 19
- 238000010438 heat treatment Methods 0.000 description 19
- 239000003963 antioxidant agent Substances 0.000 description 18
- 235000006708 antioxidants Nutrition 0.000 description 18
- BGTOWKSIORTVQH-UHFFFAOYSA-N cyclopentanone Chemical compound O=C1CCCC1 BGTOWKSIORTVQH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 18
- 125000004435 hydrogen atom Chemical group [H]* 0.000 description 18
- 238000006243 chemical reaction Methods 0.000 description 15
- 229910052757 nitrogen Inorganic materials 0.000 description 15
- 125000001424 substituent group Chemical group 0.000 description 15
- KGBXLFKZBHKPEV-UHFFFAOYSA-N boric acid Chemical compound OB(O)O KGBXLFKZBHKPEV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 14
- 239000004327 boric acid Substances 0.000 description 14
- 238000004043 dyeing Methods 0.000 description 14
- 239000007787 solid Substances 0.000 description 14
- 229920002284 Cellulose triacetate Polymers 0.000 description 13
- 239000005977 Ethylene Substances 0.000 description 13
- 239000004820 Pressure-sensitive adhesive Substances 0.000 description 13
- NNLVGZFZQQXQNW-ADJNRHBOSA-N [(2r,3r,4s,5r,6s)-4,5-diacetyloxy-3-[(2s,3r,4s,5r,6r)-3,4,5-triacetyloxy-6-(acetyloxymethyl)oxan-2-yl]oxy-6-[(2r,3r,4s,5r,6s)-4,5,6-triacetyloxy-2-(acetyloxymethyl)oxan-3-yl]oxyoxan-2-yl]methyl acetate Chemical compound O([C@@H]1O[C@@H]([C@H]([C@H](OC(C)=O)[C@H]1OC(C)=O)O[C@H]1[C@@H]([C@@H](OC(C)=O)[C@H](OC(C)=O)[C@@H](COC(C)=O)O1)OC(C)=O)COC(=O)C)[C@@H]1[C@@H](COC(C)=O)O[C@@H](OC(C)=O)[C@H](OC(C)=O)[C@H]1OC(C)=O NNLVGZFZQQXQNW-ADJNRHBOSA-N 0.000 description 13
- 238000005259 measurement Methods 0.000 description 13
- QQONPFPTGQHPMA-UHFFFAOYSA-N propylene Natural products CC=C QQONPFPTGQHPMA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 13
- 230000007704 transition Effects 0.000 description 13
- PTJWCLYPVFJWMP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-[[3-hydroxy-2-[[3-hydroxy-2,2-bis(hydroxymethyl)propoxy]methyl]-2-(hydroxymethyl)propoxy]methyl]-2-(hydroxymethyl)propane-1,3-diol Chemical compound OCC(CO)(CO)COCC(CO)(CO)COCC(CO)(CO)CO PTJWCLYPVFJWMP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 12
- RTZKZFJDLAIYFH-UHFFFAOYSA-N Diethyl ether Chemical compound CCOCC RTZKZFJDLAIYFH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 12
- 239000006087 Silane Coupling Agent Substances 0.000 description 12
- 150000008065 acid anhydrides Chemical class 0.000 description 12
- 150000001252 acrylic acid derivatives Chemical class 0.000 description 12
- 125000003647 acryloyl group Chemical group O=C([*])C([H])=C([H])[H] 0.000 description 12
- 239000012790 adhesive layer Substances 0.000 description 12
- 125000002723 alicyclic group Chemical group 0.000 description 12
- 239000007864 aqueous solution Substances 0.000 description 12
- 125000003178 carboxy group Chemical group [H]OC(*)=O 0.000 description 12
- 125000002887 hydroxy group Chemical group [H]O* 0.000 description 12
- 229910000077 silane Inorganic materials 0.000 description 12
- 239000000758 substrate Substances 0.000 description 12
- 229920002803 thermoplastic polyurethane Polymers 0.000 description 12
- 238000011282 treatment Methods 0.000 description 12
- 150000001450 anions Chemical class 0.000 description 11
- 125000006615 aromatic heterocyclic group Chemical group 0.000 description 11
- 239000007795 chemical reaction product Substances 0.000 description 11
- 238000007607 die coating method Methods 0.000 description 11
- 239000011254 layer-forming composition Substances 0.000 description 11
- QSHDDOUJBYECFT-UHFFFAOYSA-N mercury Chemical compound [Hg] QSHDDOUJBYECFT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 11
- 229910052753 mercury Inorganic materials 0.000 description 11
- 229910052755 nonmetal Inorganic materials 0.000 description 11
- 238000002360 preparation method Methods 0.000 description 11
- 125000003545 alkoxy group Chemical group 0.000 description 10
- 125000004093 cyano group Chemical group *C#N 0.000 description 10
- 125000004122 cyclic group Chemical group 0.000 description 10
- 238000005401 electroluminescence Methods 0.000 description 10
- 239000003822 epoxy resin Substances 0.000 description 10
- 125000000524 functional group Chemical group 0.000 description 10
- 125000005843 halogen group Chemical group 0.000 description 10
- KTQDYGVEEFGIIL-UHFFFAOYSA-N n-fluorosulfonylsulfamoyl fluoride Chemical compound FS(=O)(=O)NS(F)(=O)=O KTQDYGVEEFGIIL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 10
- 229920000647 polyepoxide Polymers 0.000 description 10
- DNIAPMSPPWPWGF-UHFFFAOYSA-N Propylene glycol Chemical compound CC(O)CO DNIAPMSPPWPWGF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 9
- 230000003078 antioxidant effect Effects 0.000 description 9
- IISBACLAFKSPIT-UHFFFAOYSA-N bisphenol A Chemical compound C=1C=C(O)C=CC=1C(C)(C)C1=CC=C(O)C=C1 IISBACLAFKSPIT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 9
- 125000003700 epoxy group Chemical group 0.000 description 9
- 125000004433 nitrogen atom Chemical group N* 0.000 description 9
- 229920001296 polysiloxane Polymers 0.000 description 9
- NLKNQRATVPKPDG-UHFFFAOYSA-M potassium iodide Chemical compound [K+].[I-] NLKNQRATVPKPDG-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 9
- 230000001105 regulatory effect Effects 0.000 description 9
- 239000000243 solution Substances 0.000 description 9
- PEDCQBHIVMGVHV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Glycerine Chemical compound OCC(O)CO PEDCQBHIVMGVHV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 8
- WYURNTSHIVDZCO-UHFFFAOYSA-N Tetrahydrofuran Chemical compound C1CCOC1 WYURNTSHIVDZCO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 8
- PXKLMJQFEQBVLD-UHFFFAOYSA-N bisphenol F Chemical compound C1=CC(O)=CC=C1CC1=CC=C(O)C=C1 PXKLMJQFEQBVLD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 8
- 150000001768 cations Chemical class 0.000 description 8
- 239000010419 fine particle Substances 0.000 description 8
- 230000006870 function Effects 0.000 description 8
- 229920000058 polyacrylate Polymers 0.000 description 8
- 239000000126 substance Substances 0.000 description 8
- TXBCBTDQIULDIA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-[[3-hydroxy-2,2-bis(hydroxymethyl)propoxy]methyl]-2-(hydroxymethyl)propane-1,3-diol Chemical compound OCC(CO)(CO)COCC(CO)(CO)CO TXBCBTDQIULDIA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 7
- 239000004990 Smectic liquid crystal Substances 0.000 description 7
- NIXOWILDQLNWCW-UHFFFAOYSA-N acrylic acid group Chemical group C(C=C)(=O)O NIXOWILDQLNWCW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 7
- 125000002947 alkylene group Chemical group 0.000 description 7
- 229910052799 carbon Inorganic materials 0.000 description 7
- 238000003851 corona treatment Methods 0.000 description 7
- GYZLOYUZLJXAJU-UHFFFAOYSA-N diglycidyl ether Chemical compound C1OC1COCC1CO1 GYZLOYUZLJXAJU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 7
- 239000011521 glass Substances 0.000 description 7
- 230000001678 irradiating effect Effects 0.000 description 7
- 239000007788 liquid Substances 0.000 description 7
- 125000002496 methyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 7
- 125000001997 phenyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C([H])=C(*)C([H])=C1[H] 0.000 description 7
- 229920000728 polyester Polymers 0.000 description 7
- 229920000089 Cyclic olefin copolymer Polymers 0.000 description 6
- LFQSCWFLJHTTHZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethanol Chemical compound CCO LFQSCWFLJHTTHZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- 229920000877 Melamine resin Polymers 0.000 description 6
- OKKJLVBELUTLKV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Methanol Chemical group OC OKKJLVBELUTLKV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- SECXISVLQFMRJM-UHFFFAOYSA-N N-Methylpyrrolidone Chemical compound CN1CCCC1=O SECXISVLQFMRJM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- 238000000862 absorption spectrum Methods 0.000 description 6
- 238000010306 acid treatment Methods 0.000 description 6
- 125000001931 aliphatic group Chemical group 0.000 description 6
- 125000002029 aromatic hydrocarbon group Chemical group 0.000 description 6
- 239000011324 bead Substances 0.000 description 6
- WERYXYBDKMZEQL-UHFFFAOYSA-N butane-1,4-diol Chemical compound OCCCCO WERYXYBDKMZEQL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- MTHSVFCYNBDYFN-UHFFFAOYSA-N diethylene glycol Chemical compound OCCOCCO MTHSVFCYNBDYFN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- WGCNASOHLSPBMP-UHFFFAOYSA-N hydroxyacetaldehyde Natural products OCC=O WGCNASOHLSPBMP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- WXZMFSXDPGVJKK-UHFFFAOYSA-N pentaerythritol Chemical compound OCC(CO)(CO)CO WXZMFSXDPGVJKK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- 239000003504 photosensitizing agent Substances 0.000 description 6
- 150000003254 radicals Chemical class 0.000 description 6
- 230000002441 reversible effect Effects 0.000 description 6
- 150000003839 salts Chemical class 0.000 description 6
- 125000000391 vinyl group Chemical group [H]C([*])=C([H])[H] 0.000 description 6
- YLQBMQCUIZJEEH-UHFFFAOYSA-N Furan Chemical group C=1C=COC=1 YLQBMQCUIZJEEH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- KFZMGEQAYNKOFK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Isopropanol Chemical compound CC(C)O KFZMGEQAYNKOFK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- 239000000654 additive Substances 0.000 description 5
- 125000003277 amino group Chemical group 0.000 description 5
- 150000004945 aromatic hydrocarbons Chemical group 0.000 description 5
- 239000000470 constituent Substances 0.000 description 5
- 230000007547 defect Effects 0.000 description 5
- 238000010894 electron beam technology Methods 0.000 description 5
- 230000001747 exhibiting effect Effects 0.000 description 5
- 238000011899 heat drying method Methods 0.000 description 5
- 125000000449 nitro group Chemical group [O-][N+](*)=O 0.000 description 5
- 239000012299 nitrogen atmosphere Substances 0.000 description 5
- 125000003566 oxetanyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 5
- 230000001681 protective effect Effects 0.000 description 5
- 229910052717 sulfur Inorganic materials 0.000 description 5
- 238000001291 vacuum drying Methods 0.000 description 5
- 238000009423 ventilation Methods 0.000 description 5
- 238000005406 washing Methods 0.000 description 5
- UHFFVFAKEGKNAQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-benzyl-2-(dimethylamino)-1-(4-morpholin-4-ylphenyl)butan-1-one Chemical compound C=1C=C(N2CCOCC2)C=CC=1C(=O)C(CC)(N(C)C)CC1=CC=CC=C1 UHFFVFAKEGKNAQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- ZCYVEMRRCGMTRW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 7553-56-2 Chemical compound [I] ZCYVEMRRCGMTRW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 239000004925 Acrylic resin Substances 0.000 description 4
- OKTJSMMVPCPJKN-UHFFFAOYSA-N Carbon Chemical compound [C] OKTJSMMVPCPJKN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- HEDRZPFGACZZDS-UHFFFAOYSA-N Chloroform Chemical compound ClC(Cl)Cl HEDRZPFGACZZDS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- IMNFDUFMRHMDMM-UHFFFAOYSA-N N-Heptane Chemical compound CCCCCCC IMNFDUFMRHMDMM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- ISWSIDIOOBJBQZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Phenol Chemical compound OC1=CC=CC=C1 ISWSIDIOOBJBQZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 239000004952 Polyamide Substances 0.000 description 4
- ATUOYWHBWRKTHZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Propane Chemical compound CCC ATUOYWHBWRKTHZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 125000005370 alkoxysilyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 4
- MWPLVEDNUUSJAV-UHFFFAOYSA-N anthracene Chemical compound C1=CC=CC2=CC3=CC=CC=C3C=C21 MWPLVEDNUUSJAV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- IOJUPLGTWVMSFF-UHFFFAOYSA-N benzothiazole Chemical group C1=CC=C2SC=NC2=C1 IOJUPLGTWVMSFF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 229920002678 cellulose Polymers 0.000 description 4
- 239000000460 chlorine Substances 0.000 description 4
- 150000002148 esters Chemical class 0.000 description 4
- IIEWJVIFRVWJOD-UHFFFAOYSA-N ethylcyclohexane Chemical compound CCC1CCCCC1 IIEWJVIFRVWJOD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 235000011187 glycerol Nutrition 0.000 description 4
- 238000007654 immersion Methods 0.000 description 4
- 239000011630 iodine Substances 0.000 description 4
- 229910052740 iodine Inorganic materials 0.000 description 4
- 230000007774 longterm Effects 0.000 description 4
- 229910001507 metal halide Inorganic materials 0.000 description 4
- 150000005309 metal halides Chemical class 0.000 description 4
- 239000011259 mixed solution Substances 0.000 description 4
- 125000001624 naphthyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 4
- 229920002647 polyamide Polymers 0.000 description 4
- 125000005575 polycyclic aromatic hydrocarbon group Chemical group 0.000 description 4
- 125000003367 polycyclic group Chemical group 0.000 description 4
- 229920001721 polyimide Polymers 0.000 description 4
- 229920002689 polyvinyl acetate Polymers 0.000 description 4
- 239000011118 polyvinyl acetate Substances 0.000 description 4
- 125000000168 pyrrolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 4
- 150000004756 silanes Chemical class 0.000 description 4
- 238000003860 storage Methods 0.000 description 4
- 238000000870 ultraviolet spectroscopy Methods 0.000 description 4
- 150000007964 xanthones Chemical class 0.000 description 4
- PUPZLCDOIYMWBV-UHFFFAOYSA-N (+/-)-1,3-Butanediol Chemical compound CC(O)CCO PUPZLCDOIYMWBV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- RYHBNJHYFVUHQT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,4-Dioxane Chemical compound C1COCCO1 RYHBNJHYFVUHQT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- IANQTJSKSUMEQM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-benzofuran Chemical group C1=CC=C2OC=CC2=C1 IANQTJSKSUMEQM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- ARXJGSRGQADJSQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-methoxypropan-2-ol Chemical compound COCC(C)O ARXJGSRGQADJSQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- ZWEHNKRNPOVVGH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-Butanone Chemical compound CCC(C)=O ZWEHNKRNPOVVGH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- POAOYUHQDCAZBD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-butoxyethanol Chemical compound CCCCOCCO POAOYUHQDCAZBD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- SJECZPVISLOESU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-trimethoxysilylpropan-1-amine Chemical compound CO[Si](OC)(OC)CCCN SJECZPVISLOESU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- VPWNQTHUCYMVMZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4,4'-sulfonyldiphenol Chemical compound C1=CC(O)=CC=C1S(=O)(=O)C1=CC=C(O)C=C1 VPWNQTHUCYMVMZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- QGHDLJAZIIFENW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-[1,1,1,3,3,3-hexafluoro-2-(4-hydroxy-3-prop-2-enylphenyl)propan-2-yl]-2-prop-2-enylphenol Chemical group C1=C(CC=C)C(O)=CC=C1C(C(F)(F)F)(C(F)(F)F)C1=CC=C(O)C(CC=C)=C1 QGHDLJAZIIFENW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- CSCPPACGZOOCGX-UHFFFAOYSA-N Acetone Chemical compound CC(C)=O CSCPPACGZOOCGX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- WEVYAHXRMPXWCK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Acetonitrile Chemical compound CC#N WEVYAHXRMPXWCK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 229920000178 Acrylic resin Polymers 0.000 description 3
- 229930185605 Bisphenol Natural products 0.000 description 3
- 229940126062 Compound A Drugs 0.000 description 3
- XEKOWRVHYACXOJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethyl acetate Chemical compound CCOC(C)=O XEKOWRVHYACXOJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- IAYPIBMASNFSPL-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethylene oxide Chemical compound C1CO1 IAYPIBMASNFSPL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- NLDMNSXOCDLTTB-UHFFFAOYSA-N Heterophylliin A Natural products O1C2COC(=O)C3=CC(O)=C(O)C(O)=C3C3=C(O)C(O)=C(O)C=C3C(=O)OC2C(OC(=O)C=2C=C(O)C(O)=C(O)C=2)C(O)C1OC(=O)C1=CC(O)=C(O)C(O)=C1 NLDMNSXOCDLTTB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- ZMXDDKWLCZADIW-UHFFFAOYSA-N N,N-Dimethylformamide Chemical compound CN(C)C=O ZMXDDKWLCZADIW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 239000004698 Polyethylene Substances 0.000 description 3
- 239000004642 Polyimide Substances 0.000 description 3
- JUJWROOIHBZHMG-UHFFFAOYSA-N Pyridine Chemical group C1=CC=NC=C1 JUJWROOIHBZHMG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 229920002125 Sokalan® Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- 239000004974 Thermotropic liquid crystal Substances 0.000 description 3
- YXFVVABEGXRONW-UHFFFAOYSA-N Toluene Chemical compound CC1=CC=CC=C1 YXFVVABEGXRONW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- XTXRWKRVRITETP-UHFFFAOYSA-N Vinyl acetate Chemical compound CC(=O)OC=C XTXRWKRVRITETP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 150000001408 amides Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- 150000003863 ammonium salts Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- 230000001588 bifunctional effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 150000001721 carbon Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- 238000010538 cationic polymerization reaction Methods 0.000 description 3
- 229910052801 chlorine Inorganic materials 0.000 description 3
- 238000001816 cooling Methods 0.000 description 3
- 238000011156 evaluation Methods 0.000 description 3
- 125000003709 fluoroalkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- XXMIOPMDWAUFGU-UHFFFAOYSA-N hexane-1,6-diol Chemical compound OCCCCCCO XXMIOPMDWAUFGU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 229920000554 ionomer Polymers 0.000 description 3
- ZFSLODLOARCGLH-UHFFFAOYSA-N isocyanuric acid Chemical group OC1=NC(O)=NC(O)=N1 ZFSLODLOARCGLH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 150000002576 ketones Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- 230000000873 masking effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- VLKZOEOYAKHREP-UHFFFAOYSA-N n-Hexane Chemical compound CCCCCC VLKZOEOYAKHREP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- SLCVBVWXLSEKPL-UHFFFAOYSA-N neopentyl glycol Chemical compound OCC(C)(C)CO SLCVBVWXLSEKPL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 150000002892 organic cations Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- AHHWIHXENZJRFG-UHFFFAOYSA-N oxetane Chemical compound C1COC1 AHHWIHXENZJRFG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 125000004430 oxygen atom Chemical group O* 0.000 description 3
- XYFCBTPGUUZFHI-UHFFFAOYSA-O phosphonium Chemical compound [PH4+] XYFCBTPGUUZFHI-UHFFFAOYSA-O 0.000 description 3
- 150000004714 phosphonium salts Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- 229910052698 phosphorus Inorganic materials 0.000 description 3
- 239000004584 polyacrylic acid Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- 229920000573 polyethylene Polymers 0.000 description 3
- 229920000139 polyethylene terephthalate Polymers 0.000 description 3
- 239000007870 radical polymerization initiator Substances 0.000 description 3
- 239000002994 raw material Substances 0.000 description 3
- 230000009257 reactivity Effects 0.000 description 3
- 238000005096 rolling process Methods 0.000 description 3
- 125000004434 sulfur atom Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- BPSIOYPQMFLKFR-UHFFFAOYSA-N trimethoxy-[3-(oxiran-2-ylmethoxy)propyl]silane Chemical compound CO[Si](OC)(OC)CCCOCC1CO1 BPSIOYPQMFLKFR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 125000000355 1,3-benzoxazolyl group Chemical group O1C(=NC2=C1C=CC=C2)* 0.000 description 2
- AZQWKYJCGOJGHM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,4-benzoquinone Chemical compound O=C1C=CC(=O)C=C1 AZQWKYJCGOJGHM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- ALVZNPYWJMLXKV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,9-Nonanediol Chemical compound OCCCCCCCCCO ALVZNPYWJMLXKV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- PXELHGDYRQLRQO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-butyl-1-methylpyrrolidin-1-ium Chemical compound CCCC[N+]1(C)CCCC1 PXELHGDYRQLRQO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- NNLHWTTWXYBJBQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-butyl-4-methylpyridin-1-ium Chemical compound CCCC[N+]1=CC=C(C)C=C1 NNLHWTTWXYBJBQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- AMKUSFIBHAUBIJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-hexylpyridin-1-ium Chemical compound CCCCCC[N+]1=CC=CC=C1 AMKUSFIBHAUBIJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- SMZOUWXMTYCWNB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-(2-methoxy-5-methylphenyl)ethanamine Chemical compound COC1=CC=C(C)C=C1CCN SMZOUWXMTYCWNB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- XLLIQLLCWZCATF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-methoxyethyl acetate Chemical compound COCCOC(C)=O XLLIQLLCWZCATF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- LWRBVKNFOYUCNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-methyl-1-(4-methylsulfanylphenyl)-2-morpholin-4-ylpropan-1-one Chemical compound C1=CC(SC)=CC=C1C(=O)C(C)(C)N1CCOCC1 LWRBVKNFOYUCNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- UUEWCQRISZBELL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-trimethoxysilylpropane-1-thiol Chemical compound CO[Si](OC)(OC)CCCS UUEWCQRISZBELL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- XDLMVUHYZWKMMD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-trimethoxysilylpropyl 2-methylprop-2-enoate Chemical compound CO[Si](OC)(OC)CCCOC(=O)C(C)=C XDLMVUHYZWKMMD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- YEJRWHAVMIAJKC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-Butyrolactone Chemical compound O=C1CCCO1 YEJRWHAVMIAJKC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- IGKWUSYWEYAUPC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-hexyl-1-methylpyridin-1-ium Chemical compound CCCCCCC1=CC=[N+](C)C=C1 IGKWUSYWEYAUPC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- CNSJBIWGZMUGKY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-methoxy-7-oxabicyclo[4.1.0]heptane Chemical compound C1C(OC)CCC2OC21 CNSJBIWGZMUGKY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- OSCFFOTZWZZXPR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-methyl-1-octylpyridin-1-ium Chemical compound CCCCCCCC[N+]1=CC=C(C)C=C1 OSCFFOTZWZZXPR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- KWOLFJPFCHCOCG-UHFFFAOYSA-N Acetophenone Chemical compound CC(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1 KWOLFJPFCHCOCG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- QGZKDVFQNNGYKY-UHFFFAOYSA-O Ammonium Chemical compound [NH4+] QGZKDVFQNNGYKY-UHFFFAOYSA-O 0.000 description 2
- LCFVJGUPQDGYKZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Bisphenol A diglycidyl ether Chemical compound C=1C=C(OCC2OC2)C=CC=1C(C)(C)C(C=C1)=CC=C1OCC1CO1 LCFVJGUPQDGYKZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- GAWIXWVDTYZWAW-UHFFFAOYSA-N C[CH]O Chemical group C[CH]O GAWIXWVDTYZWAW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- UJOBWOGCFQCDNV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Carbazole Natural products C1=CC=C2C3=CC=CC=C3NC2=C1 UJOBWOGCFQCDNV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- ZAMOUSCENKQFHK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Chlorine atom Chemical compound [Cl] ZAMOUSCENKQFHK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- RWSOTUBLDIXVET-UHFFFAOYSA-N Dihydrogen sulfide Chemical class S RWSOTUBLDIXVET-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- BRLQWZUYTZBJKN-UHFFFAOYSA-N Epichlorohydrin Chemical compound ClCC1CO1 BRLQWZUYTZBJKN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000004386 Erythritol Substances 0.000 description 2
- UNXHWFMMPAWVPI-UHFFFAOYSA-N Erythritol Natural products OCC(O)C(O)CO UNXHWFMMPAWVPI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- VGGSQFUCUMXWEO-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethene Chemical compound C=C VGGSQFUCUMXWEO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- JOYRKODLDBILNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethyl urethane Chemical compound CCOC(N)=O JOYRKODLDBILNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000004640 Melamine resin Substances 0.000 description 2
- CERQOIWHTDAKMF-UHFFFAOYSA-N Methacrylic acid Chemical compound CC(=C)C(O)=O CERQOIWHTDAKMF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000004988 Nematic liquid crystal Substances 0.000 description 2
- OFBQJSOFQDEBGM-UHFFFAOYSA-N Pentane Chemical compound CCCCC OFBQJSOFQDEBGM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- OAICVXFJPJFONN-UHFFFAOYSA-N Phosphorus Chemical compound [P] OAICVXFJPJFONN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000004721 Polyphenylene oxide Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000004743 Polypropylene Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000004793 Polystyrene Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- PPBRXRYQALVLMV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Styrene Chemical compound C=CC1=CC=CC=C1 PPBRXRYQALVLMV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- NINIDFKCEFEMDL-UHFFFAOYSA-N Sulfur Chemical compound [S] NINIDFKCEFEMDL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- FZWLAAWBMGSTSO-UHFFFAOYSA-N Thiazole Chemical group C1=CSC=N1 FZWLAAWBMGSTSO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- ZMZDMBWJUHKJPS-UHFFFAOYSA-M Thiocyanate anion Chemical compound [S-]C#N ZMZDMBWJUHKJPS-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 2
- ZJCCRDAZUWHFQH-UHFFFAOYSA-N Trimethylolpropane Chemical compound CCC(CO)(CO)CO ZJCCRDAZUWHFQH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- MPIAGWXWVAHQBB-UHFFFAOYSA-N [3-prop-2-enoyloxy-2-[[3-prop-2-enoyloxy-2,2-bis(prop-2-enoyloxymethyl)propoxy]methyl]-2-(prop-2-enoyloxymethyl)propyl] prop-2-enoate Chemical compound C=CC(=O)OCC(COC(=O)C=C)(COC(=O)C=C)COCC(COC(=O)C=C)(COC(=O)C=C)COC(=O)C=C MPIAGWXWVAHQBB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 238000002835 absorbance Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000004480 active ingredient Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000000996 additive effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- WNLRTRBMVRJNCN-UHFFFAOYSA-N adipic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)CCCCC(O)=O WNLRTRBMVRJNCN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 150000001298 alcohols Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 150000001299 aldehydes Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 150000001336 alkenes Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 125000004453 alkoxycarbonyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 150000005215 alkyl ethers Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 150000001454 anthracenes Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 239000002518 antifoaming agent Substances 0.000 description 2
- 125000001164 benzothiazolyl group Chemical group S1C(=NC2=C1C=CC=C2)* 0.000 description 2
- 239000004305 biphenyl Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000009835 boiling Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000012986 chain transfer agent Substances 0.000 description 2
- MVPPADPHJFYWMZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N chlorobenzene Chemical compound ClC1=CC=CC=C1 MVPPADPHJFYWMZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- OEYIOHPDSNJKLS-UHFFFAOYSA-N choline Chemical compound C[N+](C)(C)CCO OEYIOHPDSNJKLS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000003431 cross linking reagent Substances 0.000 description 2
- JHIVVAPYMSGYDF-UHFFFAOYSA-N cyclohexanone Chemical compound O=C1CCCCC1 JHIVVAPYMSGYDF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 125000004386 diacrylate group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 238000006471 dimerization reaction Methods 0.000 description 2
- WHGNXNCOTZPEEK-UHFFFAOYSA-N dimethoxy-methyl-[3-(oxiran-2-ylmethoxy)propyl]silane Chemical compound CO[Si](C)(OC)CCCOCC1CO1 WHGNXNCOTZPEEK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- SZXQTJUDPRGNJN-UHFFFAOYSA-N dipropylene glycol Chemical compound OCCCOCCCO SZXQTJUDPRGNJN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000000982 direct dye Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000005684 electric field Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000009881 electrostatic interaction Effects 0.000 description 2
- UNXHWFMMPAWVPI-ZXZARUISSA-N erythritol Chemical compound OC[C@H](O)[C@H](O)CO UNXHWFMMPAWVPI-ZXZARUISSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 235000019414 erythritol Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 229940009714 erythritol Drugs 0.000 description 2
- FWDBOZPQNFPOLF-UHFFFAOYSA-N ethenyl(triethoxy)silane Chemical compound CCO[Si](OCC)(OCC)C=C FWDBOZPQNFPOLF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- NKSJNEHGWDZZQF-UHFFFAOYSA-N ethenyl(trimethoxy)silane Chemical compound CO[Si](OC)(OC)C=C NKSJNEHGWDZZQF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- LZCLXQDLBQLTDK-UHFFFAOYSA-N ethyl 2-hydroxypropanoate Chemical compound CCOC(=O)C(C)O LZCLXQDLBQLTDK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- JBTWLSYIZRCDFO-UHFFFAOYSA-N ethyl methyl carbonate Chemical compound CCOC(=O)OC JBTWLSYIZRCDFO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- HNRMPXKDFBEGFZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N ethyl trimethyl methane Natural products CCC(C)(C)C HNRMPXKDFBEGFZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 238000001125 extrusion Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000000945 filler Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229910052731 fluorine Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 125000001153 fluoro group Chemical group F* 0.000 description 2
- 238000001879 gelation Methods 0.000 description 2
- LNEPOXFFQSENCJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N haloperidol Chemical compound C1CC(O)(C=2C=CC(Cl)=CC=2)CCN1CCCC(=O)C1=CC=C(F)C=C1 LNEPOXFFQSENCJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- CATSNJVOTSVZJV-UHFFFAOYSA-N heptan-2-one Chemical compound CCCCCC(C)=O CATSNJVOTSVZJV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- RAXXELZNTBOGNW-UHFFFAOYSA-N imidazole Natural products C1=CNC=N1 RAXXELZNTBOGNW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 125000002883 imidazolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 230000006872 improvement Effects 0.000 description 2
- 150000002484 inorganic compounds Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 229910010272 inorganic material Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 239000012948 isocyanate Substances 0.000 description 2
- 125000000555 isopropenyl group Chemical group [H]\C([H])=C(\*)C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 2
- 238000010030 laminating Methods 0.000 description 2
- 125000005647 linker group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 238000004519 manufacturing process Methods 0.000 description 2
- ZUZLIXGTXQBUDC-UHFFFAOYSA-N methyltrioctylammonium Chemical compound CCCCCCCC[N+](C)(CCCCCCCC)CCCCCCCC ZUZLIXGTXQBUDC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 230000004048 modification Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000012986 modification Methods 0.000 description 2
- 150000002843 nonmetals Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 229920003986 novolac Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 239000004843 novolac epoxy resin Substances 0.000 description 2
- 150000002891 organic anions Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 150000002894 organic compounds Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 125000001484 phenothiazinyl group Chemical class C1(=CC=CC=2SC3=CC=CC=C3NC12)* 0.000 description 2
- 239000011574 phosphorus Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000009832 plasma treatment Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000004014 plasticizer Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000010287 polarization Effects 0.000 description 2
- 229920000768 polyamine Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 239000004417 polycarbonate Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229920000515 polycarbonate Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 229920000570 polyether Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 239000005020 polyethylene terephthalate Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229920006254 polymer film Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 239000002861 polymer material Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000000379 polymerizing effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 229920005862 polyol Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 229920002223 polystyrene Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 239000001294 propane Substances 0.000 description 2
- 125000004805 propylene group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([*:1])C([H])([H])[*:2] 0.000 description 2
- 239000011241 protective layer Substances 0.000 description 2
- 125000003373 pyrazinyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 125000004076 pyridyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 125000000714 pyrimidinyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 239000012508 resin bead Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229920002050 silicone resin Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 238000000807 solvent casting Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000010186 staining Methods 0.000 description 2
- 150000005846 sugar alcohols Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 239000011593 sulfur Substances 0.000 description 2
- DTIFFPXSSXFQCJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N tetrahexylazanium Chemical compound CCCCCC[N+](CCCCCC)(CCCCCC)CCCCCC DTIFFPXSSXFQCJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 238000012719 thermal polymerization Methods 0.000 description 2
- 125000000335 thiazolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 125000001544 thienyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 125000003396 thiol group Chemical group [H]S* 0.000 description 2
- DQFBYFPFKXHELB-VAWYXSNFSA-N trans-chalcone Chemical group C=1C=CC=CC=1C(=O)\C=C\C1=CC=CC=C1 DQFBYFPFKXHELB-VAWYXSNFSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 125000001889 triflyl group Chemical group FC(F)(F)S(*)(=O)=O 0.000 description 2
- DQZNLOXENNXVAD-UHFFFAOYSA-N trimethoxy-[2-(7-oxabicyclo[4.1.0]heptan-4-yl)ethyl]silane Chemical compound C1C(CC[Si](OC)(OC)OC)CCC2OC21 DQZNLOXENNXVAD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- PZJJKWKADRNWSW-UHFFFAOYSA-N trimethoxysilicon Chemical group CO[Si](OC)OC PZJJKWKADRNWSW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229920002554 vinyl polymer Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 238000004804 winding Methods 0.000 description 2
- 229910052724 xenon Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- FHNFHKCVQCLJFQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N xenon atom Chemical compound [Xe] FHNFHKCVQCLJFQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000008096 xylene Substances 0.000 description 2
- DNIAPMSPPWPWGF-VKHMYHEASA-N (+)-propylene glycol Chemical compound C[C@H](O)CO DNIAPMSPPWPWGF-VKHMYHEASA-N 0.000 description 1
- QNODIIQQMGDSEF-UHFFFAOYSA-N (1-hydroxycyclohexyl)-phenylmethanone Chemical compound C=1C=CC=CC=1C(=O)C1(O)CCCCC1 QNODIIQQMGDSEF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- WYTZZXDRDKSJID-UHFFFAOYSA-N (3-aminopropyl)triethoxysilane Chemical compound CCO[Si](OCC)(OCC)CCCN WYTZZXDRDKSJID-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- UNMJLQGKEDTEKJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N (3-ethyloxetan-3-yl)methanol Chemical compound CCC1(CO)COC1 UNMJLQGKEDTEKJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- JVPUTYICKDDWCU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,1,2,2-tetrafluoroethane-1,2-diol Chemical compound OC(F)(F)C(O)(F)F JVPUTYICKDDWCU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- JYEUMXHLPRZUAT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,2,3-triazine Chemical group C1=CN=NN=C1 JYEUMXHLPRZUAT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- BPXVHIRIPLPOPT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,3,5-tris(2-hydroxyethyl)-1,3,5-triazinane-2,4,6-trione Chemical compound OCCN1C(=O)N(CCO)C(=O)N(CCO)C1=O BPXVHIRIPLPOPT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- CYSGHNMQYZDMIA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,3-Dimethyl-2-imidazolidinon Chemical compound CN1CCN(C)C1=O CYSGHNMQYZDMIA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- YPFDHNVEDLHUCE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,3-propanediol Substances OCCCO YPFDHNVEDLHUCE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- OVBFMUAFNIIQAL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,4-diisocyanatobutane Chemical compound O=C=NCCCCN=C=O OVBFMUAFNIIQAL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000001140 1,4-phenylene group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C([*:2])=C([H])C([H])=C1[*:1] 0.000 description 1
- SBJCUZQNHOLYMD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,5-Naphthalene diisocyanate Chemical compound C1=CC=C2C(N=C=O)=CC=CC2=C1N=C=O SBJCUZQNHOLYMD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- VZXPHDGHQXLXJC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,6-diisocyanato-5,6-dimethylheptane Chemical compound O=C=NC(C)(C)C(C)CCCCN=C=O VZXPHDGHQXLXJC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- WKBPZYKAUNRMKP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-[2-(2,4-dichlorophenyl)pentyl]1,2,4-triazole Chemical compound C=1C=C(Cl)C=C(Cl)C=1C(CCC)CN1C=NC=N1 WKBPZYKAUNRMKP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- FCEHBMOGCRZNNI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-benzothiophene Chemical group C1=CC=C2SC=CC2=C1 FCEHBMOGCRZNNI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- SSVGVFGKUPZBIE-UHFFFAOYSA-M 1-butyl-1-methylpyrrolidin-1-ium 4-methylbenzenesulfonate Chemical compound C1(=CC=C(C=C1)S(=O)(=O)[O-])C.C(CCC)[N+]1(CCCC1)C SSVGVFGKUPZBIE-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- PUHVBRXUKOGSBC-UHFFFAOYSA-M 1-butyl-3-methylimidazol-3-ium;methanesulfonate Chemical compound CS([O-])(=O)=O.CCCC[N+]=1C=CN(C)C=1 PUHVBRXUKOGSBC-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- IAZHALJTQWGCQP-UHFFFAOYSA-M 1-butyl-4-methylpyridin-1-ium;4-methylbenzenesulfonate Chemical compound CCCC[N+]1=CC=C(C)C=C1.CC1=CC=C(S([O-])(=O)=O)C=C1 IAZHALJTQWGCQP-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- HXMUPILCYSJMLQ-UHFFFAOYSA-M 1-ethyl-3-methylimidazol-3-ium;4-methylbenzenesulfonate Chemical compound CC[N+]=1C=CN(C)C=1.CC1=CC=C(S([O-])(=O)=O)C=C1 HXMUPILCYSJMLQ-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- KEEPXXSKPHPTSM-UHFFFAOYSA-M 1-hexylpyridin-1-ium 4-methylbenzenesulfonate Chemical compound CC1=CC=C(C=C1)S(=O)(=O)[O-].C(CCCCC)[N+]1=CC=CC=C1 KEEPXXSKPHPTSM-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- XDEQOBPALZZTCA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-octylpyridin-1-ium Chemical compound CCCCCCCC[N+]1=CC=CC=C1 XDEQOBPALZZTCA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- HECLRDQVFMWTQS-RGOKHQFPSA-N 1755-01-7 Chemical class C1[C@H]2[C@@H]3CC=C[C@@H]3[C@@H]1C=C2 HECLRDQVFMWTQS-RGOKHQFPSA-N 0.000 description 1
- VILCJCGEZXAXTO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2,2,2-tetramine Chemical compound NCCNCCNCCN VILCJCGEZXAXTO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- JCTXKRPTIMZBJT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2,2,4-trimethylpentane-1,3-diol Chemical compound CC(C)C(O)C(C)(C)CO JCTXKRPTIMZBJT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- KWVGIHKZDCUPEU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2,2-dimethoxy-2-phenylacetophenone Chemical compound C=1C=CC=CC=1C(OC)(OC)C(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1 KWVGIHKZDCUPEU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- LJWZDTGRJUXOCE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-(2-ethylhexyl)oxetane Chemical compound CCCCC(CC)CC1CCO1 LJWZDTGRJUXOCE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- PUBNJSZGANKUGX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-(dimethylamino)-2-[(4-methylphenyl)methyl]-1-(4-morpholin-4-ylphenyl)butan-1-one Chemical compound C=1C=C(N2CCOCC2)C=CC=1C(=O)C(CC)(N(C)C)CC1=CC=C(C)C=C1 PUBNJSZGANKUGX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- GJKGAPPUXSSCFI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-Hydroxy-4'-(2-hydroxyethoxy)-2-methylpropiophenone Chemical compound CC(C)(O)C(=O)C1=CC=C(OCCO)C=C1 GJKGAPPUXSSCFI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- XNWFRZJHXBZDAG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-METHOXYETHANOL Chemical compound COCCO XNWFRZJHXBZDAG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- HDPLHDGYGLENEI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-[1-(oxiran-2-ylmethoxy)propan-2-yloxymethyl]oxirane Chemical compound C1OC1COC(C)COCC1CO1 HDPLHDGYGLENEI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- LCZVSXRMYJUNFX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-[2-(2-hydroxypropoxy)propoxy]propan-1-ol Chemical compound CC(O)COC(C)COC(C)CO LCZVSXRMYJUNFX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- FIOCEWASVZHBTK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-[2-(2-oxo-2-phenylacetyl)oxyethoxy]ethyl 2-oxo-2-phenylacetate Chemical compound C=1C=CC=CC=1C(=O)C(=O)OCCOCCOC(=O)C(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1 FIOCEWASVZHBTK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- AOBIOSPNXBMOAT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-[2-(oxiran-2-ylmethoxy)ethoxymethyl]oxirane Chemical compound C1OC1COCCOCC1CO1 AOBIOSPNXBMOAT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- PCKZAVNWRLEHIP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-hydroxy-1-[4-[[4-(2-hydroxy-2-methylpropanoyl)phenyl]methyl]phenyl]-2-methylpropan-1-one Chemical compound C1=CC(C(=O)C(C)(O)C)=CC=C1CC1=CC=C(C(=O)C(C)(C)O)C=C1 PCKZAVNWRLEHIP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- CDFCBRMXZKAKKI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-hydroxybenzaldehyde;phenol Chemical compound OC1=CC=CC=C1.OC1=CC=CC=C1C=O CDFCBRMXZKAKKI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- DVGVMQVOCJNXNJ-UHFFFAOYSA-M 2-hydroxyethyl(trimethyl)azanium;4-methylbenzenesulfonate Chemical compound C[N+](C)(C)CCO.CC1=CC=C(S([O-])(=O)=O)C=C1 DVGVMQVOCJNXNJ-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- QTWJRLJHJPIABL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-methylphenol;3-methylphenol;4-methylphenol Chemical compound CC1=CC=C(O)C=C1.CC1=CC=CC(O)=C1.CC1=CC=CC=C1O QTWJRLJHJPIABL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- BNCADMBVWNPPIZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-n,2-n,4-n,4-n,6-n,6-n-hexakis(methoxymethyl)-1,3,5-triazine-2,4,6-triamine Chemical compound COCN(COC)C1=NC(N(COC)COC)=NC(N(COC)COC)=N1 BNCADMBVWNPPIZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- RSEBUVRVKCANEP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-pyrroline Chemical group C1CC=CN1 RSEBUVRVKCANEP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- GRWFFFOEIHGUBG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3,4-Epoxy-6-methylcyclohexylmethyl-3,4-epoxy-6-methylcyclo-hexanecarboxylate Chemical compound C1C2OC2CC(C)C1C(=O)OCC1CC2OC2CC1C GRWFFFOEIHGUBG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ZDZYGYFHTPFREM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-[3-aminopropyl(dimethoxy)silyl]oxypropan-1-amine Chemical compound NCCC[Si](OC)(OC)OCCCN ZDZYGYFHTPFREM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- IKYAJDOSWUATPI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-[dimethoxy(methyl)silyl]propane-1-thiol Chemical compound CO[Si](C)(OC)CCCS IKYAJDOSWUATPI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- OXYZDRAJMHGSMW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-chloropropyl(trimethoxy)silane Chemical compound CO[Si](OC)(OC)CCCCl OXYZDRAJMHGSMW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- KNTKCYKJRSMRMZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-chloropropyl-dimethoxy-methylsilane Chemical compound CO[Si](C)(OC)CCCCl KNTKCYKJRSMRMZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- IBGSBJAPQKXVOZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-cyclohexyloxy-3-ethyl-2-methyloxetane Chemical compound C1CCCCC1OC1(CC)COC1C IBGSBJAPQKXVOZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- JUXZNIDKDPLYBY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-ethyl-3-(phenoxymethyl)oxetane Chemical compound C=1C=CC=CC=1OCC1(CC)COC1 JUXZNIDKDPLYBY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- FNYWFRSQRHGKJT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-ethyl-3-[(3-ethyloxetan-3-yl)methoxymethyl]oxetane Chemical compound C1OCC1(CC)COCC1(CC)COC1 FNYWFRSQRHGKJT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- UOYIPLQCZOCTOA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-ethyl-3-[[2-[(3-ethyloxetan-3-yl)methoxymethyl]phenyl]methoxymethyl]oxetane Chemical compound C=1C=CC=C(COCC2(CC)COC2)C=1COCC1(CC)COC1 UOYIPLQCZOCTOA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- RDFQSFOGKVZWKF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-hydroxy-2,2-dimethylpropanoic acid Chemical compound OCC(C)(C)C(O)=O RDFQSFOGKVZWKF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- AHHQDHCTHYTBSV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-methylpentane-1,3,5-triol Chemical compound OCCC(O)(C)CCO AHHQDHCTHYTBSV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- SXFJDZNJHVPHPH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-methylpentane-1,5-diol Chemical compound OCCC(C)CCO SXFJDZNJHVPHPH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- UPMLOUAZCHDJJD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4,4'-Diphenylmethane Diisocyanate Chemical compound C1=CC(N=C=O)=CC=C1CC1=CC=C(N=C=O)C=C1 UPMLOUAZCHDJJD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- UNPJOYZGYDSHCG-UHFFFAOYSA-M 4-hexyl-1-methylpyridin-1-ium 4-methylbenzenesulfonate Chemical compound CC1=CC=C(C=C1)S(=O)(=O)[O-].C[N+]1=CC=C(C=C1)CCCCCC UNPJOYZGYDSHCG-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- PRKPGWQEKNEVEU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-methyl-n-(3-triethoxysilylpropyl)pentan-2-imine Chemical compound CCO[Si](OCC)(OCC)CCCN=C(C)CC(C)C PRKPGWQEKNEVEU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- GBIBAXUMZRENIP-UHFFFAOYSA-M 4-methylbenzenesulfonate 4-methyl-1-octylpyridin-1-ium Chemical compound C1(=CC=C(C=C1)S(=O)(=O)[O-])C.C(CCCCCCC)[N+]1=CC=C(C=C1)C GBIBAXUMZRENIP-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- IWFVIBQINSIBAY-UHFFFAOYSA-M 4-methylbenzenesulfonate;1-octylpyridin-1-ium Chemical compound CC1=CC=C(S([O-])(=O)=O)C=C1.CCCCCCCC[N+]1=CC=CC=C1 IWFVIBQINSIBAY-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- REAVCZWUMGIGSW-UHFFFAOYSA-M 4-methylbenzenesulfonate;tetrabutylazanium Chemical compound CC1=CC=C(S([O-])(=O)=O)C=C1.CCCC[N+](CCCC)(CCCC)CCCC REAVCZWUMGIGSW-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- TZOFIGOXMOATAF-UHFFFAOYSA-M 4-methylbenzenesulfonate;tetrahexylazanium Chemical compound CC1=CC=C(S([O-])(=O)=O)C=C1.CCCCCC[N+](CCCCCC)(CCCCCC)CCCCCC TZOFIGOXMOATAF-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- HPWOVCCSRKCACI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 6-bromo-8-(methylamino)imidazo[1,2-a]pyrazine-2-carbonitrile Chemical compound CNC1=NC(Br)=CN2C=C(C#N)N=C12 HPWOVCCSRKCACI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- NHJIDZUQMHKGRE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 7-oxabicyclo[4.1.0]heptan-4-yl 2-(7-oxabicyclo[4.1.0]heptan-4-yl)acetate Chemical compound C1CC2OC2CC1OC(=O)CC1CC2OC2CC1 NHJIDZUQMHKGRE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- KDCGOANMDULRCW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 7H-purine Chemical group N1=CNC2=NC=NC2=C1 KDCGOANMDULRCW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- RZVHIXYEVGDQDX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 9,10-anthraquinone Chemical group C1=CC=C2C(=O)C3=CC=CC=C3C(=O)C2=C1 RZVHIXYEVGDQDX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- QTBSBXVTEAMEQO-UHFFFAOYSA-M Acetate Chemical compound CC([O-])=O QTBSBXVTEAMEQO-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- HRPVXLWXLXDGHG-UHFFFAOYSA-N Acrylamide Chemical compound NC(=O)C=C HRPVXLWXLXDGHG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229920002126 Acrylic acid copolymer Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229910016467 AlCl 4 Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229910017008 AsF 6 Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- CPELXLSAUQHCOX-UHFFFAOYSA-M Bromide Chemical compound [Br-] CPELXLSAUQHCOX-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- DKPFZGUDAPQIHT-UHFFFAOYSA-N Butyl acetate Natural products CCCCOC(C)=O DKPFZGUDAPQIHT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ZTQSAGDEMFDKMZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Butyraldehyde Chemical compound CCCC=O ZTQSAGDEMFDKMZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000004215 Carbon black (E152) Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920008347 Cellulose acetate propionate Polymers 0.000 description 1
- VEXZGXHMUGYJMC-UHFFFAOYSA-M Chloride anion Chemical compound [Cl-] VEXZGXHMUGYJMC-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 229910020366 ClO 4 Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- RPNUMPOLZDHAAY-UHFFFAOYSA-N Diethylenetriamine Chemical compound NCCNCCN RPNUMPOLZDHAAY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- XTHFKEDIFFGKHM-UHFFFAOYSA-N Dimethoxyethane Chemical compound COCCOC XTHFKEDIFFGKHM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000004985 Discotic Liquid Crystal Substance Substances 0.000 description 1
- KRHYYFGTRYWZRS-UHFFFAOYSA-M Fluoride anion Chemical compound [F-] KRHYYFGTRYWZRS-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- GYHNNYVSQQEPJS-UHFFFAOYSA-N Gallium Chemical compound [Ga] GYHNNYVSQQEPJS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 108010010803 Gelatin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-GASJEMHNSA-N Glucose Natural products OC[C@H]1OC(O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H]1O WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-GASJEMHNSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000005057 Hexamethylene diisocyanate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 101000956094 Homo sapiens Protein Daple Proteins 0.000 description 1
- RAXXELZNTBOGNW-UHFFFAOYSA-O Imidazolium Chemical compound C1=C[NH+]=CN1 RAXXELZNTBOGNW-UHFFFAOYSA-O 0.000 description 1
- SIKJAQJRHWYJAI-UHFFFAOYSA-N Indole Chemical compound C1=CC=C2NC=CC2=C1 SIKJAQJRHWYJAI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- DKNPRRRKHAEUMW-UHFFFAOYSA-N Iodine aqueous Chemical compound [K+].I[I-]I DKNPRRRKHAEUMW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000005058 Isophorone diisocyanate Substances 0.000 description 1
- RRHGJUQNOFWUDK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Isoprene Chemical compound CC(=C)C=C RRHGJUQNOFWUDK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- CERQOIWHTDAKMF-UHFFFAOYSA-M Methacrylate Chemical compound CC(=C)C([O-])=O CERQOIWHTDAKMF-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- AFVFQIVMOAPDHO-UHFFFAOYSA-M Methanesulfonate Chemical compound CS([O-])(=O)=O AFVFQIVMOAPDHO-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- NTIZESTWPVYFNL-UHFFFAOYSA-N Methyl isobutyl ketone Chemical compound CC(C)CC(C)=O NTIZESTWPVYFNL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- UIHCLUNTQKBZGK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Methyl isobutyl ketone Natural products CCC(C)C(C)=O UIHCLUNTQKBZGK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- VVQNEPGJFQJSBK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Methyl methacrylate Chemical compound COC(=O)C(C)=C VVQNEPGJFQJSBK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- FXHOOIRPVKKKFG-UHFFFAOYSA-N N,N-Dimethylacetamide Chemical compound CN(C)C(C)=O FXHOOIRPVKKKFG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229910002651 NO3 Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- CTQNGGLPUBDAKN-UHFFFAOYSA-N O-Xylene Chemical compound CC1=CC=CC=C1C CTQNGGLPUBDAKN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ZCQWOFVYLHDMMC-UHFFFAOYSA-N Oxazole Chemical class C1=COC=N1 ZCQWOFVYLHDMMC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229920002845 Poly(methacrylic acid) Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920001665 Poly-4-vinylphenol Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000004695 Polyether sulfone Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000002202 Polyethylene glycol Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920002873 Polyethylenimine Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 239000004734 Polyphenylene sulfide Substances 0.000 description 1
- GOOHAUXETOMSMM-UHFFFAOYSA-N Propylene oxide Chemical compound CC1CO1 GOOHAUXETOMSMM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 102100038589 Protein Daple Human genes 0.000 description 1
- RWRDLPDLKQPQOW-UHFFFAOYSA-N Pyrrolidine Chemical group C1CCNC1 RWRDLPDLKQPQOW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229910018286 SbF 6 Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000002262 Schiff base Substances 0.000 description 1
- 241001500335 Scina Species 0.000 description 1
- VYPSYNLAJGMNEJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Silicium dioxide Chemical compound O=[Si]=O VYPSYNLAJGMNEJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- XUIMIQQOPSSXEZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Silicon Chemical compound [Si] XUIMIQQOPSSXEZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- PMZURENOXWZQFD-UHFFFAOYSA-L Sodium Sulfate Chemical compound [Na+].[Na+].[O-]S([O-])(=O)=O PMZURENOXWZQFD-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- 201000003475 Spinocerebellar ataxia type 40 Diseases 0.000 description 1
- YTPLMLYBLZKORZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Thiophene Chemical group C=1C=CSC=1 YTPLMLYBLZKORZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- DTQVDTLACAAQTR-UHFFFAOYSA-M Trifluoroacetate Chemical compound [O-]C(=O)C(F)(F)F DTQVDTLACAAQTR-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 239000007983 Tris buffer Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920001807 Urea-formaldehyde Polymers 0.000 description 1
- QYKIQEUNHZKYBP-UHFFFAOYSA-N Vinyl ether Chemical class C=COC=C QYKIQEUNHZKYBP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 235000010724 Wisteria floribunda Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- MCMNRKCIXSYSNV-UHFFFAOYSA-N ZrO2 Inorganic materials O=[Zr]=O MCMNRKCIXSYSNV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- SEEVRZDUPHZSOX-WPWMEQJKSA-N [(e)-1-[9-ethyl-6-(2-methylbenzoyl)carbazol-3-yl]ethylideneamino] acetate Chemical compound C=1C=C2N(CC)C3=CC=C(C(\C)=N\OC(C)=O)C=C3C2=CC=1C(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1C SEEVRZDUPHZSOX-WPWMEQJKSA-N 0.000 description 1
- DGEZNRSVGBDHLK-UHFFFAOYSA-N [1,10]phenanthroline Chemical group C1=CN=C2C3=NC=CC=C3C=CC2=C1 DGEZNRSVGBDHLK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000006096 absorbing agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- DHKHKXVYLBGOIT-UHFFFAOYSA-N acetaldehyde Diethyl Acetal Natural products CCOC(C)OCC DHKHKXVYLBGOIT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 150000001241 acetals Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000002339 acetoacetyl group Chemical group O=C([*])C([H])([H])C(=O)C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 239000002253 acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 150000003926 acrylamides Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 239000003522 acrylic cement Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000003213 activating effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 235000011037 adipic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000001361 adipic acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 150000001338 aliphatic hydrocarbons Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 239000003513 alkali Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000002521 alkyl halide group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000004644 alkyl sulfinyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000004390 alkyl sulfonyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000004414 alkyl thio group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000005336 allyloxy group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 150000001412 amines Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 238000004873 anchoring Methods 0.000 description 1
- 150000001449 anionic compounds Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000005577 anthracene group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000005428 anthryl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C([H])=C2C([H])=C3C(*)=C([H])C([H])=C([H])C3=C([H])C2=C1[H] 0.000 description 1
- 239000002216 antistatic agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 101150059062 apln gene Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 239000012298 atmosphere Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000000751 azo group Chemical group [*]N=N[*] 0.000 description 1
- DMLAVOWQYNRWNQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N azobenzene Chemical group C1=CC=CC=C1N=NC1=CC=CC=C1 DMLAVOWQYNRWNQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- GAUZCKBSTZFWCT-UHFFFAOYSA-N azoxybenzene Chemical group C=1C=CC=CC=1[N+]([O-])=NC1=CC=CC=C1 GAUZCKBSTZFWCT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000007611 bar coating method Methods 0.000 description 1
- ISAOCJYIOMOJEB-UHFFFAOYSA-N benzoin Chemical class C=1C=CC=CC=1C(O)C(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1 ISAOCJYIOMOJEB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- RWCCWEUUXYIKHB-UHFFFAOYSA-N benzophenone Chemical group C=1C=CC=CC=1C(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1 RWCCWEUUXYIKHB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 150000008366 benzophenones Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000001797 benzyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C([H])=C(C([H])=C1[H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-VFUOTHLCSA-N beta-D-glucose Chemical compound OC[C@H]1O[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H]1O WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-VFUOTHLCSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000005540 biological transmission Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000015572 biosynthetic process Effects 0.000 description 1
- 125000006267 biphenyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- WXNRYSGJLQFHBR-UHFFFAOYSA-N bis(2,4-dihydroxyphenyl)methanone Chemical compound OC1=CC(O)=CC=C1C(=O)C1=CC=C(O)C=C1O WXNRYSGJLQFHBR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- DJUWPHRCMMMSCV-UHFFFAOYSA-N bis(7-oxabicyclo[4.1.0]heptan-4-ylmethyl) hexanedioate Chemical compound C1CC2OC2CC1COC(=O)CCCCC(=O)OCC1CC2OC2CC1 DJUWPHRCMMMSCV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ANFWGAAJBJPAHX-UHFFFAOYSA-N bis(fluorosulfonyl)azanide;1-ethyl-3-methylimidazol-3-ium Chemical compound CC[N+]=1C=CN(C)C=1.FS(=O)(=O)[N-]S(F)(=O)=O ANFWGAAJBJPAHX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- LRESCJAINPKJTO-UHFFFAOYSA-N bis(trifluoromethylsulfonyl)azanide;1-ethyl-3-methylimidazol-3-ium Chemical compound CCN1C=C[N+](C)=C1.FC(F)(F)S(=O)(=O)[N-]S(=O)(=O)C(F)(F)F LRESCJAINPKJTO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- REYBKXICDFBMEW-UHFFFAOYSA-N bis(trifluoromethylsulfonyl)azanide;1-octylpyridin-1-ium Chemical compound CCCCCCCC[N+]1=CC=CC=C1.FC(F)(F)S(=O)(=O)[N-]S(=O)(=O)C(F)(F)F REYBKXICDFBMEW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- CFAPFDTWIGBCQK-UHFFFAOYSA-N bis(trifluoromethylsulfonyl)azanide;tetrabutylazanium Chemical compound FC(F)(F)S(=O)(=O)[N-]S(=O)(=O)C(F)(F)F.CCCC[N+](CCCC)(CCCC)CCCC CFAPFDTWIGBCQK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- QFLRMCUVYQFPCO-UHFFFAOYSA-N bis(trifluoromethylsulfonyl)azanide;tributyl(2-methoxyethyl)phosphanium Chemical compound FC(F)(F)S(=O)(=O)[N-]S(=O)(=O)C(F)(F)F.CCCC[P+](CCCC)(CCCC)CCOC QFLRMCUVYQFPCO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- YJPDLBMZLGTDRZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N bis(trifluoromethylsulfonyl)azanide;tributyl(methyl)phosphanium Chemical compound CCCC[P+](C)(CCCC)CCCC.FC(F)(F)S(=O)(=O)[N-]S(=O)(=O)C(F)(F)F YJPDLBMZLGTDRZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- LMMDJMWIHPEQSJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N bis[(3-methyl-7-oxabicyclo[4.1.0]heptan-4-yl)methyl] hexanedioate Chemical compound C1C2OC2CC(C)C1COC(=O)CCCCC(=O)OCC1CC2OC2CC1C LMMDJMWIHPEQSJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- XUCHXOAWJMEFLF-UHFFFAOYSA-N bisphenol F diglycidyl ether Chemical compound C1OC1COC(C=C1)=CC=C1CC(C=C1)=CC=C1OCC1CO1 XUCHXOAWJMEFLF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000000740 bleeding effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000000903 blocking effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- GQVINEJTISSYEM-UHFFFAOYSA-N butan-1-one Chemical compound CCC[C+]=O GQVINEJTISSYEM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000000484 butyl group Chemical group [H]C([*])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 125000001951 carbamoylamino group Chemical group C(N)(=O)N* 0.000 description 1
- 239000011203 carbon fibre reinforced carbon Substances 0.000 description 1
- 150000001735 carboxylic acids Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 239000003054 catalyst Substances 0.000 description 1
- 150000001767 cationic compounds Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 239000000919 ceramic Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000008859 change Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000006757 chemical reactions by type Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000001309 chloro group Chemical group Cl* 0.000 description 1
- XENVCRGQTABGKY-ZHACJKMWSA-N chlorohydrin Chemical compound CC#CC#CC#CC#C\C=C\C(Cl)CO XENVCRGQTABGKY-ZHACJKMWSA-N 0.000 description 1
- WBYWAXJHAXSJNI-UHFFFAOYSA-N cinnamic acid Chemical group OC(=O)C=CC1=CC=CC=C1 WBYWAXJHAXSJNI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- PMMYEEVYMWASQN-IMJSIDKUSA-N cis-4-Hydroxy-L-proline Chemical compound O[C@@H]1CN[C@H](C(O)=O)C1 PMMYEEVYMWASQN-IMJSIDKUSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229920006026 co-polymeric resin Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 238000004040 coloring Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000000052 comparative effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000001276 controlling effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 125000000332 coumarinyl group Chemical group O1C(=O)C(=CC2=CC=CC=C12)* 0.000 description 1
- 229930003836 cresol Natural products 0.000 description 1
- NZNMSOFKMUBTKW-UHFFFAOYSA-M cyclohexanecarboxylate Chemical compound [O-]C(=O)C1CCCCC1 NZNMSOFKMUBTKW-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- FOTKYAAJKYLFFN-UHFFFAOYSA-N decane-1,10-diol Chemical compound OCCCCCCCCCCO FOTKYAAJKYLFFN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229920005994 diacetyl cellulose Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 125000000664 diazo group Chemical group [N-]=[N+]=[*] 0.000 description 1
- 150000001991 dicarboxylic acids Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 238000009792 diffusion process Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000005442 diisocyanate group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000002147 dimethylamino group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])N(*)C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- GLJFIHYAHOYDOF-UHFFFAOYSA-M dimethylphosphinate;2-hydroxyethyl(trimethyl)azanium Chemical compound CP(C)([O-])=O.C[N+](C)(C)CCO GLJFIHYAHOYDOF-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- ICIDZHMCYAIUIJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N dinaphthalen-1-yldiazene Chemical group C1=CC=C2C(N=NC=3C4=CC=CC=C4C=CC=3)=CC=CC2=C1 ICIDZHMCYAIUIJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- KPUWHANPEXNPJT-UHFFFAOYSA-N disiloxane Chemical class [SiH3]O[SiH3] KPUWHANPEXNPJT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- SLZCDQVDTBWJND-UHFFFAOYSA-L disodium 8-[[4-[4-[(4-ethoxyphenyl)diazenyl]-3-methylphenyl]-2-methylphenyl]diazenyl]-7-hydroxynaphthalene-1,3-disulfonate Chemical compound CCOC1=CC=C(C=C1)N=NC2=C(C=C(C=C2)C3=CC(=C(C=C3)N=NC4=C(C=CC5=CC(=CC(=C54)S(=O)(=O)O)S(=O)(=O)[O-])[O-])C)C.[Na+].[Na+] SLZCDQVDTBWJND-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- 239000006185 dispersion Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000006575 electron-withdrawing group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 239000003995 emulsifying agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000000839 emulsion Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000003759 ester based solvent Substances 0.000 description 1
- WOXXJEVNDJOOLV-UHFFFAOYSA-N ethenyl-tris(2-methoxyethoxy)silane Chemical compound COCCO[Si](OCCOC)(OCCOC)C=C WOXXJEVNDJOOLV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 150000002170 ethers Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- HHBOIIOOTUCYQD-UHFFFAOYSA-N ethoxy-dimethyl-[3-(oxiran-2-ylmethoxy)propyl]silane Chemical compound CCO[Si](C)(C)CCCOCC1CO1 HHBOIIOOTUCYQD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000001495 ethyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- 229940116333 ethyl lactate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 125000000816 ethylene group Chemical group [H]C([H])([*:1])C([H])([H])[*:2] 0.000 description 1
- 239000004744 fabric Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000007888 film coating Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000009501 film coating Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000012847 fine chemical Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000002485 formyl group Chemical group [H]C(*)=O 0.000 description 1
- 229910052733 gallium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229920000159 gelatin Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 235000019322 gelatine Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 235000011852 gelatine desserts Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 230000009477 glass transition Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000008103 glucose Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000007756 gravure coating Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229910052736 halogen Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 150000002367 halogens Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000005842 heteroatom Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- RRAMGCGOFNQTLD-UHFFFAOYSA-N hexamethylene diisocyanate Chemical compound O=C=NCCCCCCN=C=O RRAMGCGOFNQTLD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- FUZZWVXGSFPDMH-UHFFFAOYSA-M hexanoate Chemical compound CCCCCC([O-])=O FUZZWVXGSFPDMH-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 229920001519 homopolymer Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229930195733 hydrocarbon Natural products 0.000 description 1
- XMBWDFGMSWQBCA-UHFFFAOYSA-N hydrogen iodide Chemical class I XMBWDFGMSWQBCA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000005984 hydrogenation reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000001771 impaired effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 125000001041 indolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 230000006698 induction Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000000977 initiatory effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229910001412 inorganic anion Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229910001411 inorganic cation Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229910017053 inorganic salt Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- XMBWDFGMSWQBCA-UHFFFAOYSA-M iodide Chemical compound [I-] XMBWDFGMSWQBCA-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 238000005040 ion trap Methods 0.000 description 1
- 150000002500 ions Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- IQPQWNKOIGAROB-UHFFFAOYSA-N isocyanate group Chemical group [N-]=C=O IQPQWNKOIGAROB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000001261 isocyanato group Chemical group *N=C=O 0.000 description 1
- 238000006317 isomerization reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- NIMLQBUJDJZYEJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N isophorone diisocyanate Chemical compound CC1(C)CC(N=C=O)CC(C)(CN=C=O)C1 NIMLQBUJDJZYEJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000002183 isoquinolinyl group Chemical group C1(=NC=CC2=CC=CC=C12)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000005439 maleimidyl group Chemical group C1(C=CC(N1*)=O)=O 0.000 description 1
- JDSHMPZPIAZGSV-UHFFFAOYSA-N melamine Chemical compound NC1=NC(N)=NC(N)=N1 JDSHMPZPIAZGSV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 150000007974 melamines Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 239000000155 melt Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000005641 methacryl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- WCYWZMWISLQXQU-UHFFFAOYSA-N methyl Chemical compound [CH3] WCYWZMWISLQXQU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000001570 methylene group Chemical group [H]C([H])([*:1])[*:2] 0.000 description 1
- LVHBHZANLOWSRM-UHFFFAOYSA-N methylenebutanedioic acid Natural products OC(=O)CC(=C)C(O)=O LVHBHZANLOWSRM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000002816 methylsulfanyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])S[*] 0.000 description 1
- 238000002156 mixing Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000003607 modifier Substances 0.000 description 1
- PHQOGHDTIVQXHL-UHFFFAOYSA-N n'-(3-trimethoxysilylpropyl)ethane-1,2-diamine Chemical compound CO[Si](OC)(OC)CCCNCCN PHQOGHDTIVQXHL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- MQWFLKHKWJMCEN-UHFFFAOYSA-N n'-[3-[dimethoxy(methyl)silyl]propyl]ethane-1,2-diamine Chemical compound CO[Si](C)(OC)CCCNCCN MQWFLKHKWJMCEN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- VMGAPWLDMVPYIA-HIDZBRGKSA-N n'-amino-n-iminomethanimidamide Chemical group N\N=C\N=N VMGAPWLDMVPYIA-HIDZBRGKSA-N 0.000 description 1
- KBJFYLLAMSZSOG-UHFFFAOYSA-N n-(3-trimethoxysilylpropyl)aniline Chemical compound CO[Si](OC)(OC)CCCNC1=CC=CC=C1 KBJFYLLAMSZSOG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 150000002825 nitriles Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000000018 nitroso group Chemical group N(=O)* 0.000 description 1
- JFNLZVQOOSMTJK-KNVOCYPGSA-N norbornene Chemical compound C1[C@@H]2CC[C@H]1C=C2 JFNLZVQOOSMTJK-KNVOCYPGSA-N 0.000 description 1
- OTLDLKLSNZMTTA-UHFFFAOYSA-N octahydro-1h-4,7-methanoindene-1,5-diyldimethanol Chemical compound C1C2C3C(CO)CCC3C1C(CO)C2 OTLDLKLSNZMTTA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- JRZJOMJEPLMPRA-UHFFFAOYSA-N olefin Natural products CCCCCCCC=C JRZJOMJEPLMPRA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000003960 organic solvent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000002971 oxazolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 150000002923 oximes Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- TWNQGVIAIRXVLR-UHFFFAOYSA-N oxo(oxoalumanyloxy)alumane Chemical compound O=[Al]O[Al]=O TWNQGVIAIRXVLR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000002245 particle Substances 0.000 description 1
- VLTRZXGMWDSKGL-UHFFFAOYSA-M perchlorate Inorganic materials [O-]Cl(=O)(=O)=O VLTRZXGMWDSKGL-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 239000013500 performance material Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000002093 peripheral effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 125000005561 phenanthryl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000004437 phosphorous atom Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 238000011907 photodimerization Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000006303 photolysis reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000000704 physical effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229920003023 plastic Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000004033 plastic Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920005575 poly(amic acid) Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920001643 poly(ether ketone) Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920003207 poly(ethylene-2,6-naphthalate) Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920003229 poly(methyl methacrylate) Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920000548 poly(silane) polymer Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920002492 poly(sulfone) Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920002401 polyacrylamide Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920001281 polyalkylene Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 150000004291 polyenes Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920006393 polyether sulfone Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920001223 polyethylene glycol Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000011112 polyethylene naphthalate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000004926 polymethyl methacrylate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 150000003077 polyols Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 229920006380 polyphenylene oxide Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920000069 polyphenylene sulfide Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920001155 polypropylene Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920001451 polypropylene glycol Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920000166 polytrimethylene carbonate Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920002635 polyurethane Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000004814 polyurethane Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000004800 polyvinyl chloride Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920000915 polyvinyl chloride Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920000036 polyvinylpyrrolidone Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 239000001267 polyvinylpyrrolidone Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 235000013855 polyvinylpyrrolidone Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 125000002924 primary amino group Chemical group [H]N([H])* 0.000 description 1
- 230000008569 process Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000012545 processing Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000001737 promoting effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- IXRIKXJQFYIWSW-UHFFFAOYSA-N propan-1-one Chemical compound CC[C+]=O IXRIKXJQFYIWSW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- LLHKCFNBLRBOGN-UHFFFAOYSA-N propylene glycol methyl ether acetate Chemical compound COCC(C)OC(C)=O LLHKCFNBLRBOGN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000006239 protecting group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000003226 pyrazolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- JUJWROOIHBZHMG-UHFFFAOYSA-O pyridinium Chemical compound C1=CC=[NH+]C=C1 JUJWROOIHBZHMG-UHFFFAOYSA-O 0.000 description 1
- 150000003242 quaternary ammonium salts Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000002943 quinolinyl group Chemical group N1=C(C=CC2=CC=CC=C12)* 0.000 description 1
- 238000005070 sampling Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000007127 saponification reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000006748 scratching Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000002393 scratching effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000035945 sensitivity Effects 0.000 description 1
- 125000005372 silanol group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 229910052710 silicon Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000010703 silicon Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910052814 silicon oxide Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229920002545 silicone oil Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000002356 single layer Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910052938 sodium sulfate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 235000011152 sodium sulphate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 238000004528 spin coating Methods 0.000 description 1
- PJANXHGTPQOBST-UHFFFAOYSA-N stilbene Chemical group C=1C=CC=CC=1C=CC1=CC=CC=C1 PJANXHGTPQOBST-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000003756 stirring Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000005504 styryl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000000020 sulfo group Chemical group O=S(=O)([*])O[H] 0.000 description 1
- 125000000542 sulfonic acid group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 150000003460 sulfonic acids Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 238000004381 surface treatment Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000004094 surface-active agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000003786 synthesis reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- DZLFLBLQUQXARW-UHFFFAOYSA-N tetrabutylammonium Chemical compound CCCC[N+](CCCC)(CCCC)CCCC DZLFLBLQUQXARW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000000383 tetramethylene group Chemical group [H]C([H])([*:1])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])[*:2] 0.000 description 1
- 229920005992 thermoplastic resin Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000010409 thin film Substances 0.000 description 1
- DVKJHBMWWAPEIU-UHFFFAOYSA-N toluene 2,4-diisocyanate Chemical compound CC1=CC=C(N=C=O)C=C1N=C=O DVKJHBMWWAPEIU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- JOXIMZWYDAKGHI-UHFFFAOYSA-N toluene-4-sulfonic acid Chemical compound CC1=CC=C(S(O)(=O)=O)C=C1 JOXIMZWYDAKGHI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 150000003918 triazines Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 150000003852 triazoles Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- JXUKBNICSRJFAP-UHFFFAOYSA-N triethoxy-[3-(oxiran-2-ylmethoxy)propyl]silane Chemical compound CCO[Si](OCC)(OCC)CCCOCC1CO1 JXUKBNICSRJFAP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ZIBGPFATKBEMQZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N triethylene glycol Chemical compound OCCOCCOCCO ZIBGPFATKBEMQZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- XPDWGBQVDMORPB-UHFFFAOYSA-N trifluoromethane acid Natural products FC(F)F XPDWGBQVDMORPB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000002023 trifluoromethyl group Chemical group FC(F)(F)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000003258 trimethylene group Chemical group [H]C([H])([*:2])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])[*:1] 0.000 description 1
- QXJQHYBHAIHNGG-UHFFFAOYSA-N trimethylolethane Chemical compound OCC(C)(CO)CO QXJQHYBHAIHNGG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- LAGQNGWYNLUQRI-UHFFFAOYSA-N trioctylmethylammonium bis(trifluoromethylsulfonyl)imide Chemical compound FC(F)(F)S(=O)(=O)[N-]S(=O)(=O)C(F)(F)F.CCCCCCCC[N+](C)(CCCCCCCC)CCCCCCCC LAGQNGWYNLUQRI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- LENZDBCJOHFCAS-UHFFFAOYSA-N tris Chemical compound OCC(N)(CO)CO LENZDBCJOHFCAS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- WFKWXMTUELFFGS-UHFFFAOYSA-N tungsten Chemical compound [W] WFKWXMTUELFFGS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229910052721 tungsten Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000010937 tungsten Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000013585 weight reducing agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000006839 xylylene group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 150000003752 zinc compounds Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- PAPBSGBWRJIAAV-UHFFFAOYSA-N ε-Caprolactone Chemical compound O=C1CCCCCO1 PAPBSGBWRJIAAV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
Images
Classifications
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G02—OPTICS
- G02B—OPTICAL ELEMENTS, SYSTEMS OR APPARATUS
- G02B5/00—Optical elements other than lenses
- G02B5/30—Polarising elements
- G02B5/3016—Polarising elements involving passive liquid crystal elements
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G02—OPTICS
- G02B—OPTICAL ELEMENTS, SYSTEMS OR APPARATUS
- G02B5/00—Optical elements other than lenses
- G02B5/30—Polarising elements
- G02B5/3083—Birefringent or phase retarding elements
-
- B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
- B32—LAYERED PRODUCTS
- B32B—LAYERED PRODUCTS, i.e. PRODUCTS BUILT-UP OF STRATA OF FLAT OR NON-FLAT, e.g. CELLULAR OR HONEYCOMB, FORM
- B32B27/00—Layered products comprising a layer of synthetic resin
-
- B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
- B32—LAYERED PRODUCTS
- B32B—LAYERED PRODUCTS, i.e. PRODUCTS BUILT-UP OF STRATA OF FLAT OR NON-FLAT, e.g. CELLULAR OR HONEYCOMB, FORM
- B32B3/00—Layered products comprising a layer with external or internal discontinuities or unevennesses, or a layer of non-planar shape; Layered products comprising a layer having particular features of form
- B32B3/26—Layered products comprising a layer with external or internal discontinuities or unevennesses, or a layer of non-planar shape; Layered products comprising a layer having particular features of form characterised by a particular shape of the outline of the cross-section of a continuous layer; characterised by a layer with cavities or internal voids ; characterised by an apertured layer
- B32B3/30—Layered products comprising a layer with external or internal discontinuities or unevennesses, or a layer of non-planar shape; Layered products comprising a layer having particular features of form characterised by a particular shape of the outline of the cross-section of a continuous layer; characterised by a layer with cavities or internal voids ; characterised by an apertured layer characterised by a layer formed with recesses or projections, e.g. hollows, grooves, protuberances, ribs
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C08—ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
- C08J—WORKING-UP; GENERAL PROCESSES OF COMPOUNDING; AFTER-TREATMENT NOT COVERED BY SUBCLASSES C08B, C08C, C08F, C08G or C08H
- C08J7/00—Chemical treatment or coating of shaped articles made of macromolecular substances
- C08J7/04—Coating
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G02—OPTICS
- G02B—OPTICAL ELEMENTS, SYSTEMS OR APPARATUS
- G02B5/00—Optical elements other than lenses
- G02B5/30—Polarising elements
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C08—ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
- C08J—WORKING-UP; GENERAL PROCESSES OF COMPOUNDING; AFTER-TREATMENT NOT COVERED BY SUBCLASSES C08B, C08C, C08F, C08G or C08H
- C08J2301/00—Characterised by the use of cellulose, modified cellulose or cellulose derivatives
- C08J2301/02—Cellulose; Modified cellulose
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C08—ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
- C08J—WORKING-UP; GENERAL PROCESSES OF COMPOUNDING; AFTER-TREATMENT NOT COVERED BY SUBCLASSES C08B, C08C, C08F, C08G or C08H
- C08J2323/00—Characterised by the use of homopolymers or copolymers of unsaturated aliphatic hydrocarbons having only one carbon-to-carbon double bond; Derivatives of such polymers
Definitions
- the present invention relates to a long film, particularly a long film having a functional layer including a liquid crystal cured product layer on a base film.
- the elliptical polarizing plate is an optical film in which a polarizing film and a retardation plate are laminated.
- a polarizing film and a retardation plate are laminated.
- a device such as an organic EL image display device that displays an image in a flat state
- light reflection by electrodes constituting the device is used. It is used to prevent.
- Patent Document 1 The type of optical film to be used is known (Patent Document 1).
- the functional layer is made into another optical film from the long optical film.
- the so-called Roll to Roll method is usually used.
- the functional layer composed of the liquid crystal cured product layer obtained by molecularly orienting the polymerizable liquid crystal compound in a specific direction and curing the liquid crystal cured product layer is based on the liquid crystal cured product layer at the end in the short direction when the base film is peeled off during transfer. It is difficult to peel the material film linearly with respect to the peeling direction (flow direction), and there is a tendency that the edge portion of the liquid crystal cured product layer is torn off in a jagged manner.
- the present invention is a long film having a base film and a functional layer including a transferable liquid crystal cured product layer, and the functional layer at the end in the short direction is detached when the base film is peeled off. It is an object of the present invention to provide a long film capable of producing an optical film which is difficult and has excellent optical characteristics with high productivity.
- a cured product layer of a polymerizable liquid crystal composition containing a long base film having uneven portions at at least one end in the short direction of at least one surface and at least one polymerizable liquid crystal compound.
- a long film comprising a transferable functional layer containing The functional layer is laminated on the surface having the uneven portion of the base film.
- the molecular orientation direction of the polymerizable liquid crystal compound in the cured product layer constituting the functional layer is horizontal with respect to the long direction plane of the base film, and the long direction of the base film.
- the long film according to any one of [1] to [5], wherein the cured product layer constituting the functional layer satisfies the following formulas (1) and (2).
- Re ( ⁇ ) represents an in-plane retardation value at a wavelength of ⁇ nm.
- the present invention is a long film having a base film and a functional layer including a transferable liquid crystal cured product layer, and the functional layer at the end in the short direction is detached when the base film is peeled off. It is possible to provide a long film that is difficult to produce and can produce an optical film having excellent optical characteristics with high productivity.
- the long film of the present invention is a cured product of a polymerizable liquid crystal composition containing a base film having an uneven portion at at least one end in the short direction of at least one surface and at least one polymerizable liquid crystal compound. It has a transferable functional layer including a layer.
- the transferable functional layer is laminated on the surface side of the base film having the uneven portion, and the entire width of the base film in the short direction is A, and the uneven portion existing in the base film.
- FIG. 1 is a cross-sectional view showing an example of a layer structure of the long film of the present invention viewed from the short direction, although not limited to this.
- the long film 11 of the present invention is formed by laminating a base film 1 and a functional layer 2.
- Concavo-convex portions 3 are provided at both ends of the surface on which the functional layer 2 of the base film 1 is laminated, and the functional layer 2 is laminated so as to overlap a part of each uneven portion 3.
- the total width of the base film 1 in the short direction is A
- the total width of the uneven portions 3 provided at both ends of the base film 1 in the short direction is B (B1 + B2 in FIG. 1)
- the total width of the functional layer 2 in the short direction When C is, B + C becomes larger than A.
- the term "transferable functional layer” means a layer capable of peeling off a base film and transferring it to another member such as another base material or an optical film, and is a polymerizable liquid crystal compound. Includes a cured product layer of a polymerizable liquid crystal compound containing the above (hereinafter, also referred to as “liquid crystal cured product layer”).
- the functional layer may include a layer other than the liquid crystal cured product layer as long as it does not affect the effect of the present invention and can function as an optical film after transfer.
- a functional layer such as a liquid crystal cured product layer to other members such as a polarizing film.
- the functional layer includes all the layers that are peeled off from the base film and transferred to other members. ..
- the total width of the base film in the short direction is A
- the total width of the uneven portions existing in the base film in the short direction is B
- the width of the functional layer in the short direction is C.
- it has a configuration that satisfies B + C> A. That is, in the long film of the present invention, a part of the functional layer is laminated on at least a part of the uneven portion existing in the base film.
- the functional layer is peeled linearly with respect to the peeling direction (flow direction) at the end of the long film. can do.
- the uneven portion covered with the functional layer is less likely to be pressed during transportation or when stored in a roll shape, and settled with the passage of time (the protrusion of the uneven portion becomes smaller), even after long-term storage.
- the functional layer can be easily and neatly peeled off from the base film.
- the functional layer constituting the long film of the present invention is laminated on the base film over the entire width direction of the functional layer. Therefore, it is preferable that the overall width A in the short direction of the base film and the width C in the short direction of the functional layer have a relationship of A ⁇ C, and more preferably A> C.
- the base film has irregularities linearly in the elongated direction, and both ends of the substrate film are linearly uneven in the elongated direction. It is more preferable that the portion is present. Further, it is more preferable that both ends of the functional layer are laminated so as to overlap with the uneven portions existing at both ends of the base film with a certain width.
- the long film has such a structure, the above-mentioned effect of the present invention can be further enhanced when the functional layer is peeled from the base film and transferred to another member.
- a layer on the side adjacent to the base film of the functional layer is formed by being directly applied onto the base film and then cured.
- a liquid crystal cured product layer or a photoalignment film is preferable.
- the peeling force when peeling the functional layer from the base film is preferably 0.02 N / 25 mm or more and less than 1 N / 25 mm.
- the peeling force is within the above range, an appropriate adhesion is generated between the functional layer and the base film, so that the functional layer can be peeled along the uneven portion of the base film.
- the functional layer can be easily and neatly peeled from the base film because it has an appropriate peelability while suppressing detachment due to the functional layer adhering to the transport roll or the like during transfer.
- the peeling force is more preferably 0.03 N / 25 mm or more, further preferably 0.05 N / 25 mm or more, and more preferably. Is 0.5 N / 25 mm or less, more preferably 0.3 N / 25 mm or less.
- the peeling force depends on the width of the uneven portion provided on the base film, the height and shape of the unevenness, the material constituting the surface of the base film and the functional layer in contact with the base film, the conditions for applying and curing the functional layer, etc. Can be controlled.
- the peeling force is based at a speed of 300 mm / min at the interface between the functional layer and the base film, or at the interface between the transferred layer in the functional layer and the layer to be peeled together with the base film. It means the base material peeling force (N / 25 mm) when peeling the material film, and can be specifically measured according to the method described in Examples described later.
- the relationship between the in-plane average thickness X of the functional layer and the maximum height Y of the convex portion of the uneven portion satisfies 1.0 ⁇ Y / X ⁇ 15.0.
- the value of Y / X is more preferably 1.5 or more, further preferably 2.0 or more, still more preferably 12.0 or less, still more preferably 10.0 or less.
- the "in-plane average thickness of the functional layer” is an in-plane measurement of the total thickness of all the layers constituting the functional layer in the short direction within a range not including a portion overlapping the uneven portion of the base film. Means the average value.
- the "maximum height of the convex portion of the uneven portion” means the height from the base film surface without the uneven portion to the apex of the convex portion which is the maximum height in the uneven portion.
- the in-plane average thickness X of the functional layer and the maximum height Y of the convex portion of the uneven portion can be measured using, for example, a contact film thickness meter, and specifically, the method described in Examples described later. Can be measured according to.
- Examples of the base film constituting the long film of the present invention include thin film glass and resin film, but a resin film is preferable from the viewpoint of processability.
- Examples of the resin constituting the resin film include olefin resins (preferably cyclic olefin resins) such as polyethylene, polypropylene, and norbornene polymers; polyvinyl alcohol; polyethylene terephthalates; polymethacrylic acid esters; polyacrylic acid esters; Cellulose esters such as triacetyl cellulose, diacetyl cellulose, and cellulose acetate propionate; polyethylene naphthalate; polycarbonate; polysulfone; polyethersulfone; polyether ketone; plastics such as polyphenylene sulfide and polyphenylene oxide.
- Such a resin can be formed into a film by a known means such as a solvent casting method and a melt extrusion method to form a base material.
- a known means such as a solvent casting method and a melt extrusion method to form a base material.
- the surface of the base film may be subjected to surface treatment such as mold release treatment such as silicone treatment, corona treatment, and plasma treatment.
- a commercially available product may be used as the base film.
- the commercially available cellulose ester base material include a cellulose ester base material manufactured by Fuji Photo Film Co., Ltd. such as Fujitac Film.
- commercially available cyclic olefin resins include, for example, cyclic olefin resins manufactured by Ticona (Germany) such as “Topas (registered trademark)”; cyclic olefins manufactured by JSR Corporation such as "Arton (registered trademark)". Resins; Cyclic olefin resins manufactured by Nippon Zeon Co., Ltd.
- Cyclic olefin resin manufactured by Chemical Corporation can be mentioned.
- a commercially available cyclic olefin resin base material can also be used.
- cyclic olefin resin base materials cyclic olefin resin base materials manufactured by Sekisui Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.
- the base film is a cellulosic resin film or an olefin-based film from the viewpoints of thinning, easy peeling of the functional layer from the base film, easy orientation of the polymerizable liquid crystal compound, solvent resistance, and low compound refractive property.
- a resin film is preferable, and a cellulosic resin film is more preferable.
- a cellulosic resin film produced by a solvent casting method has difficulty in imparting slipperiness to the film surface, has high adhesion to a layer laminated on the film, and is wound into a long roll shape. At that time, sticking is likely to occur.
- the functional layer is in close contact with the base film on the back surface, so that it may be randomly peeled off and partially fall off. Even in such a case, an uneven portion is provided at the end of the base material to further enhance the adhesion with the functional layer in the uneven portion, and in a region without unevenness, between the functional layer and the base film on the back surface.
- By providing a gap sticking / dropping in a non-concavo-convex region is suppressed, and an appropriate difference is generated in the adhesion between the base film and the functional layer between the concavo-convex portion and the non-concavo-convex region.
- the functional layer can be easily peeled off linearly from the base film in the peeling direction. Therefore, the present invention may be particularly advantageous when a cellulosic resin film is used.
- the uneven portion on the base film is so-called knurling, and usually functions as a structure for suppressing contact or sticking between the base film surfaces when the base film is wound up. ..
- the shape, material, and forming method of such uneven portions may be appropriately selected from conventionally known ones according to the base film and functional layer constituting the long film, the desired peeling force, and the like.
- the uneven portion is preferably formed in a desired region at the end of the base film, for example, when the base film is wound up.
- the uneven portion may be formed on only one surface of the base film or on both sides. Further, the uneven portion may be provided only on at least one end of the base film, but in order to obtain good peelability of the functional layer from the base film, it is provided at both ends of the base film. Is preferable.
- the uneven portion is provided in a strip shape parallel to the long direction at the end of the base film in the short direction.
- the width of the uneven portion provided in the strip shape in the short direction is appropriately determined according to the width in the short direction of the long film, the base film and functional layer constituting the long film, the desired peeling force, the thickness of the long film, and the like.
- the width at each end is about 0.2 to 5% of the width in the short direction of the base film.
- the width in the short direction of the uneven portion is preferably 1 mm or more, more preferably 3 mm or more, still more preferably 5 mm or more, and preferably 50 mm or less. It is more preferably 30 mm or less, still more preferably 20 mm or less.
- the height of the uneven portion is the width in the short direction of the long film, the width in the short direction of the uneven portion, the thickness of the functional layer, the base film or functional layer constituting the long film, the desired peeling force, and the thickness of the long film. It may be decided as appropriate according to the above. It is preferably 0.5 ⁇ m or more, more preferably 1 ⁇ m or more, and preferably 500 ⁇ m or less, more preferably 200 ⁇ m or less, still more preferably 20 ⁇ m or less. When the height of each uneven portion is within the above range, an appropriate anchor effect is likely to occur between the uneven portion and the functional layer, and good peelability between the base film and the functional layer is likely to be obtained.
- the height of the uneven portion referred to here means the average height of each uneven portion when the surface of the base film having no uneven portion is used as a reference in the base film on which the functional layers are not laminated.
- the average total thickness is calculated by measuring the area where the uneven portion of the base film does not exist with a 1 mm pitch in the width direction using a contact type film thickness meter, and similarly at the same position in the width direction. By calculating the average total thickness of the uneven portion by measuring the range in which the uneven portion exists at the end portion, the average height of the uneven portion can be measured and calculated from the difference.
- the number (density) of the unevenness per 1 cm 2 of the uneven portion is preferably 20 or more, more preferably 50 or more, preferably 1000 or less, more preferably 500 or less, still more preferably 200 or less. .. It is preferable that each unevenness is uniformly present in the uneven portion. When the density of each uneven portion is within the above range, an appropriate anchor effect is likely to occur between the uneven portion and the functional layer, and good peelability between the base film and the functional layer is likely to be obtained.
- each unevenness constituting the uneven portion examples include a pyramidal trapezoid, a conical trapezoid, a circular hill, a corrugated shape, a lattice shape, and an indeterminate shape.
- the size of each unevenness includes the width in the short direction of the long film, the width in the short direction of the uneven portion, the density of the uneven portion, the base film and the functional layer constituting the long film, the desired peeling force, the thickness of the long film, etc. It may be decided as appropriate according to the above.
- the cross-sectional shape is circular or substantially circular, and the diameter of the cross-sectional shape is preferably about 50 to 1000 ⁇ m, more preferably 100 to 100. It is 3000 ⁇ m.
- a method of sandwiching the uneven portion with a pair of rolls is common. It may be a one-sided push using an embossed roll on only one side of a pair of rolls, or a two-sided push using an embossed roll on both sides. In addition, it may be processed with another laser or the like. Specific examples of such uneven portions include those described in International Publication No. 2010/143524, JP-A-2007-91784, and the like. Further, a commercially available product may be used as the base film having the uneven portion. Examples of commercially available products include cellulose ester substrates manufactured by Konica Minolta Opto Co., Ltd. such as "KC8UX2M”, “KC8UY”, and "KC4UY".
- the thickness of the base film may be appropriately determined according to the material of the base film and the like, but is usually 5 to 300 ⁇ m, preferably 10 to 150 ⁇ m. From the viewpoint of lengthening the film and quality after winding, it is more preferably 20 to 80 ⁇ m.
- the width of the base film in the short direction is preferably 0.5 to 3 m, more preferably 0.6 to 2.5 m, and even more preferably 0.8 to 2.2 m.
- the long film is preferably wound in a roll shape, and the length thereof is preferably 100 to 10000 m, more preferably 500 to 7000 m, and further preferably 1000 to 6000 m per winding roll.
- the functional layer constituting the long film of the present invention includes a cured product layer of a polymerizable liquid crystal composition containing at least one polymerizable liquid crystal compound.
- the cured product layer is a liquid crystal cured product layer in which the polymerizable liquid crystal compound is cured in a state of being oriented in a specific direction such as a horizontal direction or a vertical direction with respect to the cured product layer plane.
- the polymerizable liquid crystal compound is a liquid crystal compound having a polymerizable group, particularly a photopolymerizable group.
- the polymerizable liquid crystal compound is not particularly limited as long as it can form a cured liquid crystal layer having desired optical properties, and for example, a polymerizable liquid crystal compound conventionally known in the field of retardation film can be used.
- a polymerizable group is a group that can participate in a polymerization reaction.
- the photopolymerizable group is a polymerizable group and refers to a group that can participate in the polymerization reaction by a reactive active species generated from the photopolymerization initiator, for example, an active radical or an acid.
- Examples of the photopolymerizable group include a vinyl group, a vinyloxy group, a 1-chlorovinyl group, an isopropenyl group, a 4-vinylphenyl group, an acryloyloxy group, a methacryloyloxy group, an oxylanyl group, an oxetanyl group and the like.
- the liquid crystal property exhibited by the polymerizable liquid crystal compound may be a thermotropic liquid crystal or a liotropic liquid crystal, but a thermotropic liquid crystal is preferable in that precise film thickness control is possible.
- the phase-ordered structure of the thermotropic liquid crystal may be a nematic liquid crystal, a smectic liquid crystal, or a discotic liquid crystal.
- the polymerizable liquid crystal compound can be used alone or in combination of two or more.
- the polymerizable liquid crystal compound examples include a polymerizable liquid crystal compound exhibiting positive wavelength dispersibility and a polymerizable liquid crystal compound exhibiting reverse wavelength dispersibility, and it is also possible to use only one of the polymerizable liquid crystal compounds. It can be used, or both types of polymerizable liquid crystal compounds can be mixed and used.
- the polymer obtained by polymerizing in the state of being oriented to contains a polymerizable liquid crystal compound exhibiting reverse wavelength dispersibility.
- a polymerizable liquid crystal compound having a so-called T-shaped or H-shaped molecular structure is preferable, and from the viewpoint of obtaining stronger reverse wavelength dispersion, polymerizable liquid crystal compound having a T-shaped molecular structure is preferable. Liquid crystal compounds are more preferred.
- the polymerizable liquid crystal compound is preferably a compound having the following characteristics (A) to (D).
- B) The polymerizable liquid crystal compound has ⁇ electrons in the long axis direction (a).
- the major axis direction (a) and the number of ⁇ electrons N are defined as follows.
- the major axis direction (a) is, for example, the rod-shaped major axis direction of a compound having a rod-like structure.
- the number of ⁇ electrons N ( ⁇ a) existing in the long axis direction (a) does not include ⁇ electrons that disappear due to the polymerization reaction.
- the number of ⁇ electrons N ( ⁇ a) existing in the major axis direction (a) is the total number of ⁇ electrons on the major axis and ⁇ electrons conjugated thereto, for example, existing in the major axis direction (a).
- the polymerizable liquid crystal compound satisfying the above has a mesogen structure in the major axis direction.
- the liquid crystal phase (nematic phase, smectic phase) is expressed by this mesogen structure.
- the polymerizable liquid crystal compound is preferably a compound capable of forming a nematic phase.
- a nematic phase or a smectic phase is formed by applying a polymerizable liquid crystal compound satisfying the above (A) to (D) on a film (layer) forming a liquid crystal cured film and heating it above the phase transition temperature.
- the polymerizable liquid crystal compounds are usually oriented so that the major axis directions are parallel to each other, and the major axis direction is the nematic phase or smectic phase. Is the orientation direction of.
- a polymer film composed of a polymer oriented in the long axis direction (a) can be formed. ..
- This polymer film absorbs ultraviolet rays by ⁇ electrons in the long axis direction (a) and ⁇ electrons in the crossing direction (b).
- the absorption maximum wavelength of ultraviolet rays absorbed by ⁇ electrons in the crossing direction (b) is defined as ⁇ bmax.
- ⁇ bmax is usually 300 nm to 400 nm.
- the density of ⁇ electrons satisfies the above equation (iii), and since the ⁇ electron density in the crossing direction (b) is larger than the ⁇ electron density in the major axis direction (a), the oscillating surface in the crossing direction (b).
- the absorption of linearly polarized ultraviolet rays (wavelength is ⁇ bmax) having a vibration plane in the long axis direction (a) is larger than the absorption of linearly polarized ultraviolet rays (wavelength is ⁇ bmax) having a vibration plane.
- the ratio (the ratio of the absorbance in the crossing direction (b) of the linearly polarized ultraviolet rays / the absorbance in the major axis direction (a)) is, for example, more than 1.0, preferably 1.2 or more, usually 30 or less, for example, 10 or less. Is.
- a polymerizable liquid crystal compound having the above characteristics often exhibits a reverse wavelength dispersibility in the birefringence of the polymer when polymerized in a state of being oriented in one direction.
- a compound represented by the following formula (X) can be mentioned.
- Ar represents a divalent group having an aromatic group which may have a substituent.
- the aromatic group referred to here include groups exemplified by (Ar-1) to (Ar-23) described later.
- Ar may have two or more aromatic groups.
- the aromatic group may contain at least one or more of a nitrogen atom, an oxygen atom and a sulfur atom.
- the two or more aromatic groups may be bonded to each other by a single bond or a divalent bonding group such as -CO-O- or -O-. ..
- G 1 and G 2 independently represent a divalent aromatic group or a divalent alicyclic hydrocarbon group, respectively.
- the hydrogen atom contained in the divalent aromatic group or the divalent alicyclic hydrocarbon group is a halogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, a fluoroalkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and carbon.
- the carbon atom constituting the divalent aromatic group or divalent alicyclic hydrocarbon group may be substituted with an alkoxy group, a cyano group or a nitro group of the number 1 to 4, and the carbon atom constitutes an oxygen atom or a sulfur atom. Alternatively, it may be substituted with a nitrogen atom.
- L 1 , L 2 , B 1 and B 2 are independently single-bonded or divalent linking groups, respectively.
- E 1 and E 2 each independently represent an alkanediyl group having 1 to 17 carbon atoms, and an alkanediyl group having 4 to 12 carbon atoms is more preferable.
- P 1 and P 2 independently represent a polymerizable group or a hydrogen atom, and at least one is a polymerizable group.
- G 1 and G 2 are each independently substituted with at least one substituent selected from the group consisting of a halogen atom and an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, preferably a 1,4-phenylenediyl group.
- a 1,4-cyclohexanediyl group optionally substituted with at least one substituent selected from the group consisting of a halogen atom and an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 substituted with a methyl group.
- at least one of a plurality of G 1 and G 2 present is preferably a divalent alicyclic hydrocarbon group, and at least one of G 1 and G 2 bonded to L 1 or L 2 is present. More preferably, it is a divalent alicyclic hydrocarbon group.
- L 1 and L 2 are independent of each other, preferably a single bond, an alkylene group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, -O-, -S-, -R a1 OR a2- , -R a3 COOR a4- , -R a5.
- R a1 to R a8 each independently represent a single bond or an alkylene group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms
- R c and R d represent an alkyl group or a hydrogen atom having 1 to 4 carbon atoms.
- L 1 and L 2 are each independently more preferably a single bond, -OR a2-1 -, - CH 2 -, - CH 2 CH 2 -, - COOR a4-1 -, or -OCOR a6-1 - in is there.
- R a2-1 , R a4-1 , and R a6-1 independently represent either single bond, -CH 2- , or -CH 2 CH 2- .
- L 1 and L 2 are independent, more preferably single bond, -O-, -CH 2 CH 2- , -COO-, -COOCH 2 CH 2- , or -OCO-, respectively.
- B 1 and B 2 are independent, preferably single bond, alkylene group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, -O-, -S-, -R a9 OR a10- , -R a11 COOR a12- , -R a13.
- OCOR a14- or-R a15 OC OOR a16- .
- R a9 to R a16 each independently represent a single bond or an alkylene group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms.
- B 1 and B 2 are independent, more preferably single-bonded, -OR a10-1- , -CH 2- , -CH 2 CH 2- , -COOR a12-1- , or -OCOR a14-1- . is there.
- R a10-1 , R a12-1 , and R a14-1 independently represent either single bond, -CH 2- , or -CH 2 CH 2- .
- B 1 and B 2 are each independently more preferably a single bond, -O -, - CH 2 CH 2 -, - COO -, - COOCH 2 CH 2 -, - OCO-, or -OCOCH 2 CH 2 - in is there.
- the polymerizable group represented by P 1 or P 2 includes an epoxy group, a vinyl group, a vinyloxy group, a 1-chlorovinyl group, an isopropenyl group, a 4-vinylphenyl group, an acryloyloxy group, a methacryloyloxy group, and an oxylanyl group. , And an oxetanyl group and the like.
- acryloyloxy group, methylenedioxy group, vinyl group and vinyloxy group are preferable, and acryloyloxy group and methylenedioxy group are more preferable.
- Ar preferably has at least one selected from an aromatic hydrocarbon ring which may have a substituent, an aromatic heterocycle which may have a substituent, and an electron-withdrawing group.
- aromatic hydrocarbon ring examples include a benzene ring, a naphthalene ring, an anthracene ring and the like, and a benzene ring and a naphthalene ring are preferable.
- aromatic heterocycle examples include a furan ring, a benzofuran ring, a pyrrole ring, an indole ring, a thiophene ring, a benzothiophene ring, a pyridine ring, a pyrazine ring, a pyrimidine ring, a triazole ring, a triazine ring, a pyrrolin ring, an imidazole ring, and a pyrazole ring.
- a thiazole ring it is preferable to have a thiazole ring, a benzothiazole ring, or a benzofuran ring, and it is more preferable to have a benzothiazole ring.
- Ar contains a nitrogen atom
- the nitrogen atom preferably has ⁇ electrons.
- the total number of ⁇ electrons N ⁇ contained in the group represented by Ar is usually 6 or more, preferably 8 or more, more preferably 10 or more, still more preferably 14 or more. Especially preferably, it is 16 or more. Further, it is preferably 32 or less, more preferably 26 or less, and further preferably 24 or less.
- Examples of the aromatic group contained in Ar include the following groups.
- Z 0 , Z 1 and Z 2 are independently hydrogen atoms, halogen atoms, and alkyl having 1 to 12 carbon atoms.
- Z 0 , Z 1 and Z 2 may contain
- Q 1 and Q 2 each independently, -CR 2 'R 3' - , - S -, - NH -, - NR 2 '-, - CO- or -O- and represents, R 2' and R 3 ' Independently represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms.
- J 1 and J 2 independently represent a carbon atom or a nitrogen atom, respectively.
- Y 1 , Y 2 and Y 3 each independently represent an aromatic hydrocarbon group or an aromatic heterocyclic group which may be substituted.
- W 1 and W 2 independently represent a hydrogen atom, a cyano group, a methyl group or a halogen atom, and m represents an integer of 0 to 6.
- Examples of the aromatic hydrocarbon group in Y 1 , Y 2 and Y 3 include an aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms such as a phenyl group, a naphthyl group, an anthryl group, a phenanthryl group and a biphenyl group, and a phenyl group.
- a naphthyl group is preferable, and a phenyl group is more preferable.
- the aromatic heterocyclic group has 4 to 20 carbon atoms containing at least one heteroatom such as a nitrogen atom such as a frill group, a pyrrolyl group, a thienyl group, a pyridinyl group, a thiazolyl group or a benzothiazolyl group, an oxygen atom and a sulfur atom.
- a nitrogen atom such as a frill group, a pyrrolyl group, a thienyl group, a pyridinyl group, a thiazolyl group or a benzothiazolyl group, an oxygen atom and a sulfur atom.
- a fryl group, a thienyl group, a pyridinyl group, a thiazolyl group and a benzothiazolyl group are preferable.
- Y 1 , Y 2 and Y 3 may be independently substituted polycyclic aromatic hydrocarbon groups or polycyclic aromatic heterocyclic groups, respectively.
- the polycyclic aromatic hydrocarbon group refers to a condensed polycyclic aromatic hydrocarbon group or a group derived from an aromatic ring assembly.
- the polycyclic aromatic heterocyclic group refers to a condensed polycyclic aromatic heterocyclic group or a group derived from an aromatic ring assembly.
- Z 0 , Z 1 and Z 2 are preferably hydrogen atoms, halogen atoms, alkyl groups having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, cyano groups, nitro groups, and alkoxy groups having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, respectively.
- 0 is more preferably a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, and a cyano group
- Z 1 and Z 2 are further preferably a hydrogen atom, a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a methyl group, and a cyano group.
- Z 0 , Z 1 and Z 2 may contain a polymerizable group.
- Q 1 and Q 2 -NH -, - S -, - NR 2 '-, - O- are preferable, R 2' is preferably a hydrogen atom. Of these, -S-, -O-, and -NH- are particularly preferable.
- the formulas (Ar-1) to (Ar-23) are preferable from the viewpoint of molecular stability.
- Y 1 may form an aromatic heterocyclic group together with the nitrogen atom to which it is attached and Z 0 .
- the aromatic heterocyclic group include those described above as the aromatic heterocycle that Ar may have.
- a pyrrole ring, an imidazole ring, a pyrrole ring, a pyridine ring, a pyrazine ring, a pyrimidine ring, and an indol examples thereof include a ring, a quinoline ring, an isoquinoline ring, a purine ring, and a pyrrolidine ring.
- This aromatic heterocyclic group may have a substituent.
- Y 1 may be a polycyclic aromatic hydrocarbon group or a polycyclic aromatic heterocyclic group which may be substituted as described above, together with the nitrogen atom to which the Y 1 is bonded and Z 0 .
- a benzofuran ring, a benzothiazole ring, a benzoxazole ring and the like can be mentioned.
- the polymerizable liquid crystal compound forming the liquid crystal cured product layer for example, a compound containing a group represented by the following formula (Y) (hereinafter, also referred to as “polymerizable liquid crystal compound (Y)”) may be used. Good.
- the polymerizable liquid crystal compound (Y) generally tends to exhibit positive wavelength dispersibility.
- These polymerizable liquid crystal compounds can be used alone or in combination of two or more.
- P11-B11-E11-B12-A11-B13- (Y) [In formula (Y), P11 represents a polymerizable group.
- A11 represents a divalent alicyclic hydrocarbon group or a divalent aromatic hydrocarbon group.
- B11 is -O-, -S-, -CO-O-, -O-CO-, -O-CO-O-, -CO-NR 16- , -NR 16- CO-, -CO-,- Represents CS- or single bond.
- R 16 represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms.
- E11 represents an alkanediyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, and the hydrogen atom contained in the alkanediyl group may be substituted with an alkoxy group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, and the hydrogen atom contained in the alkoxy group may be substituted. May be substituted with a halogen atom. Further, -CH 2- constituting the alkanediyl group may be replaced with -O- or -CO-. ]
- the carbon number of the aromatic hydrocarbon group and the alicyclic hydrocarbon group of A11 is preferably in the range of 3 to 18, more preferably in the range of 5 to 12, and particularly preferably in the range of 5 or 6. preferable.
- the hydrogen atom contained in the divalent alicyclic hydrocarbon group represented by A11 and the divalent aromatic hydrocarbon group is a halogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, and the like. It may be substituted with a cyano group or a nitro group, and the hydrogen atom contained in the alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms and the alkoxy group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms may be substituted with a fluorine atom.
- A11 a cyclohexane-1,4-diyl group and a 1,4-phenylene group are preferable.
- a linear alkanediyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms is preferable.
- -CH 2- constituting the alkanediyl group may be replaced with -O-.
- B11 -O-, -S-, -CO-O-, and -O-CO- are preferable, and -CO-O- is more preferable.
- the polymerizable group represented by P11 a radically polymerizable group or a cationically polymerizable group is preferable in that it has high polymerization reactivity, particularly photopolymerization reactivity, and it is easy to handle and the liquid crystal compound itself is easy to produce. Therefore, the polymerizable group is preferably a group represented by the following formulas (P-11) to (P-15). [In formulas (P-11) to (P-15), R 17 to R 21 each independently represent an alkyl group or a hydrogen atom having 1 to 6 carbon atoms. ]
- P11 is preferably a group represented by the formulas (P-14) to (P-20), and more preferably a vinyl group, a p-stilbene group, an epoxy group or an oxetanyl group. It is more preferable that the group represented by P11-B11- is an acryloyloxy group or a methacryloyloxy group.
- Examples of the polymerizable liquid crystal compound (Y) include compounds represented by formula (I), formula (II), formula (III), formula (IV), formula (V) or formula (VI).
- P11-B11-E11-B12-A11-B13-A12-B14-A13-B15-A14-B16-E12-B17-P12 I) P11-B11-E11-B12-A11-B13-A12-B14-A13-B15-A14-F11
- II P11-B11-E11-B12-A11-B13-A12-B14-A13-B15-E12-B17-P12
- III P11-B11-E11-B12-A11-B13-A12-B14-A13-F11
- P11-B11-E11-B12-A11-B13-A12-B14-E12-B17-P12 V) P11-B11-E11-B12-A11-B13-
- A12 to A14 are independently synonymous with A11
- B14 to B16 are independently synonymous with B12
- B17 is synonymous with B11
- E12 is synonymous with E11
- P12 is synonymous with P11.
- F11 is a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 13 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 13 carbon atoms, a cyano group, a nitro group, a trifluoromethyl group, a dimethylamino group, a hydroxyl group, a methylol group, a formyl group, and a sulfo group.
- polymerizable liquid crystal compound (Y) "3.8.6 network (completely crosslinked type)" of the liquid crystal handbook (edited by the liquid crystal handbook editorial committee, published by Maruzen Co., Ltd. on October 30, 2000).
- polymerizable liquid crystal compound (Y) examples include the following formulas (I-1) to (I-4), formulas (II-1) to (II-4), and formulas (III-1) to formulas (III-1) to. (III-26), formulas (IV-1) to formulas (IV-26), formulas (V-1) to formulas (V-2), and formulas (VI-1) to formulas (VI-6). Examples include compounds. In the following formula, k1 and k2 independently represent integers of 2 to 12. These polymerizable liquid crystal compounds (Y) are preferable in terms of ease of synthesis or availability.
- Both the polymerizable liquid crystal compounds (X) and (Y) can be used in a horizontal orientation or in a vertical orientation.
- the polymerizable liquid crystal compound has a maximum absorption wavelength between 300 and 400 nm.
- the polymerizable liquid crystal composition contains a photopolymerization initiator, the polymerization reaction and gelation of the polymerizable liquid crystal compound may proceed during long-term storage.
- the maximum absorption wavelength of the polymerizable liquid crystal compound is 300 to 400 nm, even if ultraviolet light is exposed during storage, the reaction active species are generated from the photopolymerization initiator and the polymerizable liquid crystal compound by the reactive liquid compound is generated. The progress of polymerization reaction and gelation can be effectively suppressed.
- the maximum absorption wavelength of the polymerizable liquid crystal compound can be measured in a solvent using an ultraviolet-visible spectrophotometer.
- the solvent is a solvent capable of dissolving a polymerizable liquid crystal compound, and examples thereof include chloroform.
- the content of the polymerizable liquid crystal compound in the polymerizable liquid crystal composition is, for example, 70 to 99.5 parts by mass, preferably 80 to 99 parts by mass, based on 100 parts by mass of the solid content of the polymerizable liquid crystal composition. Yes, more preferably 85 to 98 parts by mass, still more preferably 90 to 95 parts by mass.
- the content of the polymerizable liquid crystal compound is within the above range, it is advantageous from the viewpoint of the orientation of the obtained liquid crystal cured product layer.
- the polymerizable liquid crystal composition contains two or more kinds of polymerizable liquid crystal compounds, it is preferable that the total amount of all the liquid crystal compounds contained in the polymerizable liquid crystal composition is within the above content range.
- the solid content of the polymerizable liquid crystal composition means all the components excluding volatile components such as organic solvents from the polymerizable liquid crystal composition.
- the polymerizable liquid crystal composition further contains additives such as a solvent, a photopolymerization initiator, a leveling agent, an antioxidant, a photosensitizer, a vertical orientation accelerator, and a polymerizable non-liquid crystal compound. It may be included. As for each of these components, only one kind may be used, or two or more kinds may be used in combination.
- the polymerizable liquid crystal composition is usually applied to a base film or the like in a state of being dissolved in a solvent, it is preferable to contain a solvent.
- a solvent capable of dissolving the polymerizable liquid crystal compound is preferable, and a solvent that is inert to the polymerization reaction of the polymerizable liquid crystal compound is preferable.
- the solvent include water, methanol, ethanol, ethylene glycol, isopropyl alcohol, propylene glycol, ethylene glycol methyl ether, ethylene glycol butyl ether, 1-methoxy-2-propanol, 2-butoxyethanol and alcohols such as propylene glycol monomethyl ether.
- Solvents Ester solvents such as ethyl acetate, butyl acetate, ethylene glycol methyl ether acetate, ⁇ -butyrolactone, propylene glycol methyl ether acetate and ethyl lactate; acetone, methyl ethyl ketone, cyclopentanone, cyclohexanone, 2-heptanone and methyl isobutyl ketone.
- Ketone solvent aliphatic hydrocarbon solvent such as pentane, hexane and heptane; alicyclic hydrocarbon solvent such as ethylcyclohexane; aromatic hydrocarbon solvent such as toluene and xylene; nitrile solvent such as acetonitrile; tetrahydrofuran and dimethoxyethane and the like Ether solvent; chlorine-containing solvent such as chloroform and chlorobenzene; amide-based solvent such as dimethylacetamide, dimethylformamide, N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone (NMP), 1,3-dimethyl-2-imidazolidinone, etc. Be done. These solvents can be used alone or in combination of two or more.
- an alcohol solvent an ester solvent, a ketone solvent, a chlorine-containing solvent, an amide solvent and an aromatic hydrocarbon solvent
- the solubility of the polymerizable liquid crystal compound is preferable.
- the content of the solvent in the polymerizable liquid crystal composition is preferably 50 to 98 parts by mass, and more preferably 70 to 95 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the polymerizable liquid crystal composition. Therefore, the solid content in 100 parts by mass of the polymerizable liquid crystal composition is preferably 2 to 50 parts by mass. When the solid content is 50 parts by mass or less, the viscosity of the polymerizable liquid crystal composition is low, so that the thickness of the film becomes substantially uniform, and unevenness tends to be less likely to occur. The solid content can be appropriately determined in consideration of the thickness of the polymerizable liquid crystal cured product layer to be produced.
- the polymerization initiator is a compound that can generate a reactive species by the contribution of heat or light and initiate a polymerization reaction such as a polymerizable liquid crystal compound.
- the reactive active species include active species such as radicals or cations or anions.
- a photopolymerization initiator that generates radicals by light irradiation is preferable from the viewpoint of easy reaction control.
- photopolymerization initiator examples include benzoin compounds, benzophenone compounds, benzyl ketal compounds, oxime compounds, ⁇ -hydroxyketone compounds, ⁇ -aminoketone compounds, triazine compounds, iodonium salts and sulfonium salts.
- Irgacure (registered trademark) 907, Irgacure 184, Irgacure 651, Irgacure 819, Irgacure 250, Irgacure 369, Irgacure 379, Irgacure 127, Irgacure 2959, Irgacure 754, Irgacure 379EG (above, BASF Japan Co., Ltd.) (Made), Sakeol BZ, Sakeall Z, Sakeol BEE (manufactured by Seiko Kagaku Co., Ltd.), Kayacure BP100 (manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.), Kayacure UVI-6992 (manufactured by Dow), ADEKA PUTMER SP- 152, ADEKA OPTMER SP-170, ADEKA OPTMER N-1717, ADEKA OPTMER N-1919, ADEKA ARCULDS NCI-831,
- the maximum absorption wavelength is preferably 300 nm to 400 nm, more preferably 300 nm to 380 nm, and above all, the ⁇ -acetophenone type.
- a polymerization initiator and an oxime-based photopolymerization initiator are preferable.
- Examples of the ⁇ -acetophenone compound include 2-methyl-2-morpholino-1- (4-methylsulfanylphenyl) propan-1-one and 2-dimethylamino-1- (4-morpholinophenyl) -2-benzylbutane-1.
- 2-methyl-2-morpholino-1- Included are 4-methylsulfanylphenyl) propan-1-one and 2-dimethylamino-1- (4-morpholinophenyl) -2-benzylbutane-1-one.
- Examples of commercially available ⁇ -acetophenone compounds include Irgacure 369, 379EG, 907 (all manufactured by BASF Japan Ltd.) and Sequol BEE (manufactured by Seiko Kagaku Co., Ltd.).
- the oxime ester-based photopolymerization initiator generates radicals such as phenyl radicals and methyl radicals when irradiated with light.
- the polymerization of the polymerizable liquid crystal compound proceeds preferably by this radical, and among them, the oxime ester-based photopolymerization initiator that generates a methyl radical is preferable in that the polymerization reaction initiation efficiency is high. Further, from the viewpoint of allowing the polymerization reaction to proceed more efficiently, it is preferable to use a photopolymerization initiator that can efficiently utilize ultraviolet rays having a wavelength of 350 nm or more.
- a triazine compound or a carbazole compound having an oxime ester structure is preferable, and a carbazole compound having an oxime ester structure is more preferable from the viewpoint of sensitivity.
- oxime ester-based photopolymerization initiators include Irgacure OXE-01, Irgacure OXE-02, Irgacure OXE-03 (above, manufactured by BASF Japan Ltd.), ADEKA PUTMER N-1919, and ADEKA ARCULDS NCI-831. (The above is manufactured by ADEKA CORPORATION) and the like.
- the content of the photopolymerization initiator is usually 0.1 to 30 parts by mass, preferably 1 to 20 parts by mass, and more preferably 1 to 15 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the polymerizable liquid crystal compound. Is. Within the above range, the reaction of the polymerizable group proceeds sufficiently, and the orientation of the polymerizable liquid crystal compound is not easily disturbed.
- an antioxidant may be added to the composition for the purpose of controlling the stability of the composition.
- the antioxidant may be a primary antioxidant selected from phenol-based antioxidants, amine-based antioxidants, quinone-based antioxidants, and nitroso-based antioxidants, as well as phosphorus-based antioxidants and sulfur. It may be a secondary antioxidant selected from the system antioxidants.
- phosphorus-based antioxidants and sulfur-based antioxidants which are secondary antioxidants, are preferable from the viewpoint that the reaction is not easily inhibited.
- the content of the antioxidant is preferably 0.01 to 3.0 parts by mass, and more preferably 0.01 to 1.0 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the polymerizable liquid crystal compound.
- the photopolymerization initiator can be made highly sensitive.
- the photosensitizer include xanthones such as xanthones and thioxanthones; anthracenes having substituents such as anthracene and alkyl ethers; phenothiazines; rubrenes.
- the photosensitizer include xanthones such as xanthones and thioxanthones; anthracenes having substituents such as anthracene and alkyl ethers; phenothiazines; rubrenes.
- the content of the photosensitizer is usually 0.01 to 10 parts by mass, preferably 0.05 to 5 parts by mass, and more preferably 0.1 to 0.1 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the polymerizable liquid crystal compound. 3 parts by mass.
- the leveling agent is an additive having a function of adjusting the fluidity of the polymerizable liquid crystal composition and flattening the coating film obtained by applying the composition, for example, silicone-based, polyacrylate-based and par. Fluoroalkyl-based leveling agents can be mentioned. Commercially available products may be used as the leveling agent. Specifically, DC3PA, SH7PA, DC11PA, SH28PA, SH29PA, SH30PA, ST80PA, ST86PA, SH8400, SH8700, FZ2123 (all manufactured by Toray Dow Corning Co., Ltd.).
- the content of the leveling agent is preferably 0.01 to 10 parts by mass, more preferably 0.05 to 3 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the polymerizable liquid crystal compound.
- the content of the leveling agent is within the above range, the obtained liquid crystal cured product layer tends to be smoother, which is preferable.
- the polymerizable liquid crystal composition can be obtained by stirring the polymerizable liquid crystal compound and components other than the polymerizable liquid crystal compound such as a solvent and a photopolymerization initiator at a predetermined temperature.
- the cured product layer (liquid crystal cured product layer) included in the functional layer has optical properties represented by the following formulas (1) and (2).
- the liquid crystal cured product layer is usually a cured product obtained by curing the polymerizable liquid crystal compound in a state of being horizontally oriented with respect to the surface of the cured product layer (hereinafter, also referred to as "horizontally oriented liquid crystal cured product layer"). is there.
- Re ( ⁇ ) represents an in-plane retardation value at a wavelength of ⁇ nm.
- the liquid crystal cured product layer exhibits so-called inverse wavelength dispersibility in which the in-plane retardation value at a short wavelength is smaller than the in-plane retardation value at a long wavelength. This is because the reverse wavelength dispersibility is improved and the front hue is improved when an elliptical polarizing plate obtained by transferring the functional layer including the liquid crystal cured product layer from the long film of the present invention to a polarizing film is applied to a display device.
- Re (450) / Re (550) is preferably 0.70 or more, more preferably 0.78 or more, and preferably less than 1, more preferably 0.95 or less, still more preferably 0.92. It is as follows.
- the in-plane retardation value can be adjusted by adjusting the thickness dA of the liquid crystal cured product layer.
- Represents the refractive index at, dA represents the layer thickness of the liquid crystal cured product layer]
- Re ( ⁇ ) in-plane retardation value of the liquid crystal cured product layer at wavelength ⁇ (nm)
- the three-dimensional refractive index and layer thickness dA are determined. And can be adjusted.
- the three-dimensional refractive index depends on the molecular structure and orientation of the polymerizable liquid crystal compound.
- the in-plane phase difference Re (550) of the liquid crystal cured product layer is within the range of the formula (2), the liquid crystal cured product layer functions as a so-called ⁇ / 4 plate, and the functional layer including this functions as a display device. It is excellent in the effect of improving the specular hue when applied to.
- a more preferable range of the in-plane retardation value is 130 nm ⁇ Re (550) ⁇ 150 nm.
- the cured product layer included in the functional layer may have optical characteristics represented by the following formula (3) instead of the above formula (2). In this case, the optical characteristics satisfying the formula (4) are obtained. It is preferable to have.
- Such a liquid crystal cured product layer is also usually a horizontally oriented liquid crystal cured product layer formed by curing the polymerizable liquid crystal compound in a state of being horizontally oriented with respect to the cured product layer plane. 200 nm ⁇ Re (550) ⁇ 300 nm (3) 1.00 ⁇ Re (450) / Re (550) (4) [In equations (3) and (4), Re ( ⁇ ) represents an in-plane retardation value of the liquid crystal cured product layer at a wavelength of ⁇ nm.
- the liquid crystal cured product layer When the liquid crystal cured product layer satisfies the formulas (3) and (4), the liquid crystal cured product layer functions as a so-called ⁇ / 2 plate, and the specular hue is improved when the functional layer including the liquid crystal cured product layer is applied to the display device. Excellent effect.
- a more preferable range of the in-plane retardation value Re (550) in this case is 220 nm ⁇ Re (550) ⁇ 280 nm.
- the cured product layer (liquid crystal cured product layer) included in the functional layer has optical characteristics represented by the following formula (5).
- the liquid crystal cured product layer is usually a cured product obtained by curing the polymerizable liquid crystal compound in a state of being oriented perpendicular to the plane of the liquid crystal cured product layer (hereinafter, also referred to as "vertically oriented liquid crystal cured product layer"). Is. -150 nm ⁇ Rth (550) ⁇ -20 nm (5) [In the formula (5), Rth (550) represents the phase difference value in the thickness direction of the cured product layer at a wavelength of 550 nm.
- phase difference value Rth (550) in the thickness direction of the liquid crystal cured product layer is within the range of the equation (5), the effect of improving the orthorhombic reflection hue when the functional layer including this is applied to the display device is excellent.
- a more preferable range of the retardation value is ⁇ 30 nm ⁇ Rth (550) ⁇ -100 nm.
- the liquid crystal cured product layer included in the functional layer is a vertically oriented liquid crystal cured product layer
- the liquid crystal cured product layer preferably satisfies the following formula (6), and formulas (5) and (6) are simultaneously applied. It is more preferable to meet.
- Rth ( ⁇ ) represents the phase difference value in the thickness direction of the cured product layer at the wavelength ⁇ nm.
- Rth (450) / Rth (550) is more preferably 0.95 or less, further preferably 0.92 or less, particularly preferably 0.9 or less, and preferably 0.7 or more. , More preferably 0.75 or more, still more preferably 0.8 or more.
- Rth ( ⁇ ) can be controlled by the three-dimensional refractive index and the film thickness dC.
- nxC ( ⁇ ) is the in-plane main refractive index of the liquid crystal cured product layer at a wavelength of ⁇ nm
- nyC ( ⁇ ) is the refractive index at wavelength ⁇ nm in the direction orthogonal to nxC ( ⁇ )
- nzC ( ⁇ ) indicates the refractive index in the thickness direction of the liquid crystal cured product layer at a wavelength of ⁇ nm
- nxC ( ⁇ ) nyC ( ⁇ )
- nxC ( ⁇ ) is the refractive index in any direction in the film plane.
- the three-dimensional refractive index and the film thickness dC may be adjusted.
- the three-dimensional refractive index depends on the molecular structure and orientation of the polymerizable liquid crystal compound.
- the thickness of the liquid crystal cured product layer is preferably 0.1 to 5.0 ⁇ m, more preferably 0.2 to 4.0 ⁇ m, and even more preferably 0.4 to 3.0 ⁇ m. As the thickness of the liquid crystal cured layer increases, the mechanical strength also increases and the functional layer tends to be difficult to cut. If the thickness of the liquid crystal cured product layer is within the above range, the functional layer is transferred to another optical film or the like. It is easy for the optics to occur. In the present invention, since a part of the functional layer is laminated on the uneven portion provided at the end portion of the base film, the occurrence of scratching is effectively suppressed by the appropriate anchor effect generated at the end portion. It is possible to obtain the effect of the present invention more remarkably when the thickness is in the above range.
- the long film of the present invention is, for example, A coating film of a polymerizable liquid crystal composition containing at least one polymerizable liquid crystal compound is formed on a long base film or an alignment film described later, and the coating film is dried and the polymerizable liquid crystal composition is formed.
- the step of orienting the polymerizable liquid crystal compound in the liquid crystal composition can be produced by a method including a step of polymerizing a polymerizable liquid crystal compound by light irradiation while maintaining an oriented state to form a cured liquid crystal layer.
- the coating film of the polymerizable liquid crystal composition is on a base film constituting the long film of the present invention, or on an alignment film formed on a long base film as described later. It can be formed by applying a polymerizable liquid crystal composition to the film.
- the method for applying the polymerizable liquid crystal composition to a base film or the like include a spin coating method, an extrusion method, a gravure coating method, a die coating method, a bar coating method, an applicator method and other coating methods, and a flexographic method and the like. Known methods such as a method can be mentioned.
- the solvent is removed by drying or the like to form a dry coating film.
- the drying method include a natural drying method, a ventilation drying method, a heat drying method and a vacuum drying method.
- the coating film obtained from the polymerizable liquid crystal composition is heated to dry-remove the solvent from the coating film, and the polymerizable liquid crystal compound is placed in a desired direction (for example, horizontal or vertical) with respect to the coating film plane. Can be oriented in the direction).
- the heating temperature of the coating film can be appropriately determined in consideration of the polymerizable liquid crystal compound to be used and the material of the base material or the like forming the coating film, but in order to make the polymerizable liquid crystal compound phase transition to the liquid crystal phase state, Usually, it is necessary that the temperature is equal to or higher than the liquid crystal phase transition temperature.
- the liquid crystal phase transition temperature (smetic phase) of the polymerizable liquid crystal compound contained in the polymerizable liquid crystal composition can be heated to a temperature higher than the transition temperature or the nematic phase transition temperature).
- the heating temperature is preferably 3 ° C.
- the upper limit of the heating temperature is not particularly limited, but is preferably 180 ° C. or lower, more preferably 150 ° C. or lower in order to avoid damage to the coating film, the base material, etc. due to heating.
- the liquid crystal phase transition temperature can be measured using, for example, a polarizing microscope equipped with a temperature control stage, a differential scanning calorimeter (DSC), a thermogravimetric differential thermal analyzer (TG-DTA), or the like.
- the phase transition temperature is a polymerization in which all the polymerizable liquid crystal compounds constituting the polymerizable liquid crystal composition are mixed at the same ratio as the composition in the polymerizable liquid crystal composition. It means a temperature measured by using a mixture of sex liquid crystal compounds in the same manner as when one kind of polymerizable liquid crystal compound is used. Further, it is generally known that the liquid crystal phase transition temperature of the polymerizable liquid crystal compound in the polymerizable liquid crystal composition may be lower than the liquid crystal phase transition temperature of the polymerizable liquid crystal compound alone.
- the heating time can be appropriately determined depending on the heating temperature, the type of the polymerizable liquid crystal compound used, the type of the solvent, its boiling point and its amount, etc., but is usually 0.5 to 10 minutes, preferably 0.5. ⁇ 5 minutes.
- the solvent may be removed from the coating film at the same time as heating the polymerizable liquid crystal compound to the liquid crystal phase transition temperature or higher, or separately, but it is preferable to remove the solvent at the same time from the viewpoint of improving productivity.
- the solvent in the coating film Before heating the polymerizable liquid crystal compound to a temperature equal to or higher than the liquid crystal phase transition temperature, the solvent in the coating film is appropriately added under the condition that the polymerizable liquid crystal compound contained in the coating film obtained from the polymerizable liquid crystal composition does not polymerize.
- a pre-drying step may be provided for removal.
- drying method in the pre-drying step examples include a natural drying method, a ventilation drying method, a heat drying method and a vacuum drying method, and the drying temperature (heating temperature) in the drying step is the type of polymerizable liquid crystal compound used and the solvent. It can be appropriately determined according to the type of the above, its boiling point, its amount and the like.
- the polymerizable liquid crystal compound is polymerized by light irradiation while maintaining the orientation state of the polymerizable liquid crystal compound, whereby the polymer of the polymerizable liquid crystal compound existing in the desired orientation state is used.
- a certain liquid crystal cured product layer is formed.
- a photopolymerization method is usually used.
- the light irradiating the dry coating film includes the type of photopolymerization initiator contained in the dry coating film and the type of polymerizable liquid crystal compound (particularly, the type of polymerizable group contained in the polymerizable liquid crystal compound). And appropriately selected according to the amount.
- Specific examples thereof include one or more types of light selected from the group consisting of visible light, ultraviolet light, infrared light, X-rays, ⁇ -rays, ⁇ -rays and ⁇ -rays, and active energy rays such as active electron beams. Be done.
- ultraviolet light is preferable because it is easy to control the progress of the polymerization reaction and it is possible to use a photopolymerization apparatus widely used in the art, so that photopolymerization can be performed by ultraviolet light. It is preferable to select the type of the polymerizable liquid crystal compound or the photopolymerization initiator contained in the polymerizable liquid crystal composition.
- the polymerization temperature can be controlled by irradiating light while cooling the dry coating film by an appropriate cooling means.
- a cooling means By adopting such a cooling means, if the polymerizable liquid crystal compound is polymerized at a lower temperature, the liquid crystal cured product layer can be appropriately formed even if the base material has a relatively low heat resistance. It is also possible to promote the polymerization reaction by raising the polymerization temperature within a range in which defects due to heat during light irradiation (deformation due to heat of the base material, etc.) do not occur.
- a patterned cured product layer can also be obtained by masking or developing.
- Examples of the light source of the active energy ray include a low pressure mercury lamp, a medium pressure mercury lamp, a high pressure mercury lamp, an ultrahigh pressure mercury lamp, a xenon lamp, a halogen lamp, a carbon arc lamp, a tungsten lamp, a gallium lamp, an excima laser, and a wavelength range.
- Examples thereof include an LED light source that emits 380 to 440 nm, a chemical lamp, a black light lamp, a microwave-excited mercury lamp, and a metal halide lamp.
- the ultraviolet irradiation intensity is usually 10 to 3,000 mW / cm 2 .
- the ultraviolet irradiation intensity is preferably the intensity in the wavelength region effective for activating the photopolymerization initiator.
- the time for irradiating light is usually 0.1 seconds to 10 minutes, preferably 0.1 seconds to 5 minutes, more preferably 0.1 seconds to 3 minutes, still more preferably 0.1 seconds to 1 minute. is there.
- the integrated light intensity is 10 to 3,000 mJ / cm 2 , preferably 50 to 2,000 mJ / cm 2 , and more preferably 100 to 1,000 mJ / cm. It is 2 .
- the integrated light amount is within this range, the polymerizable liquid crystal composition is sufficiently cured and good transferability can be obtained. In addition, it is possible to suppress the coloring of the entire long film including the liquid crystal cured product layer.
- the liquid crystal cured product layer can be formed on the alignment film.
- the alignment film has an orientation regulating force that orients the polymerizable liquid crystal compound in a desired direction.
- an alignment film having an orientation regulating force for orienting a polymerizable liquid crystal compound in the horizontal direction may be referred to as a horizontal alignment film
- an alignment film having an orientation restricting force for orienting a polymerizable liquid crystal compound in the vertical direction may be referred to as a vertical alignment film.
- the liquid crystal cured product layer By forming the liquid crystal cured product layer on the alignment film, it is possible to obtain a liquid crystal cured product layer in which the polymerizable liquid crystal compound is accurately oriented, and a functional layer exhibiting excellent optical characteristics when incorporated into a display device or the like can be obtained. Obtainable.
- the orientation regulating force can be arbitrarily adjusted according to the type of alignment film, surface condition, rubbing conditions, etc., and when the alignment film is formed of a photoalignable polymer, it is arbitrarily adjusted according to polarization irradiation conditions, etc. It is possible to do.
- the alignment film preferably has solvent resistance that does not dissolve when the polymerizable liquid crystal composition is applied, and also has heat resistance in heat treatment for removing the solvent and aligning the polymerizable liquid crystal compound.
- the alignment film include an alignment film containing an orientation polymer, a photoalignment film, a grub alignment film having an uneven pattern or a plurality of grooves on the surface, a stretched film stretched in the orientation direction, and the like, and the accuracy of the orientation angle A photoalignment film is preferable from the viewpoint of quality.
- the oriented polymer examples include polyamides and gelatins having an amide bond in the molecule, polyimide having an imide bond in the molecule and polyamic acid, which is a hydrolyzate thereof, polyvinyl alcohol, alkyl-modified polyvinyl alcohol, polyacrylamide, and poly. Examples thereof include oxazol, polyethyleneimine, polystyrene, polyvinylpyrrolidone, polyacrylic acid and polyacrylic acid esters. Of these, polyvinyl alcohol is preferable.
- the oriented polymer can be used alone or in combination of two or more.
- the alignment film containing the alignment polymer is usually formed by applying a composition in which the alignment polymer is dissolved in a solvent (hereinafter, also referred to as “alignment polymer composition”) to a surface such as a base film on which the alignment film should be formed. , The solvent is removed, or the oriented polymer composition is applied to the substrate, the solvent is removed, and rubbing is performed (rubbing method).
- a solvent hereinafter, also referred to as “alignment polymer composition”
- rubbing polymer composition examples include the same solvents as those exemplified above as the solvents that can be used in the polymerizable liquid crystal composition.
- the concentration of the oriented polymer in the oriented polymer composition may be in the range where the oriented polymer material can be completely dissolved in the solvent, but is preferably 0.1 to 20% in terms of solid content with respect to the solution, and is 0. .1 to 10% is more preferable.
- orientation polymer composition a commercially available alignment film material may be used as it is.
- alignment film materials include Sunever (registered trademark, manufactured by Nissan Chemical Industries, Ltd.) and Optomer (registered trademark, manufactured by JSR Corporation).
- Examples of the method of applying the oriented polymer composition to the surface of the base film or the like on which the oriented film should be formed include the same methods as those exemplified as the method of applying the polymerizable liquid crystal composition to the base film.
- Examples of the method for removing the solvent contained in the oriented polymer composition include a natural drying method, a ventilation drying method, a heat drying method and a vacuum drying method.
- a rubbing process can be performed as needed to impart orientation regulating force to the alignment film (rubbing method).
- a method of imparting orientation-regulating force by the rubbing method a rubbing cloth is wrapped around a rotating rubbing roll, and an orientation polymer composition is applied to the substrate and annealed to form the surface of the substrate.
- a method of contacting a film of an oriented polymer can be mentioned. If masking is performed during the rubbing treatment, a plurality of regions (patterns) having different orientation directions can be formed on the alignment film.
- the photoalignment film is usually a base material on which a composition containing a polymer and / or a monomer having a photoreactive group and a solvent (hereinafter, also referred to as “composition for forming a photoalignment film”) is to be formed. It is obtained by coating on a surface, removing the solvent, and then irradiating with polarized light (preferably polarized UV).
- polarized light preferably polarized UV.
- the photoalignment film is also advantageous in that the direction of the orientation regulating force can be arbitrarily controlled by selecting the polarization direction of the polarized light to be irradiated.
- a photoreactive group is a group that produces a liquid crystal alignment ability when irradiated with light.
- Specific examples thereof include groups involved in photoreactions that are the origin of liquid crystal orientation ability such as molecular orientation induction or isomerization reaction, dimerization reaction, photocrosslinking reaction or photodecomposition reaction generated by light irradiation. Of these, groups involved in the dimerization reaction or photocrosslinking reaction are preferable because they are excellent in orientation.
- a photoreactive group involved in a photodimerization reaction is preferable, and a photoalignment film having a relatively small amount of polarized light required for photoalignment and excellent thermal stability and stability over time can be easily obtained.
- the photoreactive group is preferably a cinnamoyl group or a chalcone group.
- the cured liquid crystal layer is formed of a polymerizable liquid crystal compound having a (meth) acryloyloxy group as a polymerizable group, the adhesion to the cured liquid crystal layer can be further improved, so that the alignment film can be formed.
- a polymer having a photoreactive group to be formed a polymer having a cinnamoyl group such that the terminal portion of the side chain of the polymer has a cinnamoic acid structure is particularly preferable.
- Examples of the solvent contained in the composition for forming a photoalignment film include the same solvents as those exemplified above as the solvents that can be used in the polymerizable liquid crystal composition, and the solubility of the polymer or monomer having a photoreactive group can be mentioned. It can be appropriately selected accordingly.
- the content of the polymer or monomer having a photoreactive group in the composition for forming a photo-alignment film can be appropriately adjusted depending on the type of the polymer or monomer and the thickness of the target photo-alignment film, but the composition for forming a photo-alignment film. It is preferably at least 0.2% by mass, more preferably in the range of 0.3 to 10% by mass, based on the mass of the above. Further, the polymer forming the photoalignment film is easy to produce, and when the oriented liquid crystal cured product layer is formed from a polymerizable liquid crystal compound having a (meth) acryloyloxy group as a polymerizable group, the liquid crystal curing is performed.
- a (meth) acrylic polymer is preferable because it can improve the adhesion to the material layer.
- the composition for forming a photoalignment film may contain a polymer material such as polyvinyl alcohol or polyimide or a photosensitizer as long as the characteristics of the photoalignment film are not significantly impaired.
- Examples of the method of applying the composition for forming a photoalignment film to the surface on which the alignment film should be formed include the same method as the method of applying the alignment polymer composition.
- Examples of the method for removing the solvent from the applied composition for forming a photoalignment film include a natural drying method, a ventilation drying method, a heat drying method and a vacuum drying method.
- the polarized UV may be directly irradiated to the composition for forming the photoalignment film coated on the surface on which the alignment film should be formed from which the solvent is removed. Further, it is particularly preferable that the polarized light is substantially parallel light.
- the wavelength of the polarized light to be irradiated is preferably in the wavelength range in which the photoreactive group of the polymer or monomer having a photoreactive group can absorb light energy. Specifically, UV (ultraviolet rays) having a wavelength in the range of 250 to 400 nm is particularly preferable.
- Examples of the light source used for the polarized light irradiation include xenon lamps, high-pressure mercury lamps, ultra-high pressure mercury lamps, metal halide lamps, ultraviolet light lasers such as KrF and ArF, and high-pressure mercury lamps, ultra-high pressure mercury lamps and metal halide lamps. preferable.
- a high-pressure mercury lamp, an ultra-high-pressure mercury lamp, and a metal halide lamp are preferable because they have a high emission intensity of ultraviolet rays having a wavelength of 313 nm.
- Polarized UV can be irradiated by irradiating the light from the light source through an appropriate polarizer.
- a polarizer a polarizing filter, a polarizing prism such as Gran Thomson or Gran Tailor, or a wire grid type polarizer can be used.
- the groove alignment film is a film having an uneven pattern or a plurality of grooves on the surface of the film.
- the polymerizable liquid crystal compound is applied to a film having a plurality of linear grubs arranged at equal intervals, the liquid crystal molecules are oriented in the direction along the groove.
- a method of forming an uneven pattern by performing exposure and rinsing treatment after exposure through an exposure mask having a pattern-shaped slit on the surface of the photosensitive polyimide film, and a plate having grooves on the surface A method of forming a layer of UV-curable resin before curing on a shaped master, transferring the formed resin layer to a surface such as a base film on which an alignment film should be formed, and then curing, and forming an alignment film. Examples thereof include a method in which a roll-shaped master having a plurality of grooves is pressed against a film of a UV-curable resin before curing formed on a power surface to form irregularities, and then the film is cured.
- the thickness of the alignment film is usually in the range of 10 to 10000 nm, preferably in the range of 10 to 2500 nm, more preferably 10 to 1000 nm or less, and further preferably. Is in the range of 10 to 500 nm, particularly preferably 50 to 250 nm.
- the liquid crystal cured product layer constituting the functional layer is a vertically oriented liquid crystal cured product layer
- the liquid crystal cured product layer contains at least one kind of vertical alignment accelerator, so that the liquid crystal cured product layer does not go through the alignment film.
- the liquid crystal cured product layer can be formed directly on the surface on which the liquid crystal cured product layer should be formed, such as on the base film.
- the vertical orientation accelerator means a material that promotes the liquid crystal orientation of the polymerizable liquid crystal compound in the direction perpendicular to the plane of the cured product layer.
- the vertically oriented liquid crystal cured product layer can be directly formed without forming the vertical alignment film on the base film or the like, so that the manufacturing process of the long film can be performed. It is possible to produce a long film with simplification and high productivity.
- the vertical orientation accelerator a component that causes an electrostatic repulsive force against the polymerizable liquid crystal compound at the interface on the base film side of the coating film when the polymerizable liquid crystal composition is applied onto the base film is preferable. ..
- a component include an ionic compound
- the vertical alignment accelerator preferably contains an ionic compound composed of non-metal atoms.
- the polymerizable liquid crystal compound can be oriented in the dry coating film in the direction perpendicular to the film plane.
- the liquid crystal cured product layer can be formed while maintaining the vertically oriented state of the polymerizable liquid crystal compound.
- Examples of the ionic compound composed of non-metal atoms include, for example, an onium salt (more specifically, a quaternary ammonium salt in which a nitrogen atom has a positive charge, a third. Class sulfonium salts, quaternary phosphonium salts in which the phosphorus atom has a positive charge, etc.) can be mentioned. Of these onium salts, a quaternary onium salt is preferable from the viewpoint of further improving the vertical orientation of the polymerizable liquid crystal compound, and a quaternary phosphonium salt or a quaternary from the viewpoint of improving availability and mass productivity. Ammonium salts are more preferred.
- the onium salt may have two or more quaternary onium salt moieties in the molecule, and may be an oligomer or a polymer.
- the molecular weight of the ionic compound is preferably 100 or more and 10,000 or less. When the molecular weight is within the above range, it is easy to improve the vertical orientation of the polymerizable liquid crystal compound while ensuring the coatability of the polymerizable liquid crystal composition.
- the molecular weight of the ionic compound is more preferably 5000 or less, still more preferably 3000 or less.
- Examples of the cation component of the ionic compound include an inorganic cation and an organic cation. Of these, organic cations are preferable because orientation defects of the polymerizable liquid crystal compound are unlikely to occur.
- Examples of the organic cation include imidazolium cation, pyridinium cation, ammonium cation, sulfonium cation, phosphonium cation and the like.
- Ionic compounds generally have a counter anion.
- the anion component that becomes the counter ion of the cation component include an inorganic anion and an organic anion. Of these, organic anions are preferable because orientation defects of the polymerizable liquid crystal compound are unlikely to occur. It should be noted that the cation and the anion do not necessarily have to have a one-to-one correspondence.
- anion component examples include the following. Chloride anion [Cl -], Bromide anion [Br -], Iodide anion [I -], Tetrachloroaluminate anion [AlCl 4 -], Hepta-chloro-di-aluminate anion [Al 2 Cl 7 -], Tetrafluoroborate anion [BF 4 -], Hexafluorophosphate anion [PF 6 -], Perchlorate anions [ClO 4 -], Nitrate anions [NO 3 -], Acetate anion [CH 3 COO -], Trifluoroacetate anion [CF 3 COO -], Fluorosulfonate anion [FSO 3 -], Methanesulfonate anion [CH 3 SO 3 -], Trifluoromethanesulfonate anion [CF 3 SO 3 -], p- toluenesulfonate anion [p-CH 3 C 6 H 4 SO 3
- ionic compound can be appropriately selected from the combination of the above-mentioned cation component and anion component.
- examples of the compound which is a specific combination of the cation component and the anion component include the following.
- the ionic compound has a Si element and / or an F element in the molecular structure of the cation site.
- the ionic compound has a Si element and / or an F element in the molecular structure of the cation moiety, the ionic compound is likely to segregate on the surface of the cured product layer formed of the polymerizable liquid crystal compound.
- the following ionic compounds (i) to (iii) are preferable as the ionic compounds in which all the constituent elements are non-metal elements.
- a method of treating the surface of a substrate with a surfactant having an alkyl group having a long chain length to some extent to improve the orientation of the liquid crystal for example, Chapter 2 of "Liquid Crystal Handbook", Orientation and Physical Properties of Liquid Crystal (Maruzen)
- the vertical orientation of the polymerizable liquid crystal compound can be further improved by applying)). That is, the vertical orientation of the polymerizable liquid crystal compound can be effectively improved by treating the surface of the substrate with an ionic compound having an alkyl group having a long chain length to some extent.
- the ionic compound satisfies the following formula (7). 5 ⁇ M ⁇ 16 (7)
- M is represented by the following formula (8).
- M (Among the substituents directly bonded to the positively charged atom, the number of covalent bonds from the positively charged atom to the end of the molecular chain of the substituent having the largest number of covalent bonds to the end of the molecular chain ) ⁇ (Number of atoms with a positive charge) (8)
- the ionic compound satisfies the above (7), the vertical orientation of the polymerizable liquid crystal compound can be effectively improved.
- the substituents having two or more positively charged atoms are counted from the positively charged atoms considered as the base point.
- the number of covalent bonds to the closest atom having a positive charge is defined as "the number of covalent bonds from the atom having a positive charge to the end of the molecular chain" described in the definition of M above.
- the number of covalent bonds to the positively charged atom via the ring structure, or to the end of the substituent bonded to the ring structure is defined as "the number of covalent bonds from an atom having a positive charge to the end of the molecular chain" described in the definition of M above.
- the content of the ionic compound composed of non-metal atoms in the polymerizable liquid crystal composition is usually 0.01 part by mass or more, more preferably 0.01 part by mass or more, based on 100 parts by mass of the polymerizable liquid crystal compound contained in the composition. It is 0.05 parts by mass or more, more preferably 0.1 parts by mass or more, preferably 5 parts by mass or less, more preferably 4 parts by mass or less, still more preferably 3 parts by mass or less.
- the vertical orientation of the polymerizable liquid crystal compound can be effectively promoted while maintaining good coatability of the polymerizable liquid crystal composition. it can.
- the polymerizable liquid crystal compound When the polymerizable liquid crystal composition is applied onto the base film as a vertical orientation accelerator, the polymerizable liquid crystal compound can be obtained by lowering the surface energy at the interface of the cured product layer opposite to the base film. It may contain a component capable of exerting a vertical orientation restricting force for orienting in the direction perpendicular to the film plane. Examples of such a component include a nonionic silane compound and a leveling agent, and a nonionic silane compound is preferable.
- the nonionic silane compound lowers the surface tension of the composition, and in the dry coating film formed from the composition, the dry coating film and the air interface
- Nonionic silane compounds tend to be unevenly distributed in the film, and the force for restricting vertical orientation with respect to the polymerizable liquid crystal compound can be increased, and the polymerizable liquid crystal compound can be oriented in the direction perpendicular to the film plane in the dry coating film.
- the liquid crystal cured product layer can be formed while maintaining the vertically oriented state of the polymerizable liquid crystal compound.
- the nonionic silane compound is a compound that is nonionic and contains a Si element.
- Nonionic silane compounds include, for example, silicon polymers such as polysilanes, silicone resins such as silicone oils and silicone resins, and organic-inorganic silane compounds such as silicone oligomers, silces siloxane and alkoxysilanes (more specifically). Is a silane coupling agent, etc.).
- One of these nonionic silane compounds may be used alone, or two or more thereof may be used in combination. Of these, a silane coupling agent is preferable from the viewpoint of further improving the adhesion with the adjacent layer.
- the nonionic silane compound may be a silicone monomer type or a silicone oligomer (polymer) type.
- silicone oligomer is shown in the form of a (monomer)-(monomer) copolymer, 3-mercaptopropyltrimethoxysilane-tetramethoxysilane copolymer, 3-mercaptopropyltrimethoxysilane-tetraethoxysilane copolymer, 3-mercapto Propyl group-containing copolymers such as propyltriethoxysilane-tetramethoxysilane copolymer and 3-mercaptopropyltriethoxysilane-tetraethoxysilane copolymer; mercaptomethyltrimethoxysilane-tetramethoxysilane copolymer, mercaptomethyltrimethoxysilane-tetra Mercaptomethyl group-containing copolymers such as ethoxysilane copo
- the silane coupling agent is selected from the group consisting of a vinyl group, an epoxy group, a styryl group, a methacryl group, an acrylic group, an amino group, an isocyanurate group, a ureido group, a mercapto group, an isocyanate group, a carboxyl group, and a hydroxyl group at the end. It is a compound containing a Si element having a functional group such as at least one thereof and at least one alkoxysilyl group or silanol group.
- the silane coupling agent is a silane coupling agent having an alkoxysilyl group and another different reactive group (for example, the above-mentioned functional group). Further, the silane coupling agent is preferably a silane coupling agent having an alkoxysilyl group and a polar group.
- the silane coupling agent has at least one alkoxysilyl group and at least one polar group in its molecule, the vertical orientation of the polymerizable liquid crystal compound is more likely to be improved, and the vertical orientation promoting effect can be remarkably obtained. There is a tendency.
- Examples of the polar group include an epoxy group, an amino group, an isocyanurate group, a mercapto group, a carboxyl group and a hydroxyl group.
- the polar group may appropriately have a substituent or a protecting group in order to control the reactivity of the silane coupling agent.
- silane coupling agent examples include vinyltrimethoxysilane, vinyltriethoxysilane, vinyltris (2-methoxyethoxy) silane, N- (2-aminoethyl) -3-aminopropylmethyldimethoxysilane, and N-.
- silane coupling agents examples include KP321, KP323, KP324, KP326, KP340, KP341, X22-161A, KF6001, KBM-1003, KBE-1003, KBM-303, KBM-402, and KBM-403. , KBE-402, KBE-403, KBM-1403, KBM-502, KBM-503, KBE-502, KBE-503, KBM-5103, KBM-602, KBM-603, KBM-903, KBE-903, KBE Silane coupling agents manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd. such as -9103, KBM-573, KBM-575, KBM-9569, KBE-585, KBM-802, KBM-803, KBE-846, and KBE-9007. Can be mentioned.
- the content of the nonionic silane compound in the polymerizable liquid crystal composition is usually 0.01 part by mass or more, more preferably 0.05 part by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the polymerizable liquid crystal compound contained in the composition. It is more than parts by mass, more preferably 0.1 part by mass or more, and preferably 5 parts by mass or less, more preferably 4 parts by mass or less, still more preferably 3 parts by mass or less.
- the content of the nonionic silane compound is within the above range, the vertical orientation of the polymerizable liquid crystal compound can be effectively promoted while maintaining good coatability of the polymerizable liquid crystal composition.
- the polymerizable liquid crystal composition for forming the vertically oriented liquid crystal cured product layer contains at least one of an ionic compound composed of non-metal atoms and a non-ionic silane compound as a vertical orientation accelerator. It is more preferable to contain an ionic compound composed of a non-metal atom, and it is more preferable to contain both an ionic compound composed of a non-metal atom and a non-ionic silane compound.
- a dry coating film formed from a polymerizable liquid crystal composition by the polymerizable liquid crystal composition containing both an ionic compound composed of non-metal atoms and a non-ionic silane compound the non-metal at the substrate side interface is formed.
- a polymerizable non-liquid crystal such as a compound having a functional group capable of reacting with a hydroxyl group or a carboxyl group and a (meth) acryloyl group in the polymerizable liquid crystal composition for forming a vertically oriented liquid crystal cured product layer in the molecule.
- a compound hereinafter, also referred to as "pre-reaction compound”
- the adhesion to a base material having a hydroxyl group or a carboxyl group on the surface can be improved by corona treatment, plasma treatment, etc., and the surface of the base material can be improved.
- the substrate peeling force P of the laminate can be controlled by adjusting the treatment state, the type and content of the pre-reaction compound contained in the vertically oriented liquid crystal cured film, and the like. As a result, it is possible to obtain a long film in which the vertically oriented liquid crystal cured product layer formed without the vertically oriented film and the base film are laminated with the optimum adhesive force and exhibit the optimum base material peeling force.
- the molecular orientation direction of the polymerizable liquid crystal compound in the cured liquid crystal product constituting the functional layer is horizontal with respect to the long direction plane of the base film and in the long direction of the base film.
- the effect tends to be remarkable when the directions are not parallel.
- the molecular orientation direction of the polymerizable liquid crystal compound is not parallel to the elongated direction of the base film, which means that the polymerizable liquid crystal compound is horizontally oriented and the orientation direction is not parallel to the elongated direction.
- an uneven portion is provided at the end of the base material to further enhance the adhesion with the functional layer in the uneven portion, and between the functional layer and the base film on the back surface in a region without unevenness.
- By providing fine voids sticking / dropping in the non-concavo-convex region is suppressed, and an appropriate difference is generated in the adhesion between the base film and the functional layer between the concavo-convex portion and the non-concavo-convex region. This makes it easier for the functional layer to peel off linearly from the base film in the peeling direction, suppresses the occurrence of tearing at the edges during transfer, and ensures high productivity and quality.
- the effect tends to be remarkable even when the molecular orientation direction of the polymerizable liquid crystal compound in the cured liquid crystal product constituting the functional layer is substantially vertical with respect to the long direction plane of the base film. ..
- the molecular orientation direction of the polymerizable liquid crystal compound is vertical with respect to the long direction plane of the base film, it means that the polymerizable liquid crystal compound is vertically oriented.
- the molecular orientation direction of the polymerizable liquid crystal compound does not coincide with the peeling direction, that is, the elongated direction during transfer, as in the case where the polymerizable liquid crystal compound is horizontally oriented in the liquid crystal cured product layer.
- the edge of the liquid crystal cured product layer is easily torn off, but the edge of the base material is provided with an uneven portion so that the adhesion between the base film and the functional layer is appropriate between the uneven portion and the region without unevenness.
- the functional layer can be easily peeled linearly from the base film in the peeling direction, the occurrence of tearing at the end can be suppressed during transfer, and high productivity and quality can be ensured.
- the functional layer constituting the long film of the present invention may include a layer other than the liquid crystal cured product layer and the alignment film.
- examples of such other layers include a curable resin layer such as a protective layer and a hard coat layer, and an adhesive layer for adhering a functional layer such as a liquid crystal cured product layer to another member such as a polarizing film.
- a curable resin layer such as a protective layer and a hard coat layer
- an adhesive layer for adhering a functional layer such as a liquid crystal cured product layer to another member such as a polarizing film.
- a plurality of cured liquid crystal layers having different orientation directions and a plurality of alignment films having different orientation regulating forces may be included.
- the thickness thereof is 0.1 to 10 ⁇ m, preferably 0.5 to 5 ⁇ m from the viewpoint of thinning the entire functional layer.
- the cured resin layer is, for example, a cured resin layer obtained by curing a film such as cycloolefin polymer (COP), polyethylene terephthalate (PET), or triacetyl cellulose (TAC), or a composition for forming a cured resin layer containing a polymerizable monomer. It may be. From the viewpoint of thinning, the cured resin layer of the composition for forming the cured resin layer is preferable.
- the cured resin layer may be composed of multiple layers, but from the viewpoint of productivity, it is preferably two or less layers, and more preferably a single layer. Further, the cured resin layer is preferably optically isotropic.
- the cured resin layer is optically isotropic, it is possible to obtain a functional layer having high optical characteristics, which does not easily affect the optical characteristics of the liquid crystal cured product layer when combined with the liquid crystal cured product layer.
- the resin is collectively referred to as a representative of the most numerous functional groups. is there. That is, for example, among the polymerizable groups contained in the composition for forming a cured resin layer, an acrylic resin is used when the number of acryloyloxy groups is the largest, and an epoxy resin is used when the number of epoxy groups is the largest. May be called.
- the cured resin layer preferably contains at least one selected from the group consisting of acrylic resin, epoxy resin, oxetane resin, urethane resin and melamine resin.
- at least one resin selected from the above the curability is high, and it becomes easy to improve the reliability when combined with the cured product layer of the polymerizable liquid crystal compound.
- the composition for forming a curable resin layer constituting the curable resin layer is a composition containing a curable polymerizable monomer such as a radical polymerizable monomer, a cationically polymerizable monomer, and a thermopolymerizable monomer as a curable compound. It is more preferable to contain a radically polymerizable monomer or a cationically polymerizable monomer because the reaction rate is high, the productivity is improved, and the reliability when combined with the cured product layer of the polymerizable liquid crystal compound is easily improved. ..
- Examples of the radically polymerizable monomer suitable for forming the cured resin layer include (meth) acrylate compounds such as polyfunctional (meth) acrylate compounds; and urethane (meth) acrylate compounds such as polyfunctional urethane (meth) acrylate compounds; Epoxy (meth) acrylate compounds such as functional epoxy (meth) acrylate compounds; carboxyl group-modified epoxy (meth) acrylate compounds, polyester (meth) acrylate compounds and the like can be mentioned. These may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
- the polymerizable monomer from the viewpoint of improving the reliability when combined with the cured product layer of the polymerizable liquid crystal compound, the viewpoint of improving the adhesion with the adjacent layer, and the viewpoint of improving the productivity (meta).
- a polymerizable monomer having an acryloyloxy group more preferably to contain a polyfunctional (meth) acrylate compound, and particularly preferably to contain a polyfunctional acrylate compound.
- a polyfunctional (meth) acrylate compound means a compound having two or more (meth) acryloyl groups in the molecule, preferably a (meth) acryloyloxy group, and an example thereof is (meth) acryloyloxy in the molecule.
- examples thereof include a bifunctional (meth) acrylate monomer having two groups, a trifunctional or higher (meth) acrylate monomer having three or more (meth) acryloyloxy groups in the molecule, and the like.
- the term “(meth) acrylate” means "acrylate” or "methacrylate”
- the term “(meth) acryloyl” also means “acryloyl” or "methacryloyl”.
- the polyfunctional (meth) acrylate compound may contain one kind or two or more kinds of polyfunctional (meth) acrylate compounds.
- the number of (meth) acryloyl groups may be the same or different between the respective polyfunctional (meth) acrylate compounds.
- bifunctional (meth) acrylate monomer examples include ethylene glycol di (meth) acrylate, 1,3-butanediol di (meth) acrylate, 1,4-butanediol di (meth) acrylate, and 1,6-hexanediol di.
- (Meta) acrylate alkylene glycol di (meth) acrylate such as 1,9-nonanediol di (meth) acrylate and neopentyl glycol di (meth) acrylate; diethylene glycol di (meth) acrylate, triethylene glycol di (meth) acrylate , Dipropylene glycol di (meth) acrylate, tripropylene glycol di (meth) acrylate, polyethylene glycol di (meth) acrylate, polypropylene glycol di (meth) acrylate and polyoxyalkylene glycol such as polytetramethylene glycol di (meth) acrylate.
- alkylene glycol di (meth) acrylate such as 1,9-nonanediol di (meth) acrylate and neopentyl glycol di (meth) acrylate
- diethylene glycol di (meth) acrylate triethylene glycol di (meth) acrylate
- Di (meth) acrylate Di (meth) acrylate of halogen-substituted alkylene glycol such as tetrafluoroethylene glycol di (meth) acrylate; trimethylolpropandi (meth) acrylate, ditrimethylolpropandi (meth) acrylate, pentaerythritol di ( Di (meth) acrylate of an aliphatic polyol such as meta) acrylate; hydrogenated dicyclopentadiene or tricyclodecandi such as hydrogenated dicyclopentadienyldi (meth) acrylate and tricyclodecanedimethanol di (meth) acrylate.
- halogen-substituted alkylene glycol such as tetrafluoroethylene glycol di (meth) acrylate
- trimethylolpropandi (meth) acrylate ditrimethylolpropandi (meth) acrylate, pentaerythritol
- Di (meth) acrylate of alkanol di (meth) acrylate of dioxane glycol or dioxan dialkanol such as 1,3-dioxane-2,5-diyldi (meth) acrylate [also known as dioxane glycol di (meth) acrylate]; bisphenol Di (meth) acrylate of alkylene oxide adduct of bisphenol A or bisphenol F such as A ethylene oxide adduct diacrylate, bisphenol F ethylene oxide adduct diacrylate; acrylic acid adduct of bisphenol A diglycidyl ether, bisphenol F Epoxy di (meth) acrylate of bisphenol A or bisphenol F such as acrylic acid adduct of diglycidyl ether; silicone di (meth) acrylate; di (meth) acrylate of hydroxypivalate neopentyl glycol ester; 2,2-bis [4 -(Meta) Acryloyloxyethoxy
- the trifunctional (meth) acrylate monomer is a monomer having three (meth) acryloyl groups in the molecule, preferably a (meth) acryloyloxy group, and examples thereof include glycerin tri (meth) acrylate and trimethyl propane.
- the tetrafunctional (meth) acrylate monomer is a monomer having four (meth) acryloyl groups in the molecule, preferably a (meth) acryloyloxy group, and examples thereof include ditrimethylolpropanetetra (meth) acrylate and penta.
- pentafunctional (meth) acrylate monomer examples include dipentaerythritol penta (meth) acrylate, tripentaerythritol penta (meth) acrylate, a reaction product of dipentaerythritol penta (meth) acrylate and acid anhydride, and caprolactone-modified dipenta.
- hexafunctional (meth) acrylate monomer examples include dipentaerythritol hexa (meth) acrylate, tripentaerythritol hexa (meth) acrylate, caprolactone-modified dipentaerythritol hexa (meth) acrylate, and caprolactone-modified tripentaerythritol hexa (meth) acrylate.
- Examples of the seven-functional (meth) acrylate monomer include tripentaerythritol hepta (meth) acrylate, a reaction product of trypentaerythritol hepta (meth) acrylate and an acid anhydride, caprolactone-modified tripentaerythritol hepta (meth) acrylate, and caprolactone-modified.
- the octafunctional (meth) acrylate monomer is a monomer having eight (meth) acryloyl groups, preferably (meth) acryloyloxy groups in the molecule, and examples thereof include tripentaerythritol octa (meth) acrylate and caprolactone. Examples thereof include modified tripentaerythritol octa (meth) acrylate, ethylene oxide-modified tripentaerythritol octa (meth) acrylate, and propylene oxide-modified tripentaerythritol octa (meth) acrylate.
- Examples of the cationically polymerizable monomer suitable for forming the cured resin layer include an epoxy compound having an epoxy group and an oxetane compound having an oxetaneyl group.
- the epoxy compound is a polymerizable monomer having at least one epoxy group in the molecule, and examples thereof include an alicyclic epoxy compound, an aromatic epoxy compound, and an aliphatic epoxy compound.
- the alicyclic epoxy compound is a compound having at least one epoxy group directly bonded to the alicyclic ring in the molecule.
- 3,4-epoxycyclohexylmethyl 3,4-epoxycyclohexanecarboxylate, 3,4-epoxy-6-methylcyclohexylmethyl 3,4-epoxy-6-methylcyclohexanecarboxylate, ethylenebis (3,4-epoxy) Cyclohexanecarboxylate), bis (3,4-epoxycyclohexylmethyl) adipate, bis (3,4-epoxy-6-methylcyclohexylmethyl) adipate, diethyleneglycolbis (3,4-epoxycyclohexylmethyl ether), ethyleneglycolbis (3,4-epoxycyclohexylmethyl ether) 3,4-Epoxycyclohexylmethyl) ether and the like can be mentioned.
- These alicyclic epoxy compounds can be used alone or in combination of two or more.
- Aromatic epoxy compounds are compounds that have an aromatic ring and an epoxy group in the molecule. Specific examples thereof include bisphenol type epoxy compounds such as bisphenol A diglycidyl ether, bisphenol F diglycidyl ether, and bisphenol S diglycidyl ether or oligomers thereof; phenol novolac epoxy resin, cresol novolac epoxy resin, hydroxybenzaldehyde phenol novolac epoxy.
- Novolac type epoxy resin such as resin; polyfunctional epoxy compound such as 2,2', 4,4'-tetrahydroxydiphenylmethane glycidyl ether, 2,2', 4,4'-tetrahydroxybenzophenone glycidyl ether ; Examples include polyfunctional epoxy resins such as epoxidized polyvinylphenol. These aromatic epoxy compounds can be used alone or in combination of two or more.
- the nuclear hydrogenation of the above aromatic epoxy compound becomes the hydrogenated epoxy compound.
- These are polyvalents obtained by selectively hydrogenating aromatic polyhydroxy compounds, typically bisphenols, which are the raw materials of the corresponding aromatic epoxy compounds, in the presence of a catalyst and under pressure. It can be produced by a method in which an alcohol, typically hydrogenated bisphenols, is used as a raw material, and epichlorohydrin is reacted with the raw material to form a chlorohydrin ether, which is further closed in the molecule with an alkali.
- These hydrogenated epoxy compounds can be used alone or in combination of two or more.
- Aliphatic epoxy compounds include polyglycidyl ethers of aliphatic polyhydric alcohols or alkylene oxide adducts thereof. Specific examples thereof include diglycidyl ether of neopentyl glycol, diglycidyl ether of 1,4-butanediol, diglycidyl ether of 1,6-hexanediol, triglycidyl ether of glycerin, triglycidyl ether of trimethylolpropane, and polyethylene.
- alkylene oxides ethylene oxide or propylene oxide
- aliphatic polyhydric alcohols such as glycol diglycidyl ether, propylene glycol diglycidyl ether, ethylene glycol, propylene glycol, and glycerin.
- alkylene oxides ethylene oxide or propylene oxide
- aliphatic polyhydric alcohols such as glycol diglycidyl ether, propylene glycol diglycidyl ether, ethylene glycol, propylene glycol, and glycerin.
- polyglycidyl ether which is a polyether polyol obtained.
- These aliphatic epoxy compounds can be used alone or in combination of two or more.
- An oxetane compound is a compound containing at least one oxetane group in the molecule, and specific examples thereof include 3-ethyl-3-hydroxymethyloxetane (also called oxetane alcohol), 2-ethylhexyl oxetane, and 1,4-.
- thermopolymerizable monomer suitable for forming the cured resin layer examples include melamine compounds.
- examples of the melamine compound include hexamethoxymethylmelamine, hexaethoxymethylmelamine, hexapropoxymethylmelamine, hexabutoxymethylmelamine and the like.
- the melamine compound can be used alone or in combination of two or more.
- urethane resin a combination of an isocyanate compound and an alcohol compound having a hydroxyl group in the molecule can be mentioned, and a urethane resin is produced.
- the isocyanate compounds used in the production of urethane resins and urea resins usually have two or more isocyanato groups (-NCO) in the molecule, and various aromatic, aliphatic or alicyclic diisocyanates can be used. it can.
- Specific examples include tetramethylene diisocyanate, hexamethylene diisocyanate, isophorone diisocyanate, 2,4-tolylene diisocyanate, 4,4'-diphenyl diisocyanate, 1,5-naphthalenedi isocyanate, 3,3'-dimethyl-4,4' Examples thereof include -diphenyl diisocyanate, xylene diisocyanate, trimethylhexamethylene diisocyanate, 4,4'-diphenylmethane diisocyanate, and a nuclear hydrogenated diisocyanate having an aromatic ring.
- alcohol compounds used in urethane resins usually have two or more hydroxyl groups in the molecule, and for example, ethylene glycol, propylene glycol, 1,3-propanediol, diethylene glycol, dipropylene glycol, neopentyl glycol, 1 , 3-Butandiol, 1,4-Butanediol, 1,6-Hexanediol, 1,9-Nonandiol, 1,10-Decandiol, 2,2,4-trimethyl-1,3-Pentanediol, 3 -Methyl-1,5-pentanediol, neopentyl glycol ester of hydroxypivalic acid, 1,4-cyclohexanediol, spiroglycol, tricyclodecanedimethylol, bisphenol A, hydrogenated bisphenol A, trimethylolethane, trimethylolpropane , Glycerin, 3-methylpentane
- the above-mentioned polymerizable monomer has a viewpoint of suppressing curl generated by heating during curing or after curing, a viewpoint of improving processing characteristics, a viewpoint of adjusting adhesion to a base film or a liquid crystal cured product layer, and improving productivity. It can be appropriately selected from the viewpoint of improving the solvent resistance, improving the reliability when combined with the liquid crystal cured product layer.
- the cured resin layer preferably contains at least one selected from the group consisting of acrylic resin, epoxy resin, oxetane resin, urethane resin and melamine resin.
- radically polymerizable monomers may be used, or a radically polymerizable monomer and a cationically polymerizable monomer may be combined.
- the cured resin layer forming composition includes a photopolymerization initiator, a thermal polymerization initiator, a solvent, an antioxidant, a photosensitizer, a leveling agent, an antioxidant, a chain transfer agent, and a photostabilizer.
- Additives such as agents, tackifiers, fillers, flow modifiers, plasticizers, antifoaming agents, dyes, antistatic agents, and UV absorbers can be further included. These additives are usually about 0.1 to 15% by mass with respect to the mass of the solid content of the composition for forming the cured resin layer.
- the solid content means the total amount of the components excluding the solvent from the composition when the solvent is contained in the composition for forming the cured resin layer.
- the content of the polymerizable monomer is preferably 50 parts by mass or more, and more preferably 60 parts by mass or more with respect to 100 parts by mass of the solid content of the composition. Within the above range, it is easy to improve the reliability when combined with the liquid crystal cured product layer.
- the cured resin layer forming composition preferably contains a polymerization initiator.
- the polymerization initiator include a photopolymerization initiator and a thermal polymerization initiator, but it is preferable to use a photopolymerization initiator from the viewpoint of improving productivity.
- the photopolymerization initiator is not particularly limited as long as it can initiate curing of the polymerizable monomer by irradiation with active energy rays such as visible light, ultraviolet rays, X-rays, and electron beams, and is adapted to the type of the polymerizable monomer.
- a photoradical polymerization initiator or a photocationic polymerization initiator can be appropriately used.
- photoradical polymerization initiator and the photocationic polymerization initiator include the same polymerization initiators exemplified above as those that can be blended in the polymerizable liquid crystal composition forming the liquid crystal cured product layer. Be done.
- the content thereof is preferably 0.1 to 10 parts by mass, more preferably 0.5 to 7 with respect to 100 parts by mass of the total amount of the curable compound. It is a mass part.
- the content of the polymerization initiator is at least the above lower limit value, the polymerization initiator ability is sufficiently exhibited, and when the content of the polymerization initiator is at least the above upper limit value, the polymerization initiator is less likely to remain.
- the cured resin layer forming composition contains a solvent, depending on the viewpoint of sufficiently dissolving the polymerizable monomer and the polymerization initiator added to the cured resin layer forming composition and the viewpoint of not dissolving the base film. It can be selected as appropriate.
- a solvent that can be used in the polymerizable liquid crystal composition described above can be used.
- the content of the solvent is about 1 to 10000 parts by mass, preferably 10 to 1000 parts by mass, and more preferably about 20 to 500 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the total amount of the components contained in the composition for forming the cured resin layer. It may be there.
- the configuration of the functional layer is not particularly limited as long as it includes a liquid crystal cured product layer and does not affect the effect of the present invention.
- the stacking order of each layer can be appropriately selected, but when the functional layer includes the liquid crystal cured product layer, the alignment film and the cured resin layer.
- the liquid crystal cured product layer, the alignment film, and the cured resin layer are adjacent to each other in this order.
- uncured polymerizable material is formed in the cured liquid crystal layer, particularly in the deep part (alignment film side) of the cured liquid crystal layer in which a sufficient amount of light is difficult to reach when the layer is cured. Even if the liquid crystal compound is present, the cured resin layer can prevent the uncured polymerizable liquid crystal compound from diffusing. After the functional layer is peeled off from the base film and transferred to another member, the cured resin layer can prevent the uncured polymerizable liquid crystal compound from diffusing into other members.
- the uncured polymerizable liquid crystal compound contained in the liquid crystal cured product layer is close to or close to the liquid crystal cured product layer. It is possible to effectively suppress the diffusion to the adjacent layer (particularly the adhesive layer). Therefore, in a preferred embodiment of the present invention, the functional layer further comprises an adhesive layer and is laminated with another optical film (eg, a polarizing film) via the adhesive layer.
- a functional layer it is preferable that the liquid crystal cured product layer, the alignment film, and the cured resin layer are adjacent to each other in this order, and the adhesive layer may be provided on the liquid crystal cured product layer side. , May be provided on the cured resin layer side.
- the cured resin layer is, for example, after applying the composition for forming a cured resin layer as described above on the base film, and then a solvent. When is contained, the solvent is dried and removed, and the polymerizable monomer is cured.
- Examples of the method for applying the cured resin layer forming composition on the base film include the same methods as those exemplified above as the method for applying the polymerizable liquid crystal composition on the base film and the like.
- examples of the method for drying and removing the solvent when the composition for forming the cured resin layer contains a solvent include a natural drying method, a ventilation drying method, a heat drying method, and a vacuum drying method.
- the adhesive constituting the functional layer examples include a pressure-sensitive adhesive, a dry-solidified adhesive, and a chemical reaction adhesive.
- the chemical reaction type adhesive include an active energy ray-curable adhesive.
- the adhesive layer may be provided as one constituent layer of the functional layer of the long film of the present invention, or may be provided on the peeled surface or the like after peeling the base film from the long film of the present invention. May be good.
- the pressure-sensitive pressure-sensitive adhesive usually contains a polymer and may contain a solvent.
- the polymer include acrylic polymers, silicone-based polymers, polyesters, polyurethanes, and polyethers.
- the acrylic adhesive containing an acrylic polymer has excellent optical transparency, moderate wettability and cohesive force, excellent adhesiveness, and high weather resistance and heat resistance, and is heated. It is preferable because it is unlikely to float or peel off under humid conditions.
- (meth) acrylate in which the alkyl group of the ester portion is an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms such as a methyl group, an ethyl group or a butyl group, and (meth) acrylic acid or hydroxyethyl (meth) acrylate A copolymer with a (meth) acrylic monomer having a functional group such as the above is preferable.
- the pressure-sensitive pressure-sensitive adhesive containing such a copolymer has excellent adhesiveness, and even when it is removed after being bonded to the transferred body, it is relatively easy without causing adhesive residue on the transferred body. It is preferable because it can be removed.
- the glass transition temperature of the acrylic polymer is preferably 25 ° C. or lower, more preferably 0 ° C. or lower.
- the mass average molecular weight of such an acrylic polymer is preferably 100,000 or more.
- the solvent examples include the solvents mentioned as the solvents that can be used for the polymerizable liquid crystal composition and the like.
- the pressure-sensitive pressure-sensitive adhesive may contain a light diffusing agent.
- the light diffusing agent is an additive that imparts light diffusing property to the pressure-sensitive adhesive, and may be fine particles having a refractive index different from that of the polymer contained in the pressure-sensitive adhesive.
- Examples of the light diffusing agent include fine particles made of an inorganic compound and fine particles made of an organic compound (polymer). Most of the polymers contained in the pressure-sensitive adhesive as an active ingredient, including acrylic polymers, have a refractive index of about 1.4 to 1.6, and therefore, from a light diffusing agent having a refractive index of 1.2 to 1.8.
- the difference in refractive index between the polymer contained in the pressure-sensitive adhesive as an active ingredient and the light diffusing agent is usually 0.01 or more, and is preferably 0.01 to 0.2 from the viewpoint of brightness and displayability of the display device.
- the fine particles used as the light diffusing agent are preferably spherical fine particles, which are also close to monodisperse, and more preferably fine particles having an average particle size of 2 to 6 ⁇ m.
- the index of refraction is measured by a common minimum declination method or an Abbe refractometer.
- Examples of the fine particles made of the inorganic compound include aluminum oxide (refractive index 1.76) and silicon oxide (refractive index 1.45).
- the fine particles made of an organic compound (polymer) include melamine beads (refractive index 1.57), polymethyl methacrylate beads (refractive index 1.49), and methyl methacrylate / styrene copolymer resin beads (refractive index 1.50). ⁇ 1.59), Polycarbonate beads (refractive index 1.55), polyethylene beads (refractive index 1.53), polystyrene beads (refractive index 1.6), polyvinyl chloride beads (refractive index 1.46), and silicone Examples thereof include resin beads (refractive index 1.46).
- the content of the light diffusing agent is usually 3 to 30 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the polymer.
- the thickness of the pressure-sensitive adhesive is determined according to its adhesive force and the like, and is not particularly limited, but is usually 1 ⁇ m to 40 ⁇ m. From the viewpoint of workability, durability and the like, the thickness is preferably 3 ⁇ m to 25 ⁇ m, more preferably 5 ⁇ m to 20 ⁇ m.
- the display device including the optical film including the functional layer transferred from the long film of the present invention is viewed from the front by setting the thickness of the adhesive layer formed from the adhesive to 5 ⁇ m to 20 ⁇ m. It is possible to maintain the brightness when viewed from an angle or to prevent bleeding or blurring of the displayed image.
- the dry solidified adhesive may contain a solvent.
- the dry-solidified adhesive contains a polymer of a monomer having a protonic functional group such as a hydroxyl group, a carboxyl group or an amino group and an ethylenically unsaturated group as a main component, or a urethane resin as a main component, and further has a multivalent value.
- a cross-linking agent such as an aldehyde, an epoxy compound, an epoxy resin, a melamine compound, a zirconia compound, and a zinc compound, or a curable compound.
- Examples of the polymer of the monomer having a protonic functional group such as a hydroxyl group, a carboxyl group or an amino group and an ethylenically unsaturated group include ethylene-maleic acid copolymer, itaconic acid copolymer, acrylic acid copolymer and acrylamide. Examples thereof include copolymers, saponified products of polyvinyl acetate, and polyvinyl alcohol-based resins.
- polyvinyl alcohol-based resin examples include polyvinyl alcohol, partially saponified polyvinyl alcohol, fully saponified polyvinyl alcohol, carboxyl group-modified polyvinyl alcohol, acetoacetyl group-modified polyvinyl alcohol, methylol group-modified polyvinyl alcohol, and amino group-modified polyvinyl alcohol. Can be mentioned.
- the content of the polyvinyl alcohol-based resin in the water-based adhesive is usually 1 to 10 parts by mass, preferably 1 to 5 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of water.
- the urethane resin examples include polyester ionomer type urethane resin and the like.
- the polyester-based ionomer-type urethane resin referred to here is a urethane resin having a polyester skeleton, in which a small amount of an ionic component (hydrophilic component) is introduced. Since the ionomer type urethane resin is emulsified in water to form an emulsion without using an emulsifier, it can be used as a water-based adhesive. When a polyester ionomer type urethane resin is used, it is effective to add a water-soluble epoxy compound as a cross-linking agent.
- the epoxy resin examples include polyamide epoxy resins obtained by reacting epichlorohydrin with polyamide polyamines obtained by reacting polyalkylene polyamines such as diethylenetriamine or triethylenetetramine with dicarboxylic acids such as adipic acid.
- Commercially available products of the polyamide epoxy resin include "Smiley's Resin (registered trademark) 650" and “Smiley's Resin 675" (manufactured by Sumika Chemtex Co., Ltd.) and "WS-525" (manufactured by Nippon PMC Co., Ltd.). And so on.
- the amount added is usually 1 to 100 parts by mass, preferably 1 to 50 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the polyvinyl alcohol-based resin.
- the thickness of the adhesive layer formed from the dry-solidified adhesive is usually 0.001 to 5 ⁇ m, preferably 0.01 to 2 ⁇ m, and more preferably 0.01 to 0.5 ⁇ m. is there. If the adhesive layer formed from the dry-solidified adhesive is too thick, the appearance tends to be poor.
- the active energy ray-curable adhesive may contain a solvent.
- the active energy ray-curable adhesive is an adhesive that is cured by being irradiated with active energy rays.
- Examples of the active energy ray-curable adhesive include a cationically polymerizable adhesive containing an epoxy compound and a cationic polymerization initiator, a radically polymerizable adhesive containing an acrylic curing component and a radical polymerization initiator, and an epoxy compound.
- An adhesive containing both a cationically polymerizable curing component such as, and a radically polymerizable curing component such as an acrylic compound, and further containing a cationic polymerization initiator and a radical polymerization initiator, and these polymerization initiators are included. Examples thereof include an adhesive that is cured by irradiating an electron beam without using it.
- a radically polymerizable active energy ray-curable adhesive containing an acrylic curing component and a photoradical polymerization initiator and a cationically polymerizable active energy ray-curable adhesive containing an epoxy compound and a photocationic polymerization initiator.
- Agents are preferred.
- the acrylic curing component include (meth) acrylates such as methyl (meth) acrylate and hydroxyethyl (meth) acrylate, and (meth) acrylic acid.
- the active energy ray-curable adhesive containing an epoxy compound may further contain a compound other than the epoxy compound. Examples of the compound other than the epoxy compound include an oxetane compound and an acrylic compound.
- Examples of the photoradical polymerization initiator and the photocationic polymerization initiator include the same polymerization initiators as exemplified as those that can be used in the polymerizable liquid crystal composition.
- the content of the radical polymerization initiator and the cationic polymerization initiator is usually 0.5 to 20 parts by mass, preferably 1 to 15 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the active energy ray-curable adhesive.
- the active energy ray-curable adhesive further contains an ion trap agent, an antioxidant, a chain transfer agent, a tackifier, a thermoplastic resin, a filler, a flow conditioner, a plasticizer, an antifoaming agent and the like. You may.
- active energy rays include visible light, ultraviolet rays, infrared rays, X-rays, ⁇ rays, ⁇ rays, ⁇ rays and electron beams, and ultraviolet rays and electron beams are preferable.
- Preferred ultraviolet irradiation conditions are the same as the curing conditions of the polymerizable liquid crystal composition at the time of forming the liquid crystal cured product layer.
- the functional layer when the functional layer is peeled from the base film and transferred to another optical film or the like by using the Roll to Roll method, the functional layer is peeled in the peeling direction (long direction). It is easy to peel off linearly, and has an excellent effect of suppressing tearing and detachment at the end of the functional layer during and after transfer. As a result, the functional layer can be transferred with high productivity while maintaining the optical characteristics of the functional layer possessed by the long film, so that optics such as a retardation plate and an elliptical polarizing plate, which require high optical characteristics, can be transferred. It can be suitably used for producing a laminate.
- the base film is peeled off from a long film of the present invention having a functional layer containing a liquid crystal cured product layer satisfying the above formulas (1) and (2) or (3) and (4) to obtain the functional layer.
- An elliptical polarizing plate can be produced by transferring to a polarizing film.
- the functional layer and the polarizing film may be bonded to each other via an adhesive layer.
- the polarizing film is a film having a polarizing function, and examples thereof include a stretched film in which a dye having an absorption anisotropy is adsorbed and a film containing a film coated with a dye having an absorption anisotropy as a polarizer.
- the dye having absorption anisotropy include a dichroic dye.
- a film containing a stretched film having a dye having absorption anisotropy adsorbed as a polarizer is usually obtained by uniaxially stretching a polyvinyl alcohol-based resin film and dyeing the polyvinyl alcohol-based resin film with a bicolor dye.
- the polyvinyl alcohol-based resin is obtained by saponifying the polyvinyl acetate-based resin.
- the polyvinyl acetate-based resin in addition to polyvinyl acetate, which is a homopolymer of vinyl acetate, a copolymer of vinyl acetate and another monomer copolymerizable therewith is used.
- examples of other monomers copolymerizable with vinyl acetate include unsaturated carboxylic acids, olefins, vinyl ethers, unsaturated sulfonic acids, and acrylamides having an ammonium group.
- the degree of saponification of the polyvinyl alcohol-based resin is usually about 85 to 100 mol%, preferably 98 mol% or more.
- the polyvinyl alcohol-based resin may be modified, and for example, polyvinyl formal or polyvinyl acetal modified with aldehydes can also be used.
- the degree of polymerization of the polyvinyl alcohol-based resin is usually about 1,000 to 10,000, preferably in the range of 1,500 to 5,000.
- a film formed of such a polyvinyl alcohol-based resin is used as a raw film for a polarizing film.
- the method for forming the film of the polyvinyl alcohol-based resin is not particularly limited, and the film can be formed by a known method.
- the film thickness of the polyvinyl alcohol-based raw film can be, for example, about 10 to 150 ⁇ m.
- the uniaxial stretching of the polyvinyl alcohol-based resin film can be performed before dyeing with a dichroic dye, at the same time as dyeing, or after dyeing.
- the uniaxial stretching may be performed before the boric acid treatment or during the boric acid treatment. It is also possible to perform uniaxial stretching at these multiple stages.
- rolls having different peripheral speeds may be uniaxially stretched, or thermal rolls may be used to uniaxially stretch.
- the uniaxial stretching may be a dry stretching in which stretching is performed in the atmosphere, or a wet stretching in which the polyvinyl alcohol-based resin film is swollen using a solvent.
- the draw ratio is usually about 3 to 8 times.
- Dyeing of a polyvinyl alcohol-based resin film with a dichroic dye is performed, for example, by immersing the polyvinyl alcohol-based resin film in an aqueous solution containing the dichroic dye.
- iodine or a dichroic organic dye is used as the dichroic dye.
- the dichroic organic dye include C.I. I.
- examples thereof include a dichroic direct dye composed of a disazo compound such as DIRECT RED 39, and a dichroic direct dye composed of a compound such as trisazo and tetrakisazo.
- the polyvinyl alcohol-based resin film is preferably immersed in water before the dyeing treatment.
- iodine When iodine is used as the dichroic dye, a method of immersing a polyvinyl alcohol-based resin film in an aqueous solution containing iodine and potassium iodide and dyeing is usually adopted.
- the iodine content in this aqueous solution is usually about 0.01 to 1 part by mass per 100 parts by mass of water.
- the content of potassium iodide is usually about 0.5 to 20 parts by mass per 100 parts by mass of water.
- the temperature of the aqueous solution used for dyeing is usually about 20 to 40 ° C.
- the immersion time (staining time) in this aqueous solution is usually about 20 to 1,800 seconds.
- a method of immersing a polyvinyl alcohol-based resin film in an aqueous solution containing a water-soluble dichroic dye and dyeing is usually adopted.
- the content of the dichroic organic dye in this aqueous solution is usually about 1 ⁇ 10 -4 to 10 parts by mass, preferably 1 ⁇ 10 -3 to 1 part by mass, more preferably 1 ⁇ 10 -3 to 1 part by mass, per 100 parts by mass of water. Is 1 ⁇ 10 -3 to 1 ⁇ 10 -2 parts by mass.
- This aqueous solution may contain an inorganic salt such as sodium sulfate as a dyeing aid.
- the temperature of the dichroic dye aqueous solution used for dyeing is usually about 20 to 80 ° C.
- the immersion time (staining time) in this aqueous solution is usually about 10 to 1,800 seconds.
- the boric acid treatment after dyeing with a dichroic dye can usually be performed by immersing the dyed polyvinyl alcohol-based resin film in an aqueous boric acid solution.
- the content of boric acid in this aqueous boric acid solution is usually about 2 to 15 parts by mass, preferably 5 to 12 parts by mass, per 100 parts by mass of water.
- this boric acid aqueous solution preferably contains potassium iodide, and the content of potassium iodide in that case is usually 0.1 to 100 parts by mass per 100 parts by mass of water. It is about 15 parts by mass, preferably 5 to 12 parts by mass.
- the immersion time in the boric acid aqueous solution is usually about 60 to 1,200 seconds, preferably 150 to 600 seconds, and more preferably 200 to 400 seconds.
- the temperature of the boric acid treatment is usually 50 ° C. or higher, preferably 50 to 85 ° C., and more preferably 60 to 80 ° C.
- the polyvinyl alcohol-based resin film after boric acid treatment is usually washed with water.
- the water washing treatment can be performed, for example, by immersing the boric acid-treated polyvinyl alcohol-based resin film in water.
- the temperature of water in the washing treatment is usually about 5 to 40 ° C.
- the immersion time is usually about 1 to 120 seconds.
- the drying process can be performed using, for example, a hot air dryer or a far-infrared heater.
- the temperature of the drying treatment is usually about 30 to 100 ° C, preferably 50 to 80 ° C.
- the drying treatment time is usually about 60 to 600 seconds, preferably 120 to 600 seconds.
- the water content is usually about 5 to 20% by mass, preferably 8 to 15% by mass. When the water content is within the above range, a polarizer having appropriate flexibility and good thermal stability can be obtained.
- the thickness of the polarizer obtained by uniaxially stretching, dyeing with a dichroic dye, boric acid treatment, washing with water and drying on the polyvinyl alcohol-based resin film is preferably 5 to 40 ⁇ m.
- the film coated with the dye having absorption anisotropy includes a composition containing a dichroic dye having liquid crystal properties, a film obtained by applying a composition containing a dichroic dye and a polymerizable liquid crystal, and the like. Can be mentioned.
- the film preferably has a protective film on one or both sides thereof. Examples of the protective film include the same base film as those exemplified above.
- the film coated with the dye having absorption anisotropy is preferably thin, but if it is too thin, the strength is lowered and the processability tends to be inferior.
- the thickness of the film is usually 20 ⁇ m or less, preferably 5 ⁇ m or less, and more preferably 0.5 to 3 ⁇ m.
- the film coated with the dye having absorption anisotropy include the films described in JP-A-2012-33249.
- a polarizing film can be obtained by laminating a transparent protective film on at least one surface of the polarizing element thus obtained via an adhesive.
- a transparent protective film a transparent film similar to the base film exemplified above can be preferably used.
- the long film of the present invention contains a horizontally oriented liquid crystal cured product layer as a functional layer
- the functional layer when the functional layer is transferred from the long film of the present invention to a polarizing film, the horizontally oriented liquid crystal cured product layer constituting the functional layer It is preferable to transfer the film so that the angle formed by the slow axis (optical axis) and the absorption axis of the polarizing film is 45 ⁇ 5 °.
- the display device is a device having a display element, and includes a light emitting element or a light emitting device as a light emitting source.
- Display devices include liquid crystal display devices, organic electroluminescence (EL) display devices, inorganic electroluminescence (EL) display devices, touch panel display devices, electron emission display devices (for example, electric field emission display devices (FED), surface electric field emission display devices).
- the liquid crystal display device includes any of a transmissive liquid crystal display device, a transflective liquid crystal display device, a reflective liquid crystal display device, a direct-view liquid crystal display device, a projection type liquid crystal display device, and the like. These display devices may be display devices that display two-dimensional images or three-dimensional display devices that display three-dimensional images. In particular, functions transferred from the long film of the present invention.
- the elliptical polarizing plate including a layer can be suitably used for an organic electroluminescence (EL) display device and an inorganic electroluminescence (EL) display device, and can also be suitably used for a liquid crystal display device and a touch panel display device.
- the display device of the above can exhibit good image display characteristics by providing an elliptical polarizing plate having high reliability.
- Example 1 (1) Preparation of Composition for Forming Horizontal Alignment Film (A1) 5 parts (weight average molecular weight: 30,000) of a photo-alignable material having the following structure and 95 parts of cyclopentanone (solvent) were mixed as components to obtain a mixture. The mixture was stirred at 80 ° C. for 1 hour to obtain a composition for forming a horizontal alignment film (A1).
- a polymerizable liquid crystal compound (X1) and a polymerizable liquid crystal compound (Y1) having the following molecular structures were prepared for use in forming a horizontally oriented liquid crystal cured film.
- the polymerizable liquid crystal compound (X1) was produced according to the method described in JP-A-2010-31223.
- the polymerizable liquid crystal compound (Y1) was produced according to the method described in JP-A-2009-173893.
- a 1 mg / 50 mL tetrahydrofuran solution of the polymerizable liquid crystal compound (X1) was prepared, and a sample for measurement was obtained. Place the measurement sample in a measurement cell with an optical path length of 1 cm, set it in an ultraviolet-visible spectrophotometer (“UV-2450” manufactured by Shimadzu Corporation), measure the absorption spectrum, and obtain the maximum absorption degree from the obtained absorption spectrum. When the wavelength was read, the maximum absorption wavelength ⁇ max in the wavelength range of 300 to 400 nm was 350 nm.
- UV-2450 ultraviolet-visible spectrophotometer
- polarized UV is irradiated on the film at 100 mJ (based on 313 nm) so that the direction of the orientation regulating force is an angle of 45 ° with respect to the elongated direction of the film.
- a horizontal alignment film was formed.
- the film thickness of the obtained horizontal alignment film was measured with an ellipsometer and found to be 0.2 ⁇ m.
- the polymerizable liquid crystal composition (B1) was applied onto a horizontally oriented film with the same width as the film by a die coating method so that the average film thickness of the coating film was 17 ⁇ m, and dried by heating at 120 ° C. for 2 minutes.
- the cured liquid crystal is further irradiated with ultraviolet rays from the surface side on which the polymerizable liquid crystal composition (B1) is applied (integrated light amount at a wavelength of 365 nm under a nitrogen atmosphere: 500 mJ / cm 2 ).
- a long film (length: 2000 m) composed of a layer / horizontally oriented film / base film was obtained.
- the obtained long film was wound around an FRP core having an inner diameter of 6 inches.
- the functional layer at the same location From the average total thickness measured in the width direction with a contact film thickness meter for the long film of the base film / horizontal alignment film / liquid crystal cured product layer within the range that does not cover the uneven part at the end, the functional layer at the same location ( The in-plane average thickness X of the functional layer was confirmed by subtracting the average substrate thickness measured in the width direction from the substrate film after peeling (consisting of the horizontally aligned film and the cured liquid crystal layer). there were. Similarly, the maximum height Y of the convex portion measured at a pitch of 1 mm by a contact type film thickness meter at the end of the long film at the same position in the width direction was 7 ⁇ m. When this wound long film was stored in a 23 ° C. 55% RH environment for 1 week and then fed out, there was no noticeable sticking in the plane and no dropout of the functional layer.
- ⁇ Measurement of substrate peeling force> After sampling the central part of the long film composed of the functional layer and the base film in the width direction and performing corona treatment on the liquid crystal cured product layer side, a 25 ⁇ m pressure-sensitive adhesive manufactured by Lintec Corporation is used to mediate 12 cm in length ⁇ 10 cm in width ⁇ It was affixed to glass having a thickness of 0.7 mm (composition: base film / functional layer / adhesive layer / glass). A 25 mm wide notch was made from the base material side of the obtained sample with a cutter.
- the prepared sample was set on an autograph "EZ-L” manufactured by Shimadzu Corporation, and the peeling force when peeling a 25 mm wide base material at a speed of 300 mm / min in the direction parallel to the glass surface was confirmed.
- the results are shown in Table 2.
- composition for forming a cured resin layer (C1) 50 parts of dipentaerythritol hexaacrylate (Aronix M-403 polyfunctional acrylate manufactured by Toa Synthetic Co., Ltd.), acrylate resin (Evecryl 4858 manufactured by Dycel UCB Co., Ltd.) 50 A solution prepared by dissolving 3 parts of 2-methyl-1 [4- (methylthio) phenyl] -2-molyphorinopropan-1-one (Irgacure 907; manufactured by Ciba Specialty Chemicals) in 250 parts of isopropanol was prepared. A composition for forming a cured resin layer (C1) containing an acrylate compound was obtained.
- composition for forming a cured resin layer (C1) is applied to the "functional layer coating width C" in Table 1 on a triacetyl cellulose film provided with the same uneven portions as in Example 1. It was applied by the die coating method so as to have the width shown as. At this time, the edges of the coating film of the cured resin layer forming composition (C1) are located 7.5 mm inward from both ends of the base film, and 7.5 mm each on the uneven portions at both ends of the coating film. It was applied to cover it. Then, after drying at 60 ° C.
- ultraviolet rays are further irradiated from the surface side coated with the cured resin layer forming composition (C1) using an ultraviolet irradiation device (integrated light amount at a wavelength of 365 nm under a nitrogen atmosphere: 400 mJ. / Cm 2 ) to form a cured resin layer.
- an ultraviolet irradiation device integrated light amount at a wavelength of 365 nm under a nitrogen atmosphere: 400 mJ. / Cm 2
- Re (550) of the laminated body of the triacetyl cellulose film and the cured resin layer was separately measured by Oji Measuring Instruments Co., Ltd. "KOBRA-WPR"
- the retardation value was 5 nm or less, and it was optically anisotropic. I confirmed that he was the one.
- the liquid crystal cured product layer / horizontally aligned film / cured resin layer / base film can be obtained.
- a long film of 1000 m was obtained.
- the obtained long film was wound around an FRP core having an inner diameter of 6 inches.
- the in-plane average thickness X of the functional layer composed of the cured resin layer / horizontal alignment film / liquid crystal cured product layer was confirmed, it was 4 ⁇ m.
- the maximum height Y of the convex portion was 9 ⁇ m.
- Example 3 A base material COP film (ZF-14-50) manufactured by Nippon Zeon Corporation was used as the base film, and heated embossed rolls were pressed against the base film to provide 12.5 mm wide knurling portions on both ends of the base film, and corona treatment was performed. Was carried out.
- the cured resin layer forming composition (C1) was applied onto this base film by a die coating method so as to have a width shown as "functional layer coating width C" in Table 1. At this time, the edges of the coating film of the cured resin layer forming composition (C1) are located 7.5 mm inward from both ends of the base film, and the uneven portions at both ends of the coating film are coated by 5 mm each. Was applied.
- Example 2 a long film was prepared in the same manner as in Example 2, and the in-plane average thickness X of the functional layer was confirmed to be 4 ⁇ m.
- the maximum height Y of the convex portion was 8 ⁇ m.
- Example 4 (1) Preparation of Polymerizable Liquid Liquid Composition Composition (B2) With respect to 100 parts by mass of the polymerizable liquid crystal compound (X2) prepared with reference to JP-A-2016-81035, the leveling agent "BYK-361N" (BYK-). 0.10 parts by mass of Chemie), 0.25 parts by mass of leveling agent "F-556” (manufactured by DIC), and 2-dimethylamino-2-benzyl-1- (4-morpholinophenyl) as a photopolymerization initiator.
- Butan-1-one (“Irgacure (registered trademark) 369 (Irg369)” manufactured by BASF Japan Co., Ltd.) and 7.5 parts by mass of “Irgacure OXE-03” manufactured by BASF Japan Co., Ltd. were added. Further, cyclopentanone was added so that the solid content concentration was 13%. The mixture was stirred at 80 ° C. for 1 hour to obtain a polymerizable liquid crystal composition (B2).
- Irgacure (registered trademark) 369 (Irg369) manufactured by BASF Japan Co., Ltd.
- cyclopentanone was added so that the solid content concentration was 13%. The mixture was stirred at 80 ° C. for 1 hour to obtain a polymerizable liquid crystal composition (B2).
- a 1 mg / 50 mL tetrahydrofuran solution of the polymerizable liquid crystal compound (X2) was prepared, and a sample for measurement was obtained. Place the measurement sample in a measurement cell with an optical path length of 1 cm, set it in an ultraviolet-visible spectrophotometer (“UV-2450” manufactured by Shimadzu Corporation), measure the absorption spectrum, and obtain the maximum absorption degree from the obtained absorption spectrum. When the wavelength was read, the maximum absorption wavelength ⁇ max in the wavelength range of 300 to 400 nm was 352 nm.
- UV-2450 ultraviolet-visible spectrophotometer
- a long film was produced in the same manner as in Example 1 except that (B2) was used instead of the polymerizable liquid crystal composition (B1).
- (B2) was used instead of the polymerizable liquid crystal composition (B1).
- the in-plane average thickness X of the functional layer was confirmed, it was 2 ⁇ m.
- the maximum height Y of the convex portion was 7 ⁇ m.
- Example 5 Preparation of Polymerizable Liquid Liquid Composition Composition (B3)
- the leveling agent "BYK-361N" (BYK) was prepared with reference to International Patent Publication No. 2015/025793 for 100 parts by mass of the polymerizable liquid crystal compound (X3).
- a 1 mg / 50 mL tetrahydrofuran solution of the polymerizable liquid crystal compound (X3) was prepared, and a sample for measurement was obtained. Place the measurement sample in a measurement cell with an optical path length of 1 cm, set it in an ultraviolet-visible spectrophotometer (“UV-2450” manufactured by Shimadzu Corporation), measure the absorption spectrum, and obtain the maximum absorption degree from the obtained absorption spectrum. When the wavelength was read, the maximum absorption wavelength ⁇ max in the wavelength range of 300 to 400 nm was 352 nm.
- a long film was produced in the same manner as in Example 1 except that (B3) was used instead of the polymerizable liquid crystal composition (B1).
- (B3) was used instead of the polymerizable liquid crystal composition (B1).
- the in-plane average thickness X of the functional layer was confirmed, it was 2 ⁇ m.
- the maximum height Y of the convex portion was 7 ⁇ m.
- Example 6 (1) Preparation of Polymerizable Liquid Crystal Composition (B4)
- the leveling agent "BYK-361N" (BYK-Chemie) with respect to 100 parts by mass of the liquid crystal compound LC242: Palocolor LC242 (registered trademark of BASF) represented by the following formula (LC242). ) 0.10 parts by mass, leveling agent "F-556" (manufactured by DIC) 0.25 parts by mass, and polymerization initiator Irg369 3 parts by mass were added so that the solid content concentration became 13 parts by mass. Cyclopentanone was added. The mixture was stirred at 80 ° C. for 1 hour to obtain a polymerizable liquid crystal composition (B4).
- LC242 Liquid crystal compound LC242: Palocolor LC242 (registered trademark of BASF)
- the base film As the base film, a triacetyl cellulose film having the same uneven portions as in Example 1 was used, and the composition for forming a horizontal alignment film (A1) was placed on the triacetyl cellulose film in the "functional layer" of Table 1.
- the film was applied by a die coating method so as to have a width indicated as "coating width C".
- the edges of the coating film of the horizontal alignment film forming composition (A1) are located 7.5 mm inward from both ends of the base film, and 7.5 mm each on the uneven portions at both ends of the coating film. It was applied to cover it. Next, after heating and drying at 100 ° C.
- polarized UV is irradiated on the film at 100 mJ (based on 313 nm) so that the direction of the orientation regulating force is at an angle of 15 ° with respect to the elongated direction of the film.
- a horizontal alignment film was formed. The film thickness of the obtained horizontal alignment film was measured with an ellipsometer and found to be 0.2 ⁇ m.
- the polymerizable liquid crystal composition (B4) was applied onto a horizontally oriented film with the same width as the film by a die coating method so that the average film thickness of the coating film was 17 ⁇ m, and dried by heating at 80 ° C. for 1 minute.
- a mixed solution (1) a compound having a functional group (hydroxysilyl group) capable of reacting with a hydroxyl group or a carboxyl group and a (meth) acryloyl group (acryloyl group) in the molecule.
- a vertically oriented polymerizable liquid crystal composition (B5) is applied onto a triacetyl cellulose film ((KC4UY, manufactured by Konica Minolta Co., Ltd.)) provided with the same uneven portions as in Example 1, and the average film thickness of the coating film is The film was coated by the die coating method with a width shown as "functional layer coating width C" in Table 1 so as to have a thickness of 9.5 ⁇ m. At this time, the edges of the coating film of the vertically oriented polymerizable liquid crystal composition (B5) are located 7.5 mm inward from both ends of the base film, and 7.5 mm each on the uneven portions at both ends of the coating film. It was applied to cover it. Next, after heating and drying at 120 ° C.
- ⁇ Rth measurement of vertically oriented liquid crystal cured product layer Corona treatment was performed on the liquid crystal cured product layer side of the base film produced by the above procedure and the long film composed of the (vertically oriented) liquid crystal cured product layer, and the length was 4 cm ⁇ via a 25 ⁇ m pressure-sensitive adhesive manufactured by Lintec Corporation. After bonding to a glass having a width of 4 cm and a thickness of 0.7 mm, the base film was peeled off. For the obtained laminate composed of glass, adhesive, and liquid crystal cured product layer, the angle of incidence of light on the sample for measuring optical characteristics was changed using KOBRA-WPR manufactured by Oji Measuring Instruments Co., Ltd. to change the front phase difference value.
- phase difference value when tilted by 40 ° to the center of the phase advance axis was measured.
- the average refractive index at each wavelength was measured using an ellipsometer M-220 manufactured by JASCO Corporation.
- the above-mentioned in-plane average thickness was used as the film thickness. From the above-mentioned front phase difference value, phase difference value when tilted by 40 ° to the center of the phase advance axis, average refractive index, and film thickness value, Oji Measuring Instruments Technical Data (http://www.oji-keisoku.co.
- the three-dimensional refractive index was calculated with reference to (.jp / products / kobra / reference.html).
- RthC ( ⁇ ) ((nxC ( ⁇ ) + nyC ( ⁇ )) / 2-nzC ( ⁇ )) ⁇ dC
- RthC ( ⁇ ) represents a phase difference value in the thickness direction of the vertically oriented liquid crystal cured product layer at a wavelength of ⁇ nm.
- nxC ( ⁇ ) is the in-plane main refractive index of the vertically oriented liquid crystal cured product layer at a wavelength of ⁇ nm
- nyC ( ⁇ ) is the refractive index in the in-plane direction orthogonal to nxC ( ⁇ ) at a wavelength of ⁇ nm
- nzC. ( ⁇ ) indicates the refractive index in the thickness direction of the vertically oriented liquid crystal cured product layer at a wavelength of ⁇ nm
- nxC ( ⁇ ) nyC ( ⁇ )
- nxC ( ⁇ ) is in an arbitrary direction in the film plane. It can be a refractive index
- dC indicates the thickness of the vertically oriented liquid crystal cured product layer.
- Example 8 A cured resin layer was prepared on the triacetyl cellulose film in the same manner as in Example 2, and a long film was further prepared in the same manner as in Example 7.
- the in-plane average thickness X of the functional layer was confirmed, it was 3 ⁇ m.
- the maximum height Y of the convex portion was 8 ⁇ m.
- Example 9 A base material COP film (ZF-14-50) manufactured by Nippon Zeon Corporation was used as the base film, and heated embossed rolls were pressed against the base film to provide 12.5 mm wide knurling portions on both ends of the base film, and corona treatment was performed. Was carried out.
- the cured resin layer forming composition (C1) was applied onto this base film by a die coating method so as to have a width shown as "functional layer coating width C" in Table 1. At this time, the edges of the coating film of the cured resin layer forming composition (C1) are located 7.5 mm inward from both ends of the base film, and the uneven portions at both ends of the coating film are coated by 5 mm each. Was applied.
- a long film was obtained in the same manner as in Example 8 except for the above.
- the in-plane average thickness X of the functional layer was confirmed, it was 3 ⁇ m.
- the maximum height Y of the convex portion was 11 ⁇ m.
- the peelability and the like were evaluated in the same manner as in Example 1. The results are shown in Table 2.
- Example 10 (1) Preparation of Composition for Forming Vertical Alignment Film (A2) 0.5% Polyimide (“Sunever SE-610” manufactured by Nissan Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.), 72.3% N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone, 18 A composition (A2) for forming a vertical alignment film was prepared by mixing 1% 2-butoxyethanol, 9.1% ethylcyclohexane, and 0.01% DPHA (manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.).
- a COP film provided with a knurling portion was used as in Example 9.
- the composition for forming a vertically oriented film (A2) was applied onto this COP film by a die coating method so as to have a width shown as "functional layer coating width C" in Table 1.
- the edges of the coating film of the vertical alignment film forming composition (A2) are located 7.5 mm inward from both ends of the base film, and the uneven portions at both ends of the coating film are coated by 5 mm each.
- the film was dried by heating at 80 ° C. for 1 minute to form a vertically oriented film on the film.
- the polymerizable liquid crystal composition (B4) was applied onto a vertically aligned film with the same width as the film by a die coating method so that the average film thickness of the coating film was 5 ⁇ m, and dried by heating at 80 ° C. for 1 minute. Then, by further irradiating ultraviolet rays from the surface side coated with the polymerizable liquid crystal composition (B4) using an ultraviolet irradiation device (integrated light amount at a wavelength of 365 nm in a nitrogen atmosphere: 500 mJ / cm 2 ), the cured liquid crystal product is obtained. A long film composed of a layer / vertical alignment film / base film was obtained.
- Comparative Example 1 The composition for forming a horizontal alignment film (A1) and the polymerizable composition (A1) so as to have a width shown as "functional layer coating width C" in Table 1 on a triacetyl cellulose film provided with the same uneven portions as in Example 1.
- a long film was obtained in the same manner as in Example 1 except that the liquid crystal composition (B1) was applied.
- the edges of the coating film of the horizontal alignment film forming composition (A1) are located 25 mm inward from both ends of the base film, respectively, and the base material is applied. The coating was applied so that both ends of the coating film did not cover the uneven portions provided on both ends of the film.
- Base film 2 Functional layer 3: Concavo-convex portion 11: Long film A: Short-length direction width of base film B1 and B2: Short-length direction width of uneven portion C: Short-length direction width of functional layer
Landscapes
- Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
- General Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
- Optics & Photonics (AREA)
- Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
- Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
- Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
- Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
- Polymers & Plastics (AREA)
- Organic Chemistry (AREA)
- Crystallography & Structural Chemistry (AREA)
- Polarising Elements (AREA)
- Laminated Bodies (AREA)
- Liquid Crystal (AREA)
- Coating Of Shaped Articles Made Of Macromolecular Substances (AREA)
Abstract
The present invention addresses the problem of providing a long film which has a base material film and a functional layer comprising a transferable cured liquid crystal layer, and which is not susceptible to separation of the functional layer at an end part in the short-side direction when the base material film is removed, while being capable of producing an optical film having excellent optical characteristics with high productivity. The present invention provides a long film which comprises: a long base material film that has a recessed and projected part on at least one end in the short-side direction of at least one surface; and a transferable functional layer that comprises a layer of a cured product of a polymerizable liquid crystal composition containing at least one polymerizable liquid crystal compound. With respect to this long film, the functional layer is superposed on the surface having the recessed and projected part of the base material film; and if A is the full width of the base material film in the short-side direction, B is the total width of the recessed and projected part of the base material film in the short-side direction, and C is the width of the functional layer in the short-side direction, (B + C) > A is satisfied.
Description
本発明は、長尺フィルム、特に、基材フィルム上に液晶硬化物層を含む機能層を備えてなる長尺フィルムに関する。
The present invention relates to a long film, particularly a long film having a functional layer including a liquid crystal cured product layer on a base film.
楕円偏光板は、偏光フィルムと位相差板とが積層された光学フィルムであり、例えば、有機EL画像表示装置等の平面状態で画像を表示する装置において、該装置を構成する電極での光反射を防止するために用いられている。近年、有機EL画像表示装置に対して軽量化や薄型化の継続的な要求が存在しており、その構成要素の1つとなる位相差板や楕円偏光板に対してもさらなる薄型化が要求されている。そのような中で、液晶硬化物層からなる位相差層などの機能層を基材フィルム上に形成後、基材フィルムを剥離して機能層を偏光フィルムなどの他の構成部材へ転写して使用するタイプの光学フィルムが知られている(特許文献1)。
The elliptical polarizing plate is an optical film in which a polarizing film and a retardation plate are laminated. For example, in a device such as an organic EL image display device that displays an image in a flat state, light reflection by electrodes constituting the device is used. It is used to prevent. In recent years, there have been continuous demands for weight reduction and thinning of organic EL image display devices, and further thinning is also required for retardation plates and elliptical polarizing plates, which are one of the constituent elements. ing. Under such circumstances, after forming a functional layer such as a retardation layer composed of a cured liquid crystal layer on the base film, the base film is peeled off and the functional layer is transferred to another constituent member such as a polarizing film. The type of optical film to be used is known (Patent Document 1).
上記のような転写型の機能層を有する光学フィルムは、生産性向上の観点から広幅化および/または長尺化することが有利であり、長尺状の光学フィルムから該機能層を他の光学フィルムへ転写する場合には、通常、いわゆるRoll to Roll方式が使用される。しかしながら、重合性液晶化合物を特定の方向に分子配向し、硬化させてなる液晶硬化物層からなる機能層は、転写時に基材フィルムを剥離する際、短尺方向端部の液晶硬化物層が基材フィルムの剥離方向(流れ方向)に対して直線的に剥離し難く、該液晶硬化物層の端部がギザギザにちぎれて脱離するという問題が生じやすい。
It is advantageous to widen and / or lengthen the optical film having the transfer type functional layer as described above from the viewpoint of improving productivity, and the functional layer is made into another optical film from the long optical film. When transferring to a film, the so-called Roll to Roll method is usually used. However, the functional layer composed of the liquid crystal cured product layer obtained by molecularly orienting the polymerizable liquid crystal compound in a specific direction and curing the liquid crystal cured product layer is based on the liquid crystal cured product layer at the end in the short direction when the base film is peeled off during transfer. It is difficult to peel the material film linearly with respect to the peeling direction (flow direction), and there is a tendency that the edge portion of the liquid crystal cured product layer is torn off in a jagged manner.
そこで、本発明は、基材フィルムと、転写可能な液晶硬化物層を含む機能層とを有する長尺フィルムであって、基材フィルムの剥離時に短尺方向端部の機能層の脱離が生じ難く、光学特性に優れる光学フィルムを生産性よく製造し得る長尺フィルムを提供することを目的とする。
Therefore, the present invention is a long film having a base film and a functional layer including a transferable liquid crystal cured product layer, and the functional layer at the end in the short direction is detached when the base film is peeled off. It is an object of the present invention to provide a long film capable of producing an optical film which is difficult and has excellent optical characteristics with high productivity.
本発明者等は、上記課題を解決するために鋭意検討した結果、本発明を完成するに至った。すなわち、本発明は、以下の態様を包含する。
[1]少なくとも一方の面の短尺方向の少なくとも一方の端部に凹凸部を有する長尺状の基材フィルムと、少なくとも1種の重合性液晶化合物を含有する重合性液晶組成物の硬化物層を含む転写可能な機能層とを含んでなる長尺フィルムであって、
前記機能層が、前記基材フィルムの凹凸部を有する面上に積層されており、
前記基材フィルムの短尺方向全幅をA、該基材フィルムの凹凸部の短尺方向幅の合計をB、前記機能層の短尺方向幅をCとした場合に、B+C>Aを満たす長尺フィルム。
[2]機能層の基材フィルムからの剥離力が、0.02N/25mm以上1N/25mm未満である、前記[1]に記載の長尺フィルム。
[3]基材フィルムがセルロース系樹脂フィルムまたはオレフィン系樹脂フィルムである、前記[1]または[2]に記載の長尺フィルム。
[4]機能層の面内平均厚みXと凹凸部の凸部最大高さYとの関係が、1.0<Y/X≦15.0を満たす、前記[1]~[3]のいずれかに記載の長尺フィルム。
[5]機能層を構成する前記硬化物層中の重合性液晶化合物の分子配向方向が、前記基材フィルム長尺方向面内に対して水平であり、かつ、前記基材フィルムの長尺方向に対して平行方向でない、前記[1]~[4]のいずれかに記載の長尺フィルム。
[6]機能層を構成する前記硬化物層が、下記式(1)および(2)を満たす、前記[1]~[5]のいずれかに記載の長尺フィルム。
Re(450)/Re(550)≦1.00 (1)
100nm≦Re(550)≦150nm (2)
[式(1)および(2)中、Re(λ)は波長λnmにおける面内位相差値を表す。]
[7]機能層を構成する前記硬化物層が、下記式(3)および(4)を満たす、前記[1]~[5]のいずれかに記載の長尺フィルム。
200nm≦Re(550)≦300nm (3)
1.00≦Re(450)/Re(550) (4)
[式(3)および(4)中、Re(λ)は波長λnmにおける面内位相差値を表す。]
[8]機能層が光配向膜を含む、前記[1]~[7]のいずれかに記載の長尺フィルム。
[9]機能層を構成する前記硬化物層中の重合性液晶化合物の分子配向方向が、前記基材フィルムの長尺方向面内に対して実質的に鉛直方向である、前記[1]~[5]のいずれかに記載の長尺フィルム。
[10]機能層を構成する前記硬化物層が、下記式(5)を満たす、前記[1]~[5]および[9]のいずれかに記載の長尺フィルム。
-150nm≦Rth(550)≦-20nm (5)
[式(5)中、Rth(550)は硬化物層の波長550nmにおける厚み方向の位相差値を示す。] As a result of diligent studies to solve the above problems, the present inventors have completed the present invention. That is, the present invention includes the following aspects.
[1] A cured product layer of a polymerizable liquid crystal composition containing a long base film having uneven portions at at least one end in the short direction of at least one surface and at least one polymerizable liquid crystal compound. A long film comprising a transferable functional layer containing
The functional layer is laminated on the surface having the uneven portion of the base film.
A long film satisfying B + C> A when the total width of the base film in the short direction is A, the total width of the uneven portions of the base film in the short direction is B, and the width of the functional layer in the short direction is C.
[2] The long film according to the above [1], wherein the peeling force of the functional layer from the base film is 0.02 N / 25 mm or more and less than 1 N / 25 mm.
[3] The long film according to the above [1] or [2], wherein the base film is a cellulosic resin film or an olefin resin film.
[4] Any of the above [1] to [3], wherein the relationship between the in-plane average thickness X of the functional layer and the maximum height Y of the convex portion of the uneven portion satisfies 1.0 <Y / X ≦ 15.0. The long film described in Crab.
[5] The molecular orientation direction of the polymerizable liquid crystal compound in the cured product layer constituting the functional layer is horizontal with respect to the long direction plane of the base film, and the long direction of the base film. The long film according to any one of [1] to [4] above, which is not parallel to the film.
[6] The long film according to any one of [1] to [5], wherein the cured product layer constituting the functional layer satisfies the following formulas (1) and (2).
Re (450) / Re (550) ≤ 1.00 (1)
100 nm ≤ Re (550) ≤ 150 nm (2)
[In equations (1) and (2), Re (λ) represents an in-plane retardation value at a wavelength of λ nm. ]
[7] The long film according to any one of [1] to [5], wherein the cured product layer constituting the functional layer satisfies the following formulas (3) and (4).
200 nm ≤ Re (550) ≤ 300 nm (3)
1.00 ≤ Re (450) / Re (550) (4)
[In equations (3) and (4), Re (λ) represents an in-plane retardation value at a wavelength of λ nm. ]
[8] The long film according to any one of [1] to [7] above, wherein the functional layer contains a photoalignment film.
[9] The above-mentioned [1] to [1], wherein the molecular orientation direction of the polymerizable liquid crystal compound in the cured product layer constituting the functional layer is substantially vertical with respect to the longitudinal plane of the base film. The long film according to any one of [5].
[10] The long film according to any one of [1] to [5] and [9], wherein the cured product layer constituting the functional layer satisfies the following formula (5).
-150 nm ≤ Rth (550) ≤ -20 nm (5)
[In the formula (5), Rth (550) indicates the phase difference value in the thickness direction of the cured product layer at a wavelength of 550 nm. ]
[1]少なくとも一方の面の短尺方向の少なくとも一方の端部に凹凸部を有する長尺状の基材フィルムと、少なくとも1種の重合性液晶化合物を含有する重合性液晶組成物の硬化物層を含む転写可能な機能層とを含んでなる長尺フィルムであって、
前記機能層が、前記基材フィルムの凹凸部を有する面上に積層されており、
前記基材フィルムの短尺方向全幅をA、該基材フィルムの凹凸部の短尺方向幅の合計をB、前記機能層の短尺方向幅をCとした場合に、B+C>Aを満たす長尺フィルム。
[2]機能層の基材フィルムからの剥離力が、0.02N/25mm以上1N/25mm未満である、前記[1]に記載の長尺フィルム。
[3]基材フィルムがセルロース系樹脂フィルムまたはオレフィン系樹脂フィルムである、前記[1]または[2]に記載の長尺フィルム。
[4]機能層の面内平均厚みXと凹凸部の凸部最大高さYとの関係が、1.0<Y/X≦15.0を満たす、前記[1]~[3]のいずれかに記載の長尺フィルム。
[5]機能層を構成する前記硬化物層中の重合性液晶化合物の分子配向方向が、前記基材フィルム長尺方向面内に対して水平であり、かつ、前記基材フィルムの長尺方向に対して平行方向でない、前記[1]~[4]のいずれかに記載の長尺フィルム。
[6]機能層を構成する前記硬化物層が、下記式(1)および(2)を満たす、前記[1]~[5]のいずれかに記載の長尺フィルム。
Re(450)/Re(550)≦1.00 (1)
100nm≦Re(550)≦150nm (2)
[式(1)および(2)中、Re(λ)は波長λnmにおける面内位相差値を表す。]
[7]機能層を構成する前記硬化物層が、下記式(3)および(4)を満たす、前記[1]~[5]のいずれかに記載の長尺フィルム。
200nm≦Re(550)≦300nm (3)
1.00≦Re(450)/Re(550) (4)
[式(3)および(4)中、Re(λ)は波長λnmにおける面内位相差値を表す。]
[8]機能層が光配向膜を含む、前記[1]~[7]のいずれかに記載の長尺フィルム。
[9]機能層を構成する前記硬化物層中の重合性液晶化合物の分子配向方向が、前記基材フィルムの長尺方向面内に対して実質的に鉛直方向である、前記[1]~[5]のいずれかに記載の長尺フィルム。
[10]機能層を構成する前記硬化物層が、下記式(5)を満たす、前記[1]~[5]および[9]のいずれかに記載の長尺フィルム。
-150nm≦Rth(550)≦-20nm (5)
[式(5)中、Rth(550)は硬化物層の波長550nmにおける厚み方向の位相差値を示す。] As a result of diligent studies to solve the above problems, the present inventors have completed the present invention. That is, the present invention includes the following aspects.
[1] A cured product layer of a polymerizable liquid crystal composition containing a long base film having uneven portions at at least one end in the short direction of at least one surface and at least one polymerizable liquid crystal compound. A long film comprising a transferable functional layer containing
The functional layer is laminated on the surface having the uneven portion of the base film.
A long film satisfying B + C> A when the total width of the base film in the short direction is A, the total width of the uneven portions of the base film in the short direction is B, and the width of the functional layer in the short direction is C.
[2] The long film according to the above [1], wherein the peeling force of the functional layer from the base film is 0.02 N / 25 mm or more and less than 1 N / 25 mm.
[3] The long film according to the above [1] or [2], wherein the base film is a cellulosic resin film or an olefin resin film.
[4] Any of the above [1] to [3], wherein the relationship between the in-plane average thickness X of the functional layer and the maximum height Y of the convex portion of the uneven portion satisfies 1.0 <Y / X ≦ 15.0. The long film described in Crab.
[5] The molecular orientation direction of the polymerizable liquid crystal compound in the cured product layer constituting the functional layer is horizontal with respect to the long direction plane of the base film, and the long direction of the base film. The long film according to any one of [1] to [4] above, which is not parallel to the film.
[6] The long film according to any one of [1] to [5], wherein the cured product layer constituting the functional layer satisfies the following formulas (1) and (2).
Re (450) / Re (550) ≤ 1.00 (1)
100 nm ≤ Re (550) ≤ 150 nm (2)
[In equations (1) and (2), Re (λ) represents an in-plane retardation value at a wavelength of λ nm. ]
[7] The long film according to any one of [1] to [5], wherein the cured product layer constituting the functional layer satisfies the following formulas (3) and (4).
200 nm ≤ Re (550) ≤ 300 nm (3)
1.00 ≤ Re (450) / Re (550) (4)
[In equations (3) and (4), Re (λ) represents an in-plane retardation value at a wavelength of λ nm. ]
[8] The long film according to any one of [1] to [7] above, wherein the functional layer contains a photoalignment film.
[9] The above-mentioned [1] to [1], wherein the molecular orientation direction of the polymerizable liquid crystal compound in the cured product layer constituting the functional layer is substantially vertical with respect to the longitudinal plane of the base film. The long film according to any one of [5].
[10] The long film according to any one of [1] to [5] and [9], wherein the cured product layer constituting the functional layer satisfies the following formula (5).
-150 nm ≤ Rth (550) ≤ -20 nm (5)
[In the formula (5), Rth (550) indicates the phase difference value in the thickness direction of the cured product layer at a wavelength of 550 nm. ]
本発明によれば、基材フィルムと、転写可能な液晶硬化物層を含む機能層とを有する長尺フィルムであって、基材フィルムの剥離時に短尺方向端部の機能層の脱離が生じ難く、光学特性に優れる光学フィルムを生産性よく製造し得る長尺フィルムを提供することができる。
According to the present invention, it is a long film having a base film and a functional layer including a transferable liquid crystal cured product layer, and the functional layer at the end in the short direction is detached when the base film is peeled off. It is possible to provide a long film that is difficult to produce and can produce an optical film having excellent optical characteristics with high productivity.
以下、本発明の実施の形態について、詳細に説明する。なお、本発明の範囲はここで説明する実施の形態に限定されるものではなく、本発明の趣旨を損なわない範囲で種々の変更をすることができる。
Hereinafter, embodiments of the present invention will be described in detail. The scope of the present invention is not limited to the embodiments described here, and various modifications can be made without impairing the gist of the present invention.
本発明の長尺フィルムは、少なくとも一方の面の短尺方向の少なくとも一方の端部に凹凸部を有する基材フィルムと、少なくとも1種の重合性液晶化合物を含有する重合性液晶組成物の硬化物層を含む転写可能な機能層とを有する。本発明の長尺フィルムにおいて、前記転写可能な機能層は基材フィルムの凹凸部を有する面側に積層されており、基材フィルムの短尺方向全幅をA、基材フィルムに存在する凹凸部の短尺方向幅の合計をB、前記機能層の短尺方向幅をCとした場合に、B+C>Aを満たす。
The long film of the present invention is a cured product of a polymerizable liquid crystal composition containing a base film having an uneven portion at at least one end in the short direction of at least one surface and at least one polymerizable liquid crystal compound. It has a transferable functional layer including a layer. In the long film of the present invention, the transferable functional layer is laminated on the surface side of the base film having the uneven portion, and the entire width of the base film in the short direction is A, and the uneven portion existing in the base film. When the total width in the short direction is B and the width in the short direction of the functional layer is C, B + C> A is satisfied.
図1は、これに限定されるものではないが本発明の長尺フィルムを短尺方向から見た層構成の一例を示す断面図である。図1において、本発明の長尺フィルム11は、基材フィルム1と機能層2とを積層してなる。基材フィルム1の機能層2が積層される面の両端部には凹凸部3が設けられており、各凹凸部3上の一部に重なるように機能層2が積層されている。基材フィルム1の短尺方向の全幅をA、基材フィルム1の両端に設けられた凹凸部3の各短尺方向幅の合計をB(図1中のB1+B2)、機能層2の短尺方向の全幅をCとした場合に、B+CがAより大きくなる。
FIG. 1 is a cross-sectional view showing an example of a layer structure of the long film of the present invention viewed from the short direction, although not limited to this. In FIG. 1, the long film 11 of the present invention is formed by laminating a base film 1 and a functional layer 2. Concavo-convex portions 3 are provided at both ends of the surface on which the functional layer 2 of the base film 1 is laminated, and the functional layer 2 is laminated so as to overlap a part of each uneven portion 3. The total width of the base film 1 in the short direction is A, the total width of the uneven portions 3 provided at both ends of the base film 1 in the short direction is B (B1 + B2 in FIG. 1), and the total width of the functional layer 2 in the short direction When C is, B + C becomes larger than A.
本明細書において「転写可能な機能層」とは、基材フィルムを剥離して、他の基材や光学フィルムなどの他の部材へ転写することが可能な層を意味し、重合性液晶化合物を含有する重合性液晶化合物の硬化物層(以下、「液晶硬化物層」ともいう)を含む。該機能層は、本発明の効果に影響を及ぼさず、転写後に光学フィルムとして機能し得る限り、液晶硬化物層以外の層を含んでいてもよい。そのような他の層としては、配向膜や、保護層やハードコート層などの硬化樹脂層、液晶硬化物層等の機能層を偏光フィルムなどの他の部材と接着するための粘接着剤層などが挙げられる。本発明の長尺フィルムが基材フィルムと液晶硬化物層以外の層を含む場合、本明細書においては、基材フィルムから剥離されて他の部材へ転写される層をすべて含めて機能層という。
As used herein, the term "transferable functional layer" means a layer capable of peeling off a base film and transferring it to another member such as another base material or an optical film, and is a polymerizable liquid crystal compound. Includes a cured product layer of a polymerizable liquid crystal compound containing the above (hereinafter, also referred to as “liquid crystal cured product layer”). The functional layer may include a layer other than the liquid crystal cured product layer as long as it does not affect the effect of the present invention and can function as an optical film after transfer. As such other layers, an adhesive for adhering an alignment film, a cured resin layer such as a protective layer or a hard coat layer, and a functional layer such as a liquid crystal cured product layer to other members such as a polarizing film. Layers and the like can be mentioned. When the long film of the present invention includes a layer other than the base film and the liquid crystal cured product layer, in the present specification, the functional layer includes all the layers that are peeled off from the base film and transferred to other members. ..
本発明の長尺フィルムは、上述の通り、基材フィルムの短尺方向全幅をA、基材フィルムに存在する凹凸部の短尺方向幅の合計をB、前記機能層の短尺方向幅をCとした場合に、B+C>Aを満たす構成を有する。すなわち、本発明の長尺フィルムでは、機能層の一部が基材フィルムに存在する少なくとも一部の凹凸部上に積層されている。基材フィルムの端部に凹凸部を設けることにより、基材フィルム上に機能層を形成する際に該凹凸部と該凹凸部に積層される機能層との間にアンカー効果を生じることができ、密着性が向上しやすくなる。また、凹凸部と接していない領域における密着性が相対的に下がることにより、機能層を基材フィルムから剥離するとき、基材フィルム上の凹凸部に沿って機能層が剥離しやすくなる。
In the long film of the present invention, as described above, the total width of the base film in the short direction is A, the total width of the uneven portions existing in the base film in the short direction is B, and the width of the functional layer in the short direction is C. In some cases, it has a configuration that satisfies B + C> A. That is, in the long film of the present invention, a part of the functional layer is laminated on at least a part of the uneven portion existing in the base film. By providing the uneven portion at the end of the base film, an anchor effect can be generated between the uneven portion and the functional layer laminated on the uneven portion when the functional layer is formed on the base film. , The adhesion is easily improved. Further, since the adhesion in the region not in contact with the uneven portion is relatively lowered, when the functional layer is peeled from the base film, the functional layer is easily peeled off along the uneven portion on the base film.
例えば、基材フィルムの端部に長尺方向に直線的に一定の幅で凹凸部を設けることにより、長尺フィルムの端部で機能層を剥離方向(流れ方向)に対して直線的に剥離することができる。これにより、転写時に長尺フィルムの端部における機能層の脱離を抑制し、直線的できれいな端部断面の機能層を他の部材へ転写することができ、使用時の取り効率や歩留まりが向上し得る。また、機能層に覆われた凹凸部では、搬送時や、ロール状で保管する際の押圧、時間の経過に伴うヘタリ(凹凸部の突起が小さくなること)が生じにくいため、長期保管後でも機能層を基材フィルムから容易にかつ綺麗に剥離することができる。
For example, by providing an uneven portion with a constant width linearly in the long direction at the end of the base film, the functional layer is peeled linearly with respect to the peeling direction (flow direction) at the end of the long film. can do. This suppresses the detachment of the functional layer at the end of the long film during transfer, and the functional layer with a straight and clean end cross section can be transferred to another member, resulting in improved take-up efficiency and yield during use. Can be improved. In addition, since the uneven portion covered with the functional layer is less likely to be pressed during transportation or when stored in a roll shape, and settled with the passage of time (the protrusion of the uneven portion becomes smaller), even after long-term storage. The functional layer can be easily and neatly peeled off from the base film.
本発明の長尺フィルムを構成する機能層は、該機能層の幅方向の全体にわたって基材フィルム上に積層されていることが好ましい。したがって、基材フィルムの短尺方向全幅Aと機能層の短尺方向幅Cとが、A≧Cの関係にあることが好ましく、A>Cの関係であることがより好ましい。
It is preferable that the functional layer constituting the long film of the present invention is laminated on the base film over the entire width direction of the functional layer. Therefore, it is preferable that the overall width A in the short direction of the base film and the width C in the short direction of the functional layer have a relationship of A ≧ C, and more preferably A> C.
本発明においては、基材フィルムの少なくとも一方の端部に長尺方向に対して直線的に凹凸部が存在することが好ましく、基材フィルムの両端部に長尺方向に対して直線的に凹凸部が存在することがより好ましい。また、機能層の両端部が、それぞれ、基材フィルムの両端部に存在する凹凸部と一定の幅で重なり合って積層されていることがより好ましい。長尺フィルムがこのような構成を有することにより、機能層を基材フィルムから剥離し、他の部材へ転写する際に本発明の上記効果をより高めることができる。さらに、基材フィルムと機能層との間に生じるアンカー効果を高めるために、機能層の基材フィルムと隣接する側の層が、基材フィルム上に直接塗布した後硬化して形成される層であることが好ましく、例えば、液晶硬化物層または光配向膜であることが好ましい。
In the present invention, it is preferable that at least one end of the base film has irregularities linearly in the elongated direction, and both ends of the substrate film are linearly uneven in the elongated direction. It is more preferable that the portion is present. Further, it is more preferable that both ends of the functional layer are laminated so as to overlap with the uneven portions existing at both ends of the base film with a certain width. When the long film has such a structure, the above-mentioned effect of the present invention can be further enhanced when the functional layer is peeled from the base film and transferred to another member. Further, in order to enhance the anchoring effect generated between the base film and the functional layer, a layer on the side adjacent to the base film of the functional layer is formed by being directly applied onto the base film and then cured. Is preferable, for example, a liquid crystal cured product layer or a photoalignment film is preferable.
本発明において、機能層を基材フィルムから剥離する際の剥離力は、好ましくは0.02N/25mm以上1N/25mm未満である。剥離力が上記範囲内であると、機能層と基材フィルムとの間に適度な密着性が生じるため、基材フィルムの凹凸部に沿って機能層が剥離できる。また同時に、転写時に機能層が搬送ロール等に付着することによる脱離等を抑制しながら、適度な剥離性を有するので、機能層を基材フィルムから容易にかつ綺麗に剥離することができる。機能層の基材フィルムからの剥離性と適度な密着性の観点から、上記剥離力は、より好ましくは0.03N/25mm以上、さらに好ましくは0.05N/25mm以上であり、また、より好ましくは0.5N/25mm以下、さらに好ましくは0.3N/25mm以下である。剥離力は、基材フィルムに設ける凹凸部の幅、凹凸の高さや形状、基材フィルムや基材フィルムと接する機能層の面を構成する材料、機能層を塗布・硬化する際の条件等により制御することができる。
なお、本発明において、上記剥離力は、機能層と基材フィルムとの界面、あるいは機能層内の転写される層と基材フィルムとともに剥離される層との界面において、速度300mm/分で基材フィルムを剥離する際の基材剥離力(N/25mm)を意味し、具体的には、後述する実施例に記載の方法に従い測定できる。 In the present invention, the peeling force when peeling the functional layer from the base film is preferably 0.02 N / 25 mm or more and less than 1 N / 25 mm. When the peeling force is within the above range, an appropriate adhesion is generated between the functional layer and the base film, so that the functional layer can be peeled along the uneven portion of the base film. At the same time, the functional layer can be easily and neatly peeled from the base film because it has an appropriate peelability while suppressing detachment due to the functional layer adhering to the transport roll or the like during transfer. From the viewpoint of the peelability of the functional layer from the base film and the appropriate adhesion, the peeling force is more preferably 0.03 N / 25 mm or more, further preferably 0.05 N / 25 mm or more, and more preferably. Is 0.5 N / 25 mm or less, more preferably 0.3 N / 25 mm or less. The peeling force depends on the width of the uneven portion provided on the base film, the height and shape of the unevenness, the material constituting the surface of the base film and the functional layer in contact with the base film, the conditions for applying and curing the functional layer, etc. Can be controlled.
In the present invention, the peeling force is based at a speed of 300 mm / min at the interface between the functional layer and the base film, or at the interface between the transferred layer in the functional layer and the layer to be peeled together with the base film. It means the base material peeling force (N / 25 mm) when peeling the material film, and can be specifically measured according to the method described in Examples described later.
なお、本発明において、上記剥離力は、機能層と基材フィルムとの界面、あるいは機能層内の転写される層と基材フィルムとともに剥離される層との界面において、速度300mm/分で基材フィルムを剥離する際の基材剥離力(N/25mm)を意味し、具体的には、後述する実施例に記載の方法に従い測定できる。 In the present invention, the peeling force when peeling the functional layer from the base film is preferably 0.02 N / 25 mm or more and less than 1 N / 25 mm. When the peeling force is within the above range, an appropriate adhesion is generated between the functional layer and the base film, so that the functional layer can be peeled along the uneven portion of the base film. At the same time, the functional layer can be easily and neatly peeled from the base film because it has an appropriate peelability while suppressing detachment due to the functional layer adhering to the transport roll or the like during transfer. From the viewpoint of the peelability of the functional layer from the base film and the appropriate adhesion, the peeling force is more preferably 0.03 N / 25 mm or more, further preferably 0.05 N / 25 mm or more, and more preferably. Is 0.5 N / 25 mm or less, more preferably 0.3 N / 25 mm or less. The peeling force depends on the width of the uneven portion provided on the base film, the height and shape of the unevenness, the material constituting the surface of the base film and the functional layer in contact with the base film, the conditions for applying and curing the functional layer, etc. Can be controlled.
In the present invention, the peeling force is based at a speed of 300 mm / min at the interface between the functional layer and the base film, or at the interface between the transferred layer in the functional layer and the layer to be peeled together with the base film. It means the base material peeling force (N / 25 mm) when peeling the material film, and can be specifically measured according to the method described in Examples described later.
本発明において、機能層の面内平均厚みXと凹凸部の凸部最大高さYとの関係が、1.0<Y/X≦15.0を満たすことが好ましい。機能層と基材フィルム上の凹凸部とが上記関係を満たすことにより、長尺フィルムのハンドリング性が向上しやすく、また、長尺フィルムをロール状に巻回した際の巻きズレや長期保管時の変形(ブロッキング)を抑制する効果が高まりやすい。Y/Xの値が大きくなりすぎると、フィルム端部で顕著に貼りつきが発生しやすくなり、面内においてもフィルムロール(巻き取った長尺フィルム)の変形が多くなりやすい。本発明において、Y/Xの値は、より好ましくは1.5以上、さらに好ましくは2.0以上であり、また、より好ましく12.0以下、さらに好ましくは10.0以下である。
本発明において、「機能層の面内平均厚み」とは、機能層を構成する全ての層の総厚みを、基材フィルムの凹凸部と重なる部分を含まない範囲で短尺方向に測定した面内平均値を意味する。また、「凹凸部の凸部最大高さ」とは、凹凸部のない基材フィルム面から凹凸部の中で最大の高さとなる凸部の頂点までの高さを意味する。機能層の面内平均厚みXと凹凸部の凸部最大高さYは、それぞれ、例えば接触式膜厚計を用いて測定することができ、具体的には、後述する実施例に記載の方法に従い測定できる。 In the present invention, it is preferable that the relationship between the in-plane average thickness X of the functional layer and the maximum height Y of the convex portion of the uneven portion satisfies 1.0 <Y / X ≦ 15.0. By satisfying the above relationship between the functional layer and the uneven portion on the base film, the handleability of the long film is easily improved, and the long film is miswound when wound in a roll shape and during long-term storage. The effect of suppressing the deformation (blocking) of the film tends to increase. If the Y / X value becomes too large, sticking is likely to occur remarkably at the edge of the film, and the film roll (wound long film) is likely to be deformed even in the plane. In the present invention, the value of Y / X is more preferably 1.5 or more, further preferably 2.0 or more, still more preferably 12.0 or less, still more preferably 10.0 or less.
In the present invention, the "in-plane average thickness of the functional layer" is an in-plane measurement of the total thickness of all the layers constituting the functional layer in the short direction within a range not including a portion overlapping the uneven portion of the base film. Means the average value. Further, the "maximum height of the convex portion of the uneven portion" means the height from the base film surface without the uneven portion to the apex of the convex portion which is the maximum height in the uneven portion. The in-plane average thickness X of the functional layer and the maximum height Y of the convex portion of the uneven portion can be measured using, for example, a contact film thickness meter, and specifically, the method described in Examples described later. Can be measured according to.
本発明において、「機能層の面内平均厚み」とは、機能層を構成する全ての層の総厚みを、基材フィルムの凹凸部と重なる部分を含まない範囲で短尺方向に測定した面内平均値を意味する。また、「凹凸部の凸部最大高さ」とは、凹凸部のない基材フィルム面から凹凸部の中で最大の高さとなる凸部の頂点までの高さを意味する。機能層の面内平均厚みXと凹凸部の凸部最大高さYは、それぞれ、例えば接触式膜厚計を用いて測定することができ、具体的には、後述する実施例に記載の方法に従い測定できる。 In the present invention, it is preferable that the relationship between the in-plane average thickness X of the functional layer and the maximum height Y of the convex portion of the uneven portion satisfies 1.0 <Y / X ≦ 15.0. By satisfying the above relationship between the functional layer and the uneven portion on the base film, the handleability of the long film is easily improved, and the long film is miswound when wound in a roll shape and during long-term storage. The effect of suppressing the deformation (blocking) of the film tends to increase. If the Y / X value becomes too large, sticking is likely to occur remarkably at the edge of the film, and the film roll (wound long film) is likely to be deformed even in the plane. In the present invention, the value of Y / X is more preferably 1.5 or more, further preferably 2.0 or more, still more preferably 12.0 or less, still more preferably 10.0 or less.
In the present invention, the "in-plane average thickness of the functional layer" is an in-plane measurement of the total thickness of all the layers constituting the functional layer in the short direction within a range not including a portion overlapping the uneven portion of the base film. Means the average value. Further, the "maximum height of the convex portion of the uneven portion" means the height from the base film surface without the uneven portion to the apex of the convex portion which is the maximum height in the uneven portion. The in-plane average thickness X of the functional layer and the maximum height Y of the convex portion of the uneven portion can be measured using, for example, a contact film thickness meter, and specifically, the method described in Examples described later. Can be measured according to.
本発明の長尺フィルムを構成する基材フィルムとしては、例えば、薄膜ガラスや樹脂フィルム等が挙げられるが、加工性の観点から樹脂フィルムが好ましい。樹脂フィルムを構成する樹脂としては、例えば、ポリエチレン、ポリプロピレン、およびノルボルネン系ポリマーのようなオレフィン系樹脂(好ましくは環状オレフィン系樹脂);ポリビニルアルコール;ポリエチレンテレフタレート;ポリメタクリル酸エステル;ポリアクリル酸エステル;トリアセチルセルロース、ジアセチルセルロース、およびセルロースアセテートプロピオネートのようなセルロースエステル;ポリエチレンナフタレート;ポリカーボネート;ポリスルホン;ポリエーテルスルホン;ポリエーテルケトン;ポリフェニレンスルフィドおよびポリフェニレンオキシドのようなプラスチックが挙げられる。このような樹脂を、溶媒キャスト法、溶融押出法等の公知の手段により製膜して基材とすることができる。本発明の効果に影響を及ぼさない限りにおいて、基材フィルムの表面には、シリコーン処理のような離型処理、コロナ処理、プラズマ処理等の表面処理が施されていてもよい。
Examples of the base film constituting the long film of the present invention include thin film glass and resin film, but a resin film is preferable from the viewpoint of processability. Examples of the resin constituting the resin film include olefin resins (preferably cyclic olefin resins) such as polyethylene, polypropylene, and norbornene polymers; polyvinyl alcohol; polyethylene terephthalates; polymethacrylic acid esters; polyacrylic acid esters; Cellulose esters such as triacetyl cellulose, diacetyl cellulose, and cellulose acetate propionate; polyethylene naphthalate; polycarbonate; polysulfone; polyethersulfone; polyether ketone; plastics such as polyphenylene sulfide and polyphenylene oxide. Such a resin can be formed into a film by a known means such as a solvent casting method and a melt extrusion method to form a base material. As long as it does not affect the effect of the present invention, the surface of the base film may be subjected to surface treatment such as mold release treatment such as silicone treatment, corona treatment, and plasma treatment.
基材フィルムとして市販の製品を用いてもよい。市販のセルロースエステル基材としては、例えば、フジタックフィルムのような富士写真フィルム株式会社製のセルロースエステル基材などが挙げられる。市販の環状オレフィン系樹脂としては、たとえば、「Topas(登録商標)」のようなTicona社(独)製の環状オレフィン系樹脂;「アートン(登録商標)」のようなJSR株式会社製の環状オレフィン系樹脂;「ゼオノア(ZEONOR)(登録商標)」、および「ゼオネックス(ZEONEX)(登録商標)」のような日本ゼオン株式会社製の環状オレフィン系樹脂;「アペル」(登録商標)のような三井化学株式会社製の環状オレフィン系樹脂が挙げられる。市販されている環状オレフィン系樹脂基材を用いることもできる。市販の環状オレフィン系樹脂基材としては、「エスシーナ(登録商標)」および「SCA40(登録商標)」のような積水化学工業株式会社製の環状オレフィン系樹脂基材;「ゼオノアフィルム(登録商標)」のようなオプテス株式会社製の環状オレフィン系樹脂基材;「アートンフィルム(登録商標)」のようなJSR株式会社製の環状オレフィン系樹脂基材が挙げられる。
A commercially available product may be used as the base film. Examples of the commercially available cellulose ester base material include a cellulose ester base material manufactured by Fuji Photo Film Co., Ltd. such as Fujitac Film. Commercially available cyclic olefin resins include, for example, cyclic olefin resins manufactured by Ticona (Germany) such as "Topas (registered trademark)"; cyclic olefins manufactured by JSR Corporation such as "Arton (registered trademark)". Resins; Cyclic olefin resins manufactured by Nippon Zeon Co., Ltd. such as "ZEONOR (registered trademark)" and "ZEONEX (registered trademark)"; Mitsui such as "Apel" (registered trademark) Cyclic olefin resin manufactured by Chemical Corporation can be mentioned. A commercially available cyclic olefin resin base material can also be used. As commercially available cyclic olefin resin base materials, cyclic olefin resin base materials manufactured by Sekisui Chemical Industry Co., Ltd. such as "Scina (registered trademark)" and "SCA40 (registered trademark)"; "Zeonoa film (registered trademark)" A cyclic olefin resin base material manufactured by Optes Co., Ltd .; a cyclic olefin resin base material manufactured by JSR Corporation such as "Arton Film (registered trademark)" can be mentioned.
薄型化、機能層の基材フィルムからの剥離容易性、重合性液晶化合物の配向容易性、耐溶媒性および低複屈折性等の観点から、基材フィルムとしては、セルロース系樹脂フィルムあるいはオレフィン系樹脂フィルムが好ましく、セルロース系樹脂フィルムがより好ましい。一般に、溶媒キャスト法により製造されるセルロース系樹脂フィルムでは、フィルム表面に滑り性を付与することが難しく、該フィルム上に積層される層との密着性が高くなり、長尺ロール状に巻き取った際、貼りつきが起こりやすい。さらに、この長尺フィルムロールを繰り出す場合に、機能層が裏面の基材フィルムと密着していることでランダムに剥がれを生じ、部分的に脱落してしまうおそれがある。このような場合においても、基材端部に凹凸部を設けて、該凹凸部における機能層との密着性をさらに高めるとともに、凹凸のない領域では機能層と裏面の基材フィルムとの間に空隙を設けることで、凹凸のない領域での貼りつき・脱落を抑制し、凹凸部と凹凸のない領域との間に基材フィルムと機能層との密着性に適度な差を生じさせることにより、機能層を基材フィルムから剥離方向に直線的に剥離しやすくすることができる。このため、本発明はセルロース系樹脂フィルムを用いる場合に特に有利であり得る。
The base film is a cellulosic resin film or an olefin-based film from the viewpoints of thinning, easy peeling of the functional layer from the base film, easy orientation of the polymerizable liquid crystal compound, solvent resistance, and low compound refractive property. A resin film is preferable, and a cellulosic resin film is more preferable. In general, a cellulosic resin film produced by a solvent casting method has difficulty in imparting slipperiness to the film surface, has high adhesion to a layer laminated on the film, and is wound into a long roll shape. At that time, sticking is likely to occur. Further, when this long film roll is unwound, the functional layer is in close contact with the base film on the back surface, so that it may be randomly peeled off and partially fall off. Even in such a case, an uneven portion is provided at the end of the base material to further enhance the adhesion with the functional layer in the uneven portion, and in a region without unevenness, between the functional layer and the base film on the back surface. By providing a gap, sticking / dropping in a non-concavo-convex region is suppressed, and an appropriate difference is generated in the adhesion between the base film and the functional layer between the concavo-convex portion and the non-concavo-convex region. , The functional layer can be easily peeled off linearly from the base film in the peeling direction. Therefore, the present invention may be particularly advantageous when a cellulosic resin film is used.
本発明において、基材フィルム上の凹凸部は、いわゆるナーリングと呼ばれ、通常、基材フィルムの巻き取り時に、基材面同士の接触や貼りつきを抑制するための構造として機能するものである。このような凹凸部の形状や、材質、形成方法は、長尺フィルムを構成する基材フィルムや機能層、所望の剥離力等に応じて、従来公知のものの中から適宜選択すればよい。
In the present invention, the uneven portion on the base film is so-called knurling, and usually functions as a structure for suppressing contact or sticking between the base film surfaces when the base film is wound up. .. The shape, material, and forming method of such uneven portions may be appropriately selected from conventionally known ones according to the base film and functional layer constituting the long film, the desired peeling force, and the like.
凹凸部は、例えば、基材フィルムを巻き取る際に、基材フィルムの端部の所望の領域に形成することが好ましい。凹凸部は、基材フィルムの一方の面のみに形成しても、両面に形成してもよい。また、凹凸部は、基材フィルムの少なくとも一方の端部にのみ設けてもよいが、機能層の基材フィルムからの良好な剥離性を得るためには、基材フィルムの両端部に設けることが好ましい。
The uneven portion is preferably formed in a desired region at the end of the base film, for example, when the base film is wound up. The uneven portion may be formed on only one surface of the base film or on both sides. Further, the uneven portion may be provided only on at least one end of the base film, but in order to obtain good peelability of the functional layer from the base film, it is provided at both ends of the base film. Is preferable.
凹凸部は、基材フィルムの短尺方向の端部において、長尺方向に平行して帯状に設けられることが好ましい。帯状に設けられる凹凸部の短尺方向幅は、長尺フィルムの短尺方向幅、長尺フィルムを構成する基材フィルムや機能層、所望の剥離力、長尺フィルムの厚み等に応じて適宜決定すればよいが、通常、各端部においてそれぞれ、基材フィルムの短尺方向幅の0.2~5%程度の幅である。各凹凸部の短尺方向幅が前記範囲内であると、凹凸部と機能層との間に適度なアンカー効果が生じやすく、基材フィルムと機能層との良好な剥離性が得られやすい。例えば、短尺方向幅が1000~2000mmの基材フィルムの場合、凹凸部の短尺方向幅は、好ましくは1mm以上、より好ましくは3mm以上、さらに好ましくは5mm以上であり、また、好ましくは50mm以下、より好ましくは30mm以下、さらに好ましくは20mm以下である。
It is preferable that the uneven portion is provided in a strip shape parallel to the long direction at the end of the base film in the short direction. The width of the uneven portion provided in the strip shape in the short direction is appropriately determined according to the width in the short direction of the long film, the base film and functional layer constituting the long film, the desired peeling force, the thickness of the long film, and the like. However, usually, the width at each end is about 0.2 to 5% of the width in the short direction of the base film. When the width of each uneven portion in the short direction is within the above range, an appropriate anchor effect is likely to occur between the uneven portion and the functional layer, and good peelability between the base film and the functional layer is likely to be obtained. For example, in the case of a base film having a width in the short direction of 1000 to 2000 mm, the width in the short direction of the uneven portion is preferably 1 mm or more, more preferably 3 mm or more, still more preferably 5 mm or more, and preferably 50 mm or less. It is more preferably 30 mm or less, still more preferably 20 mm or less.
凹凸部の高さは、長尺フィルムの短尺方向幅、凹凸部の短尺方向幅、機能層の厚み、長尺フィルムを構成する基材フィルムや機能層、所望の剥離力、長尺フィルムの厚み等に応じて適宜決定すればよい。好ましくは0.5μm以上、より好ましくは1μm以上であり、また、好ましくは500μm以下、より好ましくは200μm以下、さらに好ましくは20μm以下である。各凹凸部の高さが前記範囲内であると、凹凸部と機能層との間に適度なアンカー効果が生じやすく、基材フィルムと機能層との良好な剥離性が得られやすい。
なお、ここでいう凹凸部の高さとは、機能層を積層していない基材フィルムにおいて凹凸部のない基材フィルム表面を基準とした場合の各凹凸の平均高さを意味する。具体的には、例えば、接触式膜厚計を用いて基材フィルムの凹凸部の存在しない範囲を幅方向に1mmピッチで測定することで平均総厚みを算出し、同様に幅方向同位置の端部の凹凸部の存在する範囲の測定により、凹凸部平均総厚みを算出することで、差分より凹凸部平均高さを測定、算出することができる。 The height of the uneven portion is the width in the short direction of the long film, the width in the short direction of the uneven portion, the thickness of the functional layer, the base film or functional layer constituting the long film, the desired peeling force, and the thickness of the long film. It may be decided as appropriate according to the above. It is preferably 0.5 μm or more, more preferably 1 μm or more, and preferably 500 μm or less, more preferably 200 μm or less, still more preferably 20 μm or less. When the height of each uneven portion is within the above range, an appropriate anchor effect is likely to occur between the uneven portion and the functional layer, and good peelability between the base film and the functional layer is likely to be obtained.
The height of the uneven portion referred to here means the average height of each uneven portion when the surface of the base film having no uneven portion is used as a reference in the base film on which the functional layers are not laminated. Specifically, for example, the average total thickness is calculated by measuring the area where the uneven portion of the base film does not exist with a 1 mm pitch in the width direction using a contact type film thickness meter, and similarly at the same position in the width direction. By calculating the average total thickness of the uneven portion by measuring the range in which the uneven portion exists at the end portion, the average height of the uneven portion can be measured and calculated from the difference.
なお、ここでいう凹凸部の高さとは、機能層を積層していない基材フィルムにおいて凹凸部のない基材フィルム表面を基準とした場合の各凹凸の平均高さを意味する。具体的には、例えば、接触式膜厚計を用いて基材フィルムの凹凸部の存在しない範囲を幅方向に1mmピッチで測定することで平均総厚みを算出し、同様に幅方向同位置の端部の凹凸部の存在する範囲の測定により、凹凸部平均総厚みを算出することで、差分より凹凸部平均高さを測定、算出することができる。 The height of the uneven portion is the width in the short direction of the long film, the width in the short direction of the uneven portion, the thickness of the functional layer, the base film or functional layer constituting the long film, the desired peeling force, and the thickness of the long film. It may be decided as appropriate according to the above. It is preferably 0.5 μm or more, more preferably 1 μm or more, and preferably 500 μm or less, more preferably 200 μm or less, still more preferably 20 μm or less. When the height of each uneven portion is within the above range, an appropriate anchor effect is likely to occur between the uneven portion and the functional layer, and good peelability between the base film and the functional layer is likely to be obtained.
The height of the uneven portion referred to here means the average height of each uneven portion when the surface of the base film having no uneven portion is used as a reference in the base film on which the functional layers are not laminated. Specifically, for example, the average total thickness is calculated by measuring the area where the uneven portion of the base film does not exist with a 1 mm pitch in the width direction using a contact type film thickness meter, and similarly at the same position in the width direction. By calculating the average total thickness of the uneven portion by measuring the range in which the uneven portion exists at the end portion, the average height of the uneven portion can be measured and calculated from the difference.
凹凸部1cm2当たりの凹凸の数(密度)は、好ましくは20個以上、より好ましくは50個以上、また、好ましくは1000個以下、より好ましくは500個以下、さらに好ましくは200個以下である。各凹凸は、凹凸部に均一に存在していることが好ましい。各凹凸部の密度が前記範囲内であると、凹凸部と機能層との間に適度なアンカー効果が生じやすく、基材フィルムと機能層との良好な剥離性が得られやすい。
The number (density) of the unevenness per 1 cm 2 of the uneven portion is preferably 20 or more, more preferably 50 or more, preferably 1000 or less, more preferably 500 or less, still more preferably 200 or less. .. It is preferable that each unevenness is uniformly present in the uneven portion. When the density of each uneven portion is within the above range, an appropriate anchor effect is likely to occur between the uneven portion and the functional layer, and good peelability between the base film and the functional layer is likely to be obtained.
凹凸部を構成する各凹凸の形状としては、例えば、角錐台形、円錐台形、円丘形、波形、格子形、不定形等が挙げられる。各凹凸のサイズは、長尺フィルムの短尺方向幅、凹凸部の短尺方向幅、凹凸部の密度、長尺フィルムを構成する基材フィルムや機能層、所望の剥離力、長尺フィルムの厚み等に応じて適宜決定すればよい。例えば、凹凸を基材フィルム面でフィルム面と平行に切断した際の断面形状が円形または略円形である場合、該断面形状の直径は、好ましくは50~1000μm程度であり、より好ましくは100~3000μmである。
Examples of the shape of each unevenness constituting the uneven portion include a pyramidal trapezoid, a conical trapezoid, a circular hill, a corrugated shape, a lattice shape, and an indeterminate shape. The size of each unevenness includes the width in the short direction of the long film, the width in the short direction of the uneven portion, the density of the uneven portion, the base film and the functional layer constituting the long film, the desired peeling force, the thickness of the long film, etc. It may be decided as appropriate according to the above. For example, when the unevenness is cut in parallel with the film surface on the base film surface, the cross-sectional shape is circular or substantially circular, and the diameter of the cross-sectional shape is preferably about 50 to 1000 μm, more preferably 100 to 100. It is 3000 μm.
凹凸部を基材フィルム上に形成する方法としては、例えば1対のロールで挟持する方法が一般的である。1対のロールの片側のみにエンボス加工されたロールを用いる片押しであっても、両方にエンボス加工されたロールを用いる両押しあってもよい。また、その他レーザー等で加工してもよい。このような凹凸部の具体例としては、例えば、国際公開第2010/143524号、特開2007-91784号公報等に記載のものが挙げられる。
また、凹凸部を有する基材フィルムとして市販品を用いてもよい。市販品としては、「KC8UX2M」、「KC8UY」、および「KC4UY」のようなコニカミノルタオプト株式会社製のセルロースエステル基材などが挙げられる。 As a method of forming the uneven portion on the base film, for example, a method of sandwiching the uneven portion with a pair of rolls is common. It may be a one-sided push using an embossed roll on only one side of a pair of rolls, or a two-sided push using an embossed roll on both sides. In addition, it may be processed with another laser or the like. Specific examples of such uneven portions include those described in International Publication No. 2010/143524, JP-A-2007-91784, and the like.
Further, a commercially available product may be used as the base film having the uneven portion. Examples of commercially available products include cellulose ester substrates manufactured by Konica Minolta Opto Co., Ltd. such as "KC8UX2M", "KC8UY", and "KC4UY".
また、凹凸部を有する基材フィルムとして市販品を用いてもよい。市販品としては、「KC8UX2M」、「KC8UY」、および「KC4UY」のようなコニカミノルタオプト株式会社製のセルロースエステル基材などが挙げられる。 As a method of forming the uneven portion on the base film, for example, a method of sandwiching the uneven portion with a pair of rolls is common. It may be a one-sided push using an embossed roll on only one side of a pair of rolls, or a two-sided push using an embossed roll on both sides. In addition, it may be processed with another laser or the like. Specific examples of such uneven portions include those described in International Publication No. 2010/143524, JP-A-2007-91784, and the like.
Further, a commercially available product may be used as the base film having the uneven portion. Examples of commercially available products include cellulose ester substrates manufactured by Konica Minolta Opto Co., Ltd. such as "KC8UX2M", "KC8UY", and "KC4UY".
基材フィルムの厚みは、基材フィルムの材質等に応じて適宜決定すればよいが、通常、5~300μmであり、好ましくは10~150μmである。フィルムの長尺化と巻き取り後の品質の観点からは、20~80μmであることがより好ましい。
The thickness of the base film may be appropriately determined according to the material of the base film and the like, but is usually 5 to 300 μm, preferably 10 to 150 μm. From the viewpoint of lengthening the film and quality after winding, it is more preferably 20 to 80 μm.
基材フィルムの短尺方向幅は、0.5~3mが好ましく、より好ましくは0.6~2.5m、さらに好ましくは0.8~2.2mである。長尺フィルムはロール状に巻き取られることが好ましく、その長さは、1巻き取りロール当たり100~10000mが好ましく、より好ましくは500~7000m、さらに好ましくは1000~6000mである。
The width of the base film in the short direction is preferably 0.5 to 3 m, more preferably 0.6 to 2.5 m, and even more preferably 0.8 to 2.2 m. The long film is preferably wound in a roll shape, and the length thereof is preferably 100 to 10000 m, more preferably 500 to 7000 m, and further preferably 1000 to 6000 m per winding roll.
本発明の長尺フィルムを構成する機能層は、少なくとも1種の重合性液晶化合物を含む重合性液晶組成物の硬化物層を含む。前記硬化物層は、重合性液晶化合物が該硬化物層平面に対して水平方向や垂直方向等の特定方向に配向した状態で硬化した液晶硬化物層である。
The functional layer constituting the long film of the present invention includes a cured product layer of a polymerizable liquid crystal composition containing at least one polymerizable liquid crystal compound. The cured product layer is a liquid crystal cured product layer in which the polymerizable liquid crystal compound is cured in a state of being oriented in a specific direction such as a horizontal direction or a vertical direction with respect to the cured product layer plane.
本発明において重合性液晶化合物は、重合性基、特に光重合性基を有する液晶化合物である。重合性液晶化合物としては、所望の光学特性を有する液晶硬化物層を形成し得るものである限り特に限定されず、例えば位相差フィルムの分野において従来公知の重合性液晶化合物を用いることができる。
In the present invention, the polymerizable liquid crystal compound is a liquid crystal compound having a polymerizable group, particularly a photopolymerizable group. The polymerizable liquid crystal compound is not particularly limited as long as it can form a cured liquid crystal layer having desired optical properties, and for example, a polymerizable liquid crystal compound conventionally known in the field of retardation film can be used.
重合性基とは、重合反応に関与しうる基をいう。光重合性基とは、重合性基であって、光重合開始剤から発生した反応活性種、例えば活性ラジカルや酸などによって重合反応に関与し得る基のことをいう。光重合性基としては、例えばビニル基、ビニルオキシ基、1-クロロビニル基、イソプロペニル基、4-ビニルフェニル基、アクリロイルオキシ基、メタクリロイルオキシ基、オキシラニル基、オキセタニル基等が挙げられる。中でも、アクリロイルオキシ基、メタクリロイルオキシ基、ビニルオキシ基、オキシラニル基およびオキセタニル基が好ましく、アクリロイルオキシ基がより好ましい。重合性液晶化合物が示す液晶性はサーモトロピック性液晶であってもよいし、リオトロピック性液晶であってもよいが、緻密な膜厚制御が可能な点でサーモトロピック性液晶が好ましい。また、サーモトロピック性液晶における相秩序構造としてはネマチック液晶でもスメクチック液晶でもディスコチック液晶でもよい。重合性液晶化合物は単独または二種以上組み合わせて使用できる。
A polymerizable group is a group that can participate in a polymerization reaction. The photopolymerizable group is a polymerizable group and refers to a group that can participate in the polymerization reaction by a reactive active species generated from the photopolymerization initiator, for example, an active radical or an acid. Examples of the photopolymerizable group include a vinyl group, a vinyloxy group, a 1-chlorovinyl group, an isopropenyl group, a 4-vinylphenyl group, an acryloyloxy group, a methacryloyloxy group, an oxylanyl group, an oxetanyl group and the like. Of these, an acryloyloxy group, a methacryloyloxy group, a vinyloxy group, an oxylanyl group and an oxetanyl group are preferable, and an acryloyloxy group is more preferable. The liquid crystal property exhibited by the polymerizable liquid crystal compound may be a thermotropic liquid crystal or a liotropic liquid crystal, but a thermotropic liquid crystal is preferable in that precise film thickness control is possible. The phase-ordered structure of the thermotropic liquid crystal may be a nematic liquid crystal, a smectic liquid crystal, or a discotic liquid crystal. The polymerizable liquid crystal compound can be used alone or in combination of two or more.
重合性液晶化合物としては、一般に正波長分散性を示す重合性液晶化合物と逆波長分散性を示す重合性液晶化合物とが挙げられ、どちらか一方の種類の重合性液晶化合物のみを使用することもできるし、両方の種類の重合性液晶化合物を混合して用いることもできる。本発明の長尺フィルムから転写して機能層を組み込んだ画像表示装置において正面反射色相を向上させやすく、光学特性に優れる長尺フィルムを得られやすいことから、重合性液晶化合物を単独で特定方向に配向した状態で重合することにより得られる重合体が逆波長分散性を示す重合性液晶化合物を含むことが好ましい。
Examples of the polymerizable liquid crystal compound include a polymerizable liquid crystal compound exhibiting positive wavelength dispersibility and a polymerizable liquid crystal compound exhibiting reverse wavelength dispersibility, and it is also possible to use only one of the polymerizable liquid crystal compounds. It can be used, or both types of polymerizable liquid crystal compounds can be mixed and used. In an image display device that is transferred from the long film of the present invention and incorporates a functional layer, it is easy to improve the specular hue and it is easy to obtain a long film having excellent optical characteristics. It is preferable that the polymer obtained by polymerizing in the state of being oriented to contains a polymerizable liquid crystal compound exhibiting reverse wavelength dispersibility.
逆波長分散性を発現しやすい観点から、いわゆるT字型またはH型の分子構造を有する重合性液晶化合物が好ましく、より強い逆波長分散が得られる観点からT字型の分子構造を有する重合性液晶化合物がより好ましい。
From the viewpoint of easily exhibiting reverse wavelength dispersibility, a polymerizable liquid crystal compound having a so-called T-shaped or H-shaped molecular structure is preferable, and from the viewpoint of obtaining stronger reverse wavelength dispersion, polymerizable liquid crystal compound having a T-shaped molecular structure is preferable. Liquid crystal compounds are more preferred.
重合性液晶化合物としては、下記(A)~(D)の特徴を有する化合物であることが好ましい。
(A)ネマチック相またはスメクチック相を形成し得る化合物である。
(B)該重合性液晶化合物の長軸方向(a)上にπ電子を有する。
(C)長軸方向(a)に対して交差する方向〔交差方向(b)〕上にπ電子を有する。
(D)長軸方向(a)に存在するπ電子の合計をN(πa)、長軸方向に存在する分子量の合計をN(Aa)として下記式(i)で定義される重合性液晶化合物の長軸方向(a)のπ電子密度:
D(πa)=N(πa)/N(Aa) (i)
と、交差方向(b)に存在するπ電子の合計をN(πb)、交差方向(b)に存在する分子量の合計をN(Ab)として下記式(ii)で定義される重合性液晶化合物の交差方向(b)のπ電子密度:
D(πb)=N(πb)/N(Ab) (ii)
とが、式(iii)
0≦〔D(πa)/D(πb)〕<1 (iii)
の関係にある〔すなわち、交差方向(b)のπ電子密度が、長軸方向(a)のπ電子密度よりも大きい〕。上記記載のように長軸およびそれに対して交差方向上にπ電子を有する重合性液晶化合物は、一般にT字構造となりやすい。 The polymerizable liquid crystal compound is preferably a compound having the following characteristics (A) to (D).
(A) A compound capable of forming a nematic phase or a smectic phase.
(B) The polymerizable liquid crystal compound has π electrons in the long axis direction (a).
(C) It has π electrons in the direction [intersection direction (b)] that intersects the major axis direction (a).
(D) A polymerizable liquid crystal compound defined by the following formula (i), where the total number of π electrons existing in the major axis direction (a) is N (πa) and the total molecular weight existing in the major axis direction is N (Aa). Π electron density in the major axis direction (a) of
D (πa) = N (πa) / N (Aa) (i)
The polymerizable liquid crystal compound defined by the following formula (ii), where the total number of π electrons existing in the crossing direction (b) is N (πb) and the total molecular weight existing in the crossing direction (b) is N (Ab). Π electron density in the crossing direction (b) of
D (πb) = N (πb) / N (Ab) (ii)
And, the formula (iii)
0 ≦ [D (πa) / D (πb)] <1 (iii)
[That is, the π electron density in the crossing direction (b) is larger than the π electron density in the major axis direction (a)]. As described above, a polymerizable liquid crystal compound having a major axis and π electrons in the crossing direction with respect to the major axis tends to have a T-shaped structure in general.
(A)ネマチック相またはスメクチック相を形成し得る化合物である。
(B)該重合性液晶化合物の長軸方向(a)上にπ電子を有する。
(C)長軸方向(a)に対して交差する方向〔交差方向(b)〕上にπ電子を有する。
(D)長軸方向(a)に存在するπ電子の合計をN(πa)、長軸方向に存在する分子量の合計をN(Aa)として下記式(i)で定義される重合性液晶化合物の長軸方向(a)のπ電子密度:
D(πa)=N(πa)/N(Aa) (i)
と、交差方向(b)に存在するπ電子の合計をN(πb)、交差方向(b)に存在する分子量の合計をN(Ab)として下記式(ii)で定義される重合性液晶化合物の交差方向(b)のπ電子密度:
D(πb)=N(πb)/N(Ab) (ii)
とが、式(iii)
0≦〔D(πa)/D(πb)〕<1 (iii)
の関係にある〔すなわち、交差方向(b)のπ電子密度が、長軸方向(a)のπ電子密度よりも大きい〕。上記記載のように長軸およびそれに対して交差方向上にπ電子を有する重合性液晶化合物は、一般にT字構造となりやすい。 The polymerizable liquid crystal compound is preferably a compound having the following characteristics (A) to (D).
(A) A compound capable of forming a nematic phase or a smectic phase.
(B) The polymerizable liquid crystal compound has π electrons in the long axis direction (a).
(C) It has π electrons in the direction [intersection direction (b)] that intersects the major axis direction (a).
(D) A polymerizable liquid crystal compound defined by the following formula (i), where the total number of π electrons existing in the major axis direction (a) is N (πa) and the total molecular weight existing in the major axis direction is N (Aa). Π electron density in the major axis direction (a) of
D (πa) = N (πa) / N (Aa) (i)
The polymerizable liquid crystal compound defined by the following formula (ii), where the total number of π electrons existing in the crossing direction (b) is N (πb) and the total molecular weight existing in the crossing direction (b) is N (Ab). Π electron density in the crossing direction (b) of
D (πb) = N (πb) / N (Ab) (ii)
And, the formula (iii)
0 ≦ [D (πa) / D (πb)] <1 (iii)
[That is, the π electron density in the crossing direction (b) is larger than the π electron density in the major axis direction (a)]. As described above, a polymerizable liquid crystal compound having a major axis and π electrons in the crossing direction with respect to the major axis tends to have a T-shaped structure in general.
上記(A)~(D)の特徴において、長軸方向(a)およびπ電子数Nは以下のように定義される。
・長軸方向(a)は、例えば棒状構造を有する化合物であれば、その棒状の長軸方向である。
・長軸方向(a)上に存在するπ電子数N(πa)には、重合反応により消失するπ電子は含まない。
・長軸方向(a)上に存在するπ電子数N(πa)には、長軸上のπ電子およびこれと共役するπ電子の合計数であり、例えば長軸方向(a)上に存在する環であって、ヒュッケル則を満たす環に存在するπ電子の数が含まれる。
・交差方向(b)に存在するπ電子数N(πb)には、重合反応により消失するπ電子は含まない。
上記を満たす重合性液晶化合物は、長軸方向にメソゲン構造を有している。このメソゲン構造によって、液晶相(ネマチック相、スメクチック相)を発現する。本発明の一態様において、重合性液晶化合物はネマチック相を形成し得る化合物であることが好ましい。 In the features (A) to (D) above, the major axis direction (a) and the number of π electrons N are defined as follows.
The major axis direction (a) is, for example, the rod-shaped major axis direction of a compound having a rod-like structure.
-The number of π electrons N (πa) existing in the long axis direction (a) does not include π electrons that disappear due to the polymerization reaction.
The number of π electrons N (πa) existing in the major axis direction (a) is the total number of π electrons on the major axis and π electrons conjugated thereto, for example, existing in the major axis direction (a). It contains the number of π electrons present in the ring that satisfies Hückel's law.
-The number of π electrons N (πb) existing in the crossing direction (b) does not include π electrons that disappear due to the polymerization reaction.
The polymerizable liquid crystal compound satisfying the above has a mesogen structure in the major axis direction. The liquid crystal phase (nematic phase, smectic phase) is expressed by this mesogen structure. In one aspect of the present invention, the polymerizable liquid crystal compound is preferably a compound capable of forming a nematic phase.
・長軸方向(a)は、例えば棒状構造を有する化合物であれば、その棒状の長軸方向である。
・長軸方向(a)上に存在するπ電子数N(πa)には、重合反応により消失するπ電子は含まない。
・長軸方向(a)上に存在するπ電子数N(πa)には、長軸上のπ電子およびこれと共役するπ電子の合計数であり、例えば長軸方向(a)上に存在する環であって、ヒュッケル則を満たす環に存在するπ電子の数が含まれる。
・交差方向(b)に存在するπ電子数N(πb)には、重合反応により消失するπ電子は含まない。
上記を満たす重合性液晶化合物は、長軸方向にメソゲン構造を有している。このメソゲン構造によって、液晶相(ネマチック相、スメクチック相)を発現する。本発明の一態様において、重合性液晶化合物はネマチック相を形成し得る化合物であることが好ましい。 In the features (A) to (D) above, the major axis direction (a) and the number of π electrons N are defined as follows.
The major axis direction (a) is, for example, the rod-shaped major axis direction of a compound having a rod-like structure.
-The number of π electrons N (πa) existing in the long axis direction (a) does not include π electrons that disappear due to the polymerization reaction.
The number of π electrons N (πa) existing in the major axis direction (a) is the total number of π electrons on the major axis and π electrons conjugated thereto, for example, existing in the major axis direction (a). It contains the number of π electrons present in the ring that satisfies Hückel's law.
-The number of π electrons N (πb) existing in the crossing direction (b) does not include π electrons that disappear due to the polymerization reaction.
The polymerizable liquid crystal compound satisfying the above has a mesogen structure in the major axis direction. The liquid crystal phase (nematic phase, smectic phase) is expressed by this mesogen structure. In one aspect of the present invention, the polymerizable liquid crystal compound is preferably a compound capable of forming a nematic phase.
上記(A)~(D)を満たす重合性液晶化合物を、液晶硬化膜を形成する膜(層)上に塗布し、相転移温度以上に加熱することにより、ネマチック相やスメクチック相を形成することが可能である。この重合性液晶化合物が配向して形成されたネマチック相またはスメクチック相では通常、重合性液晶化合物の長軸方向が互いに平行になるように配向しており、この長軸方向がネマチック相またはスメクチック相の配向方向となる。このような重合性液晶化合物を膜状とし、ネマチック相またはスメクチック相の状態で重合させると、長軸方向(a)に配向した状態で重合した重合体からなる重合体膜を形成することができる。この重合体膜は、長軸方向(a)上のπ電子と交差方向(b)上のπ電子により紫外線を吸収する。ここで、交差方向(b)上のπ電子により吸収される紫外線の吸収極大波長をλbmaxとする。λbmaxは通常300nm~400nmである。π電子の密度は、上記式(iii)を満足していて、交差方向(b)のπ電子密度が長軸方向(a)のπ電子密度よりも大きいので、交差方向(b)に振動面を有する直線偏光紫外線(波長はλbmax)の吸収が、長軸方向(a)に振動面を有する直線偏光紫外線(波長はλbmax)の吸収よりも大きな重合体膜となる。その比(直線偏光紫外線の交差方向(b)の吸光度/長軸方向(a)の吸光度の比)は、例えば1.0超、好ましくは1.2以上、通常30以下であり、例えば10以下である。
A nematic phase or a smectic phase is formed by applying a polymerizable liquid crystal compound satisfying the above (A) to (D) on a film (layer) forming a liquid crystal cured film and heating it above the phase transition temperature. Is possible. In the nematic phase or smectic phase formed by orienting the polymerizable liquid crystal compound, the polymerizable liquid crystal compounds are usually oriented so that the major axis directions are parallel to each other, and the major axis direction is the nematic phase or smectic phase. Is the orientation direction of. When such a polymerizable liquid crystal compound is formed into a film and polymerized in a nematic phase or a smectic phase, a polymer film composed of a polymer oriented in the long axis direction (a) can be formed. .. This polymer film absorbs ultraviolet rays by π electrons in the long axis direction (a) and π electrons in the crossing direction (b). Here, the absorption maximum wavelength of ultraviolet rays absorbed by π electrons in the crossing direction (b) is defined as λbmax. λbmax is usually 300 nm to 400 nm. The density of π electrons satisfies the above equation (iii), and since the π electron density in the crossing direction (b) is larger than the π electron density in the major axis direction (a), the oscillating surface in the crossing direction (b). The absorption of linearly polarized ultraviolet rays (wavelength is λbmax) having a vibration plane in the long axis direction (a) is larger than the absorption of linearly polarized ultraviolet rays (wavelength is λbmax) having a vibration plane. The ratio (the ratio of the absorbance in the crossing direction (b) of the linearly polarized ultraviolet rays / the absorbance in the major axis direction (a)) is, for example, more than 1.0, preferably 1.2 or more, usually 30 or less, for example, 10 or less. Is.
上記特徴を有する重合性液晶化合物は、一般に、一方向に配向した状態で重合させたときにその重合体の複屈折率が逆波長分散性を示すものであることが多い。具体的には、例えば、下記式(X)で表される化合物が挙げられる。
In general, a polymerizable liquid crystal compound having the above characteristics often exhibits a reverse wavelength dispersibility in the birefringence of the polymer when polymerized in a state of being oriented in one direction. Specifically, for example, a compound represented by the following formula (X) can be mentioned.
In general, a polymerizable liquid crystal compound having the above characteristics often exhibits a reverse wavelength dispersibility in the birefringence of the polymer when polymerized in a state of being oriented in one direction. Specifically, for example, a compound represented by the following formula (X) can be mentioned.
式(X)中、Arは置換基を有していてもよい芳香族基を有する二価の基を表す。ここでいう芳香族基とは、例えば後述する(Ar-1)~(Ar-23)で例示される基が挙げられる。またArは芳香族基を2個以上有していてもよい。該芳香族基中には窒素原子、酸素原子、硫黄原子のうち少なくとも1つ以上が含まれていてもよい。Arに含まれる芳香族基が2つ以上である場合、2つ以上の芳香族基は互いに単結合、-CO-O-、-O-などの二価の結合基で結合していてもよい。
G1およびG2はそれぞれ独立に、二価の芳香族基または二価の脂環式炭化水素基を表す。ここで、該二価の芳香族基または二価の脂環式炭化水素基に含まれる水素原子は、ハロゲン原子、炭素数1~4のアルキル基、炭素数1~4のフルオロアルキル基、炭素数1~4のアルコキシ基、シアノ基またはニトロ基に置換されていてもよく、該二価の芳香族基または二価の脂環式炭化水素基を構成する炭素原子が、酸素原子、硫黄原子または窒素原子に置換されていてもよい。
L1、L2、B1およびB2はそれぞれ独立に、単結合または二価の連結基である。
k、lは、それぞれ独立に0~3の整数を表し、1≦k+lの関係を満たす。ここで、2≦k+lである場合、B1およびB2、G1およびG2は、それぞれ互いに同一であってもよく、異なっていてもよい。
E1およびE2はそれぞれ独立に、炭素数1~17のアルカンジイル基を表し、炭素数4~12のアルカンジイル基がより好ましい。また、アルカンジイル基に含まれる水素原子は、ハロゲン原子で置換されていてもよく、該アルカンジイル基に含まれる-CH2-は、-O-、-S-、-C(=O)-で置換されていてもよい。
P1およびP2は互いに独立に、重合性基または水素原子を表し、少なくとも1つは重合性基である。 In formula (X), Ar represents a divalent group having an aromatic group which may have a substituent. Examples of the aromatic group referred to here include groups exemplified by (Ar-1) to (Ar-23) described later. Further, Ar may have two or more aromatic groups. The aromatic group may contain at least one or more of a nitrogen atom, an oxygen atom and a sulfur atom. When two or more aromatic groups are contained in Ar, the two or more aromatic groups may be bonded to each other by a single bond or a divalent bonding group such as -CO-O- or -O-. ..
G 1 and G 2 independently represent a divalent aromatic group or a divalent alicyclic hydrocarbon group, respectively. Here, the hydrogen atom contained in the divalent aromatic group or the divalent alicyclic hydrocarbon group is a halogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, a fluoroalkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and carbon. The carbon atom constituting the divalent aromatic group or divalent alicyclic hydrocarbon group may be substituted with an alkoxy group, a cyano group or a nitro group of thenumber 1 to 4, and the carbon atom constitutes an oxygen atom or a sulfur atom. Alternatively, it may be substituted with a nitrogen atom.
L 1 , L 2 , B 1 and B 2 are independently single-bonded or divalent linking groups, respectively.
k and l each independently represent an integer of 0 to 3, and satisfy the relationship of 1 ≦ k + l. Here, when 2 ≦ k + l, B 1 and B 2 , G 1 and G 2 may be the same as or different from each other.
E 1 and E 2 each independently represent an alkanediyl group having 1 to 17 carbon atoms, and an alkanediyl group having 4 to 12 carbon atoms is more preferable. Further, the hydrogen atom contained in the alkanediyl group may be substituted with a halogen atom, and -CH 2- contained in the alkanediyl group is -O-, -S-, -C (= O)-. It may be replaced with.
P 1 and P 2 independently represent a polymerizable group or a hydrogen atom, and at least one is a polymerizable group.
G1およびG2はそれぞれ独立に、二価の芳香族基または二価の脂環式炭化水素基を表す。ここで、該二価の芳香族基または二価の脂環式炭化水素基に含まれる水素原子は、ハロゲン原子、炭素数1~4のアルキル基、炭素数1~4のフルオロアルキル基、炭素数1~4のアルコキシ基、シアノ基またはニトロ基に置換されていてもよく、該二価の芳香族基または二価の脂環式炭化水素基を構成する炭素原子が、酸素原子、硫黄原子または窒素原子に置換されていてもよい。
L1、L2、B1およびB2はそれぞれ独立に、単結合または二価の連結基である。
k、lは、それぞれ独立に0~3の整数を表し、1≦k+lの関係を満たす。ここで、2≦k+lである場合、B1およびB2、G1およびG2は、それぞれ互いに同一であってもよく、異なっていてもよい。
E1およびE2はそれぞれ独立に、炭素数1~17のアルカンジイル基を表し、炭素数4~12のアルカンジイル基がより好ましい。また、アルカンジイル基に含まれる水素原子は、ハロゲン原子で置換されていてもよく、該アルカンジイル基に含まれる-CH2-は、-O-、-S-、-C(=O)-で置換されていてもよい。
P1およびP2は互いに独立に、重合性基または水素原子を表し、少なくとも1つは重合性基である。 In formula (X), Ar represents a divalent group having an aromatic group which may have a substituent. Examples of the aromatic group referred to here include groups exemplified by (Ar-1) to (Ar-23) described later. Further, Ar may have two or more aromatic groups. The aromatic group may contain at least one or more of a nitrogen atom, an oxygen atom and a sulfur atom. When two or more aromatic groups are contained in Ar, the two or more aromatic groups may be bonded to each other by a single bond or a divalent bonding group such as -CO-O- or -O-. ..
G 1 and G 2 independently represent a divalent aromatic group or a divalent alicyclic hydrocarbon group, respectively. Here, the hydrogen atom contained in the divalent aromatic group or the divalent alicyclic hydrocarbon group is a halogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, a fluoroalkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and carbon. The carbon atom constituting the divalent aromatic group or divalent alicyclic hydrocarbon group may be substituted with an alkoxy group, a cyano group or a nitro group of the
L 1 , L 2 , B 1 and B 2 are independently single-bonded or divalent linking groups, respectively.
k and l each independently represent an integer of 0 to 3, and satisfy the relationship of 1 ≦ k + l. Here, when 2 ≦ k + l, B 1 and B 2 , G 1 and G 2 may be the same as or different from each other.
E 1 and E 2 each independently represent an alkanediyl group having 1 to 17 carbon atoms, and an alkanediyl group having 4 to 12 carbon atoms is more preferable. Further, the hydrogen atom contained in the alkanediyl group may be substituted with a halogen atom, and -CH 2- contained in the alkanediyl group is -O-, -S-, -C (= O)-. It may be replaced with.
P 1 and P 2 independently represent a polymerizable group or a hydrogen atom, and at least one is a polymerizable group.
G1およびG2は、それぞれ独立に、好ましくは、ハロゲン原子および炭素数1~4のアルキル基からなる群から選ばれる少なくとも1つの置換基で置換されていてもよい1,4-フェニレンジイル基、ハロゲン原子および炭素数1~4のアルキル基からなる群から選ばれる少なくとも1つの置換基で置換されていてもよい1,4-シクロヘキサンジイル基であり、より好ましくはメチル基で置換された1,4-フェニレンジイル基、無置換の1,4-フェニレンジイル基、または無置換の1,4-trans-シクロヘキサンジイル基であり、特に好ましくは無置換の1,4-フェニレンジイル基、または無置換の1,4-trans-シクロへキサンジイル基である。
また、複数存在するG1およびG2のうち少なくとも1つは二価の脂環式炭化水素基であることが好ましく、また、L1またはL2に結合するG1およびG2のうち少なくとも1つは二価の脂環式炭化水素基であることがより好ましい。 G 1 and G 2 are each independently substituted with at least one substituent selected from the group consisting of a halogen atom and an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, preferably a 1,4-phenylenediyl group. , A 1,4-cyclohexanediyl group optionally substituted with at least one substituent selected from the group consisting of a halogen atom and an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 substituted with a methyl group. , 4-phenylenediyl group, unsubstituted 1,4-phenylenediyl group, or unsubstituted 1,4-trans-cyclohexanediyl group, particularly preferably unsubstituted 1,4-phenylenediyl group, or no substituent. It is a substituted 1,4-trans-cyclohexanediyl group.
Further, at least one of a plurality of G 1 and G 2 present is preferably a divalent alicyclic hydrocarbon group, and at least one of G 1 and G 2 bonded to L 1 or L 2 is present. More preferably, it is a divalent alicyclic hydrocarbon group.
また、複数存在するG1およびG2のうち少なくとも1つは二価の脂環式炭化水素基であることが好ましく、また、L1またはL2に結合するG1およびG2のうち少なくとも1つは二価の脂環式炭化水素基であることがより好ましい。 G 1 and G 2 are each independently substituted with at least one substituent selected from the group consisting of a halogen atom and an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, preferably a 1,4-phenylenediyl group. , A 1,4-cyclohexanediyl group optionally substituted with at least one substituent selected from the group consisting of a halogen atom and an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 substituted with a methyl group. , 4-phenylenediyl group, unsubstituted 1,4-phenylenediyl group, or unsubstituted 1,4-trans-cyclohexanediyl group, particularly preferably unsubstituted 1,4-phenylenediyl group, or no substituent. It is a substituted 1,4-trans-cyclohexanediyl group.
Further, at least one of a plurality of G 1 and G 2 present is preferably a divalent alicyclic hydrocarbon group, and at least one of G 1 and G 2 bonded to L 1 or L 2 is present. More preferably, it is a divalent alicyclic hydrocarbon group.
L1およびL2はそれぞれ独立に、好ましくは、単結合、炭素数1~4のアルキレン基、-O-、-S-、-Ra1ORa2-、-Ra3COORa4-、-Ra5OCORa6-、-Ra7OC=OORa8-、-N=N-、-CRc=CRd-、または-C≡C-である。ここで、Ra1~Ra8はそれぞれ独立に単結合、または炭素数1~4のアルキレン基を表し、RcおよびRdは炭素数1~4のアルキル基または水素原子を表す。L1およびL2はそれぞれ独立に、より好ましくは単結合、-ORa2-1-、-CH2-、-CH2CH2-、-COORa4-1-、または-OCORa6-1-である。ここで、Ra2-1、Ra4-1、Ra6-1はそれぞれ独立に単結合、-CH2-、-CH2CH2-のいずれかを表す。L1およびL2はそれぞれ独立に、さらに好ましくは単結合、-O-、-CH2CH2-、-COO-、-COOCH2CH2-、または-OCO-である。
L 1 and L 2 are independent of each other, preferably a single bond, an alkylene group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, -O-, -S-, -R a1 OR a2- , -R a3 COOR a4- , -R a5. OCOR a6 -, - R a7 OC = OOR a8 -, - N = N -, - CR c = CR d -, or -C≡C-. Here, R a1 to R a8 each independently represent a single bond or an alkylene group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and R c and R d represent an alkyl group or a hydrogen atom having 1 to 4 carbon atoms. L 1 and L 2 are each independently more preferably a single bond, -OR a2-1 -, - CH 2 -, - CH 2 CH 2 -, - COOR a4-1 -, or -OCOR a6-1 - in is there. Here, R a2-1 , R a4-1 , and R a6-1 independently represent either single bond, -CH 2- , or -CH 2 CH 2- . L 1 and L 2 are independent, more preferably single bond, -O-, -CH 2 CH 2- , -COO-, -COOCH 2 CH 2- , or -OCO-, respectively.
B1およびB2はそれぞれ独立に、好ましくは、単結合、炭素数1~4のアルキレン基、-O-、-S-、-Ra9ORa10-、-Ra11COORa12-、-Ra13OCORa14-、または-Ra15OC=OORa16-である。ここで、Ra9~Ra16はそれぞれ独立に単結合、または炭素数1~4のアルキレン基を表す。B1およびB2はそれぞれ独立に、より好ましくは単結合、-ORa10-1-、-CH2-、-CH2CH2-、-COORa12-1-、または-OCORa14-1-である。ここで、Ra10-1、Ra12-1、Ra14-1はそれぞれ独立に単結合、-CH2-、-CH2CH2-のいずれかを表す。B1およびB2はそれぞれ独立に、さらに好ましくは単結合、-O-、-CH2CH2-、-COO-、-COOCH2CH2-、-OCO-、または-OCOCH2CH2-である。
B 1 and B 2 are independent, preferably single bond, alkylene group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, -O-, -S-, -R a9 OR a10- , -R a11 COOR a12- , -R a13. OCOR a14- or-R a15 OC = OOR a16- . Here, R a9 to R a16 each independently represent a single bond or an alkylene group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms. B 1 and B 2 are independent, more preferably single-bonded, -OR a10-1- , -CH 2- , -CH 2 CH 2- , -COOR a12-1- , or -OCOR a14-1- . is there. Here, R a10-1 , R a12-1 , and R a14-1 independently represent either single bond, -CH 2- , or -CH 2 CH 2- . B 1 and B 2 are each independently more preferably a single bond, -O -, - CH 2 CH 2 -, - COO -, - COOCH 2 CH 2 -, - OCO-, or -OCOCH 2 CH 2 - in is there.
kおよびlは、逆波長分散性発現の観点から2≦k+l≦6の範囲が好ましく、k+l=4であることが好ましく、k=2かつl=2であることがより好ましい。k=2かつl=2であると対称構造となるため好ましい。
From the viewpoint of expressing inverse wavelength dispersibility, k and l are preferably in the range of 2 ≦ k + l ≦ 6, preferably k + l = 4, and more preferably k = 2 and l = 2. When k = 2 and l = 2, a symmetrical structure is obtained, which is preferable.
P1またはP2で表される重合性基としては、エポキシ基、ビニル基、ビニルオキシ基、1-クロロビニル基、イソプロペニル基、4-ビニルフェニル基、アクリロイルオキシ基、メタクリロイルオキシ基、オキシラニル基、およびオキセタニル基等が挙げられる。中でも、アクリロイルオキシ基、メタクリロイルオキシ基、ビニル基およびビニルオキシ基が好ましく、アクリロイルオキシ基、メタクリロイルオキシ基がより好ましい。
The polymerizable group represented by P 1 or P 2 includes an epoxy group, a vinyl group, a vinyloxy group, a 1-chlorovinyl group, an isopropenyl group, a 4-vinylphenyl group, an acryloyloxy group, a methacryloyloxy group, and an oxylanyl group. , And an oxetanyl group and the like. Of these, acryloyloxy group, methylenedioxy group, vinyl group and vinyloxy group are preferable, and acryloyloxy group and methylenedioxy group are more preferable.
Arは置換基を有していてもよい芳香族炭化水素環、置換基を有していてもよい芳香族複素環、および電子吸引性基から選ばれる少なくとも1つを有することが好ましい。当該芳香族炭化水素環としては、例えば、ベンゼン環、ナフタレン環、アントラセン環等が挙げられ、ベンゼン環、ナフタレン環が好ましい。当該芳香族複素環としては、フラン環、ベンゾフラン環、ピロール環、インドール環、チオフェン環、ベンゾチオフェン環、ピリジン環、ピラジン環、ピリミジン環、トリアゾール環、トリアジン環、ピロリン環、イミダゾール環、ピラゾール環、チアゾール環、ベンゾチアゾール環、チエノチアゾール環、オキサゾール環、ベンゾオキサゾール環、およびフェナンスロリン環等が挙げられる。なかでも、チアゾール環、ベンゾチアゾール環、またはベンゾフラン環を有することが好ましく、ベンゾチアゾール環を有することがさらに好ましい。また、Arに窒素原子が含まれる場合、当該窒素原子はπ電子を有することが好ましい。
Ar preferably has at least one selected from an aromatic hydrocarbon ring which may have a substituent, an aromatic heterocycle which may have a substituent, and an electron-withdrawing group. Examples of the aromatic hydrocarbon ring include a benzene ring, a naphthalene ring, an anthracene ring and the like, and a benzene ring and a naphthalene ring are preferable. Examples of the aromatic heterocycle include a furan ring, a benzofuran ring, a pyrrole ring, an indole ring, a thiophene ring, a benzothiophene ring, a pyridine ring, a pyrazine ring, a pyrimidine ring, a triazole ring, a triazine ring, a pyrrolin ring, an imidazole ring, and a pyrazole ring. , Thiazole ring, benzothiazole ring, thienotiazole ring, oxazole ring, benzoxazole ring, phenanthroline ring and the like. Among them, it is preferable to have a thiazole ring, a benzothiazole ring, or a benzofuran ring, and it is more preferable to have a benzothiazole ring. When Ar contains a nitrogen atom, the nitrogen atom preferably has π electrons.
式(X)中、Arで表される基が有するπ電子の合計数Nπは、通常6以上であり、8以上が好ましく、より好ましくは10以上であり、さらに好ましくは14以上であり、特に好ましくは16以上である。また、好ましくは32以下であり、より好ましくは26以下であり、さらに好ましくは24以下である。
In the formula (X), the total number of π electrons N π contained in the group represented by Ar is usually 6 or more, preferably 8 or more, more preferably 10 or more, still more preferably 14 or more. Especially preferably, it is 16 or more. Further, it is preferably 32 or less, more preferably 26 or less, and further preferably 24 or less.
Arに含まれる芳香族基としては、例えば以下の基が挙げられる。
Examples of the aromatic group contained in Ar include the following groups.
式(Ar-1)~式(Ar-23)中、*印は連結部を表し、Z0、Z1およびZ2は、それぞれ独立に、水素原子、ハロゲン原子、炭素数1~12のアルキル基、シアノ基、ニトロ基、炭素数1~12のアルキルスルフィニル基、炭素数1~12のアルキルスルホニル基、カルボキシル基、炭素数1~12のフルオロアルキル基、炭素数1~12のアルコキシ基、炭素数1~12のアルキルチオ基、炭素数1~12のN-アルキルアミノ基、炭素数2~12のN,N-ジアルキルアミノ基、炭素数1~12のN-アルキルスルファモイル基または炭素数2~12のN,N-ジアルキルスルファモイル基を表す。また、Z0、Z1およびZ2は、重合性基を含んでいてもよい。
In formulas (Ar-1) to (Ar-23), * marks represent connecting parts, and Z 0 , Z 1 and Z 2 are independently hydrogen atoms, halogen atoms, and alkyl having 1 to 12 carbon atoms. Group, cyano group, nitro group, alkylsulfinyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, alkylsulfonyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, carboxyl group, fluoroalkyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, alkoxy group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, Alkylthio group with 1 to 12 carbon atoms, N-alkylamino group with 1 to 12 carbon atoms, N, N-dialkylamino group with 2 to 12 carbon atoms, N-alkylsulfamoyl group with 1 to 12 carbon atoms or carbon Represents an N, N-dialkylsulfamoyl group of numbers 2-12. Further, Z 0 , Z 1 and Z 2 may contain a polymerizable group.
Q1およびQ2は、それぞれ独立に、-CR2’R3’-、-S-、-NH-、-NR2’-、-CO-または-O-を表し、R2’およびR3’は、それぞれ独立に、水素原子または炭素数1~4のアルキル基を表す。
Q 1 and Q 2 each independently, -CR 2 'R 3' - , - S -, - NH -, - NR 2 '-, - CO- or -O- and represents, R 2' and R 3 ' Independently represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms.
J1およびJ2は、それぞれ独立に、炭素原子、または窒素原子を表す。
J 1 and J 2 independently represent a carbon atom or a nitrogen atom, respectively.
Y1、Y2およびY3は、それぞれ独立に、置換されていてもよい芳香族炭化水素基または芳香族複素環基を表す。
Y 1 , Y 2 and Y 3 each independently represent an aromatic hydrocarbon group or an aromatic heterocyclic group which may be substituted.
W1およびW2は、それぞれ独立に、水素原子、シアノ基、メチル基またはハロゲン原子を表し、mは0~6の整数を表す。
W 1 and W 2 independently represent a hydrogen atom, a cyano group, a methyl group or a halogen atom, and m represents an integer of 0 to 6.
Y1、Y2およびY3における芳香族炭化水素基としては、フェニル基、ナフチル基、アンスリル基、フェナンスリル基、ビフェニル基等の炭素数6~20の芳香族炭化水素基が挙げられ、フェニル基、ナフチル基が好ましく、フェニル基がより好ましい。芳香族複素環基としては、フリル基、ピロリル基、チエニル基、ピリジニル基、チアゾリル基、ベンゾチアゾリル基等の窒素原子、酸素原子、硫黄原子等のヘテロ原子を少なくとも1つ含む炭素数4~20の芳香族複素環基が挙げられ、フリル基、チエニル基、ピリジニル基、チアゾリル基、ベンゾチアゾリル基が好ましい。
Examples of the aromatic hydrocarbon group in Y 1 , Y 2 and Y 3 include an aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms such as a phenyl group, a naphthyl group, an anthryl group, a phenanthryl group and a biphenyl group, and a phenyl group. , A naphthyl group is preferable, and a phenyl group is more preferable. The aromatic heterocyclic group has 4 to 20 carbon atoms containing at least one heteroatom such as a nitrogen atom such as a frill group, a pyrrolyl group, a thienyl group, a pyridinyl group, a thiazolyl group or a benzothiazolyl group, an oxygen atom and a sulfur atom. Examples thereof include an aromatic heterocyclic group, and a fryl group, a thienyl group, a pyridinyl group, a thiazolyl group and a benzothiazolyl group are preferable.
Y1、Y2およびY3は、それぞれ独立に、置換されていてもよい多環系芳香族炭化水素基または多環系芳香族複素環基であってもよい。多環系芳香族炭化水素基は、縮合多環系芳香族炭化水素基、または芳香環集合に由来する基をいう。多環系芳香族複素環基は、縮合多環系芳香族複素環基、または芳香環集合に由来する基をいう。
Y 1 , Y 2 and Y 3 may be independently substituted polycyclic aromatic hydrocarbon groups or polycyclic aromatic heterocyclic groups, respectively. The polycyclic aromatic hydrocarbon group refers to a condensed polycyclic aromatic hydrocarbon group or a group derived from an aromatic ring assembly. The polycyclic aromatic heterocyclic group refers to a condensed polycyclic aromatic heterocyclic group or a group derived from an aromatic ring assembly.
Z0、Z1およびZ2は、それぞれ独立に、水素原子、ハロゲン原子、炭素数1~12のアルキル基、シアノ基、ニトロ基、炭素数1~12のアルコキシ基であることが好ましく、Z0は、水素原子、炭素数1~12のアルキル基、シアノ基がさらに好ましく、Z1およびZ2は、水素原子、フッ素原子、塩素原子、メチル基、シアノ基がさらに好ましい。また、Z0、Z1およびZ2は重合性基を含んでいてもよい。
Z 0 , Z 1 and Z 2 are preferably hydrogen atoms, halogen atoms, alkyl groups having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, cyano groups, nitro groups, and alkoxy groups having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, respectively. 0 is more preferably a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, and a cyano group, and Z 1 and Z 2 are further preferably a hydrogen atom, a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a methyl group, and a cyano group. Further, Z 0 , Z 1 and Z 2 may contain a polymerizable group.
Q1およびQ2は、-NH-、-S-、-NR2’-、-O-が好ましく、R2’は水素原子が好ましい。中でも-S-、-O-、-NH-が特に好ましい。
Q 1 and Q 2, -NH -, - S -, - NR 2 '-, - O- are preferable, R 2' is preferably a hydrogen atom. Of these, -S-, -O-, and -NH- are particularly preferable.
式(Ar-1)~(Ar-23)の中でも、式(Ar-6)および式(Ar-7)が分子の安定性の観点から好ましい。
Among the formulas (Ar-1) to (Ar-23), the formulas (Ar-6) and (Ar-7) are preferable from the viewpoint of molecular stability.
式(Ar-16)~(Ar-23)において、Y1は、これが結合する窒素原子およびZ0と共に、芳香族複素環基を形成していてもよい。芳香族複素環基としては、Arが有していてもよい芳香族複素環として前記したものが挙げられるが、例えば、ピロール環、イミダゾール環、ピロリン環、ピリジン環、ピラジン環、ピリミジン環、インドール環、キノリン環、イソキノリン環、プリン環、ピロリジン環等が挙げられる。この芳香族複素環基は、置換基を有していてもよい。また、Y1は、これが結合する窒素原子およびZ0と共に、前述した置換されていてもよい多環系芳香族炭化水素基または多環系芳香族複素環基であってもよい。例えば、ベンゾフラン環、ベンゾチアゾール環、ベンゾオキサゾール環等が挙げられる。
In formulas (Ar-16) to (Ar-23), Y 1 may form an aromatic heterocyclic group together with the nitrogen atom to which it is attached and Z 0 . Examples of the aromatic heterocyclic group include those described above as the aromatic heterocycle that Ar may have. For example, a pyrrole ring, an imidazole ring, a pyrrole ring, a pyridine ring, a pyrazine ring, a pyrimidine ring, and an indol. Examples thereof include a ring, a quinoline ring, an isoquinoline ring, a purine ring, and a pyrrolidine ring. This aromatic heterocyclic group may have a substituent. Further, Y 1 may be a polycyclic aromatic hydrocarbon group or a polycyclic aromatic heterocyclic group which may be substituted as described above, together with the nitrogen atom to which the Y 1 is bonded and Z 0 . For example, a benzofuran ring, a benzothiazole ring, a benzoxazole ring and the like can be mentioned.
本発明において液晶硬化物層を形成する重合性液晶化合物として、例えば、下記式(Y)で表される基を含む化合物(以下、「重合性液晶化合物(Y)」ともいう)を用いてもよい。重合性液晶化合物(Y)は一般に正波長分散性を示す傾向にある。これらの重合性液晶化合物は単独または2種以上を組み合わせて用いることができる。
In the present invention, as the polymerizable liquid crystal compound forming the liquid crystal cured product layer, for example, a compound containing a group represented by the following formula (Y) (hereinafter, also referred to as “polymerizable liquid crystal compound (Y)”) may be used. Good. The polymerizable liquid crystal compound (Y) generally tends to exhibit positive wavelength dispersibility. These polymerizable liquid crystal compounds can be used alone or in combination of two or more.
P11-B11-E11-B12-A11-B13- (Y)
[式(Y)中、P11は、重合性基を表わす。
A11は、2価の脂環式炭化水素基または2価の芳香族炭化水素基を表わす。
B11は、-O-、-S-、-CO-O-、-O-CO-、-O-CO-O-、-CO-NR16-、-NR16-CO-、-CO-、-CS-または単結合を表わす。R16は、水素原子または炭素数1~6のアルキル基を表わす。
B12およびB13は、それぞれ独立に、-C≡C-、-CH=CH-、-CH2-CH2-、-O-、-S-、-C(=O)-、-C(=O)-O-、-O-C(=O)-、-O-C(=O)-O-、-CH=N-、-N=CH-、-N=N-、-C(=O)-NR16-、-NR16-C(=O)-、-OCH2-、-OCF2-、-CH2O-、-CF2O-、-CH=CH-C(=O)-O-、-O-C(=O)-CH=CH-、-H、-C≡Nまたは単結合を表わす。
E11は、炭素数1~12のアルカンジイル基を表わし、該アルカンジイル基に含まれる水素原子は、炭素数1~5のアルコキシ基で置換されていてもよく、該アルコキシ基に含まれる水素原子は、ハロゲン原子で置換されていてもよい。また、該アルカンジイル基を構成する-CH2-は、-O-または-CO-に置き換わっていてもよい。] P11-B11-E11-B12-A11-B13- (Y)
[In formula (Y), P11 represents a polymerizable group.
A11 represents a divalent alicyclic hydrocarbon group or a divalent aromatic hydrocarbon group.
B11 is -O-, -S-, -CO-O-, -O-CO-, -O-CO-O-, -CO-NR 16- , -NR 16- CO-, -CO-,- Represents CS- or single bond. R 16 represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms.
B12 and B13 are independently -C≡C-, -CH = CH-, -CH 2- CH 2-, -O-, -S-, -C (= O)-, -C (= O). ) -O-, -OC (= O)-, -OC (= O) -O-, -CH = N-, -N = CH-, -N = N-, -C (= O) ) -NR 16- , -NR 16- C (= O)-, -OCH 2- , -OCF 2- , -CH 2 O-, -CF 2 O-, -CH = CH-C (= O)- Represents O-, -OC (= O) -CH = CH-, -H, -C≡N or a single bond.
E11 represents an alkanediyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, and the hydrogen atom contained in the alkanediyl group may be substituted with an alkoxy group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, and the hydrogen atom contained in the alkoxy group may be substituted. May be substituted with a halogen atom. Further, -CH 2- constituting the alkanediyl group may be replaced with -O- or -CO-. ]
[式(Y)中、P11は、重合性基を表わす。
A11は、2価の脂環式炭化水素基または2価の芳香族炭化水素基を表わす。
B11は、-O-、-S-、-CO-O-、-O-CO-、-O-CO-O-、-CO-NR16-、-NR16-CO-、-CO-、-CS-または単結合を表わす。R16は、水素原子または炭素数1~6のアルキル基を表わす。
B12およびB13は、それぞれ独立に、-C≡C-、-CH=CH-、-CH2-CH2-、-O-、-S-、-C(=O)-、-C(=O)-O-、-O-C(=O)-、-O-C(=O)-O-、-CH=N-、-N=CH-、-N=N-、-C(=O)-NR16-、-NR16-C(=O)-、-OCH2-、-OCF2-、-CH2O-、-CF2O-、-CH=CH-C(=O)-O-、-O-C(=O)-CH=CH-、-H、-C≡Nまたは単結合を表わす。
E11は、炭素数1~12のアルカンジイル基を表わし、該アルカンジイル基に含まれる水素原子は、炭素数1~5のアルコキシ基で置換されていてもよく、該アルコキシ基に含まれる水素原子は、ハロゲン原子で置換されていてもよい。また、該アルカンジイル基を構成する-CH2-は、-O-または-CO-に置き換わっていてもよい。] P11-B11-E11-B12-A11-B13- (Y)
[In formula (Y), P11 represents a polymerizable group.
A11 represents a divalent alicyclic hydrocarbon group or a divalent aromatic hydrocarbon group.
B11 is -O-, -S-, -CO-O-, -O-CO-, -O-CO-O-, -CO-NR 16- , -NR 16- CO-, -CO-,- Represents CS- or single bond. R 16 represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms.
B12 and B13 are independently -C≡C-, -CH = CH-, -CH 2- CH 2-, -O-, -S-, -C (= O)-, -C (= O). ) -O-, -OC (= O)-, -OC (= O) -O-, -CH = N-, -N = CH-, -N = N-, -C (= O) ) -NR 16- , -NR 16- C (= O)-, -OCH 2- , -OCF 2- , -CH 2 O-, -CF 2 O-, -CH = CH-C (= O)- Represents O-, -OC (= O) -CH = CH-, -H, -C≡N or a single bond.
E11 represents an alkanediyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, and the hydrogen atom contained in the alkanediyl group may be substituted with an alkoxy group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, and the hydrogen atom contained in the alkoxy group may be substituted. May be substituted with a halogen atom. Further, -CH 2- constituting the alkanediyl group may be replaced with -O- or -CO-. ]
A11の芳香族炭化水素基および脂環式炭化水素基の炭素数は、3~18の範囲であることが好ましく、5~12の範囲であることがより好ましく、5または6であることが特に好ましい。A11で表される2価の脂環式炭化水素基および2価の芳香族炭化水素基に含まれる水素原子は、ハロゲン原子、炭素数1~6のアルキル基、炭素数1~6アルコキシ基、シアノ基またはニトロ基で置換されていてもよく、該炭素数1~6のアルキル基および該炭素数1~6アルコキシ基に含まれる水素原子は、フッ素原子で置換されていてもよい。A11としては、シクロヘキサン-1,4-ジイル基、1,4-フェニレン基が好ましい。
The carbon number of the aromatic hydrocarbon group and the alicyclic hydrocarbon group of A11 is preferably in the range of 3 to 18, more preferably in the range of 5 to 12, and particularly preferably in the range of 5 or 6. preferable. The hydrogen atom contained in the divalent alicyclic hydrocarbon group represented by A11 and the divalent aromatic hydrocarbon group is a halogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, and the like. It may be substituted with a cyano group or a nitro group, and the hydrogen atom contained in the alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms and the alkoxy group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms may be substituted with a fluorine atom. As A11, a cyclohexane-1,4-diyl group and a 1,4-phenylene group are preferable.
E11としては、直鎖状の炭素数1~12のアルカンジイル基が好ましい。該アルカンジイル基を構成する-CH2-は、-O-に置き換っていてもよい。
具体的には、メチレン基、エチレン基、プロパン-1,3-ジイル基、ブタン-1,4-ジイル基、ペンタン-1,5-ジイル基、へキサン-1,6-ジイル基、へプタン-1,7-ジイル基、オクタン-1,8-ジイル基、ノナン-1,9-ジイル基、デカン-1,10-ジイル基、ウンデカン-1,11-ジイル基およびドデカン-1,12-ジイル基等の炭素数1~12の直鎖状アルカンジイル基;-CH2-CH2-O-CH2-CH2-、-CH2-CH2-O-CH2-CH2-O-CH2-CH2-および-CH2-CH2-O-CH2-CH2-O-CH2-CH2-O-CH2-CH2-等が挙げられる。
B11としては、-O-、-S-、-CO-O-、-O-CO-が好ましく、中でも、-CO-O-がより好ましい。
B12およびB13としては、それぞれ独立に、-O-、-S-、-C(=O)-、-C(=O)-O-、-O-C(=O)-、-O-C(=O)-O-が好ましく、中でも、-O-または-O-C(=O)-O-がより好ましい。 As E11, a linear alkanediyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms is preferable. -CH 2- constituting the alkanediyl group may be replaced with -O-.
Specifically, methylene group, ethylene group, propane-1,3-diyl group, butane-1,4-diyl group, pentane-1,5-diyl group, hexane-1,6-diyl group, heptane. -1,7-diyl group, octane-1,8-diyl group, nonane-1,9-diyl group, decane-1,10-diyl group, undecane-1,11-diyl group and dodecane-1,12- linear alkanediyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms such as diyl group; -CH 2 -CH 2 -O-CH 2 -CH 2 -, - CH 2 -CH 2 -O-CH 2 -CH 2 -O- CH 2 -CH 2 - and -CH 2 -CH 2 -O-CH 2 -CH 2 -O-CH 2 -CH 2 -O-CH 2 -CH 2 - and the like.
As B11, -O-, -S-, -CO-O-, and -O-CO- are preferable, and -CO-O- is more preferable.
As B12 and B13, -O-, -S-, -C (= O)-, -C (= O) -O-, -OC (= O)-, -OC, respectively. (= O) -O- is preferable, and -O- or -OC (= O) -O- is more preferable.
具体的には、メチレン基、エチレン基、プロパン-1,3-ジイル基、ブタン-1,4-ジイル基、ペンタン-1,5-ジイル基、へキサン-1,6-ジイル基、へプタン-1,7-ジイル基、オクタン-1,8-ジイル基、ノナン-1,9-ジイル基、デカン-1,10-ジイル基、ウンデカン-1,11-ジイル基およびドデカン-1,12-ジイル基等の炭素数1~12の直鎖状アルカンジイル基;-CH2-CH2-O-CH2-CH2-、-CH2-CH2-O-CH2-CH2-O-CH2-CH2-および-CH2-CH2-O-CH2-CH2-O-CH2-CH2-O-CH2-CH2-等が挙げられる。
B11としては、-O-、-S-、-CO-O-、-O-CO-が好ましく、中でも、-CO-O-がより好ましい。
B12およびB13としては、それぞれ独立に、-O-、-S-、-C(=O)-、-C(=O)-O-、-O-C(=O)-、-O-C(=O)-O-が好ましく、中でも、-O-または-O-C(=O)-O-がより好ましい。 As E11, a linear alkanediyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms is preferable. -CH 2- constituting the alkanediyl group may be replaced with -O-.
Specifically, methylene group, ethylene group, propane-1,3-diyl group, butane-1,4-diyl group, pentane-1,5-diyl group, hexane-1,6-diyl group, heptane. -1,7-diyl group, octane-1,8-diyl group, nonane-1,9-diyl group, decane-1,10-diyl group, undecane-1,11-diyl group and dodecane-1,12- linear alkanediyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms such as diyl group; -CH 2 -CH 2 -O-CH 2 -CH 2 -, - CH 2 -CH 2 -O-CH 2 -CH 2 -O- CH 2 -CH 2 - and -CH 2 -CH 2 -O-CH 2 -CH 2 -O-CH 2 -CH 2 -O-CH 2 -CH 2 - and the like.
As B11, -O-, -S-, -CO-O-, and -O-CO- are preferable, and -CO-O- is more preferable.
As B12 and B13, -O-, -S-, -C (= O)-, -C (= O) -O-, -OC (= O)-, -OC, respectively. (= O) -O- is preferable, and -O- or -OC (= O) -O- is more preferable.
P11で示される重合性基としては、重合反応性、特に光重合反応性が高いという点で、ラジカル重合性基またはカチオン重合性基が好ましく、取り扱いが容易な上、液晶化合物の製造自体も容易であることから、重合性基は、下記の式(P-11)~式(P-15)で表わされる基であることが好ましい。
[式(P-11)~(P-15)中、
R17~R21はそれぞれ独立に、炭素数1~6のアルキル基または水素原子を表わす。] As the polymerizable group represented by P11, a radically polymerizable group or a cationically polymerizable group is preferable in that it has high polymerization reactivity, particularly photopolymerization reactivity, and it is easy to handle and the liquid crystal compound itself is easy to produce. Therefore, the polymerizable group is preferably a group represented by the following formulas (P-11) to (P-15).
[In formulas (P-11) to (P-15),
R 17 to R 21 each independently represent an alkyl group or a hydrogen atom having 1 to 6 carbon atoms. ]
[式(P-11)~(P-15)中、
R17~R21はそれぞれ独立に、炭素数1~6のアルキル基または水素原子を表わす。] As the polymerizable group represented by P11, a radically polymerizable group or a cationically polymerizable group is preferable in that it has high polymerization reactivity, particularly photopolymerization reactivity, and it is easy to handle and the liquid crystal compound itself is easy to produce. Therefore, the polymerizable group is preferably a group represented by the following formulas (P-11) to (P-15).
[In formulas (P-11) to (P-15),
R 17 to R 21 each independently represent an alkyl group or a hydrogen atom having 1 to 6 carbon atoms. ]
式(P-11)~式(P-15)で表わされる基の具体例としては、下記式(P-16)~式(P-20)で表わされる基が挙げられる。
Specific examples of the groups represented by the formulas (P-11) to (P-15) include the groups represented by the following formulas (P-16) to (P-20).
Specific examples of the groups represented by the formulas (P-11) to (P-15) include the groups represented by the following formulas (P-16) to (P-20).
P11は、式(P-14)~式(P-20)で表わされる基であることが好ましく、ビニル基、p-スチルベン基、エポキシ基またはオキセタニル基がより好ましい。
P11-B11-で表わされる基が、アクリロイルオキシ基またはメタクリロイルオキシ基であることがさらに好ましい。 P11 is preferably a group represented by the formulas (P-14) to (P-20), and more preferably a vinyl group, a p-stilbene group, an epoxy group or an oxetanyl group.
It is more preferable that the group represented by P11-B11- is an acryloyloxy group or a methacryloyloxy group.
P11-B11-で表わされる基が、アクリロイルオキシ基またはメタクリロイルオキシ基であることがさらに好ましい。 P11 is preferably a group represented by the formulas (P-14) to (P-20), and more preferably a vinyl group, a p-stilbene group, an epoxy group or an oxetanyl group.
It is more preferable that the group represented by P11-B11- is an acryloyloxy group or a methacryloyloxy group.
重合性液晶化合物(Y)としては、式(I)、式(II)、式(III)、式(IV)、式(V)または式(VI)で表わされる化合物が挙げられる。
P11-B11-E11-B12-A11-B13-A12-B14-A13-B15-A14-B16-E12-B17-P12 (I)
P11-B11-E11-B12-A11-B13-A12-B14-A13-B15-A14-F11 (II)
P11-B11-E11-B12-A11-B13-A12-B14-A13-B15-E12-B17-P12 (III)
P11-B11-E11-B12-A11-B13-A12-B14-A13-F11 (IV)
P11-B11-E11-B12-A11-B13-A12-B14-E12-B17-P12 (V)
P11-B11-E11-B12-A11-B13-A12-F11 (VI)
[式中、
A11、B11~B13およびP11は上記と同義であり、
A12~A14はそれぞれ独立に、A11と同義であり、B14~B16はそれぞれ独立に、B12と同義であり、B17はB11と同義であり、E12はE11と同義であり、P12はP11と同義である。
F11は、水素原子、炭素数1~13のアルキル基、炭素数1~13のアルコキシ基、シアノ基、ニトロ基、トリフルオロメチル基、ジメチルアミノ基、ヒドロキシル基、メチロール基、ホルミル基、スルホ基(-SO3H)、カルボキシル基、炭素数1~10のアルコキシカルボニル基またはハロゲン原子を表わし、該アルキル基およびアルコキシ基を構成する-CH2-は、-O-に置き換っていてもよい。] Examples of the polymerizable liquid crystal compound (Y) include compounds represented by formula (I), formula (II), formula (III), formula (IV), formula (V) or formula (VI).
P11-B11-E11-B12-A11-B13-A12-B14-A13-B15-A14-B16-E12-B17-P12 (I)
P11-B11-E11-B12-A11-B13-A12-B14-A13-B15-A14-F11 (II)
P11-B11-E11-B12-A11-B13-A12-B14-A13-B15-E12-B17-P12 (III)
P11-B11-E11-B12-A11-B13-A12-B14-A13-F11 (IV)
P11-B11-E11-B12-A11-B13-A12-B14-E12-B17-P12 (V)
P11-B11-E11-B12-A11-B13-A12-F11 (VI)
[During the ceremony,
A11, B11 to B13 and P11 are synonymous with the above.
A12 to A14 are independently synonymous with A11, B14 to B16 are independently synonymous with B12, B17 is synonymous with B11, E12 is synonymous with E11, and P12 is synonymous with P11. is there.
F11 is a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 13 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 13 carbon atoms, a cyano group, a nitro group, a trifluoromethyl group, a dimethylamino group, a hydroxyl group, a methylol group, a formyl group, and a sulfo group. (-SO 3 H), carboxyl, alkoxycarbonyl group or a halogen atom having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, -CH 2 constituting the alkyl group and alkoxy group - is also have I replace the -O- Good. ]
P11-B11-E11-B12-A11-B13-A12-B14-A13-B15-A14-B16-E12-B17-P12 (I)
P11-B11-E11-B12-A11-B13-A12-B14-A13-B15-A14-F11 (II)
P11-B11-E11-B12-A11-B13-A12-B14-A13-B15-E12-B17-P12 (III)
P11-B11-E11-B12-A11-B13-A12-B14-A13-F11 (IV)
P11-B11-E11-B12-A11-B13-A12-B14-E12-B17-P12 (V)
P11-B11-E11-B12-A11-B13-A12-F11 (VI)
[式中、
A11、B11~B13およびP11は上記と同義であり、
A12~A14はそれぞれ独立に、A11と同義であり、B14~B16はそれぞれ独立に、B12と同義であり、B17はB11と同義であり、E12はE11と同義であり、P12はP11と同義である。
F11は、水素原子、炭素数1~13のアルキル基、炭素数1~13のアルコキシ基、シアノ基、ニトロ基、トリフルオロメチル基、ジメチルアミノ基、ヒドロキシル基、メチロール基、ホルミル基、スルホ基(-SO3H)、カルボキシル基、炭素数1~10のアルコキシカルボニル基またはハロゲン原子を表わし、該アルキル基およびアルコキシ基を構成する-CH2-は、-O-に置き換っていてもよい。] Examples of the polymerizable liquid crystal compound (Y) include compounds represented by formula (I), formula (II), formula (III), formula (IV), formula (V) or formula (VI).
P11-B11-E11-B12-A11-B13-A12-B14-A13-B15-A14-B16-E12-B17-P12 (I)
P11-B11-E11-B12-A11-B13-A12-B14-A13-B15-A14-F11 (II)
P11-B11-E11-B12-A11-B13-A12-B14-A13-B15-E12-B17-P12 (III)
P11-B11-E11-B12-A11-B13-A12-B14-A13-F11 (IV)
P11-B11-E11-B12-A11-B13-A12-B14-E12-B17-P12 (V)
P11-B11-E11-B12-A11-B13-A12-F11 (VI)
[During the ceremony,
A11, B11 to B13 and P11 are synonymous with the above.
A12 to A14 are independently synonymous with A11, B14 to B16 are independently synonymous with B12, B17 is synonymous with B11, E12 is synonymous with E11, and P12 is synonymous with P11. is there.
F11 is a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 13 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 13 carbon atoms, a cyano group, a nitro group, a trifluoromethyl group, a dimethylamino group, a hydroxyl group, a methylol group, a formyl group, and a sulfo group. (-SO 3 H), carboxyl, alkoxycarbonyl group or a halogen atom having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, -CH 2 constituting the alkyl group and alkoxy group - is also have I replace the -O- Good. ]
重合性液晶化合物(Y)の具体例としては、液晶便覧(液晶便覧編集委員会編、丸善(株)平成12年10月30日発行)の「3.8.6 ネットワーク(完全架橋型)」、「6.5.1 液晶材料 b.重合性ネマチック液晶材料」に記載された化合物の中で重合性基を有する化合物、特開2010-31223号公報、特開2010-270108号公報、特開2011-6360号公報および特開2011-207765号公報記載の重合性液晶が挙げられる。
As a specific example of the polymerizable liquid crystal compound (Y), "3.8.6 network (completely crosslinked type)" of the liquid crystal handbook (edited by the liquid crystal handbook editorial committee, published by Maruzen Co., Ltd. on October 30, 2000). , A compound having a polymerizable group among the compounds described in "6.5.1 Liquid crystal material b. Polymerizable nematic liquid crystal material", JP-A-2010-31223, JP-A-2010-270108, JP-A. Examples thereof include the polymerizable liquid crystals described in JP-A-2011-6360 and JP-A-2011-207765.
重合性液晶化合物(Y)の具体例としては、下記式(I-1)~式(I-4)、式(II-1)~式(II-4)、式(III-1)~式(III-26)、式(IV-1)~式(IV-26)、式(V-1)~式(V-2)および式(VI-1)~式(VI-6)で表わされる化合物が挙げられる。なお、下記式中、k1およびk2は、それぞれ独立して、2~12の整数を表わす。これらの重合性液晶化合物(Y)は、その合成の容易さ、または、入手の容易さの点で好ましい。
Specific examples of the polymerizable liquid crystal compound (Y) include the following formulas (I-1) to (I-4), formulas (II-1) to (II-4), and formulas (III-1) to formulas (III-1) to. (III-26), formulas (IV-1) to formulas (IV-26), formulas (V-1) to formulas (V-2), and formulas (VI-1) to formulas (VI-6). Examples include compounds. In the following formula, k1 and k2 independently represent integers of 2 to 12. These polymerizable liquid crystal compounds (Y) are preferable in terms of ease of synthesis or availability.
重合性液晶化合物(X)および(Y)は、いずれも、水平配向させて使用することも垂直配向して使用することもできる。
Both the polymerizable liquid crystal compounds (X) and (Y) can be used in a horizontal orientation or in a vertical orientation.
重合性液晶化合物の中でも、波長300~400nmの間に極大吸収波長を有する重合性液晶化合物であることが好ましい。重合性液晶組成物に光重合開始剤が含まれる場合、長期保管時に重合性液晶化合物の重合反応およびゲル化が進行するおそれがある。しかし、重合性液晶化合物の極大吸収波長が300~400nmであれば保管中に紫外光が曝露されても、光重合開始剤からの反応活性種の発生および該反応活性種による重合性液晶化合物の重合反応およびゲル化の進行を有効に抑制できる。従って、重合性液晶組成物の長期安定性の点で有利となり、得られる液晶硬化膜の配向性および膜厚の均一性を向上できる。なお、重合性液晶化合物の極大吸収波長は、溶媒中で紫外可視分光光度計を用いて測定できる。該溶媒は重合性液晶化合物を溶解し得る溶媒であり、例えばクロロホルム等が挙げられる。
Among the polymerizable liquid crystal compounds, it is preferable that the polymerizable liquid crystal compound has a maximum absorption wavelength between 300 and 400 nm. When the polymerizable liquid crystal composition contains a photopolymerization initiator, the polymerization reaction and gelation of the polymerizable liquid crystal compound may proceed during long-term storage. However, if the maximum absorption wavelength of the polymerizable liquid crystal compound is 300 to 400 nm, even if ultraviolet light is exposed during storage, the reaction active species are generated from the photopolymerization initiator and the polymerizable liquid crystal compound by the reactive liquid compound is generated. The progress of polymerization reaction and gelation can be effectively suppressed. Therefore, it is advantageous in terms of long-term stability of the polymerizable liquid crystal composition, and the orientation and film thickness uniformity of the obtained liquid crystal cured film can be improved. The maximum absorption wavelength of the polymerizable liquid crystal compound can be measured in a solvent using an ultraviolet-visible spectrophotometer. The solvent is a solvent capable of dissolving a polymerizable liquid crystal compound, and examples thereof include chloroform.
重合性液晶組成物中の重合性液晶化合物の含有量は、重合性液晶組成物の固形分100質量部に対して、例えば70~99.5質量部であり、好ましくは80~99質量部であり、より好ましくは85~98質量部であり、さらに好ましくは90~95質量部である。重合性液晶化合物の含有量が上記範囲内であれば、得られる液晶硬化物層の配向性の観点から有利である。なお、重合性液晶組成物が2種以上の重合性液晶化合物を含む場合、重合性液晶組成物に含まれる全ての液晶化合物の総量が上記含有量の範囲内であることが好ましい。また、本明細書において、重合性液晶組成物の固形分とは、重合性液晶組成物から有機溶媒等の揮発性成分を除いた全ての成分を意味する。
The content of the polymerizable liquid crystal compound in the polymerizable liquid crystal composition is, for example, 70 to 99.5 parts by mass, preferably 80 to 99 parts by mass, based on 100 parts by mass of the solid content of the polymerizable liquid crystal composition. Yes, more preferably 85 to 98 parts by mass, still more preferably 90 to 95 parts by mass. When the content of the polymerizable liquid crystal compound is within the above range, it is advantageous from the viewpoint of the orientation of the obtained liquid crystal cured product layer. When the polymerizable liquid crystal composition contains two or more kinds of polymerizable liquid crystal compounds, it is preferable that the total amount of all the liquid crystal compounds contained in the polymerizable liquid crystal composition is within the above content range. Further, in the present specification, the solid content of the polymerizable liquid crystal composition means all the components excluding volatile components such as organic solvents from the polymerizable liquid crystal composition.
重合性液晶組成物は、重合性液晶化合物に加えて、溶媒、光重合開始剤、レベリング剤、酸化防止剤、光増感剤、垂直配向促進剤、重合性非液晶化合物などの添加剤をさらに含んでいてもよい。これらの成分は、それぞれ、1種のみを用いてもよく、2種以上を組み合わせて用いてもよい。
In addition to the polymerizable liquid crystal compound, the polymerizable liquid crystal composition further contains additives such as a solvent, a photopolymerization initiator, a leveling agent, an antioxidant, a photosensitizer, a vertical orientation accelerator, and a polymerizable non-liquid crystal compound. It may be included. As for each of these components, only one kind may be used, or two or more kinds may be used in combination.
重合性液晶組成物は、通常、溶媒に溶解した状態で基材フィルム等に塗布されるため、溶媒を含むことが好ましい。溶媒としては、重合性液晶化合物を溶解し得る溶媒が好ましく、また、重合性液晶化合物の重合反応に不活性な溶媒であることが好ましい。溶媒としては、例えば、水、メタノール、エタノール、エチレングリコール、イソプロピルアルコール、プロピレングリコール、エチレングリコールメチルエーテル、エチレングリコールブチルエーテル、1-メトキシ-2-プロパノール、2-ブトキシエタノールおよびプロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテル等のアルコール溶媒;酢酸エチル、酢酸ブチル、エチレングリコールメチルエーテルアセテート、γ-ブチロラクトン、プロピレングリコールメチルエーテルアセテートおよび乳酸エチル等のエステル溶媒;アセトン、メチルエチルケトン、シクロペンタノン、シクロヘキサノン、2-ヘプタノンおよびメチルイソブチルケトン等のケトン溶媒;ペンタン、ヘキサンおよびヘプタン等の脂肪族炭化水素溶媒;エチルシクロヘキサン等の脂環式炭化水素溶媒;トルエンおよびキシレン等の芳香族炭化水素溶媒;アセトニトリル等のニトリル溶媒;テトラヒドロフランおよびジメトキシエタン等のエーテル溶媒;クロロホルムおよびクロロベンゼン等の塩素含有溶媒;ジメチルアセトアミド、ジメチルホルミアミド、N-メチル-2-ピロリドン(NMP)、1,3-ジメチル-2-イミダゾリジノン等のアミド系溶媒等が挙げられる。これらの溶媒は、単独または二種以上組み合わせて使用できる。中でも、フィルムコーティングの観点から、アルコール溶媒、エステル溶媒、ケトン溶媒、塩素含有溶媒、アミド系溶媒および芳香族炭化水素溶媒から選択される少なくとも1種を用いることが好ましく、重合性液晶化合物の溶解性の観点から、エステル溶媒、ケトン溶媒、アミド系溶媒、芳香族炭化水素溶媒から選択される少なくとも1種を用いることがより好ましい。
Since the polymerizable liquid crystal composition is usually applied to a base film or the like in a state of being dissolved in a solvent, it is preferable to contain a solvent. As the solvent, a solvent capable of dissolving the polymerizable liquid crystal compound is preferable, and a solvent that is inert to the polymerization reaction of the polymerizable liquid crystal compound is preferable. Examples of the solvent include water, methanol, ethanol, ethylene glycol, isopropyl alcohol, propylene glycol, ethylene glycol methyl ether, ethylene glycol butyl ether, 1-methoxy-2-propanol, 2-butoxyethanol and alcohols such as propylene glycol monomethyl ether. Solvents: Ester solvents such as ethyl acetate, butyl acetate, ethylene glycol methyl ether acetate, γ-butyrolactone, propylene glycol methyl ether acetate and ethyl lactate; acetone, methyl ethyl ketone, cyclopentanone, cyclohexanone, 2-heptanone and methyl isobutyl ketone. Ketone solvent; aliphatic hydrocarbon solvent such as pentane, hexane and heptane; alicyclic hydrocarbon solvent such as ethylcyclohexane; aromatic hydrocarbon solvent such as toluene and xylene; nitrile solvent such as acetonitrile; tetrahydrofuran and dimethoxyethane and the like Ether solvent; chlorine-containing solvent such as chloroform and chlorobenzene; amide-based solvent such as dimethylacetamide, dimethylformamide, N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone (NMP), 1,3-dimethyl-2-imidazolidinone, etc. Be done. These solvents can be used alone or in combination of two or more. Above all, from the viewpoint of film coating, it is preferable to use at least one selected from an alcohol solvent, an ester solvent, a ketone solvent, a chlorine-containing solvent, an amide solvent and an aromatic hydrocarbon solvent, and the solubility of the polymerizable liquid crystal compound is preferable. From the above viewpoint, it is more preferable to use at least one selected from an ester solvent, a ketone solvent, an amide solvent, and an aromatic hydrocarbon solvent.
重合性液晶組成物中の溶媒の含有量は、重合性液晶組成物100質量部に対して、好ましくは50~98質量部、より好ましくは70~95重量部である。したがって、重合性液晶組成物100質量部に占める固形分は、2~50質量部が好ましい。固形分が50質量部以下であると、重合性液晶組成物の粘度が低くなることから、膜の厚みが略均一になり、ムラが生じ難くなる傾向がある。上記固形分は、製造しようとする重合性液晶硬化物層の厚みを考慮して適宜定めることができる。
The content of the solvent in the polymerizable liquid crystal composition is preferably 50 to 98 parts by mass, and more preferably 70 to 95 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the polymerizable liquid crystal composition. Therefore, the solid content in 100 parts by mass of the polymerizable liquid crystal composition is preferably 2 to 50 parts by mass. When the solid content is 50 parts by mass or less, the viscosity of the polymerizable liquid crystal composition is low, so that the thickness of the film becomes substantially uniform, and unevenness tends to be less likely to occur. The solid content can be appropriately determined in consideration of the thickness of the polymerizable liquid crystal cured product layer to be produced.
重合開始剤は、熱または光の寄与によって反応活性種を生成し、重合性液晶化合物等の重合反応を開始し得る化合物である。反応活性種としては、ラジカルまたはカチオンまたはアニオン等の活性種が挙げられる。中でも反応制御が容易であるという観点から、光照射によってラジカルを発生する光重合開始剤が好ましい。
The polymerization initiator is a compound that can generate a reactive species by the contribution of heat or light and initiate a polymerization reaction such as a polymerizable liquid crystal compound. Examples of the reactive active species include active species such as radicals or cations or anions. Of these, a photopolymerization initiator that generates radicals by light irradiation is preferable from the viewpoint of easy reaction control.
光重合開始剤としては、例えば、ベンゾイン化合物、ベンゾフェノン化合物、ベンジルケタール化合物、オキシム化合物、α-ヒドロキシケトン化合物、α-アミノケトン化合物、トリアジン化合物、ヨードニウム塩およびスルホニウム塩が挙げられる。具体的には、イルガキュア(Irgacure、登録商標)907、イルガキュア184、イルガキュア651、イルガキュア819、イルガキュア250、イルガキュア369、イルガキュア379、イルガキュア127、イルガキュア2959、イルガキュア754、イルガキュア379EG(以上、BASFジャパン株式会社製)、セイクオールBZ、セイクオールZ、セイクオールBEE(以上、精工化学株式会社製)、カヤキュアー(kayacure)BP100(日本化薬株式会社製)、カヤキュアーUVI-6992(ダウ社製)、アデカオプトマーSP-152、アデカオプトマーSP-170、アデカオプトマーN-1717、アデカオプトマーN-1919、アデカアークルズNCI-831、アデカアークルズNCI-930(以上、株式会社ADEKA製)、TAZ-A、TAZ-PP(以上、日本シイベルヘグナー社製)およびTAZ-104(三和ケミカル社製)が挙げられる。
重合性液晶組成物において含まれる光重合開始剤は、少なくとも1種類であり、複数種を組み合わせて用いてもよいが、1種類または2種類であることが好ましい。 Examples of the photopolymerization initiator include benzoin compounds, benzophenone compounds, benzyl ketal compounds, oxime compounds, α-hydroxyketone compounds, α-aminoketone compounds, triazine compounds, iodonium salts and sulfonium salts. Specifically, Irgacure (registered trademark) 907, Irgacure 184, Irgacure 651, Irgacure 819, Irgacure 250, Irgacure 369, Irgacure 379, Irgacure 127, Irgacure 2959, Irgacure 754, Irgacure 379EG (above, BASF Japan Co., Ltd.) (Made), Sakeol BZ, Sakeall Z, Sakeol BEE (manufactured by Seiko Kagaku Co., Ltd.), Kayacure BP100 (manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.), Kayacure UVI-6992 (manufactured by Dow), ADEKA PUTMER SP- 152, ADEKA OPTMER SP-170, ADEKA OPTMER N-1717, ADEKA OPTMER N-1919, ADEKA ARCULDS NCI-831, ADEKA ARCULDS NCI-930 (all manufactured by ADEKA Corporation), TAZ-A, TAZ -PP (above, manufactured by Nippon Sibel Hegner) and TAZ-104 (manufactured by Sanwa Chemical Co., Ltd.) can be mentioned.
The photopolymerization initiator contained in the polymerizable liquid crystal composition is at least one kind, and a plurality of kinds may be used in combination, but one kind or two kinds are preferable.
重合性液晶組成物において含まれる光重合開始剤は、少なくとも1種類であり、複数種を組み合わせて用いてもよいが、1種類または2種類であることが好ましい。 Examples of the photopolymerization initiator include benzoin compounds, benzophenone compounds, benzyl ketal compounds, oxime compounds, α-hydroxyketone compounds, α-aminoketone compounds, triazine compounds, iodonium salts and sulfonium salts. Specifically, Irgacure (registered trademark) 907, Irgacure 184, Irgacure 651, Irgacure 819, Irgacure 250, Irgacure 369, Irgacure 379, Irgacure 127, Irgacure 2959, Irgacure 754, Irgacure 379EG (above, BASF Japan Co., Ltd.) (Made), Sakeol BZ, Sakeall Z, Sakeol BEE (manufactured by Seiko Kagaku Co., Ltd.), Kayacure BP100 (manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.), Kayacure UVI-6992 (manufactured by Dow), ADEKA PUTMER SP- 152, ADEKA OPTMER SP-170, ADEKA OPTMER N-1717, ADEKA OPTMER N-1919, ADEKA ARCULDS NCI-831, ADEKA ARCULDS NCI-930 (all manufactured by ADEKA Corporation), TAZ-A, TAZ -PP (above, manufactured by Nippon Sibel Hegner) and TAZ-104 (manufactured by Sanwa Chemical Co., Ltd.) can be mentioned.
The photopolymerization initiator contained in the polymerizable liquid crystal composition is at least one kind, and a plurality of kinds may be used in combination, but one kind or two kinds are preferable.
光重合開始剤は、光源から発せられるエネルギーを十分に活用でき、生産性に優れるため、極大吸収波長が300nm~400nmであると好ましく、300nm~380nmであるとより好ましく、中でも、α-アセトフェノン系重合開始剤、オキシム系光重合開始剤が好ましい。
Since the photopolymerization initiator can fully utilize the energy emitted from the light source and is excellent in productivity, the maximum absorption wavelength is preferably 300 nm to 400 nm, more preferably 300 nm to 380 nm, and above all, the α-acetophenone type. A polymerization initiator and an oxime-based photopolymerization initiator are preferable.
α-アセトフェノン化合物としては、2-メチル-2-モルホリノ-1-(4-メチルスルファニルフェニル)プロパン-1-オン、2-ジメチルアミノ-1-(4-モルホリノフェニル)-2-ベンジルブタン-1-オンおよび2-ジメチルアミノ-1-(4-モルホリノフェニル)-2-(4-メチルフェニルメチル)ブタン-1-オン等が挙げられ、より好ましくは2-メチル-2-モルホリノ-1-(4-メチルスルファニルフェニル)プロパン-1-オンおよび2-ジメチルアミノ-1-(4-モルホリノフェニル)-2-ベンジルブタン-1-オンが挙げられる。α-アセトフェノン化合物の市販品としては、イルガキュア369、379EG、907(以上、BASFジャパン(株)製)およびセイクオールBEE(精工化学社製)等が挙げられる。
Examples of the α-acetophenone compound include 2-methyl-2-morpholino-1- (4-methylsulfanylphenyl) propan-1-one and 2-dimethylamino-1- (4-morpholinophenyl) -2-benzylbutane-1. -On and 2-dimethylamino-1- (4-morpholinophenyl) -2- (4-methylphenylmethyl) butane-1-one and the like, more preferably 2-methyl-2-morpholino-1- ( Included are 4-methylsulfanylphenyl) propan-1-one and 2-dimethylamino-1- (4-morpholinophenyl) -2-benzylbutane-1-one. Examples of commercially available α-acetophenone compounds include Irgacure 369, 379EG, 907 (all manufactured by BASF Japan Ltd.) and Sequol BEE (manufactured by Seiko Kagaku Co., Ltd.).
オキシムエステル系光重合開始剤は、光が照射されることによってフェニルラジカルやメチルラジカル等のラジカルを生成させる。このラジカルにより重合性液晶化合物の重合が好適に進行するが、中でもメチルラジカルを発生させるオキシムエステル系光重合開始剤は重合反応の開始効率が高い点で好ましい。また、重合反応をより効率的に進行させるという観点から、波長350nm以上の紫外線を効率的に利用可能な光重合開始剤を使用することが好ましい。波長350nm以上の紫外線を効率的に利用可能な光重合開始剤としては、オキシムエステル構造を含むトリアジン化合物やカルバゾール化合物が好ましく、感度の観点からはオキシムエステル構造を含むカルバゾール化合物がより好ましい。オキシムエステル系光重合開始剤の市販品としては、イルガキュアOXE-01、イルガキュアOXE-02、イルガキュアOXE-03(以上、BASFジャパン株式会社製)、アデカオプトマーN-1919、アデカアークルズNCI-831(以上、株式会社ADEKA製)等が挙げられる。
The oxime ester-based photopolymerization initiator generates radicals such as phenyl radicals and methyl radicals when irradiated with light. The polymerization of the polymerizable liquid crystal compound proceeds preferably by this radical, and among them, the oxime ester-based photopolymerization initiator that generates a methyl radical is preferable in that the polymerization reaction initiation efficiency is high. Further, from the viewpoint of allowing the polymerization reaction to proceed more efficiently, it is preferable to use a photopolymerization initiator that can efficiently utilize ultraviolet rays having a wavelength of 350 nm or more. As the photopolymerization initiator capable of efficiently utilizing ultraviolet rays having a wavelength of 350 nm or more, a triazine compound or a carbazole compound having an oxime ester structure is preferable, and a carbazole compound having an oxime ester structure is more preferable from the viewpoint of sensitivity. Commercially available oxime ester-based photopolymerization initiators include Irgacure OXE-01, Irgacure OXE-02, Irgacure OXE-03 (above, manufactured by BASF Japan Ltd.), ADEKA PUTMER N-1919, and ADEKA ARCULDS NCI-831. (The above is manufactured by ADEKA CORPORATION) and the like.
光重合開始剤の含有量は、重合性液晶化合物100質量部に対して、通常、0.1~30質量部であり、好ましくは1~20質量部であり、より好ましくは1~15質量部である。上記範囲内であれば、重合性基の反応が十分に進行し、かつ、重合性液晶化合物の配向を乱し難い。
The content of the photopolymerization initiator is usually 0.1 to 30 parts by mass, preferably 1 to 20 parts by mass, and more preferably 1 to 15 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the polymerizable liquid crystal compound. Is. Within the above range, the reaction of the polymerizable group proceeds sufficiently, and the orientation of the polymerizable liquid crystal compound is not easily disturbed.
本発明において組成物の安定性を制御する目的から、酸化防止剤を組成物中に添加していても良い。酸化防止剤としては、フェノール系酸化防止剤、アミン系酸化防止剤、キノン系酸化防止剤、ニトロソ系酸化防止剤から選ばれる一次酸化防止剤であってもよいし、リン系酸化防止剤および硫黄系酸化防止剤から選ばれる二次酸化防止剤であってもよい。重合性液晶化合物の重合性基がラジカル重合性基である場合には、反応を阻害しにくいという点から二次酸化防止剤であるリン系酸化防止剤および硫黄系酸化防止剤が好ましい。
In the present invention, an antioxidant may be added to the composition for the purpose of controlling the stability of the composition. The antioxidant may be a primary antioxidant selected from phenol-based antioxidants, amine-based antioxidants, quinone-based antioxidants, and nitroso-based antioxidants, as well as phosphorus-based antioxidants and sulfur. It may be a secondary antioxidant selected from the system antioxidants. When the polymerizable group of the polymerizable liquid crystal compound is a radically polymerizable group, phosphorus-based antioxidants and sulfur-based antioxidants, which are secondary antioxidants, are preferable from the viewpoint that the reaction is not easily inhibited.
酸化防止剤の含有量は、重合性液晶化合物100質量部に対して、好ましくは0.01~3.0質量部であり、より好ましくは0.01~1.0質量部である。
The content of the antioxidant is preferably 0.01 to 3.0 parts by mass, and more preferably 0.01 to 1.0 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the polymerizable liquid crystal compound.
増感剤を用いることにより、光重合開始剤を高感度化することができる。光増感剤としては、例えば、キサントン、チオキサントン等のキサントン類;アントラセンおよびアルキルエーテル等の置換基を有するアントラセン類;フェノチアジン;ルブレンが挙げられる。光増感剤としては、例えば、キサントン、チオキサントン等のキサントン類;アントラセンおよびアルキルエーテル等の置換基を有するアントラセン類;フェノチアジン;ルブレンが挙げられる。
By using a sensitizer, the photopolymerization initiator can be made highly sensitive. Examples of the photosensitizer include xanthones such as xanthones and thioxanthones; anthracenes having substituents such as anthracene and alkyl ethers; phenothiazines; rubrenes. Examples of the photosensitizer include xanthones such as xanthones and thioxanthones; anthracenes having substituents such as anthracene and alkyl ethers; phenothiazines; rubrenes.
光増感剤の含有量は、重合性液晶化合物100質量部に対して、通常0.01~10質量部であり、好ましくは0.05~5質量部であり、さらに好ましくは0.1~3質量部である。
The content of the photosensitizer is usually 0.01 to 10 parts by mass, preferably 0.05 to 5 parts by mass, and more preferably 0.1 to 0.1 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the polymerizable liquid crystal compound. 3 parts by mass.
レベリング剤とは、重合性液晶組成物の流動性を調整し、組成物を塗布して得られる塗膜をより平坦にする機能を有する添加剤であり、例えば、シリコーン系、ポリアクリレート系およびパーフルオロアルキル系のレベリング剤が挙げられる。レベリング剤として市販品を用いてもよく、具体的には、DC3PA、SH7PA、DC11PA、SH28PA、SH29PA、SH30PA、ST80PA、ST86PA、SH8400、SH8700、FZ2123(以上、全て東レ・ダウコーニング(株)製)、KP321、KP323、KP324、KP326、KP340、KP341、X22-161A、KF6001、(以上、全て信越化学工業(株)製)、TSF400、TSF401、TSF410、TSF4300、TSF4440、TSF4445、TSF-4446、TSF4452、TSF4460(以上、全てモメンティブ パフォーマンス マテリアルズ ジャパン合同会社製)、フロリナート(fluorinert)(登録商標)FC-72、同FC-40、同FC-43、同FC-3283(以上、全て住友スリーエム(株)製)、メガファック(登録商標)R-08、同R-30、同R-90、同F-410、同F-411、同F-443、同F-445、同F-470、同F-477、同F-479、同F-482、同F-483(以上、いずれもDIC(株)製)、エフトップ(商品名)EF301、同EF303、同EF351、同EF352(以上、全て三菱マテリアル電子化成(株)製)、サーフロン(登録商標)S-381、同S-382、同S-383、同S-393、同SC-101、同SC-105、KH-40、SA-100(以上、全てAGCセイミケミカル(株)製)、商品名E1830、同E5844((株)ダイキンファインケミカル研究所製)、BM-1000、BM-1100、BYK-352、BYK-353およびBYK-361N(いずれも商品名:BM Chemie社製)等が挙げられる。レベリング剤は単独または2種以上を組み合わせて使用できる。
The leveling agent is an additive having a function of adjusting the fluidity of the polymerizable liquid crystal composition and flattening the coating film obtained by applying the composition, for example, silicone-based, polyacrylate-based and par. Fluoroalkyl-based leveling agents can be mentioned. Commercially available products may be used as the leveling agent. Specifically, DC3PA, SH7PA, DC11PA, SH28PA, SH29PA, SH30PA, ST80PA, ST86PA, SH8400, SH8700, FZ2123 (all manufactured by Toray Dow Corning Co., Ltd.). , KP321, KP323, KP324, KP326, KP340, KP341, X22-161A, KF6001, (all manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd.), TSF400, TSF401, TSF410, TSF4300, TSF4440, TSF4445, TSF-4446, TSF4452, TSF4460 (all of which are made by Momentive Performance Materials Japan LLC), Florinert (registered trademark) FC-72, FC-40, FC-43, FC-3283 (all of which are Sumitomo 3M Co., Ltd.) (Manufactured by), Megafuck (registered trademark) R-08, R-30, R-90, F-410, F-411, F-443, F-445, F-470, F -477, F-479, F-482, F-483 (all manufactured by DIC Co., Ltd.), Ftop (trade name) EF301, EF303, EF351, EF352 (all Mitsubishi) Material Denshi Kasei Co., Ltd.), Surflon (registered trademark) S-381, S-382, S-383, S-393, SC-101, SC-105, KH-40, SA-100 (All of the above are manufactured by AGC Seimi Chemical Co., Ltd.), trade name E1830, E5844 (manufactured by Daikin Fine Chemical Laboratory Co., Ltd.), BM-1000, BM-1100, BYK-352, BYK-353 and BYK-361N ( In each case, the product name: BM Chemie) and the like can be mentioned. The leveling agent can be used alone or in combination of two or more.
レベリング剤の含有量は、重合性液晶化合物100質量部に対して、0.01~10質量部が好ましく、0.05~3質量部がさらに好ましい。レベリング剤の含有量が、上記範囲内であると、得られる液晶硬化物層がより平滑となる傾向にあるため好ましい。
The content of the leveling agent is preferably 0.01 to 10 parts by mass, more preferably 0.05 to 3 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the polymerizable liquid crystal compound. When the content of the leveling agent is within the above range, the obtained liquid crystal cured product layer tends to be smoother, which is preferable.
重合性液晶組成物は、重合性液晶化合物と、溶媒や光重合開始剤などの重合性液晶化合物以外の成分とを所定温度で撹拌等することにより得ることができる。
The polymerizable liquid crystal composition can be obtained by stirring the polymerizable liquid crystal compound and components other than the polymerizable liquid crystal compound such as a solvent and a photopolymerization initiator at a predetermined temperature.
本発明の一態様において、機能層が含む硬化物層(液晶硬化物層)は、下記式(1)および(2)で表される光学特性を有する。該液晶硬化物層は、通常、重合性液晶化合物が該硬化物層平面に対して水平方向に配向した状態で硬化してなる硬化物(以下、「水平配向液晶硬化物層」ともいう)である。
Re(450)/Re(550)≦1.00 (1)
100nm≦Re(550)≦150nm (2)
[式(1)および(2)中、Re(λ)は波長λnmにおける面内位相差値を表す。]
式(1)を満たす場合、該液晶硬化物層は、短波長での面内位相差値が長波長での面内位相差値よりも小さくなる、いわゆる逆波長分散性を示す。逆波長分散性が向上し、本発明の長尺フィルムから該液晶硬化物層を含む機能層を偏光フィルムに転写して得られる楕円偏光板を表示装置に適用した場合の正面色相が向上するため、Re(450)/Re(550)は、好ましくは0.70以上、より好ましくは0.78以上であり、また、好ましくは1未満、より好ましくは0.95以下、さらに好ましくは0.92以下である。 In one aspect of the present invention, the cured product layer (liquid crystal cured product layer) included in the functional layer has optical properties represented by the following formulas (1) and (2). The liquid crystal cured product layer is usually a cured product obtained by curing the polymerizable liquid crystal compound in a state of being horizontally oriented with respect to the surface of the cured product layer (hereinafter, also referred to as "horizontally oriented liquid crystal cured product layer"). is there.
Re (450) / Re (550) ≤ 1.00 (1)
100 nm ≤ Re (550) ≤ 150 nm (2)
[In equations (1) and (2), Re (λ) represents an in-plane retardation value at a wavelength of λ nm. ]
When the formula (1) is satisfied, the liquid crystal cured product layer exhibits so-called inverse wavelength dispersibility in which the in-plane retardation value at a short wavelength is smaller than the in-plane retardation value at a long wavelength. This is because the reverse wavelength dispersibility is improved and the front hue is improved when an elliptical polarizing plate obtained by transferring the functional layer including the liquid crystal cured product layer from the long film of the present invention to a polarizing film is applied to a display device. , Re (450) / Re (550) is preferably 0.70 or more, more preferably 0.78 or more, and preferably less than 1, more preferably 0.95 or less, still more preferably 0.92. It is as follows.
Re(450)/Re(550)≦1.00 (1)
100nm≦Re(550)≦150nm (2)
[式(1)および(2)中、Re(λ)は波長λnmにおける面内位相差値を表す。]
式(1)を満たす場合、該液晶硬化物層は、短波長での面内位相差値が長波長での面内位相差値よりも小さくなる、いわゆる逆波長分散性を示す。逆波長分散性が向上し、本発明の長尺フィルムから該液晶硬化物層を含む機能層を偏光フィルムに転写して得られる楕円偏光板を表示装置に適用した場合の正面色相が向上するため、Re(450)/Re(550)は、好ましくは0.70以上、より好ましくは0.78以上であり、また、好ましくは1未満、より好ましくは0.95以下、さらに好ましくは0.92以下である。 In one aspect of the present invention, the cured product layer (liquid crystal cured product layer) included in the functional layer has optical properties represented by the following formulas (1) and (2). The liquid crystal cured product layer is usually a cured product obtained by curing the polymerizable liquid crystal compound in a state of being horizontally oriented with respect to the surface of the cured product layer (hereinafter, also referred to as "horizontally oriented liquid crystal cured product layer"). is there.
Re (450) / Re (550) ≤ 1.00 (1)
100 nm ≤ Re (550) ≤ 150 nm (2)
[In equations (1) and (2), Re (λ) represents an in-plane retardation value at a wavelength of λ nm. ]
When the formula (1) is satisfied, the liquid crystal cured product layer exhibits so-called inverse wavelength dispersibility in which the in-plane retardation value at a short wavelength is smaller than the in-plane retardation value at a long wavelength. This is because the reverse wavelength dispersibility is improved and the front hue is improved when an elliptical polarizing plate obtained by transferring the functional layer including the liquid crystal cured product layer from the long film of the present invention to a polarizing film is applied to a display device. , Re (450) / Re (550) is preferably 0.70 or more, more preferably 0.78 or more, and preferably less than 1, more preferably 0.95 or less, still more preferably 0.92. It is as follows.
上記面内位相差値は、液晶硬化物層の厚みdAによって、調整することができる。面内位相差値は、下記式:
Re(λ)=(nxA(λ)-nyA(λ))×dA
〔式中、nxA(λ)は液晶硬化物層の層面内における波長λでの主屈折率を表し、nyA(λ)はnxAと同一面内でnxAの方向に対して直交する方向の波長λでの屈折率を表し、dAは液晶硬化物層の層厚を表す〕
によって決定されることから、所望の面内位相差値(Re(λ):波長λ(nm)における液晶硬化物層の面内位相差値)を得るには、3次元屈折率と層厚dAとを調整すればよい。なお、3次元屈折率は、重合性液晶化合物の分子構造並びに配向状態に依存する。 The in-plane retardation value can be adjusted by adjusting the thickness dA of the liquid crystal cured product layer. The in-plane phase difference value is calculated by the following formula:
Re (λ) = (nxA (λ) -nyA (λ)) × dA
[In the formula, nxA (λ) represents the main refractive index at the wavelength λ in the layer plane of the cured liquid crystal layer, and nyA (λ) is the wavelength λ in the same plane as nxA and orthogonal to the direction of nxA. Represents the refractive index at, dA represents the layer thickness of the liquid crystal cured product layer]
In order to obtain a desired in-plane retardation value (Re (λ): in-plane retardation value of the liquid crystal cured product layer at wavelength λ (nm)), the three-dimensional refractive index and layer thickness dA are determined. And can be adjusted. The three-dimensional refractive index depends on the molecular structure and orientation of the polymerizable liquid crystal compound.
Re(λ)=(nxA(λ)-nyA(λ))×dA
〔式中、nxA(λ)は液晶硬化物層の層面内における波長λでの主屈折率を表し、nyA(λ)はnxAと同一面内でnxAの方向に対して直交する方向の波長λでの屈折率を表し、dAは液晶硬化物層の層厚を表す〕
によって決定されることから、所望の面内位相差値(Re(λ):波長λ(nm)における液晶硬化物層の面内位相差値)を得るには、3次元屈折率と層厚dAとを調整すればよい。なお、3次元屈折率は、重合性液晶化合物の分子構造並びに配向状態に依存する。 The in-plane retardation value can be adjusted by adjusting the thickness dA of the liquid crystal cured product layer. The in-plane phase difference value is calculated by the following formula:
Re (λ) = (nxA (λ) -nyA (λ)) × dA
[In the formula, nxA (λ) represents the main refractive index at the wavelength λ in the layer plane of the cured liquid crystal layer, and nyA (λ) is the wavelength λ in the same plane as nxA and orthogonal to the direction of nxA. Represents the refractive index at, dA represents the layer thickness of the liquid crystal cured product layer]
In order to obtain a desired in-plane retardation value (Re (λ): in-plane retardation value of the liquid crystal cured product layer at wavelength λ (nm)), the three-dimensional refractive index and layer thickness dA are determined. And can be adjusted. The three-dimensional refractive index depends on the molecular structure and orientation of the polymerizable liquid crystal compound.
また、液晶硬化物層の面内位相差Re(550)が式(2)の範囲内であると、該液晶硬化物層はいわゆるλ/4板として機能し、これを含む機能層を表示装置に適用した際の正面反射色相の向上効果に優れる。上記面内位相差値のさらに好ましい範囲は、130nm≦Re(550)≦150nmである。
Further, when the in-plane phase difference Re (550) of the liquid crystal cured product layer is within the range of the formula (2), the liquid crystal cured product layer functions as a so-called λ / 4 plate, and the functional layer including this functions as a display device. It is excellent in the effect of improving the specular hue when applied to. A more preferable range of the in-plane retardation value is 130 nm ≦ Re (550) ≦ 150 nm.
また、機能層が含む硬化物層が、上記式(2)に代えて下記式(3)で表される光学特性を有していてもよく、この場合、式(4)を満たす光学特性を有することが好ましい。このような液晶硬化物層も、通常、重合性液晶化合物が該硬化物層平面に対して水平方向に配向した状態で硬化してなる水平配向液晶硬化物層となる。
200nm≦Re(550)≦300nm (3)
1.00≦Re(450)/Re(550) (4)
[式(3)および(4)中、Re(λ)は液晶硬化物層の波長λnmにおける面内位相差値を表す。]
液晶硬化物層が式(3)および(4)を満たすと、該液晶硬化物層はいわゆるλ/2板として機能し、これを含む機能層を表示装置に適用した際の正面反射色相の向上効果に優れる。この場合の面内位相差値Re(550)のさらに好ましい範囲は、220nm≦Re(550)≦280nmである。 Further, the cured product layer included in the functional layer may have optical characteristics represented by the following formula (3) instead of the above formula (2). In this case, the optical characteristics satisfying the formula (4) are obtained. It is preferable to have. Such a liquid crystal cured product layer is also usually a horizontally oriented liquid crystal cured product layer formed by curing the polymerizable liquid crystal compound in a state of being horizontally oriented with respect to the cured product layer plane.
200 nm ≤ Re (550) ≤ 300 nm (3)
1.00 ≤ Re (450) / Re (550) (4)
[In equations (3) and (4), Re (λ) represents an in-plane retardation value of the liquid crystal cured product layer at a wavelength of λ nm. ]
When the liquid crystal cured product layer satisfies the formulas (3) and (4), the liquid crystal cured product layer functions as a so-called λ / 2 plate, and the specular hue is improved when the functional layer including the liquid crystal cured product layer is applied to the display device. Excellent effect. A more preferable range of the in-plane retardation value Re (550) in this case is 220 nm ≦ Re (550) ≦ 280 nm.
200nm≦Re(550)≦300nm (3)
1.00≦Re(450)/Re(550) (4)
[式(3)および(4)中、Re(λ)は液晶硬化物層の波長λnmにおける面内位相差値を表す。]
液晶硬化物層が式(3)および(4)を満たすと、該液晶硬化物層はいわゆるλ/2板として機能し、これを含む機能層を表示装置に適用した際の正面反射色相の向上効果に優れる。この場合の面内位相差値Re(550)のさらに好ましい範囲は、220nm≦Re(550)≦280nmである。 Further, the cured product layer included in the functional layer may have optical characteristics represented by the following formula (3) instead of the above formula (2). In this case, the optical characteristics satisfying the formula (4) are obtained. It is preferable to have. Such a liquid crystal cured product layer is also usually a horizontally oriented liquid crystal cured product layer formed by curing the polymerizable liquid crystal compound in a state of being horizontally oriented with respect to the cured product layer plane.
200 nm ≤ Re (550) ≤ 300 nm (3)
1.00 ≤ Re (450) / Re (550) (4)
[In equations (3) and (4), Re (λ) represents an in-plane retardation value of the liquid crystal cured product layer at a wavelength of λ nm. ]
When the liquid crystal cured product layer satisfies the formulas (3) and (4), the liquid crystal cured product layer functions as a so-called λ / 2 plate, and the specular hue is improved when the functional layer including the liquid crystal cured product layer is applied to the display device. Excellent effect. A more preferable range of the in-plane retardation value Re (550) in this case is 220 nm ≦ Re (550) ≦ 280 nm.
本発明の別の一態様において、機能層が含む硬化物層(液晶硬化物層)は、下記式(5)で表される光学特性を有する。該液晶硬化物層は、通常、重合性液晶化合物が該液晶硬化物層平面に対して垂直方向に配向した状態で硬化してなる硬化物(以下、「垂直配向液晶硬化物層」ともいう)である。
-150nm≦Rth(550)≦-20nm (5)
[式(5)中、Rth(550)は硬化物層の波長550nmにおける厚み方向の位相差値を表す。]
液晶硬化物層の厚み方向の位相差値Rth(550)が式(5)の範囲内であると、これを含む機能層を表示装置に適用した際の斜方反射色相の向上効果に優れる。上記位相差値のさらに好ましい範囲は、-30nm≦Rth(550)≦-100nmである。 In another aspect of the present invention, the cured product layer (liquid crystal cured product layer) included in the functional layer has optical characteristics represented by the following formula (5). The liquid crystal cured product layer is usually a cured product obtained by curing the polymerizable liquid crystal compound in a state of being oriented perpendicular to the plane of the liquid crystal cured product layer (hereinafter, also referred to as "vertically oriented liquid crystal cured product layer"). Is.
-150 nm ≤ Rth (550) ≤ -20 nm (5)
[In the formula (5), Rth (550) represents the phase difference value in the thickness direction of the cured product layer at a wavelength of 550 nm. ]
When the phase difference value Rth (550) in the thickness direction of the liquid crystal cured product layer is within the range of the equation (5), the effect of improving the orthorhombic reflection hue when the functional layer including this is applied to the display device is excellent. A more preferable range of the retardation value is −30 nm ≦ Rth (550) ≦ -100 nm.
-150nm≦Rth(550)≦-20nm (5)
[式(5)中、Rth(550)は硬化物層の波長550nmにおける厚み方向の位相差値を表す。]
液晶硬化物層の厚み方向の位相差値Rth(550)が式(5)の範囲内であると、これを含む機能層を表示装置に適用した際の斜方反射色相の向上効果に優れる。上記位相差値のさらに好ましい範囲は、-30nm≦Rth(550)≦-100nmである。 In another aspect of the present invention, the cured product layer (liquid crystal cured product layer) included in the functional layer has optical characteristics represented by the following formula (5). The liquid crystal cured product layer is usually a cured product obtained by curing the polymerizable liquid crystal compound in a state of being oriented perpendicular to the plane of the liquid crystal cured product layer (hereinafter, also referred to as "vertically oriented liquid crystal cured product layer"). Is.
-150 nm ≤ Rth (550) ≤ -20 nm (5)
[In the formula (5), Rth (550) represents the phase difference value in the thickness direction of the cured product layer at a wavelength of 550 nm. ]
When the phase difference value Rth (550) in the thickness direction of the liquid crystal cured product layer is within the range of the equation (5), the effect of improving the orthorhombic reflection hue when the functional layer including this is applied to the display device is excellent. A more preferable range of the retardation value is −30 nm ≦ Rth (550) ≦ -100 nm.
本発明において、機能層が含む硬化物層が垂直配向液晶硬化物層である場合、該液晶硬化物層が下記式(6)を満たすことが好ましく、式(5)と式(6)を同時に満たすことがより好ましい。
Rth(450)/Rth(550)≦1.00 (6)
[式(6)中、Rth(λ)は硬化物層の波長λnmにおける厚み方向の位相差値を表す。]
上記式(5)を満たすことにより、該垂直配向液晶硬化物層を含む機能層において短波長側で楕円率の低下を抑制することができ、斜方反射色相を向上させることができる。上記Rth(450)/Rth(550)の値は、より好ましくは0.95以下、さらに好ましくは0.92以下であり、特に好ましくは0.9以下であり、また、好ましくは0.7以上、より好ましくは0.75以上、さらに好ましくは0.8以上である。なお、Rth(λ)は、3次元屈折率および膜厚dCにより制御することができる。 In the present invention, when the cured product layer included in the functional layer is a vertically oriented liquid crystal cured product layer, the liquid crystal cured product layer preferably satisfies the following formula (6), and formulas (5) and (6) are simultaneously applied. It is more preferable to meet.
Rth (450) / Rth (550) ≤ 1.00 (6)
[In the formula (6), Rth (λ) represents the phase difference value in the thickness direction of the cured product layer at the wavelength λ nm. ]
By satisfying the above formula (5), it is possible to suppress a decrease in ellipticity on the short wavelength side in the functional layer including the vertically oriented liquid crystal cured product layer, and it is possible to improve the orthorhombic reflection hue. The value of Rth (450) / Rth (550) is more preferably 0.95 or less, further preferably 0.92 or less, particularly preferably 0.9 or less, and preferably 0.7 or more. , More preferably 0.75 or more, still more preferably 0.8 or more. Rth (λ) can be controlled by the three-dimensional refractive index and the film thickness dC.
Rth(450)/Rth(550)≦1.00 (6)
[式(6)中、Rth(λ)は硬化物層の波長λnmにおける厚み方向の位相差値を表す。]
上記式(5)を満たすことにより、該垂直配向液晶硬化物層を含む機能層において短波長側で楕円率の低下を抑制することができ、斜方反射色相を向上させることができる。上記Rth(450)/Rth(550)の値は、より好ましくは0.95以下、さらに好ましくは0.92以下であり、特に好ましくは0.9以下であり、また、好ましくは0.7以上、より好ましくは0.75以上、さらに好ましくは0.8以上である。なお、Rth(λ)は、3次元屈折率および膜厚dCにより制御することができる。 In the present invention, when the cured product layer included in the functional layer is a vertically oriented liquid crystal cured product layer, the liquid crystal cured product layer preferably satisfies the following formula (6), and formulas (5) and (6) are simultaneously applied. It is more preferable to meet.
Rth (450) / Rth (550) ≤ 1.00 (6)
[In the formula (6), Rth (λ) represents the phase difference value in the thickness direction of the cured product layer at the wavelength λ nm. ]
By satisfying the above formula (5), it is possible to suppress a decrease in ellipticity on the short wavelength side in the functional layer including the vertically oriented liquid crystal cured product layer, and it is possible to improve the orthorhombic reflection hue. The value of Rth (450) / Rth (550) is more preferably 0.95 or less, further preferably 0.92 or less, particularly preferably 0.9 or less, and preferably 0.7 or more. , More preferably 0.75 or more, still more preferably 0.8 or more. Rth (λ) can be controlled by the three-dimensional refractive index and the film thickness dC.
上記厚み方向の位相差値は、下記式:Rth(λ)=((nxC(λ)+nyC(λ))/2-nzC(λ))×dC
[式中nxC(λ)は波長λnmにおける液晶硬化物層の面内主屈折率、nyC(λ)は波長λnmにおける、nxC(λ)に対して面内で直交する方向の屈折率、nzC(λ)は波長λnmにおける液晶硬化物層の厚み方向の屈折率を示し、nxC(λ)=nyC(λ)である場合には、nxC(λ)はフィルム面内で任意の方向の屈折率とすることができ、dCは液晶硬化物層の膜厚を示す]
によって決定されることから、所望の膜厚方向の位相差値Rth(550)を得るためには、3次元屈折率と膜厚dCとを調整すればよい。なお、3次元屈折率は、重合性液晶化合物の分子構造並びに配向状態に依存する。 The phase difference value in the thickness direction is the following formula: Rth (λ) = ((nxC (λ) + nyC (λ)) / 2-nzC (λ)) × dC
[In the formula, nxC (λ) is the in-plane main refractive index of the liquid crystal cured product layer at a wavelength of λ nm, and nyC (λ) is the refractive index at wavelength λ nm in the direction orthogonal to nxC (λ), nzC ( λ) indicates the refractive index in the thickness direction of the liquid crystal cured product layer at a wavelength of λ nm, and when nxC (λ) = nyC (λ), nxC (λ) is the refractive index in any direction in the film plane. DC indicates the thickness of the cured liquid crystal layer]
Therefore, in order to obtain the phase difference value Rth (550) in the desired film thickness direction, the three-dimensional refractive index and the film thickness dC may be adjusted. The three-dimensional refractive index depends on the molecular structure and orientation of the polymerizable liquid crystal compound.
[式中nxC(λ)は波長λnmにおける液晶硬化物層の面内主屈折率、nyC(λ)は波長λnmにおける、nxC(λ)に対して面内で直交する方向の屈折率、nzC(λ)は波長λnmにおける液晶硬化物層の厚み方向の屈折率を示し、nxC(λ)=nyC(λ)である場合には、nxC(λ)はフィルム面内で任意の方向の屈折率とすることができ、dCは液晶硬化物層の膜厚を示す]
によって決定されることから、所望の膜厚方向の位相差値Rth(550)を得るためには、3次元屈折率と膜厚dCとを調整すればよい。なお、3次元屈折率は、重合性液晶化合物の分子構造並びに配向状態に依存する。 The phase difference value in the thickness direction is the following formula: Rth (λ) = ((nxC (λ) + nyC (λ)) / 2-nzC (λ)) × dC
[In the formula, nxC (λ) is the in-plane main refractive index of the liquid crystal cured product layer at a wavelength of λ nm, and nyC (λ) is the refractive index at wavelength λ nm in the direction orthogonal to nxC (λ), nzC ( λ) indicates the refractive index in the thickness direction of the liquid crystal cured product layer at a wavelength of λ nm, and when nxC (λ) = nyC (λ), nxC (λ) is the refractive index in any direction in the film plane. DC indicates the thickness of the cured liquid crystal layer]
Therefore, in order to obtain the phase difference value Rth (550) in the desired film thickness direction, the three-dimensional refractive index and the film thickness dC may be adjusted. The three-dimensional refractive index depends on the molecular structure and orientation of the polymerizable liquid crystal compound.
液晶硬化物層の厚みは、好ましくは0.1~5.0μm、より好ましくは0.2~4.0μm、さらに好ましくは0.4~3.0μmである。液晶硬化層の厚みが増すと機械強度も高くなり、機能層が切れ難くなる傾向にあり、液晶硬化物層の厚みが上記範囲内であると、別の光学フィルム等に機能層を転写する際にチギレが発生しやすくなる。本発明においては基材フィルムの端部に設けられた凹凸部上に機能層の一部が積層されていることから、該端部において生じる適度なアンカー効果によりチギレの発生を効果的に抑制することができ、上記範囲の厚みを有する場合に本発明の効果をより顕著に得られやすい。
The thickness of the liquid crystal cured product layer is preferably 0.1 to 5.0 μm, more preferably 0.2 to 4.0 μm, and even more preferably 0.4 to 3.0 μm. As the thickness of the liquid crystal cured layer increases, the mechanical strength also increases and the functional layer tends to be difficult to cut. If the thickness of the liquid crystal cured product layer is within the above range, the functional layer is transferred to another optical film or the like. It is easy for the optics to occur. In the present invention, since a part of the functional layer is laminated on the uneven portion provided at the end portion of the base film, the occurrence of scratching is effectively suppressed by the appropriate anchor effect generated at the end portion. It is possible to obtain the effect of the present invention more remarkably when the thickness is in the above range.
本発明の長尺フィルムは、例えば、
長尺の基材フィルムまたは後述する配向膜などの上に、少なくとも1種の重合性液晶化合物を含む重合性液晶組成物の塗膜を形成し、該塗膜を乾燥し、かつ、該重合性液晶組成物中の重合性液晶化合物を配向させる工程、および、
配向状態を保持したまま光照射により重合性液晶化合物を重合させ、液晶硬化物層を形成する工程
を含む方法により製造することができる。 The long film of the present invention is, for example,
A coating film of a polymerizable liquid crystal composition containing at least one polymerizable liquid crystal compound is formed on a long base film or an alignment film described later, and the coating film is dried and the polymerizable liquid crystal composition is formed. The step of orienting the polymerizable liquid crystal compound in the liquid crystal composition, and
It can be produced by a method including a step of polymerizing a polymerizable liquid crystal compound by light irradiation while maintaining an oriented state to form a cured liquid crystal layer.
長尺の基材フィルムまたは後述する配向膜などの上に、少なくとも1種の重合性液晶化合物を含む重合性液晶組成物の塗膜を形成し、該塗膜を乾燥し、かつ、該重合性液晶組成物中の重合性液晶化合物を配向させる工程、および、
配向状態を保持したまま光照射により重合性液晶化合物を重合させ、液晶硬化物層を形成する工程
を含む方法により製造することができる。 The long film of the present invention is, for example,
A coating film of a polymerizable liquid crystal composition containing at least one polymerizable liquid crystal compound is formed on a long base film or an alignment film described later, and the coating film is dried and the polymerizable liquid crystal composition is formed. The step of orienting the polymerizable liquid crystal compound in the liquid crystal composition, and
It can be produced by a method including a step of polymerizing a polymerizable liquid crystal compound by light irradiation while maintaining an oriented state to form a cured liquid crystal layer.
本発明において、重合性液晶組成物の塗膜は、本発明の長尺フィルムを構成する基材フィルム上、または、後述するような長尺の基材フィルム上に形成された配向膜などの上に重合性液晶組成物を塗布することにより形成することができる。重合性液晶組成物を基材フィルム等に塗布する方法としては、スピンコーティング法、エクストルージョン法、グラビアコーティング法、ダイコーティング法、バーコーティング法、アプリケータ法などの塗布法、フレキソ法などの印刷法等の公知の方法が挙げられる。
In the present invention, the coating film of the polymerizable liquid crystal composition is on a base film constituting the long film of the present invention, or on an alignment film formed on a long base film as described later. It can be formed by applying a polymerizable liquid crystal composition to the film. Examples of the method for applying the polymerizable liquid crystal composition to a base film or the like include a spin coating method, an extrusion method, a gravure coating method, a die coating method, a bar coating method, an applicator method and other coating methods, and a flexographic method and the like. Known methods such as a method can be mentioned.
次いで、溶媒を乾燥等により除去することにより、乾燥塗膜が形成される。乾燥方法としては、自然乾燥法、通風乾燥法、加熱乾燥および減圧乾燥法等が挙げられる。この際、重合性液晶組成物から得られた塗膜を加熱することにより、塗膜から溶媒を乾燥除去させるとともに、重合性液晶化合物を塗膜平面に対して所望の方向(例えば、水平または垂直方向)に配向させることができる。塗膜の加熱温度は、用いる重合性液晶化合物および塗膜を形成する基材等の材質などを考慮して、適宜決定し得るが、重合性液晶化合物を液晶相状態へ相転移させるために、通常、液晶相転移温度以上の温度であることが必要である。重合性液晶組成物に含まれる溶媒を除去しながら、重合性液晶化合物を所望の配向状態とするため、例えば、前記重合性液晶組成物に含まれる重合性液晶化合物の液晶相転移温度(スメクチック相転移温度またはネマチック相転移温度)程度以上の温度まで加熱することができる。加熱温度は、好ましくは重合性液晶化合物の液晶相(ネマチック相)転移温度よりも3℃以上高い、より好ましくは5℃以上高い温度である。加熱温度の上限値は特に限定されないが、加熱による塗膜や基材等への損傷を避けるため、好ましくは180℃以下、より好ましくは150℃以下である。
なお、液晶相転移温度は、例えば、温度調節ステージを備えた偏光顕微鏡や、示差走査熱量計(DSC)、熱重量示差熱分析装置(TG-DTA)等を用いて測定することができる。また、重合性液晶化合物として2種以上を組み合わせて用いる場合、上記相転移温度は、重合性液晶組成物を構成する全重合性液晶化合物を重合性液晶組成物における組成と同じ比率で混合した重合性液晶化合物の混合物を用いて、1種の重合性液晶化合物を用いる場合と同様にして測定される温度を意味する。また、一般に重合性液晶組成物中における重合性液晶化合物の液晶相転移温度は、重合性液晶化合物単体としての液晶相転移温度よりも下がる場合があることが知られている。 Then, the solvent is removed by drying or the like to form a dry coating film. Examples of the drying method include a natural drying method, a ventilation drying method, a heat drying method and a vacuum drying method. At this time, the coating film obtained from the polymerizable liquid crystal composition is heated to dry-remove the solvent from the coating film, and the polymerizable liquid crystal compound is placed in a desired direction (for example, horizontal or vertical) with respect to the coating film plane. Can be oriented in the direction). The heating temperature of the coating film can be appropriately determined in consideration of the polymerizable liquid crystal compound to be used and the material of the base material or the like forming the coating film, but in order to make the polymerizable liquid crystal compound phase transition to the liquid crystal phase state, Usually, it is necessary that the temperature is equal to or higher than the liquid crystal phase transition temperature. In order to bring the polymerizable liquid crystal compound into a desired orientation state while removing the solvent contained in the polymerizable liquid crystal composition, for example, the liquid crystal phase transition temperature (smetic phase) of the polymerizable liquid crystal compound contained in the polymerizable liquid crystal composition. It can be heated to a temperature higher than the transition temperature or the nematic phase transition temperature). The heating temperature is preferably 3 ° C. or higher, more preferably 5 ° C. or higher, higher than the liquid crystal phase (nematic phase) transition temperature of the polymerizable liquid crystal compound. The upper limit of the heating temperature is not particularly limited, but is preferably 180 ° C. or lower, more preferably 150 ° C. or lower in order to avoid damage to the coating film, the base material, etc. due to heating.
The liquid crystal phase transition temperature can be measured using, for example, a polarizing microscope equipped with a temperature control stage, a differential scanning calorimeter (DSC), a thermogravimetric differential thermal analyzer (TG-DTA), or the like. When two or more kinds of polymerizable liquid crystal compounds are used in combination, the phase transition temperature is a polymerization in which all the polymerizable liquid crystal compounds constituting the polymerizable liquid crystal composition are mixed at the same ratio as the composition in the polymerizable liquid crystal composition. It means a temperature measured by using a mixture of sex liquid crystal compounds in the same manner as when one kind of polymerizable liquid crystal compound is used. Further, it is generally known that the liquid crystal phase transition temperature of the polymerizable liquid crystal compound in the polymerizable liquid crystal composition may be lower than the liquid crystal phase transition temperature of the polymerizable liquid crystal compound alone.
なお、液晶相転移温度は、例えば、温度調節ステージを備えた偏光顕微鏡や、示差走査熱量計(DSC)、熱重量示差熱分析装置(TG-DTA)等を用いて測定することができる。また、重合性液晶化合物として2種以上を組み合わせて用いる場合、上記相転移温度は、重合性液晶組成物を構成する全重合性液晶化合物を重合性液晶組成物における組成と同じ比率で混合した重合性液晶化合物の混合物を用いて、1種の重合性液晶化合物を用いる場合と同様にして測定される温度を意味する。また、一般に重合性液晶組成物中における重合性液晶化合物の液晶相転移温度は、重合性液晶化合物単体としての液晶相転移温度よりも下がる場合があることが知られている。 Then, the solvent is removed by drying or the like to form a dry coating film. Examples of the drying method include a natural drying method, a ventilation drying method, a heat drying method and a vacuum drying method. At this time, the coating film obtained from the polymerizable liquid crystal composition is heated to dry-remove the solvent from the coating film, and the polymerizable liquid crystal compound is placed in a desired direction (for example, horizontal or vertical) with respect to the coating film plane. Can be oriented in the direction). The heating temperature of the coating film can be appropriately determined in consideration of the polymerizable liquid crystal compound to be used and the material of the base material or the like forming the coating film, but in order to make the polymerizable liquid crystal compound phase transition to the liquid crystal phase state, Usually, it is necessary that the temperature is equal to or higher than the liquid crystal phase transition temperature. In order to bring the polymerizable liquid crystal compound into a desired orientation state while removing the solvent contained in the polymerizable liquid crystal composition, for example, the liquid crystal phase transition temperature (smetic phase) of the polymerizable liquid crystal compound contained in the polymerizable liquid crystal composition. It can be heated to a temperature higher than the transition temperature or the nematic phase transition temperature). The heating temperature is preferably 3 ° C. or higher, more preferably 5 ° C. or higher, higher than the liquid crystal phase (nematic phase) transition temperature of the polymerizable liquid crystal compound. The upper limit of the heating temperature is not particularly limited, but is preferably 180 ° C. or lower, more preferably 150 ° C. or lower in order to avoid damage to the coating film, the base material, etc. due to heating.
The liquid crystal phase transition temperature can be measured using, for example, a polarizing microscope equipped with a temperature control stage, a differential scanning calorimeter (DSC), a thermogravimetric differential thermal analyzer (TG-DTA), or the like. When two or more kinds of polymerizable liquid crystal compounds are used in combination, the phase transition temperature is a polymerization in which all the polymerizable liquid crystal compounds constituting the polymerizable liquid crystal composition are mixed at the same ratio as the composition in the polymerizable liquid crystal composition. It means a temperature measured by using a mixture of sex liquid crystal compounds in the same manner as when one kind of polymerizable liquid crystal compound is used. Further, it is generally known that the liquid crystal phase transition temperature of the polymerizable liquid crystal compound in the polymerizable liquid crystal composition may be lower than the liquid crystal phase transition temperature of the polymerizable liquid crystal compound alone.
加熱時間は、加熱温度、用いる重合性液晶化合物の種類、溶媒の種類やその沸点およびその量等に応じて適宜決定し得るが、通常、0.5~10分であり、好ましくは0.5~5分である。
The heating time can be appropriately determined depending on the heating temperature, the type of the polymerizable liquid crystal compound used, the type of the solvent, its boiling point and its amount, etc., but is usually 0.5 to 10 minutes, preferably 0.5. ~ 5 minutes.
塗膜からの溶媒の除去は、重合性液晶化合物の液晶相転移温度以上への加熱と同時に行ってもよいし、別途で行ってもよいが、生産性向上の観点から同時に行うことが好ましい。重合性液晶化合物の液晶相転移温度以上への加熱を行う前に、重合性液晶組成物から得られた塗膜中に含まれる重合性液晶化合物が重合しない条件で塗膜中の溶媒を適度に除去させるための予備乾燥工程を設けてもよい。かかる予備乾燥工程における乾燥方法としては、自然乾燥法、通風乾燥法、加熱乾燥および減圧乾燥法等が挙げられ、該乾燥工程における乾燥温度(加熱温度)は、用いる重合性液晶化合物の種類、溶媒の種類やその沸点およびその量等に応じて適宜決定し得る。
The solvent may be removed from the coating film at the same time as heating the polymerizable liquid crystal compound to the liquid crystal phase transition temperature or higher, or separately, but it is preferable to remove the solvent at the same time from the viewpoint of improving productivity. Before heating the polymerizable liquid crystal compound to a temperature equal to or higher than the liquid crystal phase transition temperature, the solvent in the coating film is appropriately added under the condition that the polymerizable liquid crystal compound contained in the coating film obtained from the polymerizable liquid crystal composition does not polymerize. A pre-drying step may be provided for removal. Examples of the drying method in the pre-drying step include a natural drying method, a ventilation drying method, a heat drying method and a vacuum drying method, and the drying temperature (heating temperature) in the drying step is the type of polymerizable liquid crystal compound used and the solvent. It can be appropriately determined according to the type of the above, its boiling point, its amount and the like.
次いで、得られた乾燥塗膜において、重合性液晶化合物の配向状態を保持したまま、光照射により重合性液晶化合物を重合させることにより、所望の配向状態で存在する重合性液晶化合物の重合体である液晶硬化物層が形成される。重合方法としては、通常、光重合法が用いられる。光重合において、乾燥塗膜に照射する光としては、当該乾燥塗膜に含まれる光重合開始剤の種類、重合性液晶化合物の種類(特に、該重合性液晶化合物が有する重合性基の種類)およびその量に応じて適宜選択される。その具体例としては、可視光、紫外光、赤外光、X線、α線、β線およびγ線からなる群より選択される1種以上の光や活性電子線等の活性エネルギー線が挙げられる。中でも、重合反応の進行を制御し易い点や、光重合装置として当分野で広範に用いられているものが使用できるという点で、紫外光が好ましく、紫外光によって、光重合可能なように、重合性液晶組成物に含有される重合性液晶化合物や光重合開始剤の種類を選択しておくことが好ましい。また、重合時に、適切な冷却手段により乾燥塗膜を冷却しながら光照射することで、重合温度を制御することもできる。このような冷却手段の採用により、より低温で重合性液晶化合物の重合を実施すれば、基材が比較的耐熱性が低いものを用いたとしても、適切に液晶硬化物層を形成できる。また、光照射時の熱による不具合(基材の熱による変形等)が発生しない範囲で重合温度を高くすることにより重合反応を促進することも可能である。光重合の際、マスキングや現像を行うなどによって、パターニングされた硬化物層を得ることもできる。
Next, in the obtained dry coating film, the polymerizable liquid crystal compound is polymerized by light irradiation while maintaining the orientation state of the polymerizable liquid crystal compound, whereby the polymer of the polymerizable liquid crystal compound existing in the desired orientation state is used. A certain liquid crystal cured product layer is formed. As the polymerization method, a photopolymerization method is usually used. In photopolymerization, the light irradiating the dry coating film includes the type of photopolymerization initiator contained in the dry coating film and the type of polymerizable liquid crystal compound (particularly, the type of polymerizable group contained in the polymerizable liquid crystal compound). And appropriately selected according to the amount. Specific examples thereof include one or more types of light selected from the group consisting of visible light, ultraviolet light, infrared light, X-rays, α-rays, β-rays and γ-rays, and active energy rays such as active electron beams. Be done. Among them, ultraviolet light is preferable because it is easy to control the progress of the polymerization reaction and it is possible to use a photopolymerization apparatus widely used in the art, so that photopolymerization can be performed by ultraviolet light. It is preferable to select the type of the polymerizable liquid crystal compound or the photopolymerization initiator contained in the polymerizable liquid crystal composition. Further, at the time of polymerization, the polymerization temperature can be controlled by irradiating light while cooling the dry coating film by an appropriate cooling means. By adopting such a cooling means, if the polymerizable liquid crystal compound is polymerized at a lower temperature, the liquid crystal cured product layer can be appropriately formed even if the base material has a relatively low heat resistance. It is also possible to promote the polymerization reaction by raising the polymerization temperature within a range in which defects due to heat during light irradiation (deformation due to heat of the base material, etc.) do not occur. At the time of photopolymerization, a patterned cured product layer can also be obtained by masking or developing.
前記活性エネルギー線の光源としては、例えば、低圧水銀ランプ、中圧水銀ランプ、高圧水銀ランプ、超高圧水銀ランプ、キセノンランプ、ハロゲンランプ、カーボンアーク灯、タングステンランプ、ガリウムランプ、エキシマレーザー、波長範囲380~440nmを発光するLED光源、ケミカルランプ、ブラックライトランプ、マイクロウェーブ励起水銀灯、メタルハライドランプ等が挙げられる。
Examples of the light source of the active energy ray include a low pressure mercury lamp, a medium pressure mercury lamp, a high pressure mercury lamp, an ultrahigh pressure mercury lamp, a xenon lamp, a halogen lamp, a carbon arc lamp, a tungsten lamp, a gallium lamp, an excima laser, and a wavelength range. Examples thereof include an LED light source that emits 380 to 440 nm, a chemical lamp, a black light lamp, a microwave-excited mercury lamp, and a metal halide lamp.
紫外線照射強度は、通常、10~3,000mW/cm2である。紫外線照射強度は、好ましくは光重合開始剤の活性化に有効な波長領域における強度である。光を照射する時間は、通常0.1秒~10分であり、好ましくは0.1秒~5分、より好ましくは0.1秒~3分、さらに好ましくは0.1秒~1分である。このような紫外線照射強度で1回または複数回照射すると、その積算光量は、10~3,000mJ/cm2、好ましくは50~2,000mJ/cm2、より好ましくは100~1,000mJ/cm2である。積算光量がこの範囲内であると、重合性液晶組成物が十分に硬化し、良好な転写性を得ることができる。また、液晶硬化物層を含む長尺フィルム全体の着色を抑制することができる。
The ultraviolet irradiation intensity is usually 10 to 3,000 mW / cm 2 . The ultraviolet irradiation intensity is preferably the intensity in the wavelength region effective for activating the photopolymerization initiator. The time for irradiating light is usually 0.1 seconds to 10 minutes, preferably 0.1 seconds to 5 minutes, more preferably 0.1 seconds to 3 minutes, still more preferably 0.1 seconds to 1 minute. is there. When irradiated once or multiple times with such an ultraviolet irradiation intensity, the integrated light intensity is 10 to 3,000 mJ / cm 2 , preferably 50 to 2,000 mJ / cm 2 , and more preferably 100 to 1,000 mJ / cm. It is 2 . When the integrated light amount is within this range, the polymerizable liquid crystal composition is sufficiently cured and good transferability can be obtained. In addition, it is possible to suppress the coloring of the entire long film including the liquid crystal cured product layer.
本発明の一態様において、液晶硬化物層は配向膜上に形成され得る。配向膜は、重合性液晶化合物を所望の方向に液晶配向させる、配向規制力を有するものである。この中でも、重合性液晶化合物を水平方向に配向させる配向規制力を有する配向膜を水平配向膜、垂直方向に配向させる配向規制力を有する配向膜を垂直配向膜と呼ぶことがある。配向膜上に液晶硬化物層を形成することで、重合性液晶化合物が精度よく配向した液晶硬化物層を得ることができ、表示装置等に組み込んだ際に優れた光学特性を示す機能層を得ることができる。配向規制力は、配向膜の種類、表面状態やラビング条件等によって任意に調整することが可能であり、配向膜が光配向性ポリマーから形成されている場合は、偏光照射条件等によって任意に調整することが可能である。
In one aspect of the present invention, the liquid crystal cured product layer can be formed on the alignment film. The alignment film has an orientation regulating force that orients the polymerizable liquid crystal compound in a desired direction. Among these, an alignment film having an orientation regulating force for orienting a polymerizable liquid crystal compound in the horizontal direction may be referred to as a horizontal alignment film, and an alignment film having an orientation restricting force for orienting a polymerizable liquid crystal compound in the vertical direction may be referred to as a vertical alignment film. By forming the liquid crystal cured product layer on the alignment film, it is possible to obtain a liquid crystal cured product layer in which the polymerizable liquid crystal compound is accurately oriented, and a functional layer exhibiting excellent optical characteristics when incorporated into a display device or the like can be obtained. Obtainable. The orientation regulating force can be arbitrarily adjusted according to the type of alignment film, surface condition, rubbing conditions, etc., and when the alignment film is formed of a photoalignable polymer, it is arbitrarily adjusted according to polarization irradiation conditions, etc. It is possible to do.
配向膜としては、重合性液晶組成物の塗布等により溶解しない溶媒耐性を有し、また、溶媒の除去や重合性液晶化合物の配向のための加熱処理における耐熱性を有するものが好ましい。配向膜としては、配向性ポリマーを含む配向膜、光配向膜および表面に凹凸パターンや複数の溝を有するグルブ配向膜、配向方向に延伸してある延伸フィルム等が挙げられ、配向角の精度および品質の観点から光配向膜が好ましい。
The alignment film preferably has solvent resistance that does not dissolve when the polymerizable liquid crystal composition is applied, and also has heat resistance in heat treatment for removing the solvent and aligning the polymerizable liquid crystal compound. Examples of the alignment film include an alignment film containing an orientation polymer, a photoalignment film, a grub alignment film having an uneven pattern or a plurality of grooves on the surface, a stretched film stretched in the orientation direction, and the like, and the accuracy of the orientation angle A photoalignment film is preferable from the viewpoint of quality.
配向性ポリマーとしては、例えば、分子内にアミド結合を有するポリアミドやゼラチン類、分子内にイミド結合を有するポリイミドおよびその加水分解物であるポリアミック酸、ポリビニルアルコール、アルキル変性ポリビニルアルコール、ポリアクリルアミド、ポリオキサゾール、ポリエチレンイミン、ポリスチレン、ポリビニルピロリドン、ポリアクリル酸およびポリアクリル酸エステル類が挙げられる。中でも、ポリビニルアルコールが好ましい。配向性ポリマーは単独または2種以上を組み合わせて使用できる。
Examples of the oriented polymer include polyamides and gelatins having an amide bond in the molecule, polyimide having an imide bond in the molecule and polyamic acid, which is a hydrolyzate thereof, polyvinyl alcohol, alkyl-modified polyvinyl alcohol, polyacrylamide, and poly. Examples thereof include oxazol, polyethyleneimine, polystyrene, polyvinylpyrrolidone, polyacrylic acid and polyacrylic acid esters. Of these, polyvinyl alcohol is preferable. The oriented polymer can be used alone or in combination of two or more.
配向性ポリマーを含む配向膜は、通常、配向性ポリマーが溶媒に溶解した組成物(以下、「配向性ポリマー組成物」ともいう)を基材フィルム等の配向膜を形成すべき表面に塗布し、溶媒を除去する、または、配向性ポリマー組成物を基材に塗布し、溶媒を除去し、ラビングする(ラビング法)ことで得られる。溶媒としては、重合性液晶組成物に用い得る溶媒として先に例示した溶媒と同様のものが挙げられる。
The alignment film containing the alignment polymer is usually formed by applying a composition in which the alignment polymer is dissolved in a solvent (hereinafter, also referred to as “alignment polymer composition”) to a surface such as a base film on which the alignment film should be formed. , The solvent is removed, or the oriented polymer composition is applied to the substrate, the solvent is removed, and rubbing is performed (rubbing method). Examples of the solvent include the same solvents as those exemplified above as the solvents that can be used in the polymerizable liquid crystal composition.
配向性ポリマー組成物中の配向性ポリマーの濃度は、配向性ポリマー材料が、溶媒に完溶できる範囲であればよいが、溶液に対して固形分換算で0.1~20%が好ましく、0.1~10%程度がさらに好ましい。
The concentration of the oriented polymer in the oriented polymer composition may be in the range where the oriented polymer material can be completely dissolved in the solvent, but is preferably 0.1 to 20% in terms of solid content with respect to the solution, and is 0. .1 to 10% is more preferable.
配向性ポリマー組成物として、市販の配向膜材料をそのまま使用してもよい。市販の配向膜材料としては、サンエバー(登録商標、日産化学工業(株)製)、オプトマー(登録商標、JSR(株)製)などが挙げられる。
As the orientation polymer composition, a commercially available alignment film material may be used as it is. Examples of commercially available alignment film materials include Sunever (registered trademark, manufactured by Nissan Chemical Industries, Ltd.) and Optomer (registered trademark, manufactured by JSR Corporation).
配向性ポリマー組成物を基材フィルム等の配向膜を形成すべき表面に塗布する方法としては、重合性液晶組成物を基材フィルムへ塗布する方法として例示したものと同様のものが挙げられる。
Examples of the method of applying the oriented polymer composition to the surface of the base film or the like on which the oriented film should be formed include the same methods as those exemplified as the method of applying the polymerizable liquid crystal composition to the base film.
配向性ポリマー組成物に含まれる溶媒を除去する方法としては、自然乾燥法、通風乾燥法、加熱乾燥および減圧乾燥法等が挙げられる。
Examples of the method for removing the solvent contained in the oriented polymer composition include a natural drying method, a ventilation drying method, a heat drying method and a vacuum drying method.
配向膜に配向規制力を付与するために、必要に応じてラビング処理を行うことができる(ラビング法)。ラビング法により配向規制力を付与する方法としては、ラビング布が巻きつけられ、回転しているラビングロールに、配向性ポリマー組成物を基材に塗布しアニールすることで基材表面に形成された配向性ポリマーの膜を接触させる方法が挙げられる。ラビング処理を行う時に、マスキングを行えば、配向の方向が異なる複数の領域(パターン)を配向膜に形成することもできる。
A rubbing process can be performed as needed to impart orientation regulating force to the alignment film (rubbing method). As a method of imparting orientation-regulating force by the rubbing method, a rubbing cloth is wrapped around a rotating rubbing roll, and an orientation polymer composition is applied to the substrate and annealed to form the surface of the substrate. A method of contacting a film of an oriented polymer can be mentioned. If masking is performed during the rubbing treatment, a plurality of regions (patterns) having different orientation directions can be formed on the alignment film.
光配向膜は、通常、光反応性基を有するポリマーおよび/またはモノマーと溶媒とを含む組成物(以下、「光配向膜形成用組成物」ともいう)を、配向膜を形成すべき基材表面に塗布し、溶媒を除去後に偏光(好ましくは、偏光UV)を照射することで得られる。光配向膜は、照射する偏光の偏光方向を選択することにより、配向規制力の方向を任意に制御することができる点でも有利である。
The photoalignment film is usually a base material on which a composition containing a polymer and / or a monomer having a photoreactive group and a solvent (hereinafter, also referred to as “composition for forming a photoalignment film”) is to be formed. It is obtained by coating on a surface, removing the solvent, and then irradiating with polarized light (preferably polarized UV). The photoalignment film is also advantageous in that the direction of the orientation regulating force can be arbitrarily controlled by selecting the polarization direction of the polarized light to be irradiated.
光反応性基とは、光照射することにより液晶配向能を生じる基をいう。具体的には、光照射により生じる分子の配向誘起または異性化反応、二量化反応、光架橋反応もしくは光分解反応等の液晶配向能の起源となる光反応に関与する基が挙げられる。中でも、二量化反応または光架橋反応に関与する基が、配向性に優れる点で好ましい。光反応性基として、不飽和結合、特に二重結合を有する基が好ましく、炭素-炭素二重結合(C=C結合)、炭素-窒素二重結合(C=N結合)、窒素-窒素二重結合(N=N結合)および炭素-酸素二重結合(C=O結合)からなる群より選ばれる少なくとも1つを有する基が特に好ましい。
A photoreactive group is a group that produces a liquid crystal alignment ability when irradiated with light. Specific examples thereof include groups involved in photoreactions that are the origin of liquid crystal orientation ability such as molecular orientation induction or isomerization reaction, dimerization reaction, photocrosslinking reaction or photodecomposition reaction generated by light irradiation. Of these, groups involved in the dimerization reaction or photocrosslinking reaction are preferable because they are excellent in orientation. As the photoreactive group, an unsaturated bond, particularly a group having a double bond is preferable, and a carbon-carbon double bond (C = C bond), a carbon-nitrogen double bond (C = N bond), and a nitrogen-nitrogen bond are used. A group having at least one selected from the group consisting of a double bond (N = N bond) and a carbon-oxygen double bond (C = O bond) is particularly preferable.
C=C結合を有する光反応性基としては、ビニル基、ポリエン基、スチルベン基、スチルバゾール基、スチルバゾリウム基、カルコン基およびシンナモイル基等が挙げられる。C=N結合を有する光反応性基としては、芳香族シッフ塩基、芳香族ヒドラゾンなどの構造を有する基が挙げられる。N=N結合を有する光反応性基としては、アゾベンゼン基、アゾナフタレン基、芳香族複素環アゾ基、ビスアゾ基、ホルマザン基、および、アゾキシベンゼン構造を有する基等が挙げられる。C=O結合を有する光反応性基としては、ベンゾフェノン基、クマリン基、アントラキノン基およびマレイミド基等が挙げられる。これらの基は、アルキル基、アルコキシ基、アリール基、アリルオキシ基、シアノ基、アルコキシカルボニル基、ヒドロキシル基、スルホン酸基、ハロゲン化アルキル基などの置換基を有していてもよい。
Examples of the photoreactive group having a C = C bond include a vinyl group, a polyene group, a stilbene group, a stillbazole group, a stillvazolium group, a chalcone group, a cinnamoyl group and the like. Examples of the photoreactive group having a C = N bond include a group having a structure such as an aromatic Schiff base and an aromatic hydrazone. Examples of the photoreactive group having an N = N bond include an azobenzene group, an azonaphthalene group, an aromatic heterocyclic azo group, a bisazo group, a formazan group, and a group having an azoxybenzene structure. Examples of the photoreactive group having a C = O bond include a benzophenone group, a coumarin group, an anthraquinone group, a maleimide group and the like. These groups may have substituents such as an alkyl group, an alkoxy group, an aryl group, an allyloxy group, a cyano group, an alkoxycarbonyl group, a hydroxyl group, a sulfonic acid group and an alkyl halide group.
中でも、光二量化反応に関与する光反応性基が好ましく、光配向に必要な偏光照射量が比較的少なく、かつ、熱安定性や経時安定性に優れる光配向膜が得られやすいという点で、光反応性基はシンナモイル基およびカルコン基が好ましい。特に、液晶硬化物層が重合性基として(メタ)アクリロイルオキシ基を有する重合性液晶化合物から形成される場合、該液晶硬化物層との密着性をより向上させることができるため、配向膜を形成する光反応性基を有するポリマーとしては、当該ポリマー側鎖の末端部が桂皮酸構造となるようなシンナモイル基を有するものが特に好ましい。
Among them, a photoreactive group involved in a photodimerization reaction is preferable, and a photoalignment film having a relatively small amount of polarized light required for photoalignment and excellent thermal stability and stability over time can be easily obtained. The photoreactive group is preferably a cinnamoyl group or a chalcone group. In particular, when the cured liquid crystal layer is formed of a polymerizable liquid crystal compound having a (meth) acryloyloxy group as a polymerizable group, the adhesion to the cured liquid crystal layer can be further improved, so that the alignment film can be formed. As the polymer having a photoreactive group to be formed, a polymer having a cinnamoyl group such that the terminal portion of the side chain of the polymer has a cinnamoic acid structure is particularly preferable.
光配向膜形成用組成物に含まれる溶媒としては、重合性液晶組成物に用い得る溶媒として先に例示した溶媒と同様のものが挙げられ、光反応性基を有するポリマーあるいはモノマーの溶解性に応じて適宜選択することができる。
Examples of the solvent contained in the composition for forming a photoalignment film include the same solvents as those exemplified above as the solvents that can be used in the polymerizable liquid crystal composition, and the solubility of the polymer or monomer having a photoreactive group can be mentioned. It can be appropriately selected accordingly.
光配向膜形成用組成物中の光反応性基を有するポリマーまたはモノマーの含有量は、ポリマーまたはモノマーの種類や目的とする光配向膜の厚みによって適宜調節できるが、光配向膜形成用組成物の質量に対して、少なくとも0.2質量%とすることが好ましく、0.3~10質量%の範囲がより好ましい。また、光配向膜を形成するポリマーは、製造が容易である点、配向した液晶硬化物層が重合性基として(メタ)アクリロイルオキシ基を有する重合性液晶化合物から形成される場合に該液晶硬化物層との密着性を向上可能な点から、(メタ)アクリルポリマーであることが好ましい。光配向膜の特性が著しく損なわれない範囲で、光配向膜形成用組成物は、ポリビニルアルコールやポリイミドなどの高分子材料や光増感剤を含んでいてもよい。
The content of the polymer or monomer having a photoreactive group in the composition for forming a photo-alignment film can be appropriately adjusted depending on the type of the polymer or monomer and the thickness of the target photo-alignment film, but the composition for forming a photo-alignment film. It is preferably at least 0.2% by mass, more preferably in the range of 0.3 to 10% by mass, based on the mass of the above. Further, the polymer forming the photoalignment film is easy to produce, and when the oriented liquid crystal cured product layer is formed from a polymerizable liquid crystal compound having a (meth) acryloyloxy group as a polymerizable group, the liquid crystal curing is performed. A (meth) acrylic polymer is preferable because it can improve the adhesion to the material layer. The composition for forming a photoalignment film may contain a polymer material such as polyvinyl alcohol or polyimide or a photosensitizer as long as the characteristics of the photoalignment film are not significantly impaired.
配向膜を形成すべき表面に光配向膜形成用組成物を塗布する方法としては、配向性ポリマー組成物を塗布する方法と同様の方法が挙げられる。塗布された光配向膜形成用組成物から、溶媒を除去する方法としては例えば、自然乾燥法、通風乾燥法、加熱乾燥及び減圧乾燥法等が挙げられる。
Examples of the method of applying the composition for forming a photoalignment film to the surface on which the alignment film should be formed include the same method as the method of applying the alignment polymer composition. Examples of the method for removing the solvent from the applied composition for forming a photoalignment film include a natural drying method, a ventilation drying method, a heat drying method and a vacuum drying method.
偏光を照射するには、配向膜を形成すべき表面上に塗布された光配向膜形成用組成物から溶媒を除去したものに直接、偏光UVを照射する形式であってよい。また、当該偏光は、実質的に平行光であると特に好ましい。照射する偏光の波長は、光反応性基を有するポリマーまたはモノマーの光反応性基が、光エネルギーを吸収し得る波長領域のものがよい。具体的には、波長250~400nmの範囲のUV(紫外線)が特に好ましい。当該偏光照射に用いる光源としては、キセノンランプ、高圧水銀ランプ、超高圧水銀ランプ、メタルハライドランプ、KrF、ArFなどの紫外光レーザーなどが挙げられ、高圧水銀ランプ、超高圧水銀ランプおよびメタルハライドランプがより好ましい。これらの中でも、高圧水銀ランプ、超高圧水銀ランプおよびメタルハライドランプが、波長313nmの紫外線の発光強度が大きいため好ましい。前記光源からの光を、適当な偏光子を通過して照射することにより、偏光UVを照射することができる。かかる偏光子としては、偏光フィルターやグラントムソン、グランテーラーなどの偏光プリズムやワイヤーグリッドタイプの偏光子を用いることができる。
In order to irradiate the polarized light, the polarized UV may be directly irradiated to the composition for forming the photoalignment film coated on the surface on which the alignment film should be formed from which the solvent is removed. Further, it is particularly preferable that the polarized light is substantially parallel light. The wavelength of the polarized light to be irradiated is preferably in the wavelength range in which the photoreactive group of the polymer or monomer having a photoreactive group can absorb light energy. Specifically, UV (ultraviolet rays) having a wavelength in the range of 250 to 400 nm is particularly preferable. Examples of the light source used for the polarized light irradiation include xenon lamps, high-pressure mercury lamps, ultra-high pressure mercury lamps, metal halide lamps, ultraviolet light lasers such as KrF and ArF, and high-pressure mercury lamps, ultra-high pressure mercury lamps and metal halide lamps. preferable. Among these, a high-pressure mercury lamp, an ultra-high-pressure mercury lamp, and a metal halide lamp are preferable because they have a high emission intensity of ultraviolet rays having a wavelength of 313 nm. Polarized UV can be irradiated by irradiating the light from the light source through an appropriate polarizer. As such a polarizer, a polarizing filter, a polarizing prism such as Gran Thomson or Gran Tailor, or a wire grid type polarizer can be used.
なお、ラビングまたは偏光照射を行う時に、マスキングを行えば、液晶配向の方向が異なる複数の領域(パターン)を形成することもできる。
If masking is performed during rubbing or polarized light irradiation, it is possible to form a plurality of regions (patterns) in which the directions of liquid crystal orientation are different.
グルブ(groove)配向膜は、膜表面に凹凸パターンまたは複数のグルブ(溝)を有する膜である。等間隔に並んだ複数の直線状のグルブを有する膜に重合性液晶化合物を塗布した場合、その溝に沿った方向に液晶分子が配向する。
The groove alignment film is a film having an uneven pattern or a plurality of grooves on the surface of the film. When the polymerizable liquid crystal compound is applied to a film having a plurality of linear grubs arranged at equal intervals, the liquid crystal molecules are oriented in the direction along the groove.
グルブ配向膜を得る方法としては、感光性ポリイミド膜表面にパターン形状のスリットを有する露光用マスクを介して露光後、現像およびリンス処理を行って凹凸パターンを形成する方法、表面に溝を有する板状の原盤に、硬化前のUV硬化樹脂の層を形成し、形成された樹脂層を基材フィルム等の配向膜を形成すべき表面へ移してから硬化する方法、および、配向膜を形成すべき表面に形成した硬化前のUV硬化樹脂の膜に、複数の溝を有するロール状の原盤を押し当てて凹凸を形成し、その後硬化する方法等が挙げられる。
As a method of obtaining a grub alignment film, a method of forming an uneven pattern by performing exposure and rinsing treatment after exposure through an exposure mask having a pattern-shaped slit on the surface of the photosensitive polyimide film, and a plate having grooves on the surface. A method of forming a layer of UV-curable resin before curing on a shaped master, transferring the formed resin layer to a surface such as a base film on which an alignment film should be formed, and then curing, and forming an alignment film. Examples thereof include a method in which a roll-shaped master having a plurality of grooves is pressed against a film of a UV-curable resin before curing formed on a power surface to form irregularities, and then the film is cured.
配向膜(配向性ポリマーを含む配向膜または光配向膜)の厚みは、通常10~10000nmの範囲であり、好ましくは10~2500nmの範囲であり、より好ましくは10~1000nm以下であり、さらに好ましくは10~500nm、特に好ましい50~250nmの範囲である。
The thickness of the alignment film (alignment film containing an alignment polymer or photoalignment film) is usually in the range of 10 to 10000 nm, preferably in the range of 10 to 2500 nm, more preferably 10 to 1000 nm or less, and further preferably. Is in the range of 10 to 500 nm, particularly preferably 50 to 250 nm.
本発明において、機能層を構成する液晶硬化物層が垂直配向液晶硬化物層である場合、該液晶硬化物層が少なくとも1種の垂直配向促進剤を含むことにより、上記配向膜を介することなく、基材フィルム上などの液晶硬化物層を形成すべき表面に直接液晶硬化物層を形成することができる。本明細書において、垂直配向促進剤とは硬化物層平面に対して垂直方向へ重合性液晶化合物の液晶配向を促進させる材料を意味する。液晶硬化物層が垂直配向促進剤を含むことにより、基材フィルム上等に垂直配向膜を形成することなく直接垂直配向液晶硬化物層を形成することができるため、長尺フィルムの製造工程が簡素化され、生産性よく長尺フィルムを製造することができる。
In the present invention, when the liquid crystal cured product layer constituting the functional layer is a vertically oriented liquid crystal cured product layer, the liquid crystal cured product layer contains at least one kind of vertical alignment accelerator, so that the liquid crystal cured product layer does not go through the alignment film. , The liquid crystal cured product layer can be formed directly on the surface on which the liquid crystal cured product layer should be formed, such as on the base film. In the present specification, the vertical orientation accelerator means a material that promotes the liquid crystal orientation of the polymerizable liquid crystal compound in the direction perpendicular to the plane of the cured product layer. Since the liquid crystal cured product layer contains the vertical alignment accelerator, the vertically oriented liquid crystal cured product layer can be directly formed without forming the vertical alignment film on the base film or the like, so that the manufacturing process of the long film can be performed. It is possible to produce a long film with simplification and high productivity.
垂直配向促進剤としては、基材フィルム上に重合性液晶組成物を塗布した際に、塗膜の基材フィルム側界面において重合性液晶化合物に対して静電反発力を生じるような成分が好ましい。このような成分としては、例えばイオン性化合物が挙げられ、液晶硬化物層の配向欠陥の発生を抑制する観点から、垂直配向促進剤としては非金属原子からなるイオン性化合物を含むことが好ましい。重合性液晶化合物を含む重合性液晶組成物が、非金属原子からなるイオン性化合物を含むと、該組成物から形成された乾燥塗膜においては、静電相互作用によって重合性液晶化合物に対する垂直配向規制力が発現し、乾燥塗膜内において重合性液晶化合物を膜平面に対して垂直方向に配向させることができる。これにより、重合性液晶化合物が垂直配向した状態を保持して液晶硬化物層を形成することができる。
As the vertical orientation accelerator, a component that causes an electrostatic repulsive force against the polymerizable liquid crystal compound at the interface on the base film side of the coating film when the polymerizable liquid crystal composition is applied onto the base film is preferable. .. Examples of such a component include an ionic compound, and from the viewpoint of suppressing the occurrence of orientation defects in the liquid crystal cured product layer, the vertical alignment accelerator preferably contains an ionic compound composed of non-metal atoms. When the polymerizable liquid crystal composition containing the polymerizable liquid crystal compound contains an ionic compound composed of non-metal atoms, the dry coating film formed from the composition is vertically oriented with respect to the polymerizable liquid crystal compound by electrostatic interaction. The restrictive force is exhibited, and the polymerizable liquid crystal compound can be oriented in the dry coating film in the direction perpendicular to the film plane. As a result, the liquid crystal cured product layer can be formed while maintaining the vertically oriented state of the polymerizable liquid crystal compound.
非金属原子からなるイオン性化合物(以下、単に「イオン性化合物」ともいう)としては、たとえば、オニウム塩(より具体的には、窒素原子がプラスの電荷を有する第四級アンモニウム塩、第三級スルホニウム塩、およびリン原子がプラスの電荷を有する第四級ホスホニウム塩等)が挙げられる。これらのオニウム塩のうち、重合性液晶化合物の垂直配向性をより向上させ得る観点から第四級オニウム塩が好ましく、入手性および量産性を向上させる観点から、第四級ホスホニウム塩または第四級アンモニウム塩がより好ましい。オニウム塩は分子内に2つ以上の第四級オニウム塩部位を有していてもよく、オリゴマーやポリマーであってもよい。
Examples of the ionic compound composed of non-metal atoms (hereinafter, also simply referred to as “ionic compound”) include, for example, an onium salt (more specifically, a quaternary ammonium salt in which a nitrogen atom has a positive charge, a third. Class sulfonium salts, quaternary phosphonium salts in which the phosphorus atom has a positive charge, etc.) can be mentioned. Of these onium salts, a quaternary onium salt is preferable from the viewpoint of further improving the vertical orientation of the polymerizable liquid crystal compound, and a quaternary phosphonium salt or a quaternary from the viewpoint of improving availability and mass productivity. Ammonium salts are more preferred. The onium salt may have two or more quaternary onium salt moieties in the molecule, and may be an oligomer or a polymer.
イオン性化合物の分子量は、100以上10,000以下であることが好ましい。分子量が上記範囲内であると、重合性液晶組成物の塗布性を確保したまま重合性液晶化合物の垂直配向性を向上させやすい。イオン性化合物の分子量は、より好ましくは5000以下、さらに好ましくは3000以下である。
The molecular weight of the ionic compound is preferably 100 or more and 10,000 or less. When the molecular weight is within the above range, it is easy to improve the vertical orientation of the polymerizable liquid crystal compound while ensuring the coatability of the polymerizable liquid crystal composition. The molecular weight of the ionic compound is more preferably 5000 or less, still more preferably 3000 or less.
イオン性化合物のカチオン成分としては、例えば、無機のカチオンおよび有機のカチオンが挙げられる。中でも、重合性液晶化合物の配向欠陥を生じ難いことから、有機のカチオンが好ましい。有機のカチオンとしては、例えば、イミダゾリウムカチオン、ピリジニウムカチオン、アンモニウムカチオン、スルホニウムカチオンおよびホスホニウムカチオン等が挙げられる。
Examples of the cation component of the ionic compound include an inorganic cation and an organic cation. Of these, organic cations are preferable because orientation defects of the polymerizable liquid crystal compound are unlikely to occur. Examples of the organic cation include imidazolium cation, pyridinium cation, ammonium cation, sulfonium cation, phosphonium cation and the like.
イオン性化合物は一般的に対アニオンを有する。上記カチオン成分の対イオンとなるアニオン成分としては、例えば、無機のアニオンおよび有機のアニオンが挙げられる。中でも、重合性液晶化合物の配向欠陥を生じ難いことから、有機のアニオンが好ましい。なお、カチオンとアニオンとは、必ずしも一対一の対応となっている必要があるわけではない。
Ionic compounds generally have a counter anion. Examples of the anion component that becomes the counter ion of the cation component include an inorganic anion and an organic anion. Of these, organic anions are preferable because orientation defects of the polymerizable liquid crystal compound are unlikely to occur. It should be noted that the cation and the anion do not necessarily have to have a one-to-one correspondence.
アニオン成分としては、具体的に例えば、以下のようなものが挙げられる。
クロライドアニオン〔Cl-〕、
ブロマイドアニオン〔Br-〕、
ヨーダイドアニオン〔I-〕、
テトラクロロアルミネートアニオン〔AlCl4 -〕、
ヘプタクロロジアルミネートアニオン〔Al2Cl7 -〕、
テトラフルオロボレートアニオン〔BF4 -〕、
ヘキサフルオロホスフェートアニオン〔PF6 -〕、
パークロレートアニオン〔ClO4 -〕、
ナイトレートアニオン〔NO3 -〕、
アセテートアニオン〔CH3COO-〕、
トリフルオロアセテートアニオン〔CF3COO-〕、
フルオロスルホネートアニオン〔FSO3 -〕、
メタンスルホネートアニオン〔CH3SO3 -〕、
トリフルオロメタンスルホネートアニオン〔CF3SO3 -〕、
p-トルエンスルホネートアニオン〔p-CH3C6H4SO3 -〕、
ビス(フルオロスルホニル)イミドアニオン〔(FSO2)2N-〕、
ビス(トリフルオロメタンスルホニル)イミドアニオン〔(CF3SO2)2N-〕、
トリス(トリフルオロメタンスルホニル)メタニドアニオン〔(CF3SO2)3C-〕、
ヘキサフルオロアーセネートアニオン〔AsF6 -〕、
ヘキサフルオロアンチモネートアニオン〔SbF6 -〕、
ヘキサフルオロニオベートアニオン〔NbF6 -〕、
ヘキサフルオロタンタレートアニオン〔TaF6 -〕、
ジメチルホスフィネートアニオン〔(CH3)2POO-〕、
(ポリ)ハイドロフルオロフルオライドアニオン〔F(HF)n -〕(たとえば、nは1~3の整数を表す)、
ジシアナミドアニオン〔(CN)2N-〕、
チオシアンアニオン〔SCN-〕、
パーフルオロブタンスルホネートアニオン〔C4F9SO3 -〕、
ビス(ペンタフルオロエタンスルホニル)イミドアニオン〔(C2F5SO2)2N-〕、
パーフルオロブタノエートアニオン〔C3F7COO-〕、および
(トリフルオロメタンスルホニル)(トリフルオロメタンカルボニル)イミドアニオン〔(CF3SO2)(CF3CO)N-〕。 Specific examples of the anion component include the following.
Chloride anion [Cl -],
Bromide anion [Br -],
Iodide anion [I -],
Tetrachloroaluminate anion [AlCl 4 -],
Hepta-chloro-di-aluminate anion [Al 2 Cl 7 -],
Tetrafluoroborate anion [BF 4 -],
Hexafluorophosphate anion [PF 6 -],
Perchlorate anions [ClO 4 -],
Nitrate anions [NO 3 -],
Acetate anion [CH 3 COO -],
Trifluoroacetate anion [CF 3 COO -],
Fluorosulfonate anion [FSO 3 -],
Methanesulfonate anion [CH 3 SO 3 -],
Trifluoromethanesulfonate anion [CF 3 SO 3 -],
p- toluenesulfonate anion [p-CH 3 C 6 H 4 SO 3 - ],
Bis (fluorosulfonyl) imide anion [(FSO 2) 2 N -],
Bis (trifluoromethanesulfonyl) imide anion [(CF 3 SO 2) 2 N - ],
Tris (trifluoromethanesulfonyl) meth acetonide anion [(CF 3 SO 2) 3 C - ],
Hexafluoro Ah cell anion [AsF 6 -],
Hexafluoroantimonate anion [SbF 6 -],
Hexafluoro niobate anions [NbF 6 -],
Hexafluoro tantalate anion [TaF 6 -],
Dimethyl phosphinate anion [(CH 3) 2 POO -],
(Poly) hydrofluoroether fluoride anion [F (HF) n -] (e.g., n represents an integer of 1-3),
Dicyanamide anion [(CN) 2 N -],
Thiocyanate anion [SCN -],
Perfluorobutane sulfonate anion [C 4 F 9 SO 3 -],
Bis (pentafluoroethane sulfonyl) imide anion [(C 2 F 5 SO 2) 2 N - ],
Perfluoro butanoate anion [C 3 F 7 COO -], and (trifluoromethanesulfonyl) (trifluoromethane carbonyl) imide anion [(CF 3 SO 2) (CF 3 CO) N - ].
クロライドアニオン〔Cl-〕、
ブロマイドアニオン〔Br-〕、
ヨーダイドアニオン〔I-〕、
テトラクロロアルミネートアニオン〔AlCl4 -〕、
ヘプタクロロジアルミネートアニオン〔Al2Cl7 -〕、
テトラフルオロボレートアニオン〔BF4 -〕、
ヘキサフルオロホスフェートアニオン〔PF6 -〕、
パークロレートアニオン〔ClO4 -〕、
ナイトレートアニオン〔NO3 -〕、
アセテートアニオン〔CH3COO-〕、
トリフルオロアセテートアニオン〔CF3COO-〕、
フルオロスルホネートアニオン〔FSO3 -〕、
メタンスルホネートアニオン〔CH3SO3 -〕、
トリフルオロメタンスルホネートアニオン〔CF3SO3 -〕、
p-トルエンスルホネートアニオン〔p-CH3C6H4SO3 -〕、
ビス(フルオロスルホニル)イミドアニオン〔(FSO2)2N-〕、
ビス(トリフルオロメタンスルホニル)イミドアニオン〔(CF3SO2)2N-〕、
トリス(トリフルオロメタンスルホニル)メタニドアニオン〔(CF3SO2)3C-〕、
ヘキサフルオロアーセネートアニオン〔AsF6 -〕、
ヘキサフルオロアンチモネートアニオン〔SbF6 -〕、
ヘキサフルオロニオベートアニオン〔NbF6 -〕、
ヘキサフルオロタンタレートアニオン〔TaF6 -〕、
ジメチルホスフィネートアニオン〔(CH3)2POO-〕、
(ポリ)ハイドロフルオロフルオライドアニオン〔F(HF)n -〕(たとえば、nは1~3の整数を表す)、
ジシアナミドアニオン〔(CN)2N-〕、
チオシアンアニオン〔SCN-〕、
パーフルオロブタンスルホネートアニオン〔C4F9SO3 -〕、
ビス(ペンタフルオロエタンスルホニル)イミドアニオン〔(C2F5SO2)2N-〕、
パーフルオロブタノエートアニオン〔C3F7COO-〕、および
(トリフルオロメタンスルホニル)(トリフルオロメタンカルボニル)イミドアニオン〔(CF3SO2)(CF3CO)N-〕。 Specific examples of the anion component include the following.
Chloride anion [Cl -],
Bromide anion [Br -],
Iodide anion [I -],
Tetrachloroaluminate anion [AlCl 4 -],
Hepta-chloro-di-aluminate anion [Al 2 Cl 7 -],
Tetrafluoroborate anion [BF 4 -],
Hexafluorophosphate anion [PF 6 -],
Perchlorate anions [ClO 4 -],
Nitrate anions [NO 3 -],
Acetate anion [CH 3 COO -],
Trifluoroacetate anion [CF 3 COO -],
Fluorosulfonate anion [FSO 3 -],
Methanesulfonate anion [CH 3 SO 3 -],
Trifluoromethanesulfonate anion [CF 3 SO 3 -],
p- toluenesulfonate anion [p-CH 3 C 6 H 4 SO 3 - ],
Bis (fluorosulfonyl) imide anion [(FSO 2) 2 N -],
Bis (trifluoromethanesulfonyl) imide anion [(CF 3 SO 2) 2 N - ],
Tris (trifluoromethanesulfonyl) meth acetonide anion [(CF 3 SO 2) 3 C - ],
Hexafluoro Ah cell anion [AsF 6 -],
Hexafluoroantimonate anion [SbF 6 -],
Hexafluoro niobate anions [NbF 6 -],
Hexafluoro tantalate anion [TaF 6 -],
Dimethyl phosphinate anion [(CH 3) 2 POO -],
(Poly) hydrofluoroether fluoride anion [F (HF) n -] (e.g., n represents an integer of 1-3),
Dicyanamide anion [(CN) 2 N -],
Thiocyanate anion [SCN -],
Perfluorobutane sulfonate anion [C 4 F 9 SO 3 -],
Bis (pentafluoroethane sulfonyl) imide anion [(C 2 F 5 SO 2) 2 N - ],
Perfluoro butanoate anion [C 3 F 7 COO -], and (trifluoromethanesulfonyl) (trifluoromethane carbonyl) imide anion [(CF 3 SO 2) (CF 3 CO) N - ].
イオン性化合物の具体例は、上記カチオン成分とアニオン成分との組合せから適宜選択することができる。具体的なカチオン成分とアニオン成分の組合せである化合物としては、例えば、以下のようなものが挙げられる。
Specific examples of the ionic compound can be appropriately selected from the combination of the above-mentioned cation component and anion component. Examples of the compound which is a specific combination of the cation component and the anion component include the following.
(ピリジニウム塩)
N-ヘキシルピリジニウム ヘキサフルオロホスフェート、
N-オクチルピリジニウム ヘキサフルオロホスフェート、
N-メチル-4-ヘキシルピリジニウム ヘキサフルオロホスフェート、
N-ブチル-4-メチルピリジニウム ヘキサフルオロホスフェート、
N-オクチル-4-メチルピリジニウム ヘキサフルオロホスフェート、
N-ヘキシルピリジニウム ビス(フルオロスルホニル)イミド、
N-オクチルピリジニウム ビス(フルオロスルホニル)イミド、
N-メチル-4-ヘキシルピリジニウム ビス(フルオロスルホニル)イミド、
N-ブチル-4-メチルピリジニウム ビス(フルオロスルホニル)イミド、
N-オクチル-4-メチルピリジニウム ビス(フルオロスルホニル)イミド、
N-ヘキシルピリジニウム ビス(トリフルオロメタンスルホニル)イミド、
N-オクチルピリジニウム ビス(トリフルオロメタンスルホニル)イミド、
N-メチル-4-ヘキシルピリジニウム ビス(トリフルオロメタンスルホニル)イミド、
N-ブチル-4-メチルピリジニウム ビス(トリフルオロメタンスルホニル)イミド、
N-オクチル-4-メチルピリジニウム ビス(トリフルオロメタンスルホニル)イミド、
N-ヘキシルピリジニウム p-トルエンスルホネート、
N-オクチルピリジニウム p-トルエンスルホネート、
N-メチル-4-ヘキシルピリジニウム p-トルエンスルホネート、
N-ブチル-4-メチルピリジニウム p-トルエンスルホネート、および
N-オクチル-4-メチルピリジニウム p-トルエンスルホネート。 (Pyridinium salt)
N-hexylpyridinium hexafluorophosphate,
N-octylpyridinium hexafluorophosphate,
N-Methyl-4-hexylpyridinium hexafluorophosphate,
N-Butyl-4-methylpyridinium hexafluorophosphate,
N-octyl-4-methylpyridinium hexafluorophosphate,
N-hexylpyridinium bis (fluorosulfonyl) imide,
N-octylpyridinium bis (fluorosulfonyl) imide,
N-Methyl-4-hexylpyridinium bis (fluorosulfonyl) imide,
N-Butyl-4-methylpyridinium bis (fluorosulfonyl) imide,
N-octyl-4-methylpyridinium bis (fluorosulfonyl) imide,
N-hexylpyridinium bis (trifluoromethanesulfonyl) imide,
N-octylpyridinium bis (trifluoromethanesulfonyl) imide,
N-Methyl-4-hexylpyridinium bis (trifluoromethanesulfonyl) imide,
N-Butyl-4-methylpyridinium bis (trifluoromethanesulfonyl) imide,
N-octyl-4-methylpyridinium bis (trifluoromethanesulfonyl) imide,
N-hexylpyridinium p-toluenesulfonate,
N-octylpyridinium p-toluenesulfonate,
N-Methyl-4-hexylpyridinium p-toluenesulfonate,
N-Butyl-4-methylpyridinium p-toluenesulfonate, and N-octyl-4-methylpyridinium p-toluenesulfonate.
N-ヘキシルピリジニウム ヘキサフルオロホスフェート、
N-オクチルピリジニウム ヘキサフルオロホスフェート、
N-メチル-4-ヘキシルピリジニウム ヘキサフルオロホスフェート、
N-ブチル-4-メチルピリジニウム ヘキサフルオロホスフェート、
N-オクチル-4-メチルピリジニウム ヘキサフルオロホスフェート、
N-ヘキシルピリジニウム ビス(フルオロスルホニル)イミド、
N-オクチルピリジニウム ビス(フルオロスルホニル)イミド、
N-メチル-4-ヘキシルピリジニウム ビス(フルオロスルホニル)イミド、
N-ブチル-4-メチルピリジニウム ビス(フルオロスルホニル)イミド、
N-オクチル-4-メチルピリジニウム ビス(フルオロスルホニル)イミド、
N-ヘキシルピリジニウム ビス(トリフルオロメタンスルホニル)イミド、
N-オクチルピリジニウム ビス(トリフルオロメタンスルホニル)イミド、
N-メチル-4-ヘキシルピリジニウム ビス(トリフルオロメタンスルホニル)イミド、
N-ブチル-4-メチルピリジニウム ビス(トリフルオロメタンスルホニル)イミド、
N-オクチル-4-メチルピリジニウム ビス(トリフルオロメタンスルホニル)イミド、
N-ヘキシルピリジニウム p-トルエンスルホネート、
N-オクチルピリジニウム p-トルエンスルホネート、
N-メチル-4-ヘキシルピリジニウム p-トルエンスルホネート、
N-ブチル-4-メチルピリジニウム p-トルエンスルホネート、および
N-オクチル-4-メチルピリジニウム p-トルエンスルホネート。 (Pyridinium salt)
N-hexylpyridinium hexafluorophosphate,
N-octylpyridinium hexafluorophosphate,
N-Methyl-4-hexylpyridinium hexafluorophosphate,
N-Butyl-4-methylpyridinium hexafluorophosphate,
N-octyl-4-methylpyridinium hexafluorophosphate,
N-hexylpyridinium bis (fluorosulfonyl) imide,
N-octylpyridinium bis (fluorosulfonyl) imide,
N-Methyl-4-hexylpyridinium bis (fluorosulfonyl) imide,
N-Butyl-4-methylpyridinium bis (fluorosulfonyl) imide,
N-octyl-4-methylpyridinium bis (fluorosulfonyl) imide,
N-hexylpyridinium bis (trifluoromethanesulfonyl) imide,
N-octylpyridinium bis (trifluoromethanesulfonyl) imide,
N-Methyl-4-hexylpyridinium bis (trifluoromethanesulfonyl) imide,
N-Butyl-4-methylpyridinium bis (trifluoromethanesulfonyl) imide,
N-octyl-4-methylpyridinium bis (trifluoromethanesulfonyl) imide,
N-hexylpyridinium p-toluenesulfonate,
N-octylpyridinium p-toluenesulfonate,
N-Methyl-4-hexylpyridinium p-toluenesulfonate,
N-Butyl-4-methylpyridinium p-toluenesulfonate, and N-octyl-4-methylpyridinium p-toluenesulfonate.
(イミダゾリウム塩)
1-エチル-3-メチルイミダゾリウム ヘキサフルオロホスフェート、
1-エチル-3-メチルイミダゾリウム ビス(フルオロスルホニル)イミド、
1-エチル-3-メチルイミダゾリウム ビス(トリフルオロメタンスルホニル)イミド、
1-エチル-3-メチルイミダゾリウム p-トルエンスルホネート、
1-ブチル-3-メチルイミダゾリウム メタンスルホネートなど。 (Imidazole salt)
1-Ethyl-3-methylimidazolium hexafluorophosphate,
1-Ethyl-3-methylimidazolium bis (fluorosulfonyl) imide,
1-Ethyl-3-methylimidazolium bis (trifluoromethanesulfonyl) imide,
1-Ethyl-3-methylimidazolium p-toluenesulfonate,
1-Butyl-3-methylimidazolium methanesulfonate, etc.
1-エチル-3-メチルイミダゾリウム ヘキサフルオロホスフェート、
1-エチル-3-メチルイミダゾリウム ビス(フルオロスルホニル)イミド、
1-エチル-3-メチルイミダゾリウム ビス(トリフルオロメタンスルホニル)イミド、
1-エチル-3-メチルイミダゾリウム p-トルエンスルホネート、
1-ブチル-3-メチルイミダゾリウム メタンスルホネートなど。 (Imidazole salt)
1-Ethyl-3-methylimidazolium hexafluorophosphate,
1-Ethyl-3-methylimidazolium bis (fluorosulfonyl) imide,
1-Ethyl-3-methylimidazolium bis (trifluoromethanesulfonyl) imide,
1-Ethyl-3-methylimidazolium p-toluenesulfonate,
1-Butyl-3-methylimidazolium methanesulfonate, etc.
(ピロリジニウム塩)
N-ブチル-N-メチルピロリジニウム ヘキサフルオロホスフェート、
N-ブチル-N-メチルピロリジニウム ビス(フルオロスルホニル)イミド、
N-ブチル-N-メチルピロリジニウム ビス(トリフルオロメタンスルホニル)イミド、
N-ブチル-N-メチルピロリジニウム p-トルエンスルホネートなど。 (Pyrrolidinium salt)
N-Butyl-N-Methylpyrrolidinium Hexafluorophosphate,
N-Butyl-N-Methylpyrrolidinium bis (fluorosulfonyl) imide,
N-Butyl-N-Methylpyrrolidinium bis (trifluoromethanesulfonyl) imide,
N-Butyl-N-methylpyrrolidinium p-toluenesulfonate and the like.
N-ブチル-N-メチルピロリジニウム ヘキサフルオロホスフェート、
N-ブチル-N-メチルピロリジニウム ビス(フルオロスルホニル)イミド、
N-ブチル-N-メチルピロリジニウム ビス(トリフルオロメタンスルホニル)イミド、
N-ブチル-N-メチルピロリジニウム p-トルエンスルホネートなど。 (Pyrrolidinium salt)
N-Butyl-N-Methylpyrrolidinium Hexafluorophosphate,
N-Butyl-N-Methylpyrrolidinium bis (fluorosulfonyl) imide,
N-Butyl-N-Methylpyrrolidinium bis (trifluoromethanesulfonyl) imide,
N-Butyl-N-methylpyrrolidinium p-toluenesulfonate and the like.
(アンモニウム塩)
テトラブチルアンモニウム ヘキサフルオロホスフェート、
テトラブチルアンモニウム ビス(フルオロスルホニル)イミド、
テトラヘキシルアンモニウム ビス(フルオロスルホニル)イミド、
トリオクチルメチルアンモニウム ビス(フルオロスルホニル)イミド、
(2-ヒドロキシエチル)トリメチルアンモニウム ビス(フルオロスルホニル)イミド、
テトラブチルアンモニウム ビス(トリフルオロメタンスルホニル)イミド、
テトラヘキシルアンモニウム ビス(トリフルオロメタンスルホニル)イミド、
トリオクチルメチルアンモニウム ビス(トリフルオロメタンスルホニル)イミド、
(2-ヒドロキシエチル)トリメチルアンモニウム ビス(トリフルオロメタンスルホニル)イミド、
テトラブチルアンモニウム p-トルエンスルホネート、
テトラヘキシルアンモニウム p-トルエンスルホネート、
トリオクチルメチルアンモニウム p-トルエンスルホネート、
(2-ヒドロキシエチル)トリメチルアンモニウム p-トルエンスルホネート、
(2-ヒドロキシエチル)トリメチルアンモニウム ジメチルホスフィネート
1-(3-トリメトキシシリルプロピル)-1,1,1-トリブチルアンモニウム ビス(トリフルオロメタンスルホニル)イミド、
1-(3-トリメトキシシリルプロピル)-1,1,1-トリメチルアンモニウム ビス(トリフルオロメタンスルホニル)イミド、
1-(3-トリメトキシシリルブチル)-1,1,1-トリブチルアンモニウム ビス(トリフルオロメタンスルホニル)イミド、
1-(3-トリメトキシシリルブチル)-1,1,1-トリメチルアンモニウム ビス(トリフルオロメタンスルホニル)イミド、
N-{(3-トリエトキシシリルプロピル)カルバモイルオキシエチル)}-N,N,N-トリメチルアンモニウム ビス(トリフルオロメタンスルホニル)イミド、および
N-[2-{3-(3-トリメトキシシリルプロピルアミノ)-1-オキソプロポキシ}エチル]-N,N,N-トリメチルアンモニウム ビス(トリフルオロメタンスルホニル)イミド。 (Ammonium salt)
Tetrabutylammonium hexafluorophosphate,
Tetrabutylammonium bis (fluorosulfonyl) imide,
Tetrahexyl ammonium bis (fluorosulfonyl) imide,
Trioctylmethylammonium bis (fluorosulfonyl) imide,
(2-Hydroxyethyl) trimethylammonium bis (fluorosulfonyl) imide,
Tetrabutylammonium bis (trifluoromethanesulfonyl) imide,
Tetrahexyl ammonium bis (trifluoromethanesulfonyl) imide,
Trioctylmethylammonium bis (trifluoromethanesulfonyl) imide,
(2-Hydroxyethyl) trimethylammonium bis (trifluoromethanesulfonyl) imide,
Tetrabutylammonium p-toluenesulfonate,
Tetrahexyl ammonium p-toluene sulfonate,
Trioctylmethylammonium p-toluenesulfonate,
(2-Hydroxyethyl) trimethylammonium p-toluenesulfonate,
(2-Hydroxyethyl) trimethylammonium dimethylphosphinate 1- (3-trimethoxysilylpropyl) -1,1,1-tributylammonium bis (trifluoromethanesulfonyl) imide,
1- (3-Trimethoxysilylpropyl) -1,1,1-trimethylammonium bis (trifluoromethanesulfonyl) imide,
1- (3-Trimethoxysilylbutyl) -1,1,1-tributylammonium bis (trifluoromethanesulfonyl) imide,
1- (3-Trimethoxysilylbutyl) -1,1,1-trimethylammonium bis (trifluoromethanesulfonyl) imide,
N-{(3-Triethoxysilylpropyl) Carbamoyloxyethyl)} -N, N, N-trimethylammonium bis (trifluoromethanesulfonyl) imide, and N- [2- {3- (3-trimethoxysilylpropylamino) ) -1-Oxopropoxy} ethyl] -N, N, N-trimethylammonium bis (trifluoromethanesulfonyl) imide.
テトラブチルアンモニウム ヘキサフルオロホスフェート、
テトラブチルアンモニウム ビス(フルオロスルホニル)イミド、
テトラヘキシルアンモニウム ビス(フルオロスルホニル)イミド、
トリオクチルメチルアンモニウム ビス(フルオロスルホニル)イミド、
(2-ヒドロキシエチル)トリメチルアンモニウム ビス(フルオロスルホニル)イミド、
テトラブチルアンモニウム ビス(トリフルオロメタンスルホニル)イミド、
テトラヘキシルアンモニウム ビス(トリフルオロメタンスルホニル)イミド、
トリオクチルメチルアンモニウム ビス(トリフルオロメタンスルホニル)イミド、
(2-ヒドロキシエチル)トリメチルアンモニウム ビス(トリフルオロメタンスルホニル)イミド、
テトラブチルアンモニウム p-トルエンスルホネート、
テトラヘキシルアンモニウム p-トルエンスルホネート、
トリオクチルメチルアンモニウム p-トルエンスルホネート、
(2-ヒドロキシエチル)トリメチルアンモニウム p-トルエンスルホネート、
(2-ヒドロキシエチル)トリメチルアンモニウム ジメチルホスフィネート
1-(3-トリメトキシシリルプロピル)-1,1,1-トリブチルアンモニウム ビス(トリフルオロメタンスルホニル)イミド、
1-(3-トリメトキシシリルプロピル)-1,1,1-トリメチルアンモニウム ビス(トリフルオロメタンスルホニル)イミド、
1-(3-トリメトキシシリルブチル)-1,1,1-トリブチルアンモニウム ビス(トリフルオロメタンスルホニル)イミド、
1-(3-トリメトキシシリルブチル)-1,1,1-トリメチルアンモニウム ビス(トリフルオロメタンスルホニル)イミド、
N-{(3-トリエトキシシリルプロピル)カルバモイルオキシエチル)}-N,N,N-トリメチルアンモニウム ビス(トリフルオロメタンスルホニル)イミド、および
N-[2-{3-(3-トリメトキシシリルプロピルアミノ)-1-オキソプロポキシ}エチル]-N,N,N-トリメチルアンモニウム ビス(トリフルオロメタンスルホニル)イミド。 (Ammonium salt)
Tetrabutylammonium hexafluorophosphate,
Tetrabutylammonium bis (fluorosulfonyl) imide,
Tetrahexyl ammonium bis (fluorosulfonyl) imide,
Trioctylmethylammonium bis (fluorosulfonyl) imide,
(2-Hydroxyethyl) trimethylammonium bis (fluorosulfonyl) imide,
Tetrabutylammonium bis (trifluoromethanesulfonyl) imide,
Tetrahexyl ammonium bis (trifluoromethanesulfonyl) imide,
Trioctylmethylammonium bis (trifluoromethanesulfonyl) imide,
(2-Hydroxyethyl) trimethylammonium bis (trifluoromethanesulfonyl) imide,
Tetrabutylammonium p-toluenesulfonate,
Tetrahexyl ammonium p-toluene sulfonate,
Trioctylmethylammonium p-toluenesulfonate,
(2-Hydroxyethyl) trimethylammonium p-toluenesulfonate,
(2-Hydroxyethyl) trimethylammonium dimethylphosphinate 1- (3-trimethoxysilylpropyl) -1,1,1-tributylammonium bis (trifluoromethanesulfonyl) imide,
1- (3-Trimethoxysilylpropyl) -1,1,1-trimethylammonium bis (trifluoromethanesulfonyl) imide,
1- (3-Trimethoxysilylbutyl) -1,1,1-tributylammonium bis (trifluoromethanesulfonyl) imide,
1- (3-Trimethoxysilylbutyl) -1,1,1-trimethylammonium bis (trifluoromethanesulfonyl) imide,
N-{(3-Triethoxysilylpropyl) Carbamoyloxyethyl)} -N, N, N-trimethylammonium bis (trifluoromethanesulfonyl) imide, and N- [2- {3- (3-trimethoxysilylpropylamino) ) -1-Oxopropoxy} ethyl] -N, N, N-trimethylammonium bis (trifluoromethanesulfonyl) imide.
(ホスホニウム塩)
トリブチル(2-メトキシエチル)ホスホニウム ビス (トリフルオロメタンスルホニル)イミド、
トリブチルメチルホスホニウムビス (トリフルオロメタンスルホニル)イミド、
1,1,1-トリメチル-1-[(トリメトキシシリル)メチル]ホスホニウム ビス (トリフルオロメタンスルホニル)イミド、
1,1,1-トリメチル-1-[2-(トリメトキシシリル)エチル]ホスホニウム ビス(トリフルオロメタンスルホニル)イミド、
1,1,1-トリメチル-1-[3-(トリメトキシシリル)プロピル]ホスホニウム ビス(トリフルオロメタンスルホニル)イミド、
1,1,1-トリメチル-1-[4-(トリメトキシシリル)ブチル]ホスホニウム ビス(トリフルオロメタンスルホニル)イミド、
1,1,1-トリブチル-1-[(トリメトキシシリル)メチル]ホスホニウム ビス(トリフルオロメタンスルホニル)イミド、
1,1,1-トリブチル-1-[2-(トリメトキシシリル)エチル]ホスホニウム ビス(トリフルオロメタンスルホニル)イミド、および
1,1,1-トリブチル-1-[3-(トリメトキシシリル)プロピル]ホスホニウム ビス(トリフルオロメタンスルホニル)イミド。
これらのイオン性化合物はそれぞれ単独で用いてもよく、2種以上を組み合わせて用いてもよい。中でも、ホスホニウム塩、ピリジニウム塩、アンモニウム塩からなるイオン性化合物が好ましい。 (Phoenium salt)
Tributyl (2-methoxyethyl) phosphonium bis (trifluoromethanesulfonyl) imide,
Tributylmethylphosphonium bis (trifluoromethanesulfonyl) imide,
1,1,1-trimethyl-1-[(trimethoxysilyl) methyl] phosphonium bis (trifluoromethanesulfonyl) imide,
1,1,1-trimethyl-1- [2- (trimethoxysilyl) ethyl] phosphonium bis (trifluoromethanesulfonyl) imide,
1,1,1-trimethyl-1- [3- (trimethoxysilyl) propyl] phosphonium bis (trifluoromethanesulfonyl) imide,
1,1,1-trimethyl-1- [4- (trimethoxysilyl) butyl] phosphonium bis (trifluoromethanesulfonyl) imide,
1,1,1-Tributyl-1-[(trimethoxysilyl) methyl] phosphonium bis (trifluoromethanesulfonyl) imide,
1,1,1-Tributyl-1- [2- (trimethoxysilyl) ethyl] phosphonium bis (trifluoromethanesulfonyl) imide, and 1,1,1-tributyl-1- [3- (trimethoxysilyl) propyl] Phosphonium bis (trifluoromethanesulfonyl) imide.
Each of these ionic compounds may be used alone, or two or more thereof may be used in combination. Of these, an ionic compound composed of a phosphonium salt, a pyridinium salt, and an ammonium salt is preferable.
トリブチル(2-メトキシエチル)ホスホニウム ビス (トリフルオロメタンスルホニル)イミド、
トリブチルメチルホスホニウムビス (トリフルオロメタンスルホニル)イミド、
1,1,1-トリメチル-1-[(トリメトキシシリル)メチル]ホスホニウム ビス (トリフルオロメタンスルホニル)イミド、
1,1,1-トリメチル-1-[2-(トリメトキシシリル)エチル]ホスホニウム ビス(トリフルオロメタンスルホニル)イミド、
1,1,1-トリメチル-1-[3-(トリメトキシシリル)プロピル]ホスホニウム ビス(トリフルオロメタンスルホニル)イミド、
1,1,1-トリメチル-1-[4-(トリメトキシシリル)ブチル]ホスホニウム ビス(トリフルオロメタンスルホニル)イミド、
1,1,1-トリブチル-1-[(トリメトキシシリル)メチル]ホスホニウム ビス(トリフルオロメタンスルホニル)イミド、
1,1,1-トリブチル-1-[2-(トリメトキシシリル)エチル]ホスホニウム ビス(トリフルオロメタンスルホニル)イミド、および
1,1,1-トリブチル-1-[3-(トリメトキシシリル)プロピル]ホスホニウム ビス(トリフルオロメタンスルホニル)イミド。
これらのイオン性化合物はそれぞれ単独で用いてもよく、2種以上を組み合わせて用いてもよい。中でも、ホスホニウム塩、ピリジニウム塩、アンモニウム塩からなるイオン性化合物が好ましい。 (Phoenium salt)
Tributyl (2-methoxyethyl) phosphonium bis (trifluoromethanesulfonyl) imide,
Tributylmethylphosphonium bis (trifluoromethanesulfonyl) imide,
1,1,1-trimethyl-1-[(trimethoxysilyl) methyl] phosphonium bis (trifluoromethanesulfonyl) imide,
1,1,1-trimethyl-1- [2- (trimethoxysilyl) ethyl] phosphonium bis (trifluoromethanesulfonyl) imide,
1,1,1-trimethyl-1- [3- (trimethoxysilyl) propyl] phosphonium bis (trifluoromethanesulfonyl) imide,
1,1,1-trimethyl-1- [4- (trimethoxysilyl) butyl] phosphonium bis (trifluoromethanesulfonyl) imide,
1,1,1-Tributyl-1-[(trimethoxysilyl) methyl] phosphonium bis (trifluoromethanesulfonyl) imide,
1,1,1-Tributyl-1- [2- (trimethoxysilyl) ethyl] phosphonium bis (trifluoromethanesulfonyl) imide, and 1,1,1-tributyl-1- [3- (trimethoxysilyl) propyl] Phosphonium bis (trifluoromethanesulfonyl) imide.
Each of these ionic compounds may be used alone, or two or more thereof may be used in combination. Of these, an ionic compound composed of a phosphonium salt, a pyridinium salt, and an ammonium salt is preferable.
重合性液晶化合物の垂直配向性をより向上させ得る観点から、イオン性化合物はカチオン部位の分子構造中にSi元素および/またはF元素を有していることが好ましい。イオン性化合物がカチオン部位の分子構造中にSi元素および/またはF元素を有していると、イオン性化合物を重合性液晶化合物から形成される硬化物層の表面に偏析させやすくなる。中でも、構成する元素が全て非金属元素であるイオン性化合物として、下記イオン性化合物(i)~(iii)等が好ましい。
From the viewpoint of further improving the vertical orientation of the polymerizable liquid crystal compound, it is preferable that the ionic compound has a Si element and / or an F element in the molecular structure of the cation site. When the ionic compound has a Si element and / or an F element in the molecular structure of the cation moiety, the ionic compound is likely to segregate on the surface of the cured product layer formed of the polymerizable liquid crystal compound. Among them, the following ionic compounds (i) to (iii) are preferable as the ionic compounds in which all the constituent elements are non-metal elements.
(イオン性化合物(i))
(イオン性化合物(ii))
(イオン性化合物(iii))
(Ionic compound (i))
(Ionic compound (ii))
(Ionic compound (iii))
(イオン性化合物(ii))
(イオン性化合物(iii))
(Ionic compound (i))
(Ionic compound (ii))
(Ionic compound (iii))
例えば、ある程度鎖長の長いアルキル基を有する界面活性剤を用いて基材表面を処理し、液晶の配向性を向上させる方法(例えば、「液晶便覧」の第2章 液晶の配向と物性(丸善株式会社発行)等を参照)を応用して重合性液晶化合物の垂直配向性をより向上させることができる。すなわち、ある程度鎖長の長いアルキル基を有するイオン性化合物を用いて基材表面を処理することにより、重合性液晶化合物の垂直配向性を効果的に向上させることができる。
For example, a method of treating the surface of a substrate with a surfactant having an alkyl group having a long chain length to some extent to improve the orientation of the liquid crystal (for example, Chapter 2 of "Liquid Crystal Handbook", Orientation and Physical Properties of Liquid Crystal (Maruzen) The vertical orientation of the polymerizable liquid crystal compound can be further improved by applying)). That is, the vertical orientation of the polymerizable liquid crystal compound can be effectively improved by treating the surface of the substrate with an ionic compound having an alkyl group having a long chain length to some extent.
具体的には、イオン性化合物が下記式(7)を満たすことが好ましい。
5<M<16 (7)
式(7)中、Mは下記式(8)で表される。
M=(プラスの電荷を有する原子上に直接結合される置換基の内、分子鎖末端までの共有結合数が最も多い置換基の、プラスの電荷を有する原子から分子鎖末端までの共有結合数)÷(プラスの電荷を有する原子の数) (8)
イオン性化合物が上記(7)を満たすことにより、重合性液晶化合物の垂直配向性を効果的に向上させることができる。 Specifically, it is preferable that the ionic compound satisfies the following formula (7).
5 <M <16 (7)
In the formula (7), M is represented by the following formula (8).
M = (Among the substituents directly bonded to the positively charged atom, the number of covalent bonds from the positively charged atom to the end of the molecular chain of the substituent having the largest number of covalent bonds to the end of the molecular chain ) ÷ (Number of atoms with a positive charge) (8)
When the ionic compound satisfies the above (7), the vertical orientation of the polymerizable liquid crystal compound can be effectively improved.
5<M<16 (7)
式(7)中、Mは下記式(8)で表される。
M=(プラスの電荷を有する原子上に直接結合される置換基の内、分子鎖末端までの共有結合数が最も多い置換基の、プラスの電荷を有する原子から分子鎖末端までの共有結合数)÷(プラスの電荷を有する原子の数) (8)
イオン性化合物が上記(7)を満たすことにより、重合性液晶化合物の垂直配向性を効果的に向上させることができる。 Specifically, it is preferable that the ionic compound satisfies the following formula (7).
5 <M <16 (7)
In the formula (7), M is represented by the following formula (8).
M = (Among the substituents directly bonded to the positively charged atom, the number of covalent bonds from the positively charged atom to the end of the molecular chain of the substituent having the largest number of covalent bonds to the end of the molecular chain ) ÷ (Number of atoms with a positive charge) (8)
When the ionic compound satisfies the above (7), the vertical orientation of the polymerizable liquid crystal compound can be effectively improved.
なお、イオン性化合物の分子中にプラスの電荷を有する原子が2つ以上存在する場合、プラスの電荷を有する原子を2つ以上有する置換基については、基点として考えるプラスの電荷を有する原子から数えて最も近い別のプラスの電荷を有する原子までの共有結合数を、上記Mの定義に記載の「プラスの電荷を有する原子から分子鎖末端までの共有結合数」とする。また、イオン性化合物が繰返し単位を2つ以上有するオリゴマーやポリマーである場合には、構成単位を一分子として考え、上記Mを算出する。プラスの電荷を有する原子が環構造に組み込まれている場合、環構造を経由して同プラスの電荷を有する原子に至るまでの共有結合数、または環構造に結合している置換基の末端までの共有結合数のうち、共有結合数が多い方を上記Mの定義に記載の「プラスの電荷を有する原子から分子鎖末端までの共有結合数」とする。
When there are two or more positively charged atoms in the molecule of the ionic compound, the substituents having two or more positively charged atoms are counted from the positively charged atoms considered as the base point. The number of covalent bonds to the closest atom having a positive charge is defined as "the number of covalent bonds from the atom having a positive charge to the end of the molecular chain" described in the definition of M above. When the ionic compound is an oligomer or polymer having two or more repeating units, the constituent unit is considered as one molecule and the above M is calculated. When a positively charged atom is incorporated into the ring structure, the number of covalent bonds to the positively charged atom via the ring structure, or to the end of the substituent bonded to the ring structure. Of the number of covalent bonds in the above, the one having the larger number of covalent bonds is defined as "the number of covalent bonds from an atom having a positive charge to the end of the molecular chain" described in the definition of M above.
重合性液晶組成物における非金属原子からなるイオン性化合物の含有量は、通常、該組成物に含まれる重合性液晶化合物100質量部に対して、好ましくは0.01質量部以上、より好ましくは0.05質量部以上、さらに好ましくは0.1質量部以上であり、また、好ましくは5質量部以下、より好ましくは4質量部以下、さらに好ましくは3質量部以下である。非金属原子からなるイオン性化合物の含有量が上記範囲内であると、重合性液晶組成物の良好な塗布性を維持しながら、重合性液晶化合物の垂直配向性を効果的に促進させることができる。
The content of the ionic compound composed of non-metal atoms in the polymerizable liquid crystal composition is usually 0.01 part by mass or more, more preferably 0.01 part by mass or more, based on 100 parts by mass of the polymerizable liquid crystal compound contained in the composition. It is 0.05 parts by mass or more, more preferably 0.1 parts by mass or more, preferably 5 parts by mass or less, more preferably 4 parts by mass or less, still more preferably 3 parts by mass or less. When the content of the ionic compound composed of non-metal atoms is within the above range, the vertical orientation of the polymerizable liquid crystal compound can be effectively promoted while maintaining good coatability of the polymerizable liquid crystal composition. it can.
垂直配向促進剤として、基材フィルム上に重合性液晶組成物を塗布した際に、得られる硬化物層の基材フィルムとは反対側の界面における表面エネルギーを下げることにより、重合性液晶化合物を膜平面に対して垂直方向へ配向させる垂直配向規制力を発揮し得る成分を含んでもよい。このような成分としては、例えば非イオン性シラン化合物やレベリング剤などが挙げられ、非イオン性シラン化合物が好ましい。重合性液晶組成物が非イオン性シラン化合物を含むと、非イオン性シラン化合物が該組成物の表面張力を低下させ、該組成物から形成された乾燥塗膜においては、乾燥塗膜と空気界面に非イオン性シラン化合物が偏在する傾向にあり、重合性液晶化合物に対する垂直配向規制力を高め、乾燥塗膜内において重合性液晶化合物を膜平面に対して垂直方向に配向させることができる。これにより、重合性液晶化合物が垂直配向した状態を保持して液晶硬化物層を形成することができる。
When the polymerizable liquid crystal composition is applied onto the base film as a vertical orientation accelerator, the polymerizable liquid crystal compound can be obtained by lowering the surface energy at the interface of the cured product layer opposite to the base film. It may contain a component capable of exerting a vertical orientation restricting force for orienting in the direction perpendicular to the film plane. Examples of such a component include a nonionic silane compound and a leveling agent, and a nonionic silane compound is preferable. When the polymerizable liquid crystal composition contains a nonionic silane compound, the nonionic silane compound lowers the surface tension of the composition, and in the dry coating film formed from the composition, the dry coating film and the air interface Nonionic silane compounds tend to be unevenly distributed in the film, and the force for restricting vertical orientation with respect to the polymerizable liquid crystal compound can be increased, and the polymerizable liquid crystal compound can be oriented in the direction perpendicular to the film plane in the dry coating film. As a result, the liquid crystal cured product layer can be formed while maintaining the vertically oriented state of the polymerizable liquid crystal compound.
非イオン性シラン化合物は、非イオン性であってSi元素を含む化合物である。非イオン性シラン化合物としては、例えば、ポリシランのようなケイ素ポリマー、シリコーンオイルおよびシリコーンレジンのようなシリコーン樹脂、並びにシリコーンオリゴマー、シルセスシロキサンおよびアルコキシシランのような有機無機シラン化合物(より具体的には、シランカップリング剤等)等が挙げられる。これらの非イオン性シラン化合物は、1種を単独で用いてもよく、または2種以上を組み合わせて用いてもよい。中でも、隣接する層との密着性をより向上させる観点から、シランカップリング剤が好ましい。
The nonionic silane compound is a compound that is nonionic and contains a Si element. Nonionic silane compounds include, for example, silicon polymers such as polysilanes, silicone resins such as silicone oils and silicone resins, and organic-inorganic silane compounds such as silicone oligomers, silces siloxane and alkoxysilanes (more specifically). Is a silane coupling agent, etc.). One of these nonionic silane compounds may be used alone, or two or more thereof may be used in combination. Of these, a silane coupling agent is preferable from the viewpoint of further improving the adhesion with the adjacent layer.
非イオン性シラン化合物は、シリコーンモノマータイプのものであってもよく、シリコーンオリゴマー(ポリマー)タイプのものであってもよい。シリコーンオリゴマーを(単量体)-(単量体)コポリマーの形式で示すと、3-メルカプトプロピルトリメトキシシラン-テトラメトキシシランコポリマー、3-メルカプトプロピルトリメトキシシラン-テトラエトキシシランコポリマー、3-メルカプトプロピルトリエトキシシラン-テトラメトキシシランコポリマーおよび3-メルカプトプロピルトリエトキシシラン-テトラエトキシシランコポリマーのようなメルカプトプロピル基含有のコポリマー;メルカプトメチルトリメトキシシラン-テトラメトキシシランコポリマー、メルカプトメチルトリメトキシシラン-テトラエトキシシランコポリマー、メルカプトメチルトリエトキシシラン-テトラメトキシシランコポリマーおよびメルカプトメチルトリエトキシシラン-テトラエトキシシランコポリマーのようなメルカプトメチル基含有のコポリマー;3-メタクリロイルオキシプロピルトリメトキシシラン-テトラメトキシシランコポリマー、3-メタクリロイルオキシプロピルトリメトキシシラン-テトラエトキシシランコポリマー、3-メタクリロイルオキシプロピルトリエトキシシラン-テトラメトキシシランコポリマー、3-メタクリロイルオキシプロピルトリエトキシシラン-テトラエトキシシランコポリマー、3-メタクリロイルオキシプロピルメチルジメトキシシラン-テトラメトキシシランコポリマー、3-メタクリロイルオキシプロピルメチルジメトキシシラン-テトラエトキシシランコポリマー、3-メタクリロイルオキシプロピルメチルジエトキシシラン-テトラメトキシシランコポリマーおよび3-メタクリロキシイルオプロピルメチルジエトキシシラン-テトラエトキシシランコポリマーのようなメタクリロイルオキシプロピル基含有のコポリマー;3-アクリロイルオキシプロピルトリメトキシシラン-テトラメトキシシランコポリマー、3-アクリロイルオキシプロピルトリメトキシシラン-テトラエトキシシランコポリマー、3-アクリロイルオキシプロピルトリエトキシシラン-テトラメトキシシランコポリマー、3-アクリロイルオキシプロピルトリエトキシシラン-テトラエトキシシランコポリマー、3-アクリロイルオキシプロピルメチルジメトキシシラン-テトラメトキシシランコポリマー、3-アクリロイルオキシプロピルメチルジメトキシシラン-テトラエトキシシランコポリマー、3-アクリロイルオキシプロピルメチルジエトキシシラン-テトラメトキシシランコポリマーおよび3-アクリロイルオキシプロピルメチルジエトキシシラン-テトラエトキシシランコポリマーのようなアクリロイルオキシプロピル基含有のコポリマー;ビニルトリメトキシシラン-テトラメトキシシランコポリマー、ビニルトリメトキシシラン-テトラエトキシシランコポリマー、ビニルトリエトキシシラン-テトラメトキシシランコポリマー、ビニルトリエトキシシラン-テトラエトキシシランコポリマー、ビニルメチルジメトキシシラン-テトラメトキシシランコポリマー、ビニルメチルジメトキシシラン-テトラエトキシシランコポリマー、ビニルメチルジエトキシシラン-テトラメトキシシランコポリマーおよびビニルメチルジエトキシシラン-テトラエトキシシランコポリマーのようなビニル基含有のコポリマー;3-アミノプロピルトリメトキシシラン-テトラメトキシシランコポリマー、3-アミノプロピルトリメトキシシラン-テトラエトキシシランコポリマー、3-アミノプロピルトリエトキシシラン-テトラメトキシシランコポリマー、3-アミノプロピルトリエトキシシラン-テトラエトキシシランコポリマー、3-アミノプロピルメチルジメトキシシラン-テトラメトキシシランコポリマー、3-アミノプロピルメチルジメトキシシラン-テトラエトキシシランコポリマー、3-アミノプロピルメチルジエトキシシラン-テトラメトキシシランコポリマーおよび3-アミノプロピルメチルジエトキシシラン-テトラエトキシシランコポリマーのようなアミノ基含有のコポリマー等が挙げられる。
The nonionic silane compound may be a silicone monomer type or a silicone oligomer (polymer) type. When the silicone oligomer is shown in the form of a (monomer)-(monomer) copolymer, 3-mercaptopropyltrimethoxysilane-tetramethoxysilane copolymer, 3-mercaptopropyltrimethoxysilane-tetraethoxysilane copolymer, 3-mercapto Propyl group-containing copolymers such as propyltriethoxysilane-tetramethoxysilane copolymer and 3-mercaptopropyltriethoxysilane-tetraethoxysilane copolymer; mercaptomethyltrimethoxysilane-tetramethoxysilane copolymer, mercaptomethyltrimethoxysilane-tetra Mercaptomethyl group-containing copolymers such as ethoxysilane copolymer, mercaptomethyltriethoxysilane-tetramethoxysilane copolymer and mercaptomethyltriethoxysilane-tetraethoxysilane copolymer; 3-methacryloyloxypropyltrimethoxysilane-tetramethoxysilane copolymer, 3 -Methacloyloxypropyltrimethoxysilane-tetraethoxysilane copolymer, 3-methacryloyloxypropyltriethoxysilane-tetramethoxysilane copolymer, 3-methacryloyloxypropyltriethoxysilane-tetraethoxysilane copolymer, 3-methacryloyloxypropylmethyldimethoxysilane- Tetramethoxysilane copolymer, 3-methacryloyloxypropylmethyldimethoxysilane-tetraethoxysilane copolymer, 3-methacryloyloxypropylmethyldiethoxysilane-tetramethoxysilane copolymer and 3-methacryloxyylopropylmethyldiethoxysilane-tetraethoxysilane copolymer Copolymers containing methacryloyloxypropyl groups such as 3-acryloyloxypropyltrimethoxysilane-tetramethoxysilane copolymer, 3-acryloyloxypropyltrimethoxysilane-tetraethoxysilane copolymer, 3-acryloyloxypropyltriethoxysilane-tetramethoxy Silane copolymer, 3-acryloyloxypropyltriethoxysilane-tetraethoxysilane copolymer, 3-acryloyloxypropylmethyldimethoxysilane-tetramethoxysilane copolymer, 3-acryloyloxypropylmethyldimethoxysilane-tetraethoxysilane copolymer, 3-acryloyloxy Acryloyloxypropyl group-containing copolymers such as propylmethyldiethoxysilane-tetramethoxysilane copolymer and 3-acryloyloxypropylmethyldiethoxysilane-tetraethoxysilane copolymer; vinyltrimethoxysilane-tetramethoxysilane copolymer, vinyltrimethoxysilane -Tetraethoxysilane copolymer, vinyltriethoxysilane-tetramethoxysilane copolymer, vinyltriethoxysilane-tetraethoxysilane copolymer, vinylmethyldimethoxysilane-tetramethoxysilane copolymer, vinylmethyldimethoxysilane-tetraethoxysilane copolymer, vinylmethyldiethoxy Vinyl group-containing copolymers such as silane-tetramethoxysilane copolymer and vinylmethyldiethoxysilane-tetraethoxysilane copolymer; 3-aminopropyltrimethoxysilane-tetramethoxysilane copolymer, 3-aminopropyltrimethoxysilane-tetraethoxysilane Copolymer, 3-aminopropyltriethoxysilane-tetramethoxysilane copolymer, 3-aminopropyltriethoxysilane-tetraethoxysilane copolymer, 3-aminopropylmethyldimethoxysilane-tetramethoxysilane copolymer, 3-aminopropylmethyldimethoxysilane-tetra Examples thereof include amino group-containing copolymers such as ethoxysilane copolymer, 3-aminopropylmethyldiethoxysilane-tetramethoxysilane copolymer and 3-aminopropylmethyldiethoxysilane-tetraethoxysilane copolymer.
シランカップリング剤は、末端にビニル基、エポキシ基、スチリル基、メタクリル基、アクリル基、アミノ基、イソシアヌレート基、ウレイド基、メルカプト基、イソシアネート基、カルボキシル基、およびヒドロキシル基からなる群から選択される少なくとも1種のような官能基と、少なくとも1つのアルコキシシリル基またはシラノール基とを有するSi元素を含む化合物である。これらの官能基を適宜選定することにより、垂直配向した液晶硬化物層の機械的強度の向上、表面改質、液晶硬化物層と隣接する層との密着性向上などの特異な効果を付与することが可能となる。密着性の観点からは、シランカップリング剤がアルコキシシリル基ともう1つの異なる反応基(たとえば、上記官能基)とを有するシランカップリング剤であることが好ましい。さらに、シランカップリング剤が、アルコキシシリル基と極性基とを有するシランカップリング剤であることが好ましい。シランカップリング剤がその分子内に少なくとも1つのアルコキシシリル基と、少なくとも1つの極性基とを有すると、重合性液晶化合物の垂直配向性がより向上しやすく、垂直配向促進効果が顕著に得られる傾向にある。極性基としては、例えば、エポキシ基、アミノ基、イソシアヌレート基、メルカプト基、カルボキシル基およびヒドロキシル基が挙げられる。なお、極性基はシランカップリング剤の反応性を制御するために適宜置換基または保護基を有していてもよい。
The silane coupling agent is selected from the group consisting of a vinyl group, an epoxy group, a styryl group, a methacryl group, an acrylic group, an amino group, an isocyanurate group, a ureido group, a mercapto group, an isocyanate group, a carboxyl group, and a hydroxyl group at the end. It is a compound containing a Si element having a functional group such as at least one thereof and at least one alkoxysilyl group or silanol group. By appropriately selecting these functional groups, unique effects such as improvement of mechanical strength of the vertically oriented liquid crystal cured product layer, surface modification, and improvement of adhesion between the liquid crystal cured product layer and the adjacent layer are imparted. It becomes possible. From the viewpoint of adhesion, it is preferable that the silane coupling agent is a silane coupling agent having an alkoxysilyl group and another different reactive group (for example, the above-mentioned functional group). Further, the silane coupling agent is preferably a silane coupling agent having an alkoxysilyl group and a polar group. When the silane coupling agent has at least one alkoxysilyl group and at least one polar group in its molecule, the vertical orientation of the polymerizable liquid crystal compound is more likely to be improved, and the vertical orientation promoting effect can be remarkably obtained. There is a tendency. Examples of the polar group include an epoxy group, an amino group, an isocyanurate group, a mercapto group, a carboxyl group and a hydroxyl group. The polar group may appropriately have a substituent or a protecting group in order to control the reactivity of the silane coupling agent.
シランカップリング剤としては、具体的に例えば、ビニルトリメトキシシラン、ビニルトリエトキシシラン、ビニルトリス(2-メトキシエトキシ)シラン、N-(2-アミノエチル)-3-アミノプロピルメチルジメトキシシラン、N-(2-アミノエチル)-3-アミノプロピルトリメトキシシラン、3-アミノプロピルトリエトキシシラン、3-トリエトキシシリル-N-(1,3-ジメチル-ブチリデン)プロピルアミン、3-グリシドキシプロピルトリメトキシシラン、3-グリシドキシプロピルメチルジメトキシシラン、2-(3,4-エポキシシクロヘキシル)エチルトリメトキシシラン、3-クロロプロピルメチルジメトキシシラン、3-クロロプロピルトリメトキシシラン、3-メタクリロイルオキシプロピルトリメトキシシラン、3-メルカプトプロピルトリメトキシシラン、3-グリシドキシプロピルトリメトキシシラン、3-グリシドキシプロピルトリエトキシシラン、3-グリシドキシプロピルジメトキシメチルシランおよび3-グリシドキシプロピルエトキシジメチルシランが挙げられる。
Specific examples of the silane coupling agent include vinyltrimethoxysilane, vinyltriethoxysilane, vinyltris (2-methoxyethoxy) silane, N- (2-aminoethyl) -3-aminopropylmethyldimethoxysilane, and N-. (2-Aminoethyl) -3-aminopropyltrimethoxysilane, 3-aminopropyltriethoxysilane, 3-triethoxysilyl-N- (1,3-dimethyl-butylidene) propylamine, 3-glycidoxypropyltri Methoxysilane, 3-glycidoxypropylmethyldimethoxysilane, 2- (3,4-epoxycyclohexyl) ethyltrimethoxysilane, 3-chloropropylmethyldimethoxysilane, 3-chloropropyltrimethoxysilane, 3-methacryloyloxypropyltri Methoxysilane, 3-mercaptopropyltrimethoxysilane, 3-glycidoxypropyltrimethoxysilane, 3-glycidoxypropyltriethoxysilane, 3-glycidoxypropyldimethoxymethylsilane and 3-glycidoxypropylethoxydimethylsilane Can be mentioned.
また、市販のシランカップリング剤としては、たとえば、KP321、KP323、KP324、KP326、KP340、KP341、X22-161A、KF6001、KBM-1003、KBE-1003、KBM-303、KBM-402、KBM-403、KBE-402、KBE-403、KBM-1403、KBM-502、KBM-503、KBE-502、KBE-503、KBM-5103、KBM-602、KBM-603、KBM-903、KBE-903、KBE-9103、KBM-573、KBM-575、KBM-9659、KBE-585、KBM-802、KBM-803、KBE-846、およびKBE-9007のような信越化学工業(株)製のシランカップリング剤が挙げられる。
Examples of commercially available silane coupling agents include KP321, KP323, KP324, KP326, KP340, KP341, X22-161A, KF6001, KBM-1003, KBE-1003, KBM-303, KBM-402, and KBM-403. , KBE-402, KBE-403, KBM-1403, KBM-502, KBM-503, KBE-502, KBE-503, KBM-5103, KBM-602, KBM-603, KBM-903, KBE-903, KBE Silane coupling agents manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd. such as -9103, KBM-573, KBM-575, KBM-9569, KBE-585, KBM-802, KBM-803, KBE-846, and KBE-9007. Can be mentioned.
重合性液晶組成物における非イオン性シラン化合物の含有量は、通常、該組成物に含まれる重合性液晶化合物100質量部に対して、好ましくは0.01質量部以上、より好ましくは0.05質量部以上、さらに好ましくは0.1質量部以上であり、また、好ましくは5質量部以下、より好ましくは4質量部以下、さらに好ましくは3質量部以下である。非イオン性シラン化合物の含有量が上記範囲内であると、重合性液晶組成物の良好な塗布性を維持しながら、重合性液晶化合物の垂直配向性を効果的に促進させることができる。
The content of the nonionic silane compound in the polymerizable liquid crystal composition is usually 0.01 part by mass or more, more preferably 0.05 part by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the polymerizable liquid crystal compound contained in the composition. It is more than parts by mass, more preferably 0.1 part by mass or more, and preferably 5 parts by mass or less, more preferably 4 parts by mass or less, still more preferably 3 parts by mass or less. When the content of the nonionic silane compound is within the above range, the vertical orientation of the polymerizable liquid crystal compound can be effectively promoted while maintaining good coatability of the polymerizable liquid crystal composition.
本発明において、垂直配向液晶硬化物層を形成するための重合性液晶組成物は、垂直配向促進剤として、非金属原子からなるイオン性化合物および非イオン性シラン化合物のうちの少なくとも1種を含むことが好ましく、非金属原子からなるイオン性化合物を含むことがより好ましく、非金属原子からなるイオン性化合物および非イオン性シラン化合物をともに含むことがより好ましい。重合性液晶組成物が、非金属原子からなるイオン性化合物および非イオン性シラン化合物の両方を含むことにより、重合性液晶組成物から形成された乾燥塗膜においては、基材側界面における非金属原子からなるイオン性化合物に由来する静電相互作用と、非基材側界面における非イオン性シラン化合物に由来する表面エネルギー低下効果により、液晶硬化物層の両界面において重合性液晶化合物に対する垂直配向規制力が生じるため、重合性液晶化合物の垂直配向がより促進されやすくなる。これにより、重合性液晶化合物がより精度よく垂直配向した状態を保持して液晶硬化物層を形成することができる。
In the present invention, the polymerizable liquid crystal composition for forming the vertically oriented liquid crystal cured product layer contains at least one of an ionic compound composed of non-metal atoms and a non-ionic silane compound as a vertical orientation accelerator. It is more preferable to contain an ionic compound composed of a non-metal atom, and it is more preferable to contain both an ionic compound composed of a non-metal atom and a non-ionic silane compound. In a dry coating film formed from a polymerizable liquid crystal composition by the polymerizable liquid crystal composition containing both an ionic compound composed of non-metal atoms and a non-ionic silane compound, the non-metal at the substrate side interface is formed. Vertical orientation with respect to the polymerizable liquid crystal compound at both interfaces of the cured liquid crystal layer due to the electrostatic interaction derived from the ionic compound consisting of atoms and the surface energy lowering effect derived from the non-ionic silane compound at the non-base material side interface. Since the regulatory force is generated, the vertical orientation of the polymerizable liquid crystal compound is more likely to be promoted. As a result, the liquid crystal cured product layer can be formed while maintaining the state in which the polymerizable liquid crystal compound is more accurately vertically oriented.
さらに、垂直配向液晶硬化物層を形成するための重合性液晶組成物にヒドロキシル基またはカルボキシル基と反応し得る官能基と(メタ)アクリロイル基とを分子内に有する化合物のような重合性非液晶化合物(以下、「プレ反応化合物」ともいう)を加えることで、コロナ処理やプラズマ処理等により表面にヒドロキシル基またはカルボキシル基が存在する基材との密着性を高めることができ、基材の表面処理状態や垂直配向液晶硬化膜に含まれるプレ反応化合物の種類および含有量等を調整することにより、積層体の基材剥離力Pを制御し得る。これにより、垂直配向膜なしで形成された垂直配向液晶硬化物層と基材フィルムとが最適な密着力により積層され、かつ、最適な基材剥離力を示す長尺フィルムを得ることができる。
Further, a polymerizable non-liquid crystal such as a compound having a functional group capable of reacting with a hydroxyl group or a carboxyl group and a (meth) acryloyl group in the polymerizable liquid crystal composition for forming a vertically oriented liquid crystal cured product layer in the molecule. By adding a compound (hereinafter, also referred to as "pre-reaction compound"), the adhesion to a base material having a hydroxyl group or a carboxyl group on the surface can be improved by corona treatment, plasma treatment, etc., and the surface of the base material can be improved. The substrate peeling force P of the laminate can be controlled by adjusting the treatment state, the type and content of the pre-reaction compound contained in the vertically oriented liquid crystal cured film, and the like. As a result, it is possible to obtain a long film in which the vertically oriented liquid crystal cured product layer formed without the vertically oriented film and the base film are laminated with the optimum adhesive force and exhibit the optimum base material peeling force.
本発明において、機能層を構成する液晶硬化物中の重合性液晶化合物の分子配向方向が、基材フィルムの長尺方向面内に対して水平であり、かつ、基材フィルムの長尺方向に対して平行方向でない場合にその効果は顕著となりやすい。重合性液晶化合物の分子配向方向が基材フィルムの長尺方向に対して平行方向でないとは、重合性液晶化合物が水平配向し、その配向方向が長尺方向と平行でないことを意味する。基材フィルムの長尺方向と重合性液晶化合物の配向方向とが上記関係性にある場合、後述するような長尺方向に吸収軸あるいは透過軸をもつ偏光フィルムを含む光学フィルム等へ、Roll to Roll方式を用いて、本発明の長尺フィルムから機能層を転写して長尺貼合することが可能となる。その一方で、転写の際に重合性液晶化合物の分子配向方向が剥離方向、すなわち長尺方向と一致しないため、液晶硬化物層の端部がギザギザにちぎれやすくなる。このような場合にも、基材端部に凹凸部を設けて、該凹凸部における機能層との密着性をさらに高めるとともに、凹凸のない領域で機能層と裏面の基材フィルムとの間に微細な空隙を設けることで、凹凸のない領域での貼りつき・脱落を抑制し、凹凸部と凹凸のない領域との間に基材フィルムと機能層との密着性に適度な差を生じさせることにより、機能層が基材フィルムから剥離方向に直線的に剥離しやすくなり、転写時に端部のちぎれの発生を抑え、高い生産性と品質を確保し得る。
In the present invention, the molecular orientation direction of the polymerizable liquid crystal compound in the cured liquid crystal product constituting the functional layer is horizontal with respect to the long direction plane of the base film and in the long direction of the base film. On the other hand, the effect tends to be remarkable when the directions are not parallel. The molecular orientation direction of the polymerizable liquid crystal compound is not parallel to the elongated direction of the base film, which means that the polymerizable liquid crystal compound is horizontally oriented and the orientation direction is not parallel to the elongated direction. When the long direction of the base film and the orientation direction of the polymerizable liquid crystal compound have the above relationship, Roll to an optical film or the like including a polarizing film having an absorption axis or a transmission axis in the long direction as described later. Using the Roll method, it is possible to transfer the functional layer from the long film of the present invention and bond it in a long length. On the other hand, since the molecular orientation direction of the polymerizable liquid crystal compound does not coincide with the peeling direction, that is, the elongated direction during transfer, the end portion of the liquid crystal cured product layer is easily torn off. Even in such a case, an uneven portion is provided at the end of the base material to further enhance the adhesion with the functional layer in the uneven portion, and between the functional layer and the base film on the back surface in a region without unevenness. By providing fine voids, sticking / dropping in the non-concavo-convex region is suppressed, and an appropriate difference is generated in the adhesion between the base film and the functional layer between the concavo-convex portion and the non-concavo-convex region. This makes it easier for the functional layer to peel off linearly from the base film in the peeling direction, suppresses the occurrence of tearing at the edges during transfer, and ensures high productivity and quality.
さらに、機能層を構成する液晶硬化物中の重合性液晶化合物の分子配向方向が、基材フィルムの長尺方向面内に対して実質的に鉛直方向である場合においてもその効果は顕著となりやすい。重合性液晶化合物の分子配向方向が、基材フィルムの長尺方向面内に対し鉛直方向であるとは、重合性液晶化合物が垂直配向することを意味する。このような場合、液晶硬化物層において重合性液晶化合物が水平配向している場合と同様に、転写の際に重合性液晶化合物の分子配向方向が剥離方向、すなわち長尺方向と一致しないため、液晶硬化物層の端部がギザギザにちぎれやすくなるが、基材端部に凹凸部を設けて、凹凸部と凹凸のない領域との間に基材フィルムと機能層との密着性に適度な差を生じさせることにより、機能層が基材フィルムから剥離方向に直線的に剥離しやすくなり、転写時に端部のちぎれの発生を抑え、高い生産性と品質を確保し得る。
Further, the effect tends to be remarkable even when the molecular orientation direction of the polymerizable liquid crystal compound in the cured liquid crystal product constituting the functional layer is substantially vertical with respect to the long direction plane of the base film. .. When the molecular orientation direction of the polymerizable liquid crystal compound is vertical with respect to the long direction plane of the base film, it means that the polymerizable liquid crystal compound is vertically oriented. In such a case, the molecular orientation direction of the polymerizable liquid crystal compound does not coincide with the peeling direction, that is, the elongated direction during transfer, as in the case where the polymerizable liquid crystal compound is horizontally oriented in the liquid crystal cured product layer. The edge of the liquid crystal cured product layer is easily torn off, but the edge of the base material is provided with an uneven portion so that the adhesion between the base film and the functional layer is appropriate between the uneven portion and the region without unevenness. By making a difference, the functional layer can be easily peeled linearly from the base film in the peeling direction, the occurrence of tearing at the end can be suppressed during transfer, and high productivity and quality can be ensured.
本発明の長尺フィルムを構成する機能層は、液晶硬化物層および配向膜以外の他の層を含んでもよい。そのような他の層としては、例えば、保護層やハードコート層などの硬化樹脂層、液晶硬化物層等の機能層を偏光フィルムなどの他の部材と接着するための粘接着剤層などが挙げられる。また、配向方向の異なる複数の液晶硬化物層や配向規制力の異なる複数の配向膜を含んでいてもよい。
The functional layer constituting the long film of the present invention may include a layer other than the liquid crystal cured product layer and the alignment film. Examples of such other layers include a curable resin layer such as a protective layer and a hard coat layer, and an adhesive layer for adhering a functional layer such as a liquid crystal cured product layer to another member such as a polarizing film. Can be mentioned. Further, a plurality of cured liquid crystal layers having different orientation directions and a plurality of alignment films having different orientation regulating forces may be included.
硬化樹脂層を含む場合、その厚みは、機能層全体の薄型化の観点から0.1~10μmであり、好ましくは0.5~5μmである。
When the cured resin layer is included, the thickness thereof is 0.1 to 10 μm, preferably 0.5 to 5 μm from the viewpoint of thinning the entire functional layer.
硬化樹脂層は、例えば、シクロオレフィンポリマー(COP)やポリエチレンテレフタレート(PET)、トリアセチルセルロース(TAC)等のフィルムや、重合性モノマーを含む硬化樹脂層形成用組成物を硬化させた硬化樹脂層であってよい。薄膜化の観点からは、硬化樹脂層形成用組成物の硬化樹脂層が好ましい。硬化樹脂層は多層からなっていてもよいが、生産性の観点から2層以下であることが好ましく、より好ましくは単層である。また、硬化樹脂層は光学的に等方的であることが好ましい。硬化樹脂層が光学的に等方的であると、液晶硬化物層と組み合わせた際に、液晶硬化物層の光学特性に影響を及ぼし難く、高い光学特性を有する機能層を得ることができる。
なお、本明細書においては、硬化樹脂層を形成するために使用する硬化樹脂層形成用組成物に含まれる重合性基のうち、最も数が多い官能基を代表して樹脂を総称することがある。すなわち、例えば、硬化樹脂層形成用組成物中に含まれる重合性基のうち、アクリロイルオキシ基の数が最も多い場合にはアクリル樹脂、エポキシ基の数が最も多い場合にはエポキシ樹脂などというように呼称する場合がある。 The cured resin layer is, for example, a cured resin layer obtained by curing a film such as cycloolefin polymer (COP), polyethylene terephthalate (PET), or triacetyl cellulose (TAC), or a composition for forming a cured resin layer containing a polymerizable monomer. It may be. From the viewpoint of thinning, the cured resin layer of the composition for forming the cured resin layer is preferable. The cured resin layer may be composed of multiple layers, but from the viewpoint of productivity, it is preferably two or less layers, and more preferably a single layer. Further, the cured resin layer is preferably optically isotropic. If the cured resin layer is optically isotropic, it is possible to obtain a functional layer having high optical characteristics, which does not easily affect the optical characteristics of the liquid crystal cured product layer when combined with the liquid crystal cured product layer.
In the present specification, among the polymerizable groups contained in the composition for forming a cured resin layer used for forming the cured resin layer, the resin is collectively referred to as a representative of the most numerous functional groups. is there. That is, for example, among the polymerizable groups contained in the composition for forming a cured resin layer, an acrylic resin is used when the number of acryloyloxy groups is the largest, and an epoxy resin is used when the number of epoxy groups is the largest. May be called.
なお、本明細書においては、硬化樹脂層を形成するために使用する硬化樹脂層形成用組成物に含まれる重合性基のうち、最も数が多い官能基を代表して樹脂を総称することがある。すなわち、例えば、硬化樹脂層形成用組成物中に含まれる重合性基のうち、アクリロイルオキシ基の数が最も多い場合にはアクリル樹脂、エポキシ基の数が最も多い場合にはエポキシ樹脂などというように呼称する場合がある。 The cured resin layer is, for example, a cured resin layer obtained by curing a film such as cycloolefin polymer (COP), polyethylene terephthalate (PET), or triacetyl cellulose (TAC), or a composition for forming a cured resin layer containing a polymerizable monomer. It may be. From the viewpoint of thinning, the cured resin layer of the composition for forming the cured resin layer is preferable. The cured resin layer may be composed of multiple layers, but from the viewpoint of productivity, it is preferably two or less layers, and more preferably a single layer. Further, the cured resin layer is preferably optically isotropic. If the cured resin layer is optically isotropic, it is possible to obtain a functional layer having high optical characteristics, which does not easily affect the optical characteristics of the liquid crystal cured product layer when combined with the liquid crystal cured product layer.
In the present specification, among the polymerizable groups contained in the composition for forming a cured resin layer used for forming the cured resin layer, the resin is collectively referred to as a representative of the most numerous functional groups. is there. That is, for example, among the polymerizable groups contained in the composition for forming a cured resin layer, an acrylic resin is used when the number of acryloyloxy groups is the largest, and an epoxy resin is used when the number of epoxy groups is the largest. May be called.
硬化樹脂層は、アクリル樹脂、エポキシ樹脂、オキセタン樹脂、ウレタン樹脂およびメラミン樹脂からなる群から選択される少なくとも1種を含むことが好ましい。上記から選択される少なくとも1種の樹脂を含むことにより、硬化性が高く、重合性液晶化合物の硬化物層と組み合わせた際の信頼性を向上させやすくなる。
The cured resin layer preferably contains at least one selected from the group consisting of acrylic resin, epoxy resin, oxetane resin, urethane resin and melamine resin. By containing at least one resin selected from the above, the curability is high, and it becomes easy to improve the reliability when combined with the cured product layer of the polymerizable liquid crystal compound.
硬化樹脂層を構成する硬化樹脂層形成用組成物は、硬化性化合物として、ラジカル重合性モノマー、カチオン重合性モノマー、熱重合性モノマー等の硬化可能な重合性モノマーを含有する組成物である。反応速度が高く生産性が向上すること、および、重合性液晶化合物の硬化物層と組み合わせた際の信頼性を向上させやすいことから、ラジカル重合性モノマーまたはカチオン重合性モノマーを含むことがより好ましい。
The composition for forming a curable resin layer constituting the curable resin layer is a composition containing a curable polymerizable monomer such as a radical polymerizable monomer, a cationically polymerizable monomer, and a thermopolymerizable monomer as a curable compound. It is more preferable to contain a radically polymerizable monomer or a cationically polymerizable monomer because the reaction rate is high, the productivity is improved, and the reliability when combined with the cured product layer of the polymerizable liquid crystal compound is easily improved. ..
前記硬化樹脂層の形成に適するラジカル重合性モノマーとしては、例えば、多官能(メタ)アクリレート化合物などの(メタ)アクリレート化合物;多官能ウレタン(メタ)アクリレート化合物などのウレタン(メタ)アクリレート化合物;多官能エポキシ(メタ)アクリレート化合物などのエポキシ(メタ)アクリレート化合物;カルボキシル基変性エポキシ(メタ)アクリレート化合物、ポリエステル(メタ)アクリレート化合物などが挙げられる。これらは、1種のみを用いてもよく、2種以上を組み合わせて用いてもよい。中でも、重合性モノマーとしては、重合性液晶化合物の硬化物層と組み合わせた際の信頼性を向上させる観点、隣接する層との密着性を向上させる観点、生産性を向上させる観点から、(メタ)アクリロイルオキシ基を有する重合性モノマーを含むことが好ましく、多官能(メタ)アクリレート化合物を含むことがより好ましく、多官能アクリレート化合物を含むことが特に好ましい。
Examples of the radically polymerizable monomer suitable for forming the cured resin layer include (meth) acrylate compounds such as polyfunctional (meth) acrylate compounds; and urethane (meth) acrylate compounds such as polyfunctional urethane (meth) acrylate compounds; Epoxy (meth) acrylate compounds such as functional epoxy (meth) acrylate compounds; carboxyl group-modified epoxy (meth) acrylate compounds, polyester (meth) acrylate compounds and the like can be mentioned. These may be used alone or in combination of two or more. Among them, as the polymerizable monomer, from the viewpoint of improving the reliability when combined with the cured product layer of the polymerizable liquid crystal compound, the viewpoint of improving the adhesion with the adjacent layer, and the viewpoint of improving the productivity (meta). ) It is preferable to contain a polymerizable monomer having an acryloyloxy group, more preferably to contain a polyfunctional (meth) acrylate compound, and particularly preferably to contain a polyfunctional acrylate compound.
多官能(メタ)アクリレート化合物は、分子内に2個以上の(メタ)アクリロイル基、好ましくは(メタ)アクリロイルオキシ基を有する化合物を意味し、その例としては、分子内に(メタ)アクリロイルオキシ基を2個有する2官能(メタ)アクリレートモノマー、分子内に(メタ)アクリロイルオキシ基を3個以上有する3官能以上の(メタ)アクリレートモノマー等が挙げられる。なお、本明細書において、用語「(メタ)アクリレート」とは、「アクリレート」または「メタクリレート」を意味し、用語「(メタ)アクリロイル」も同様に、「アクリロイル」または「メタクリロイル」を意味する。
A polyfunctional (meth) acrylate compound means a compound having two or more (meth) acryloyl groups in the molecule, preferably a (meth) acryloyloxy group, and an example thereof is (meth) acryloyloxy in the molecule. Examples thereof include a bifunctional (meth) acrylate monomer having two groups, a trifunctional or higher (meth) acrylate monomer having three or more (meth) acryloyloxy groups in the molecule, and the like. In the present specification, the term "(meth) acrylate" means "acrylate" or "methacrylate", and the term "(meth) acryloyl" also means "acryloyl" or "methacryloyl".
多官能(メタ)アクリレート化合物は、1種類または2種類以上の多官能(メタ)アクリレート化合物を含んでいてもよい。また、2種類以上の多官能(メタ)アクリレート化合物を含む場合、それぞれの多官能(メタ)アクリレート化合物間で、(メタ)アクリロイル基の数は同一であっても、異なっていてもよい。
The polyfunctional (meth) acrylate compound may contain one kind or two or more kinds of polyfunctional (meth) acrylate compounds. When two or more kinds of polyfunctional (meth) acrylate compounds are contained, the number of (meth) acryloyl groups may be the same or different between the respective polyfunctional (meth) acrylate compounds.
2官能(メタ)アクリレートモノマーとしては、例えばエチレングリコールジ(メタ)アクリレート、1,3-ブタンジオールジ(メタ)アクリレート、1,4-ブタンジオールジ(メタ)アクリレート、1,6-ヘキサンジオールジ(メタ)アクリレート、1,9-ノナンジオールジ(メタ)アクリレートおよびネオペンチルグリコールジ(メタ)アクリレート等のアルキレングリコールジ(メタ)アクリレート;ジエチレングリコールジ(メタ)アクリレート、トリエチレングリコールジ(メタ)アクリレート、ジプロピレングリコールジ(メタ)アクリレート、トリプロピレングリコールジ(メタ)アクリレート、ポリエチレングリコールジ(メタ)アクリレート、ポリプロピレングリコールジ(メタ)アクリレートおよびポリテトラメチレングリコールジ(メタ)アクリレート等のポリオキシアルキレングリコールジ(メタ)アクリレート;テトラフルオロエチレングリコールジ(メタ)アクリレート等のハロゲン置換アルキレングリコールのジ(メタ)アクリレート;トリメチロールプロパンジ(メタ)アクリレート、ジトリメチロールプロパンジ(メタ)アクリレート、ペンタエリスリトールジ(メタ)アクリレート等の脂肪族ポリオールのジ(メタ)アクリレート;水添ジシクロペンタジエニルジ(メタ)アクリレート、トリシクロデカンジメタノールジ(メタ)アクリレート等の水添ジシクロペンタジエンまたはトリシクロデカンジアルカノールのジ(メタ)アクリレート;1,3-ジオキサン-2,5-ジイルジ(メタ)アクリレート〔別名:ジオキサングリコールジ(メタ)アクリレート〕等のジオキサングリコールまたはジオキサンジアルカノールのジ(メタ)アクリレート;ビスフェノールAエチレンオキサイド付加物ジアクリレート物、ビスフェノールFエチレンオキサイド付加物ジアクリレート物等のビスフェノールAまたはビスフェノールFのアルキレンオキサイド付加物のジ(メタ)アクリレート;ビスフェノールAジグリシジルエーテルのアクリル酸付加物、ビスフェノールFジグリシジルエーテルのアクリル酸付加物等のビスフェノールAまたはビスフェノールFのエポキシジ(メタ)アクリレート;シリコーンジ(メタ)アクリレート;ヒドロキシピバリン酸ネオペンチルグリコールエステルのジ(メタ)アクリレート;2,2-ビス[4-(メタ)アクリロイルオキシエトキシエトキシフェニル]プロパン;2,2-ビス[4-(メタ)アクリロイルオキシエトキシエトキシシクロヘキシル]プロパン;2-(2-ヒドロキシ-1,1-ジメチルエチル)-5-エチル-5-ヒドロキシメチル-1,3-ジオキサン〕のジ(メタ)アクリレート;トリス(ヒドロキシエチル)イソシアヌレートジ(メタ)アクリレート等が挙げられる。
Examples of the bifunctional (meth) acrylate monomer include ethylene glycol di (meth) acrylate, 1,3-butanediol di (meth) acrylate, 1,4-butanediol di (meth) acrylate, and 1,6-hexanediol di. (Meta) acrylate, alkylene glycol di (meth) acrylate such as 1,9-nonanediol di (meth) acrylate and neopentyl glycol di (meth) acrylate; diethylene glycol di (meth) acrylate, triethylene glycol di (meth) acrylate , Dipropylene glycol di (meth) acrylate, tripropylene glycol di (meth) acrylate, polyethylene glycol di (meth) acrylate, polypropylene glycol di (meth) acrylate and polyoxyalkylene glycol such as polytetramethylene glycol di (meth) acrylate. Di (meth) acrylate; Di (meth) acrylate of halogen-substituted alkylene glycol such as tetrafluoroethylene glycol di (meth) acrylate; trimethylolpropandi (meth) acrylate, ditrimethylolpropandi (meth) acrylate, pentaerythritol di ( Di (meth) acrylate of an aliphatic polyol such as meta) acrylate; hydrogenated dicyclopentadiene or tricyclodecandi such as hydrogenated dicyclopentadienyldi (meth) acrylate and tricyclodecanedimethanol di (meth) acrylate. Di (meth) acrylate of alkanol; di (meth) acrylate of dioxane glycol or dioxan dialkanol such as 1,3-dioxane-2,5-diyldi (meth) acrylate [also known as dioxane glycol di (meth) acrylate]; bisphenol Di (meth) acrylate of alkylene oxide adduct of bisphenol A or bisphenol F such as A ethylene oxide adduct diacrylate, bisphenol F ethylene oxide adduct diacrylate; acrylic acid adduct of bisphenol A diglycidyl ether, bisphenol F Epoxy di (meth) acrylate of bisphenol A or bisphenol F such as acrylic acid adduct of diglycidyl ether; silicone di (meth) acrylate; di (meth) acrylate of hydroxypivalate neopentyl glycol ester; 2,2-bis [4 -(Meta) Acryloyloxyethoxy Ethoxyphenyl] propane; 2,2-bis [4- (meth) acryloyloxyethoxyethoxycyclohexyl] propane; 2- (2-hydroxy-1,1-dimethylethyl) -5-ethyl-5-hydroxymethyl-1, 3-Dioxane] di (meth) acrylate; tris (hydroxyethyl) isocyanurate di (meth) acrylate and the like can be mentioned.
3官能(メタ)アクリレートモノマーは、分子内に3個の(メタ)アクリロイル基、好ましくは(メタ)アクリロイルオキシ基を有するモノマーであり、その例としては、グリセリントリ(メタ)アクリレート、トリメチロールプロパントリ(メタ)アクリレート、ジトリメチロールプロパントリ(メタ)アクリレート、ペンタエリスリトールトリ(メタ)アクリレート、ペンタエリスリトールトリ(メタ)アクリレートと酸無水物の反応物、カプロラクトン変性トリメチロールプロパントリ(メタ)アクリレート、カプロラクトン変性ペンタエリスリトールトリ(メタ)アクリレート、エチレンオキサイド変性トリメチロールプロパントリ(メタ)アクリレート、エチレンオキサイド変性ペンタエリスリトールトリ(メタ)アクリレート、プロピレンオキサイド変性トリメチロールプロパントリ(メタ)アクリレート、プロピレンオキサイド変性ペンタエリスリトールトリ(メタ)アクリレート、イソシアヌレートトリ(メタ)アクリレート、カプロラクトン変性ペンタエリスリトールトリ(メタ)アクリレートと酸無水物との反応物、エチレンオキサイド変性ペンタエリスリトールトリ(メタ)アクリレートと酸無水物との反応物、プロピレンオキサイド変性ペンタエリスリトールトリ(メタ)アクリレートと酸無水物との反応物などが挙げられる。
The trifunctional (meth) acrylate monomer is a monomer having three (meth) acryloyl groups in the molecule, preferably a (meth) acryloyloxy group, and examples thereof include glycerin tri (meth) acrylate and trimethyl propane. Tri (meth) acrylate, ditrimethylol propantri (meth) acrylate, pentaerythritol tri (meth) acrylate, pentaerythritol tri (meth) acrylate and acid anhydride reaction product, caprolactone-modified trimethylol propantri (meth) acrylate, caprolactone Modified pentaerythritol tri (meth) acrylate, ethylene oxide-modified trimethylol propanthry (meth) acrylate, ethylene oxide-modified pentaerythritol tri (meth) acrylate, propylene oxide-modified trimethylol propanthry (meth) acrylate, propylene oxide-modified pentaerythritol tri (Meta) acrylate, isocyanurate tri (meth) acrylate, caprolactone-modified pentaerythritol tri (meth) acrylate and acid anhydride reaction product, ethylene oxide-modified pentaerythritol tri (meth) acrylate and acid anhydride reaction product, Examples thereof include a reaction product of a propylene oxide-modified pentaerythritol tri (meth) acrylate and an acid anhydride.
4官能(メタ)アクリレートモノマーは、分子内に4個の(メタ)アクリロイル基、好ましくは(メタ)アクリロイルオキシ基を有するモノマーであり、その例としては、ジトリメチロールプロパンテトラ(メタ)アクリレート、ペンタエリスリトールテトラ(メタ)アクリレート、ジペンタエリスリトールテトラ(メタ)アクリレート、トリペンタエリスリトールテトラ(メタ)アクリレート、カプロラクトン変性ペンタエリスリトールテトラ(メタ)アクリレート、カプロラクトン変性トリペンタエリスリトールテトラ(メタ)アクリレート、エチレンオキサイド変性ペンタエリスリトールテトラ(メタ)アクリレート、エチレンオキサイド変性トリペンタエリスリトールテトラ(メタ)アクリレート、プロピレンオキサイド変性ペンタエリスリトールテトラ(メタ)アクリレート、プロピレンオキサイド変性トリペンタエリスリトールテトラ(メタ)アクリレートなどが挙げられる。
The tetrafunctional (meth) acrylate monomer is a monomer having four (meth) acryloyl groups in the molecule, preferably a (meth) acryloyloxy group, and examples thereof include ditrimethylolpropanetetra (meth) acrylate and penta. Erislitol tetra (meth) acrylate, dipentaerythritol tetra (meth) acrylate, tripentaerythritol tetra (meth) acrylate, caprolactone-modified pentaerythritol tetra (meth) acrylate, caprolactone-modified tripentaerythritol tetra (meth) acrylate, ethylene oxide-modified penta Examples thereof include erythritol tetra (meth) acrylate, ethylene oxide-modified tripenta erythritol tetra (meth) acrylate, propylene oxide-modified pentaerythritol tetra (meth) acrylate, and propylene oxide-modified tripenta erythritol tetra (meth) acrylate.
5官能(メタ)アクリレートモノマーとしては、例えばジペンタエリスリトールペンタ(メタ)アクリレート、トリペンタエリスリトールペンタ(メタ)アクリレート、ジペンタエリスリトールペンタ(メタ)アクリレートと酸無水物との反応物、カプロラクトン変性ジペンタエリスリトールペンタ(メタ)アクリレート、カプロラクトン変性トリペンタエリスリトールペンタ(メタ)アクリレート、エチレンオキサイド変性ジペンタエリスリトールペンタ(メタ)アクリレート、エチレンオキサイド変性トリペンタエリスリトールペンタ(メタ)アクリレート、プロピレンオキサイド変性ジペンタエリスリトールペンタ(メタ)アクリレート、プロピレンオキサイド変性トリペンタエリスリトールペンタ(メタ)アクリレート、カプロラクトン変性ジペンタエリスリトールペンタ(メタ)アクリレートと酸無水物との反応物、エチレンオキサイド変性ジペンタエリスリトールペンタ(メタ)アクリレートと酸無水物との反応物、プロピレンオキサイド変性ジペンタエリスリトールペンタ(メタ)アクリレートと酸無水物との反応物などが挙げられる。
Examples of the pentafunctional (meth) acrylate monomer include dipentaerythritol penta (meth) acrylate, tripentaerythritol penta (meth) acrylate, a reaction product of dipentaerythritol penta (meth) acrylate and acid anhydride, and caprolactone-modified dipenta. Erislitol penta (meth) acrylate, caprolactone-modified tripenta erythritol penta (meth) acrylate, ethylene oxide-modified dipenta erythritol penta (meth) acrylate, ethylene oxide-modified tripenta erythritol penta (meth) acrylate, propylene oxide-modified dipenta erythritol penta Meta) acrylate, propylene oxide-modified tripentaerythritol penta (meth) acrylate, caprolactone-modified dipentaerythritol penta (meth) acrylate and acid anhydride reaction product, ethylene oxide-modified dipentaerythritol penta (meth) acrylate and acid anhydride Examples thereof include a reaction product of propylene oxide-modified dipentaerythritol penta (meth) acrylate and an acid anhydride.
6官能(メタ)アクリレートモノマーとしては、例えばジペンタエリスリトールヘキサ(メタ)アクリレート、トリペンタエリスリトールヘキサ(メタ)アクリレート、カプロラクトン変性ジペンタエリスリトールヘキサ(メタ)アクリレート、カプロラクトン変性トリペンタエリスリトールヘキサ(メタ)アクリレート、エチレンオキサイド変性ジペンタエリスリトールヘキサ(メタ)アクリレート、エチレンオキサイド変性トリペンタエリスリトールヘキサ(メタ)アクリレート、プロピレンオキサイド変性ジペンタエリスリトールヘキサ(メタ)アクリレート、プロピレンオキサイド変性トリペンタエリスリトールヘキサ(メタ)アクリレートなどが挙げられる。
Examples of the hexafunctional (meth) acrylate monomer include dipentaerythritol hexa (meth) acrylate, tripentaerythritol hexa (meth) acrylate, caprolactone-modified dipentaerythritol hexa (meth) acrylate, and caprolactone-modified tripentaerythritol hexa (meth) acrylate. , Ethylene oxide-modified dipentaerythritol hexa (meth) acrylate, ethylene oxide-modified tripentaerythritol hexa (meth) acrylate, propylene oxide-modified dipentaerythritol hexa (meth) acrylate, propylene oxide-modified tripentaerythritol hexa (meth) acrylate, etc. Can be mentioned.
7官能(メタ)アクリレートモノマーとしては、例えばトリペンタエリスリトールヘプタ(メタ)アクリレート、トリペンタエリスリトールヘプタ(メタ)アクリレートと酸無水物との反応物、カプロラクトン変性トリペンタエリスリトールヘプタ(メタ)アクリレート、カプロラクトン変性トリペンタエリスリトールヘプタ(メタ)アクリレートと酸無水物との反応物、エチレンオキサイド変性トリペンタエリスリトールヘプタ(メタ)アクリレート、エチレンオキサイド変性トリペンタエリスリトールヘプタ(メタ)アクリレートと酸無水物との反応物、プロピレンオキサイド変性トリペンタエリスリトールヘプタ(メタ)アクリレート、プロピレンオキサイド変性トリペンタエリスリトールヘプタ(メタ)アクリレートと酸無水物との反応物などが挙げられる。
Examples of the seven-functional (meth) acrylate monomer include tripentaerythritol hepta (meth) acrylate, a reaction product of trypentaerythritol hepta (meth) acrylate and an acid anhydride, caprolactone-modified tripentaerythritol hepta (meth) acrylate, and caprolactone-modified. Reaction product of trypenta erythritol hepta (meth) acrylate and acid anhydride, ethylene oxide-modified tripenta erythritol hepta (meth) acrylate, reaction product of ethylene oxide-modified tripenta erythritol hepta (meth) acrylate and acid anhydride, propylene Examples thereof include an oxide-modified tripentaerythritol hepta (meth) acrylate and a reaction product of a propylene oxide-modified tripentaerythritol hepta (meth) acrylate and an acid anhydride.
8官能(メタ)アクリレートモノマーは、分子内に8個の(メタ)アクリロイル基、好ましくは(メタ)アクリロイルオキシ基を有するモノマーであり、その例としては、トリペンタエリスリトールオクタ(メタ)アクリレート、カプロラクトン変性トリペンタエリスリトールオクタ(メタ)アクリレート、エチレンオキサイド変性トリペンタエリスリトールオクタ(メタ)アクリレート、プロピレンオキサイド変性トリペンタエリスリトールオクタ(メタ)アクリレートなどが挙げられる。
The octafunctional (meth) acrylate monomer is a monomer having eight (meth) acryloyl groups, preferably (meth) acryloyloxy groups in the molecule, and examples thereof include tripentaerythritol octa (meth) acrylate and caprolactone. Examples thereof include modified tripentaerythritol octa (meth) acrylate, ethylene oxide-modified tripentaerythritol octa (meth) acrylate, and propylene oxide-modified tripentaerythritol octa (meth) acrylate.
硬化樹脂層の形成に適するカチオン重合性モノマーとしては、例えばエポキシ基を有するエポキシ化合物、オキセタニル基を有するオキセタン化合物等が挙げられる。
Examples of the cationically polymerizable monomer suitable for forming the cured resin layer include an epoxy compound having an epoxy group and an oxetane compound having an oxetaneyl group.
エポキシ化合物は分子内に少なくとも1つ以上のエポキシ基を有する重合性モノマーであり、例えば脂環式エポキシ化合物、芳香族エポキシ化合物、脂肪族エポキシ化合物等が挙げられる。
脂環式エポキシ化合物は、脂環式環に直接結合したエポキシ基を分子内に少なくとも1個有する化合物である。例えば、3,4-エポキシシクロヘキシルメチル 3,4-エポキシシクロヘキサンカルボキシレート、3,4-エポキシ-6-メチルシクロヘキシルメチル 3,4-エポキシ-6-メチルシクロヘキサンカルボキシレート、エチレンビス(3,4-エポキシシクロヘキサンカルボキシレート)、ビス(3,4-エポキシシクロヘキシルメチル)アジペート、ビス(3,4-エポキシ-6-メチルシクロヘキシルメチル)アジペート、ジエチレングリコールビス(3,4-エポキシシクロヘキシルメチルエーテル)、エチレングリコールビス(3,4-エポキシシクロヘキシルメチル)エーテルなどが挙げられる。これらの脂環式エポキシ化合物は、単独または2種以上を組み合わせて使用できる。 The epoxy compound is a polymerizable monomer having at least one epoxy group in the molecule, and examples thereof include an alicyclic epoxy compound, an aromatic epoxy compound, and an aliphatic epoxy compound.
The alicyclic epoxy compound is a compound having at least one epoxy group directly bonded to the alicyclic ring in the molecule. For example, 3,4-epoxycyclohexylmethyl 3,4-epoxycyclohexanecarboxylate, 3,4-epoxy-6-methylcyclohexylmethyl 3,4-epoxy-6-methylcyclohexanecarboxylate, ethylenebis (3,4-epoxy) Cyclohexanecarboxylate), bis (3,4-epoxycyclohexylmethyl) adipate, bis (3,4-epoxy-6-methylcyclohexylmethyl) adipate, diethyleneglycolbis (3,4-epoxycyclohexylmethyl ether), ethyleneglycolbis (3,4-epoxycyclohexylmethyl ether) 3,4-Epoxycyclohexylmethyl) ether and the like can be mentioned. These alicyclic epoxy compounds can be used alone or in combination of two or more.
脂環式エポキシ化合物は、脂環式環に直接結合したエポキシ基を分子内に少なくとも1個有する化合物である。例えば、3,4-エポキシシクロヘキシルメチル 3,4-エポキシシクロヘキサンカルボキシレート、3,4-エポキシ-6-メチルシクロヘキシルメチル 3,4-エポキシ-6-メチルシクロヘキサンカルボキシレート、エチレンビス(3,4-エポキシシクロヘキサンカルボキシレート)、ビス(3,4-エポキシシクロヘキシルメチル)アジペート、ビス(3,4-エポキシ-6-メチルシクロヘキシルメチル)アジペート、ジエチレングリコールビス(3,4-エポキシシクロヘキシルメチルエーテル)、エチレングリコールビス(3,4-エポキシシクロヘキシルメチル)エーテルなどが挙げられる。これらの脂環式エポキシ化合物は、単独または2種以上を組み合わせて使用できる。 The epoxy compound is a polymerizable monomer having at least one epoxy group in the molecule, and examples thereof include an alicyclic epoxy compound, an aromatic epoxy compound, and an aliphatic epoxy compound.
The alicyclic epoxy compound is a compound having at least one epoxy group directly bonded to the alicyclic ring in the molecule. For example, 3,4-epoxycyclohexylmethyl 3,4-epoxycyclohexanecarboxylate, 3,4-epoxy-6-methylcyclohexylmethyl 3,4-epoxy-6-methylcyclohexanecarboxylate, ethylenebis (3,4-epoxy) Cyclohexanecarboxylate), bis (3,4-epoxycyclohexylmethyl) adipate, bis (3,4-epoxy-6-methylcyclohexylmethyl) adipate, diethyleneglycolbis (3,4-epoxycyclohexylmethyl ether), ethyleneglycolbis (3,4-epoxycyclohexylmethyl ether) 3,4-Epoxycyclohexylmethyl) ether and the like can be mentioned. These alicyclic epoxy compounds can be used alone or in combination of two or more.
芳香族エポキシ化合物は、分子内に芳香族環とエポキシ基を有する化合物である。その具体例として、ビスフェノールAのジグリシジルエーテル、ビスフェノールFのジグリシジルエーテル、ビスフェノールSのジグリシジルエーテル等のビスフェノール型エポキシ化合物またはそのオリゴマー;フェノールノボラックエポキシ樹脂、クレゾールノボラックエポキシ樹脂、ヒドロキシベンズアルデヒドフェノールノボラックエポキシ樹脂等のノボラック型のエポキシ樹脂;2,2’,4,4’-テトラヒドロキシジフェニルメタンのグリシジルエーテル、2,2’,4,4’-テトラヒドロキシベンゾフェノンのグリシジルエーテル等の多官能型のエポキシ化合物;エポキシ化ポリビニルフェノール等の多官能型のエポキシ樹脂などが挙げられる。これらの芳香族エポキシ化合物は、単独または2種以上を組み合わせて使用できる。
Aromatic epoxy compounds are compounds that have an aromatic ring and an epoxy group in the molecule. Specific examples thereof include bisphenol type epoxy compounds such as bisphenol A diglycidyl ether, bisphenol F diglycidyl ether, and bisphenol S diglycidyl ether or oligomers thereof; phenol novolac epoxy resin, cresol novolac epoxy resin, hydroxybenzaldehyde phenol novolac epoxy. Novolac type epoxy resin such as resin; polyfunctional epoxy compound such as 2,2', 4,4'-tetrahydroxydiphenylmethane glycidyl ether, 2,2', 4,4'-tetrahydroxybenzophenone glycidyl ether ; Examples include polyfunctional epoxy resins such as epoxidized polyvinylphenol. These aromatic epoxy compounds can be used alone or in combination of two or more.
水素化エポキシ化合物は、上記の芳香族エポキシ化合物の核水添物が水素化エポキシ化合物となる。これらは、対応する芳香族エポキシ化合物の原料である芳香族ポリヒドロキシ化合物、典型的にはビスフェノール類に対し、触媒の存在下および加圧下で選択的に水素化反応を行うことにより得られる多価アルコール、典型的には水添ビスフェノール類を原料とし、これにエピクロロヒドリンを反応させてクロロヒドリンエーテルとし、さらにそれをアルカリで分子内閉環させる方法によって製造できる。これらの水素化エポキシ化合物は、単独または2種以上を組み合わせて使用できる。
As for the hydrogenated epoxy compound, the nuclear hydrogenation of the above aromatic epoxy compound becomes the hydrogenated epoxy compound. These are polyvalents obtained by selectively hydrogenating aromatic polyhydroxy compounds, typically bisphenols, which are the raw materials of the corresponding aromatic epoxy compounds, in the presence of a catalyst and under pressure. It can be produced by a method in which an alcohol, typically hydrogenated bisphenols, is used as a raw material, and epichlorohydrin is reacted with the raw material to form a chlorohydrin ether, which is further closed in the molecule with an alkali. These hydrogenated epoxy compounds can be used alone or in combination of two or more.
脂肪族エポキシ化合物には、脂肪族多価アルコールまたはそのアルキレンオキサイド付加物のポリグリシジルエーテルがある。その具体例として、ネオペンチルグリコールのジグリシジルエーテル、1,4-ブタンジオールのジグリシジルエーテル、1,6-ヘキサンジオールのジグリシジルエーテル、グリセリンのトリグリシジルエーテル、トリメチロールプロパンのトリグリシジルエーテル、ポリエチレングリコールのジグリシジルエーテル、プロピレングリコールのジグリシジルエーテル、エチレングリコールやプロピレングリコール、グリセリンのような脂肪族多価アルコールに1種または2種以上のアルキレンオキサイド(エチレンオキサイドやプロピレンオキサイド)を付加することにより得られるポリエーテルポリオールのポリグリシジルエーテルなどが挙げられる。これらの脂肪族エポキシ化合物は、単独または2種以上を組み合わせて使用できる。
Aliphatic epoxy compounds include polyglycidyl ethers of aliphatic polyhydric alcohols or alkylene oxide adducts thereof. Specific examples thereof include diglycidyl ether of neopentyl glycol, diglycidyl ether of 1,4-butanediol, diglycidyl ether of 1,6-hexanediol, triglycidyl ether of glycerin, triglycidyl ether of trimethylolpropane, and polyethylene. By adding one or more alkylene oxides (ethylene oxide or propylene oxide) to aliphatic polyhydric alcohols such as glycol diglycidyl ether, propylene glycol diglycidyl ether, ethylene glycol, propylene glycol, and glycerin. Examples thereof include polyglycidyl ether, which is a polyether polyol obtained. These aliphatic epoxy compounds can be used alone or in combination of two or more.
オキセタン化合物は分子内に少なくとも1個以上のオキセタニル基を含有する化合物であり、その具体例として、3-エチル-3-ヒドロキシメチルオキセタン(オキセタンアルコールとも呼ばれる)、2-エチルヘキシルオキセタン、1,4-ビス〔{(3-エチルオキセタン-3-イル)メトキシ}メチル〕ベンゼン(キシリレンビスオキセタンとも呼ばれる)、3-エチル-3〔{(3-エチルオキセタン-3-イル)メトキシ}メチル〕オキセタン、3-エチル-3-(フェノキシメチル)オキセタン、3-(シクロヘキシルオキシ)メチル-3-エチルオキセタンなどを挙げることができる。
An oxetane compound is a compound containing at least one oxetane group in the molecule, and specific examples thereof include 3-ethyl-3-hydroxymethyloxetane (also called oxetane alcohol), 2-ethylhexyl oxetane, and 1,4-. Bis [{(3-ethyloxetane-3-yl) methoxy} methyl] benzene (also called xylylene bisoxetane), 3-ethyl-3 [{(3-ethyloxetane-3-yl) methoxy} methyl] oxetane, Examples thereof include 3-ethyl-3- (phenoxymethyl) oxetane and 3- (cyclohexyloxy) methyl-3-ethyloxetane.
硬化樹脂層の形成に適する熱重合性モノマーとしては、例えばメラミン化合物が挙げられる。メラミン化合物としては、例えばヘキサメトキシメチルメラミン、ヘキサエトキシメチルメラミン、ヘキサプロポキシメチルメラミン、ヘキサブトキシメチルメラミン等が挙げられる。メラミン化合物は、単独または2種以上を組み合わせて使用できる。
Examples of the thermopolymerizable monomer suitable for forming the cured resin layer include melamine compounds. Examples of the melamine compound include hexamethoxymethylmelamine, hexaethoxymethylmelamine, hexapropoxymethylmelamine, hexabutoxymethylmelamine and the like. The melamine compound can be used alone or in combination of two or more.
また、他の重合性モノマーとして、イソシアネート化合物と分子内にヒドロキシル基を有するアルコール化合物の組み合わせが挙げられ、ウレタン樹脂が製造される。ウレタン樹脂、ウレア樹脂の製造に使用されるイソシアネート化合物は通常分子内に2つ以上のイソシアナト基(-NCO)を有しており、芳香族、脂肪族または脂環式の各種ジイソシアネートを用いることができる。具体例としては、テトラメチレンジイソシアネート、ヘキサメチレンジイソシアネート、イソホロンジイソシアネート、2,4-トリレンジイソシアネート、4,4’-ジフェニルジイソシアネート、1,5-ナフタレンジイソシアネート、3,3’-ジメチル-4,4’-ジフェニルジイソシアネート、キシレンジイソシアネート、トリメチルヘキサメチレンジイソシアネート、4,4’-ジフェニルメタンジイソシアネート、およびこれらのうち芳香環を有するジイソシアネートの核水添物などを挙げることができる。また、ウレタン樹脂に使用されるアルコール化合物は通常分子内にヒドロキシル基を2つ以上有し、例えば、エチレングリコール、プロピレングリコール、1,3-プロパンジオール、ジエチレングリコール、ジプロピレングリコール、ネオペンチルグリコール、1,3-ブタンジオール、1,4-ブタンジオール、1,6-ヘキサンジオール、1,9-ノナンジオール、1,10-デカンジオール、2,2,4-トリメチル-1,3-ペンタンジオール、3-メチル-1,5-ペンタンジオール、ヒドロキシピバリン酸のネオペンチルグリコールエステル、1,4-シクロヘキサンジオール、スピログリコール、トリシクロデカンジメチロール、ビスフェノールA、水添ビスフェノールA、トリメチロールエタン、トリメチロールプロパン、グリセリン、3-メチルペンタン-1,3,5-トリオール、ペンタエリスリトール、ジペンタエリスリトール、トリペンタエリスリトール、グルコース類などを挙げることができる。
Further, as another polymerizable monomer, a combination of an isocyanate compound and an alcohol compound having a hydroxyl group in the molecule can be mentioned, and a urethane resin is produced. The isocyanate compounds used in the production of urethane resins and urea resins usually have two or more isocyanato groups (-NCO) in the molecule, and various aromatic, aliphatic or alicyclic diisocyanates can be used. it can. Specific examples include tetramethylene diisocyanate, hexamethylene diisocyanate, isophorone diisocyanate, 2,4-tolylene diisocyanate, 4,4'-diphenyl diisocyanate, 1,5-naphthalenedi isocyanate, 3,3'-dimethyl-4,4' Examples thereof include -diphenyl diisocyanate, xylene diisocyanate, trimethylhexamethylene diisocyanate, 4,4'-diphenylmethane diisocyanate, and a nuclear hydrogenated diisocyanate having an aromatic ring. In addition, alcohol compounds used in urethane resins usually have two or more hydroxyl groups in the molecule, and for example, ethylene glycol, propylene glycol, 1,3-propanediol, diethylene glycol, dipropylene glycol, neopentyl glycol, 1 , 3-Butandiol, 1,4-Butanediol, 1,6-Hexanediol, 1,9-Nonandiol, 1,10-Decandiol, 2,2,4-trimethyl-1,3-Pentanediol, 3 -Methyl-1,5-pentanediol, neopentyl glycol ester of hydroxypivalic acid, 1,4-cyclohexanediol, spiroglycol, tricyclodecanedimethylol, bisphenol A, hydrogenated bisphenol A, trimethylolethane, trimethylolpropane , Glycerin, 3-methylpentane-1,3,5-triol, pentaerythritol, dipentaerythritol, tripentaerythritol, glucose and the like.
上記重合性モノマーは、硬化時や硬化後の加熱により発生するカールを抑制する観点、加工特性を向上させる観点、基材フィルムや液晶硬化物層との密着性を調整する観点、生産性を向上させる観点、耐溶媒性を向上させる観点、液晶硬化物層と組み合わせた際の信頼性を向上させる観点から、適宜選択することができる。本発明において、硬化樹脂層は、アクリル樹脂、エポキシ樹脂、オキセタン樹脂、ウレタン樹脂およびメラミン樹脂からなる群から選択される少なくとも1種を含むことが好ましい。また、例えば、2種以上のラジカル重合性モノマーを用いてもよいし、ラジカル重合性モノマーとカチオン重合性モノマーを組み合わせてもよい。特に、生産性を向上させる観点からラジカル重合性モノマーを含有することが好ましい。
The above-mentioned polymerizable monomer has a viewpoint of suppressing curl generated by heating during curing or after curing, a viewpoint of improving processing characteristics, a viewpoint of adjusting adhesion to a base film or a liquid crystal cured product layer, and improving productivity. It can be appropriately selected from the viewpoint of improving the solvent resistance, improving the reliability when combined with the liquid crystal cured product layer. In the present invention, the cured resin layer preferably contains at least one selected from the group consisting of acrylic resin, epoxy resin, oxetane resin, urethane resin and melamine resin. Further, for example, two or more kinds of radically polymerizable monomers may be used, or a radically polymerizable monomer and a cationically polymerizable monomer may be combined. In particular, it is preferable to contain a radically polymerizable monomer from the viewpoint of improving productivity.
硬化樹脂層形成用組成物は、前記重合性モノマーに加え、光重合開始剤、熱重合開始剤、溶媒、酸化防止剤、光増感剤、レベリング剤、酸化防止剤、連鎖移動剤、光安定剤、粘着付与剤、充填剤、流動調整剤、可塑剤、消泡剤、色素、帯電防止剤、および紫外線吸収剤等の添加剤をさらに含むことができる。これらの添加剤は硬化樹脂層形成用組成物の固形分の質量に対して、通常0.1~15質量%程度である。なお、本明細書において固形分とは、硬化樹脂層形成用組成物に溶媒が含まれる場合、該組成物から溶媒を除いた成分の合計量を意味する。
In addition to the above-mentioned polymerizable monomer, the cured resin layer forming composition includes a photopolymerization initiator, a thermal polymerization initiator, a solvent, an antioxidant, a photosensitizer, a leveling agent, an antioxidant, a chain transfer agent, and a photostabilizer. Additives such as agents, tackifiers, fillers, flow modifiers, plasticizers, antifoaming agents, dyes, antistatic agents, and UV absorbers can be further included. These additives are usually about 0.1 to 15% by mass with respect to the mass of the solid content of the composition for forming the cured resin layer. In the present specification, the solid content means the total amount of the components excluding the solvent from the composition when the solvent is contained in the composition for forming the cured resin layer.
硬化樹脂層形成用組成物において、重合性モノマーの含有量は組成物の固形分100質量部に対して、好ましくは50質量部以上であり、より好ましくは60質量部以上である。前記の範囲であると、液晶硬化物層と組み合わせた際の信頼性を向上させやすい。
In the composition for forming a cured resin layer, the content of the polymerizable monomer is preferably 50 parts by mass or more, and more preferably 60 parts by mass or more with respect to 100 parts by mass of the solid content of the composition. Within the above range, it is easy to improve the reliability when combined with the liquid crystal cured product layer.
前記硬化樹脂層形成用組成物は、重合開始剤を含んでいることが好ましい。重合開始剤としては光重合開始剤や熱重合開始剤等が挙げられるが、生産性が向上する観点から光重合開始剤を用いることが好ましい。光重合開始剤は、可視光線、紫外線、X線、電子線等の活性エネルギー線の照射により、重合性モノマーの硬化を開始できるものであれば特に限定されず、重合性モノマーの種類に合わせて光ラジカル重合開始剤や光カチオン重合開始剤を適宜使用することができる。光ラジカル重合開始剤や光カチオン重合開始剤としては、具体的には、液晶硬化物層を形成する重合性液晶組成物に配合し得るものとして先に例示した重合開始剤と同様のものが挙げられる。
The cured resin layer forming composition preferably contains a polymerization initiator. Examples of the polymerization initiator include a photopolymerization initiator and a thermal polymerization initiator, but it is preferable to use a photopolymerization initiator from the viewpoint of improving productivity. The photopolymerization initiator is not particularly limited as long as it can initiate curing of the polymerizable monomer by irradiation with active energy rays such as visible light, ultraviolet rays, X-rays, and electron beams, and is adapted to the type of the polymerizable monomer. A photoradical polymerization initiator or a photocationic polymerization initiator can be appropriately used. Specific examples of the photoradical polymerization initiator and the photocationic polymerization initiator include the same polymerization initiators exemplified above as those that can be blended in the polymerizable liquid crystal composition forming the liquid crystal cured product layer. Be done.
硬化樹脂層形成用組成物が重合開始剤を含む場合、その含有量は、硬化性化合物の総量100質量部に対して、好ましくは0.1~10質量部、より好ましくは0.5~7質量部である。重合開始剤の含有量が、上記の下限値以上であると重合開始能が十分に発現され、重合開始剤の含有量が上記の上限値以下であると重合開始剤が残存しにくくなる。
When the composition for forming a cured resin layer contains a polymerization initiator, the content thereof is preferably 0.1 to 10 parts by mass, more preferably 0.5 to 7 with respect to 100 parts by mass of the total amount of the curable compound. It is a mass part. When the content of the polymerization initiator is at least the above lower limit value, the polymerization initiator ability is sufficiently exhibited, and when the content of the polymerization initiator is at least the above upper limit value, the polymerization initiator is less likely to remain.
硬化樹脂層形成用組成物が溶媒を含む場合、硬化樹脂層形成用組成物に添加している重合性モノマーや重合開始剤などを十分に溶解させる観点、基材フィルムを溶解させない観点に応じて適宜選択することができる。例えば、先に記載の重合性液晶組成物で用い得る溶媒を使用することができる。溶媒の含有量は、硬化樹脂層形成用組成物に含まれる成分の総量100質量部に対して、1~10000質量部、好ましくは10~1000質量部、より好ましくは20~500質量部程度であってよい。
When the cured resin layer forming composition contains a solvent, depending on the viewpoint of sufficiently dissolving the polymerizable monomer and the polymerization initiator added to the cured resin layer forming composition and the viewpoint of not dissolving the base film. It can be selected as appropriate. For example, a solvent that can be used in the polymerizable liquid crystal composition described above can be used. The content of the solvent is about 1 to 10000 parts by mass, preferably 10 to 1000 parts by mass, and more preferably about 20 to 500 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the total amount of the components contained in the composition for forming the cured resin layer. It may be there.
本発明において、機能層の構成は、液晶硬化物層を含み、かつ、本発明の効果に影響を及ぼさない限り特に限定されるものではない。液晶硬化物層に加えて、配向膜や硬化樹脂層等の他の層を含む場合、各層の積層順序は適宜選択できるが、機能層が液晶硬化物層、配向膜および硬化樹脂層を含む場合、好ましくは、液晶硬化物層、配向膜、硬化樹脂層がこの順に隣接して存在する。このような順で各層が積層されていると、液晶硬化物層中、特に該層の硬化時に十分な光量が到達し難い液晶硬化物層の深部(配向膜側)に、未硬化の重合性液晶化合物が存在していても、硬化樹脂層により該未硬化重合性液晶化合物の拡散を防止することができる。機能層を基材フィルムから剥離して他の部材へ転写した後、硬化樹脂層により該未硬化重合性液晶化合物の他の部材への拡散を防止することができる。これにより、本発明の長尺フィルムから転写した機能層を含む位相差板や楕円偏光板において、液晶硬化物層中に含まれる未硬化重合性液晶化合物等が、該液晶硬化物層に近接または隣接する層(特に粘接着剤層)に拡散するのを効果的に抑制することができる。したがって、本発明の好適な一態様において、機能層は粘接着剤層をさらに含み、粘接着剤層を介して他の光学フィルム(例えば、偏光フィルムなど)と積層される。このような機能層としては、液晶硬化物層、配向膜、硬化樹脂層がこの順に隣接して存在することが好まく、粘接着剤層は液晶硬化物層側に設けられてもよいし、硬化樹脂層側に設けられてもよい。
In the present invention, the configuration of the functional layer is not particularly limited as long as it includes a liquid crystal cured product layer and does not affect the effect of the present invention. When other layers such as an alignment film and a cured resin layer are included in addition to the liquid crystal cured product layer, the stacking order of each layer can be appropriately selected, but when the functional layer includes the liquid crystal cured product layer, the alignment film and the cured resin layer. , Preferably, the liquid crystal cured product layer, the alignment film, and the cured resin layer are adjacent to each other in this order. When each layer is laminated in this order, uncured polymerizable material is formed in the cured liquid crystal layer, particularly in the deep part (alignment film side) of the cured liquid crystal layer in which a sufficient amount of light is difficult to reach when the layer is cured. Even if the liquid crystal compound is present, the cured resin layer can prevent the uncured polymerizable liquid crystal compound from diffusing. After the functional layer is peeled off from the base film and transferred to another member, the cured resin layer can prevent the uncured polymerizable liquid crystal compound from diffusing into other members. As a result, in the retardation plate or elliptical polarizing plate including the functional layer transferred from the long film of the present invention, the uncured polymerizable liquid crystal compound contained in the liquid crystal cured product layer is close to or close to the liquid crystal cured product layer. It is possible to effectively suppress the diffusion to the adjacent layer (particularly the adhesive layer). Therefore, in a preferred embodiment of the present invention, the functional layer further comprises an adhesive layer and is laminated with another optical film (eg, a polarizing film) via the adhesive layer. As such a functional layer, it is preferable that the liquid crystal cured product layer, the alignment film, and the cured resin layer are adjacent to each other in this order, and the adhesive layer may be provided on the liquid crystal cured product layer side. , May be provided on the cured resin layer side.
本発明の長尺フィルムを構成する機能層が硬化樹脂層を含む場合、硬化樹脂層は、例えば、先に説明したような硬化樹脂層形成用組成物を基材フィルム上に塗布した後、溶媒を含む場合には溶媒を乾燥除去し、重合性モノマーを硬化させることにより得られる。
When the functional layer constituting the long film of the present invention contains a cured resin layer, the cured resin layer is, for example, after applying the composition for forming a cured resin layer as described above on the base film, and then a solvent. When is contained, the solvent is dried and removed, and the polymerizable monomer is cured.
硬化樹脂層形成用組成物を基材フィルム上に塗布する方法としては、重合性液晶組成物を基材フィルム上等に塗布する方法として先に例示した方法と同様の方法が挙げられる。
Examples of the method for applying the cured resin layer forming composition on the base film include the same methods as those exemplified above as the method for applying the polymerizable liquid crystal composition on the base film and the like.
また、硬化樹脂層形成用組成物が溶媒を含む場合に溶媒を乾燥除去する方法としては、例えば、自然乾燥法、通風乾燥法、加熱乾燥および減圧乾燥法等が挙げられる。
Further, examples of the method for drying and removing the solvent when the composition for forming the cured resin layer contains a solvent include a natural drying method, a ventilation drying method, a heat drying method, and a vacuum drying method.
本発明において機能層が粘接着剤層を含む場合、これを構成する粘接着剤としては、例えば、感圧式粘着剤、乾燥固化型接着剤および化学反応型接着剤が挙げられる。化学反応型接着剤としては、例えば、活性エネルギー線硬化型接着剤が挙げられる。なお、粘接着剤層は本発明の長尺フィルムの機能層の一構成層として設けられてもよいし、本発明の長尺フィルムから基材フィルムを剥離した後該剥離面等に設けてもよい。
When the functional layer contains an adhesive layer in the present invention, examples of the adhesive constituting the functional layer include a pressure-sensitive adhesive, a dry-solidified adhesive, and a chemical reaction adhesive. Examples of the chemical reaction type adhesive include an active energy ray-curable adhesive. The adhesive layer may be provided as one constituent layer of the functional layer of the long film of the present invention, or may be provided on the peeled surface or the like after peeling the base film from the long film of the present invention. May be good.
感圧式粘着剤は、通常、ポリマーを含み、溶媒を含んでいてもよい。ポリマーとしては、アクリル系ポリマー、シリコーン系ポリマー、ポリエステル、ポリウレタン、またはポリエーテル等が挙げられる。中でも、アクリル系ポリマーを含むアクリル系の粘着剤は、光学的な透明性に優れ、適度の濡れ性や凝集力を有し、接着性に優れ、さらには耐候性や耐熱性等が高く、加熱や加湿の条件下で浮きや剥がれ等が生じ難いため好ましい。
The pressure-sensitive pressure-sensitive adhesive usually contains a polymer and may contain a solvent. Examples of the polymer include acrylic polymers, silicone-based polymers, polyesters, polyurethanes, and polyethers. Among them, the acrylic adhesive containing an acrylic polymer has excellent optical transparency, moderate wettability and cohesive force, excellent adhesiveness, and high weather resistance and heat resistance, and is heated. It is preferable because it is unlikely to float or peel off under humid conditions.
アクリル系ポリマーとしては、エステル部分のアルキル基がメチル基、エチル基またはブチル基等の炭素数1~20のアルキル基である(メタ)アクリレートと、(メタ)アクリル酸やヒドロキシエチル(メタ)アクリレート等の官能基を有する(メタ)アクリル系モノマーとの共重合体が好ましい。
As the acrylic polymer, (meth) acrylate in which the alkyl group of the ester portion is an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms such as a methyl group, an ethyl group or a butyl group, and (meth) acrylic acid or hydroxyethyl (meth) acrylate A copolymer with a (meth) acrylic monomer having a functional group such as the above is preferable.
このような共重合体を含む感圧式粘着剤は、粘着性に優れており、被転写体に貼合した後に取り除くときも、被転写体に糊残り等を生じさせることなく、比較的容易に取り除くことが可能であるので好ましい。アクリル系ポリマーのガラス転移温度は、25℃以下が好ましく、0℃以下がより好ましい。このようなアクリル系ポリマーの質量平均分子量は、10万以上であることが好ましい。
The pressure-sensitive pressure-sensitive adhesive containing such a copolymer has excellent adhesiveness, and even when it is removed after being bonded to the transferred body, it is relatively easy without causing adhesive residue on the transferred body. It is preferable because it can be removed. The glass transition temperature of the acrylic polymer is preferably 25 ° C. or lower, more preferably 0 ° C. or lower. The mass average molecular weight of such an acrylic polymer is preferably 100,000 or more.
溶媒としては、重合性液晶組成物等に用い得る溶媒として挙げられた溶媒等が挙げられる。感圧式粘着剤は、光拡散剤を含有していてもよい。光拡散剤は、粘着剤に光拡散性を付与する添加剤であり、粘着剤が含むポリマーの屈折率と異なる屈折率を有する微粒子であればよい。光拡散剤としては、無機化合物からなる微粒子、および有機化合物(ポリマー)からなる微粒子が挙げられる。アクリル系ポリマーを含めて、粘着剤が有効成分として含むポリマーの多くは1.4~1.6程度の屈折率を有するため、その屈折率が1.2~1.8である光拡散剤から適宜選択することが好ましい。粘着剤が有効成分として含むポリマーと光拡散剤との屈折率差は、通常、0.01以上であり、表示装置の明るさと表示性の観点からは、0.01~0.2が好ましい。光拡散剤として用いる微粒子は、球形の微粒子、それも単分散に近い微粒子が好ましく、平均粒径が2~6μmである微粒子がより好ましい。屈折率は、一般的な最小偏角法またはアッベ屈折計によって測定される。
Examples of the solvent include the solvents mentioned as the solvents that can be used for the polymerizable liquid crystal composition and the like. The pressure-sensitive pressure-sensitive adhesive may contain a light diffusing agent. The light diffusing agent is an additive that imparts light diffusing property to the pressure-sensitive adhesive, and may be fine particles having a refractive index different from that of the polymer contained in the pressure-sensitive adhesive. Examples of the light diffusing agent include fine particles made of an inorganic compound and fine particles made of an organic compound (polymer). Most of the polymers contained in the pressure-sensitive adhesive as an active ingredient, including acrylic polymers, have a refractive index of about 1.4 to 1.6, and therefore, from a light diffusing agent having a refractive index of 1.2 to 1.8. It is preferable to select an appropriate one. The difference in refractive index between the polymer contained in the pressure-sensitive adhesive as an active ingredient and the light diffusing agent is usually 0.01 or more, and is preferably 0.01 to 0.2 from the viewpoint of brightness and displayability of the display device. The fine particles used as the light diffusing agent are preferably spherical fine particles, which are also close to monodisperse, and more preferably fine particles having an average particle size of 2 to 6 μm. The index of refraction is measured by a common minimum declination method or an Abbe refractometer.
無機化合物からなる微粒子としては、酸化アルミニウム(屈折率1.76)および酸化ケイ素(屈折率1.45)等が挙げられる。有機化合物(ポリマー)からなる微粒子としては、メラミンビーズ(屈折率1.57)、ポリメタクリル酸メチルビーズ(屈折率1.49)、メタクリル酸メチル/スチレン共重合体樹脂ビーズ(屈折率1.50~1.59)、ポリカーボネートビーズ(屈折率1.55)、ポリエチレンビーズ(屈折率1.53)、ポリスチレンビーズ(屈折率1.6)、ポリ塩化ビニルビーズ(屈折率1.46)、およびシリコーン樹脂ビーズ(屈折率1.46)等が挙げられる。光拡散剤の含有量は、通常、ポリマー100質量部に対して、3~30質量部である。
Examples of the fine particles made of the inorganic compound include aluminum oxide (refractive index 1.76) and silicon oxide (refractive index 1.45). The fine particles made of an organic compound (polymer) include melamine beads (refractive index 1.57), polymethyl methacrylate beads (refractive index 1.49), and methyl methacrylate / styrene copolymer resin beads (refractive index 1.50). ~ 1.59), Polycarbonate beads (refractive index 1.55), polyethylene beads (refractive index 1.53), polystyrene beads (refractive index 1.6), polyvinyl chloride beads (refractive index 1.46), and silicone Examples thereof include resin beads (refractive index 1.46). The content of the light diffusing agent is usually 3 to 30 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the polymer.
感圧式粘着剤の厚みは、その密着力等に応じて決定されるため、特に制限されないが、通常、1μm~40μmである。加工性や耐久性等の点から、当該厚さは3μm~25μmが好ましく、5μm~20μmがより好ましい。粘着剤から形成される粘接着剤層の厚さを5μm~20μmとすることにより、本発明の長尺フィルムから転写された該機能層を含む光学フィルムを備える表示装置を正面から見た場合や斜めから見た場合の明るさを保ち、表示像のにじみやボケを生じ難くすることができる。
The thickness of the pressure-sensitive adhesive is determined according to its adhesive force and the like, and is not particularly limited, but is usually 1 μm to 40 μm. From the viewpoint of workability, durability and the like, the thickness is preferably 3 μm to 25 μm, more preferably 5 μm to 20 μm. When the display device including the optical film including the functional layer transferred from the long film of the present invention is viewed from the front by setting the thickness of the adhesive layer formed from the adhesive to 5 μm to 20 μm. It is possible to maintain the brightness when viewed from an angle or to prevent bleeding or blurring of the displayed image.
乾燥固化型接着剤は、溶媒を含んでいてもよい。乾燥固化型接着剤としては、水酸基、カルボキシル基またはアミノ基等のプロトン性官能基とエチレン性不飽和基とを有するモノマーの重合体、または、ウレタン樹脂を主成分として含有し、さらに、多価アルデヒド、エポキシ化合物、エポキシ樹脂、メラミン化合物、ジルコニア化合物、および亜鉛化合物等の架橋剤または硬化性化合物を含有する組成物等が挙げられる。水酸基、カルボキシル基またはアミノ基等のプロトン性官能基とエチレン性不飽和基とを有するモノマーの重合体としては、エチレン-マレイン酸共重合体、イタコン酸共重合体、アクリル酸共重合体、アクリルアミド共重合体、ポリ酢酸ビニルのケン化物、および、ポリビニルアルコール系樹脂等が挙げられる。
The dry solidified adhesive may contain a solvent. The dry-solidified adhesive contains a polymer of a monomer having a protonic functional group such as a hydroxyl group, a carboxyl group or an amino group and an ethylenically unsaturated group as a main component, or a urethane resin as a main component, and further has a multivalent value. Examples thereof include compositions containing a cross-linking agent such as an aldehyde, an epoxy compound, an epoxy resin, a melamine compound, a zirconia compound, and a zinc compound, or a curable compound. Examples of the polymer of the monomer having a protonic functional group such as a hydroxyl group, a carboxyl group or an amino group and an ethylenically unsaturated group include ethylene-maleic acid copolymer, itaconic acid copolymer, acrylic acid copolymer and acrylamide. Examples thereof include copolymers, saponified products of polyvinyl acetate, and polyvinyl alcohol-based resins.
ポリビニルアルコール系樹脂としては、ポリビニルアルコール、部分ケン化ポリビニルアルコール、完全ケン化ポリビニルアルコール、カルボキシル基変性ポリビニルアルコール、アセトアセチル基変性ポリビニルアルコール、メチロール基変性ポリビニルアルコール、および、アミノ基変性ポリビニルアルコール等が挙げられる。水系の粘接着剤におけるポリビニルアルコール系樹脂の含有量は、水100質量部に対して、通常、1~10質量部であり、好ましくは1~5質量部である。
Examples of the polyvinyl alcohol-based resin include polyvinyl alcohol, partially saponified polyvinyl alcohol, fully saponified polyvinyl alcohol, carboxyl group-modified polyvinyl alcohol, acetoacetyl group-modified polyvinyl alcohol, methylol group-modified polyvinyl alcohol, and amino group-modified polyvinyl alcohol. Can be mentioned. The content of the polyvinyl alcohol-based resin in the water-based adhesive is usually 1 to 10 parts by mass, preferably 1 to 5 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of water.
ウレタン樹脂としては、ポリエステル系アイオノマー型ウレタン樹脂等が挙げられる。ここでいうポリエステル系アイオノマー型ウレタン樹脂とは、ポリエステル骨格を有するウレタン樹脂であって、その中に少量のイオン性成分(親水成分)が導入された樹脂である。係るアイオノマー型ウレタン樹脂は、乳化剤を使用せずに、水中で乳化してエマルジョンとなるため、水系の粘接着剤とすることができる。ポリエステル系アイオノマー型ウレタン樹脂を用いる場合は、架橋剤として水溶性のエポキシ化合物を配合することが有効である。
Examples of the urethane resin include polyester ionomer type urethane resin and the like. The polyester-based ionomer-type urethane resin referred to here is a urethane resin having a polyester skeleton, in which a small amount of an ionic component (hydrophilic component) is introduced. Since the ionomer type urethane resin is emulsified in water to form an emulsion without using an emulsifier, it can be used as a water-based adhesive. When a polyester ionomer type urethane resin is used, it is effective to add a water-soluble epoxy compound as a cross-linking agent.
エポキシ樹脂としては、ジエチレントリアミンまたはトリエチレンテトラミン等のポリアルキレンポリアミンとアジピン酸等のジカルボン酸との反応で得られるポリアミドポリアミンに、エピクロロヒドリンを反応させて得られるポリアミドエポキシ樹脂等が挙げられる。係るポリアミドエポキシ樹脂の市販品としては、“スミレーズレジン(登録商標)650”および“スミレーズレジン675”(以上、住化ケムテックス株式会社製)、“WS-525”(日本PMC株式会社製)等が挙げられる。エポキシ樹脂を配合する場合、その添加量は、ポリビニルアルコール系樹脂100質量部に対して、通常、1~100質量部であり、好ましくは1~50質量部である。
Examples of the epoxy resin include polyamide epoxy resins obtained by reacting epichlorohydrin with polyamide polyamines obtained by reacting polyalkylene polyamines such as diethylenetriamine or triethylenetetramine with dicarboxylic acids such as adipic acid. Commercially available products of the polyamide epoxy resin include "Smiley's Resin (registered trademark) 650" and "Smiley's Resin 675" (manufactured by Sumika Chemtex Co., Ltd.) and "WS-525" (manufactured by Nippon PMC Co., Ltd.). And so on. When the epoxy resin is blended, the amount added is usually 1 to 100 parts by mass, preferably 1 to 50 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the polyvinyl alcohol-based resin.
乾燥固化型接着剤から形成される粘接着剤層の厚さは、通常、0.001~5μmであり、好ましくは0.01~2μmであり、さらに好ましくは0.01~0.5μmである。乾燥固化型接着剤から形成される粘接着剤層が厚すぎると、外観不良となり易い。
The thickness of the adhesive layer formed from the dry-solidified adhesive is usually 0.001 to 5 μm, preferably 0.01 to 2 μm, and more preferably 0.01 to 0.5 μm. is there. If the adhesive layer formed from the dry-solidified adhesive is too thick, the appearance tends to be poor.
活性エネルギー線硬化型接着剤は、溶媒を含んでいてもよい。活性エネルギー線硬化型接着剤とは、活性エネルギー線の照射を受けて硬化する接着剤である。活性エネルギー線硬化型接着剤としては、エポキシ化合物とカチオン重合開始剤とを含有するカチオン重合性の接着剤、アクリル系硬化成分とラジカル重合開始剤とを含有するラジカル重合性の接着剤、エポキシ化合物等のカチオン重合性の硬化成分およびアクリル系化合物等のラジカル重合性の硬化成分の両者を含有し、さらにカチオン重合開始剤およびラジカル重合開始剤を含有する接着剤、および、これら重合開始剤を含まずに電子ビームを照射することで硬化される接着剤等が挙げられる。
The active energy ray-curable adhesive may contain a solvent. The active energy ray-curable adhesive is an adhesive that is cured by being irradiated with active energy rays. Examples of the active energy ray-curable adhesive include a cationically polymerizable adhesive containing an epoxy compound and a cationic polymerization initiator, a radically polymerizable adhesive containing an acrylic curing component and a radical polymerization initiator, and an epoxy compound. An adhesive containing both a cationically polymerizable curing component such as, and a radically polymerizable curing component such as an acrylic compound, and further containing a cationic polymerization initiator and a radical polymerization initiator, and these polymerization initiators are included. Examples thereof include an adhesive that is cured by irradiating an electron beam without using it.
中でも、アクリル系硬化成分と光ラジカル重合開始剤とを含有するラジカル重合性の活性エネルギー線硬化型接着剤、エポキシ化合物と光カチオン重合開始剤とを含有するカチオン重合性の活性エネルギー線硬化型接着剤が好ましい。アクリル系硬化成分としては、メチル(メタ)アクリレート、ヒドロキシエチル(メタ)アクリレート等の(メタ)アクリレートおよび(メタ)アクリル酸等が挙げられる。エポキシ化合物を含有する活性エネルギー線硬化型接着剤は、エポキシ化合物以外の化合物をさらに含有していてもよい。エポキシ化合物以外の化合物としては、オキセタン化合物やアクリル化合物等が挙げられる。
Among them, a radically polymerizable active energy ray-curable adhesive containing an acrylic curing component and a photoradical polymerization initiator, and a cationically polymerizable active energy ray-curable adhesive containing an epoxy compound and a photocationic polymerization initiator. Agents are preferred. Examples of the acrylic curing component include (meth) acrylates such as methyl (meth) acrylate and hydroxyethyl (meth) acrylate, and (meth) acrylic acid. The active energy ray-curable adhesive containing an epoxy compound may further contain a compound other than the epoxy compound. Examples of the compound other than the epoxy compound include an oxetane compound and an acrylic compound.
光ラジカル重合開始剤および光カチオン重合開始剤としては、重合性液晶組成物に用い得るものとして例示したのと同様の重合開始剤が挙げられる。ラジカル重合開始剤並びにカチオン重合開始剤の含有量は、活性エネルギー線硬化型接着剤100質量部に対して、通常、0.5~20質量部であり、好ましくは1~15質量部である。
Examples of the photoradical polymerization initiator and the photocationic polymerization initiator include the same polymerization initiators as exemplified as those that can be used in the polymerizable liquid crystal composition. The content of the radical polymerization initiator and the cationic polymerization initiator is usually 0.5 to 20 parts by mass, preferably 1 to 15 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the active energy ray-curable adhesive.
活性エネルギー線硬化型接着剤には、さらに、イオントラップ剤、酸化防止剤、連鎖移動剤、粘着付与剤、熱可塑性樹脂、充填剤、流動調整剤、可塑剤および消泡剤等が含有されていてもよい。
The active energy ray-curable adhesive further contains an ion trap agent, an antioxidant, a chain transfer agent, a tackifier, a thermoplastic resin, a filler, a flow conditioner, a plasticizer, an antifoaming agent and the like. You may.
活性エネルギー線としては、可視光、紫外線、赤外線、X線、α線、β線、γ線および電子線等が挙げられ、紫外線および電子線が好ましい。好ましい紫外線の照射条件は、液晶硬化物層の形成時における重合性液晶組成物の硬化条件と同様である。
Examples of active energy rays include visible light, ultraviolet rays, infrared rays, X-rays, α rays, β rays, γ rays and electron beams, and ultraviolet rays and electron beams are preferable. Preferred ultraviolet irradiation conditions are the same as the curing conditions of the polymerizable liquid crystal composition at the time of forming the liquid crystal cured product layer.
本発明の長尺フィルムは、Roll to Roll方式を用いて、基材フィルムから機能層を剥離して他の光学フィルム等へ転写する際に、機能層を剥離方向(長尺方向)に対して直線的に剥離しやすく、転写時や転写後の機能層の端部におけるちぎれや脱離の抑制効果に優れる。これにより、長尺フィルムにおいて有していた機能層の光学特性を維持したまま、生産性よく機能層を転写することができるため、高い光学特性が求められる位相差板や楕円偏光板などの光学積層体の製造に好適に用いることができる。
In the long film of the present invention, when the functional layer is peeled from the base film and transferred to another optical film or the like by using the Roll to Roll method, the functional layer is peeled in the peeling direction (long direction). It is easy to peel off linearly, and has an excellent effect of suppressing tearing and detachment at the end of the functional layer during and after transfer. As a result, the functional layer can be transferred with high productivity while maintaining the optical characteristics of the functional layer possessed by the long film, so that optics such as a retardation plate and an elliptical polarizing plate, which require high optical characteristics, can be transferred. It can be suitably used for producing a laminate.
例えば、上記式(1)および(2)または(3)および(4)を満たす液晶硬化物層を含む機能層を有する本発明の長尺フィルムから、基材フィルムを剥離して該機能層を偏光フィルムへ転写することにより楕円偏光板を作製し得る。この際、必要に応じて粘接着剤層を介することにより、機能層と偏光フィルムとを貼合してもよい。
For example, the base film is peeled off from a long film of the present invention having a functional layer containing a liquid crystal cured product layer satisfying the above formulas (1) and (2) or (3) and (4) to obtain the functional layer. An elliptical polarizing plate can be produced by transferring to a polarizing film. At this time, if necessary, the functional layer and the polarizing film may be bonded to each other via an adhesive layer.
偏光フィルムは、偏光機能を有するフィルムであり、吸収異方性を有する色素を吸着させた延伸フィルムや吸収異方性を有する色素を塗布したフィルムを偏光子として含むフィルム等が挙げられる。吸収異方性を有する色素としては、例えば、二色性色素が挙げられる。
The polarizing film is a film having a polarizing function, and examples thereof include a stretched film in which a dye having an absorption anisotropy is adsorbed and a film containing a film coated with a dye having an absorption anisotropy as a polarizer. Examples of the dye having absorption anisotropy include a dichroic dye.
吸収異方性を有する色素を吸着させた延伸フィルムを偏光子として含むフィルムは通常、ポリビニルアルコール系樹脂フィルムを一軸延伸する工程、ポリビニルアルコール系樹脂フィルムを二色性色素で染色することにより、その二色性色素を吸着させる工程、二色性色素が吸着されたポリビニルアルコール系樹脂フィルムをホウ酸水溶液で処理する工程、およびホウ酸水溶液による処理後に水洗する工程を経て製造された偏光子の少なくとも一方の面に接着剤を介して透明保護フィルムで挟み込むことで作製される。
A film containing a stretched film having a dye having absorption anisotropy adsorbed as a polarizer is usually obtained by uniaxially stretching a polyvinyl alcohol-based resin film and dyeing the polyvinyl alcohol-based resin film with a bicolor dye. At least of the polarizer produced through a step of adsorbing a bicolor dye, a step of treating a polyvinyl alcohol-based resin film on which the bicolor dye is adsorbed with an aqueous boric acid solution, and a step of washing with water after treatment with the aqueous boric acid solution. It is produced by sandwiching one surface with a transparent protective film via an adhesive.
ポリビニルアルコール系樹脂は、ポリ酢酸ビニル系樹脂をケン化することによって得られる。ポリ酢酸ビニル系樹脂としては、酢酸ビニルの単独重合体であるポリ酢酸ビニルの他、酢酸ビニルとそれに共重合可能な他の単量体との共重合体が用いられる。酢酸ビニルに共重合可能な他の単量体としては、例えば、不飽和カルボン酸類、オレフィン類、ビニルエーテル類、不飽和スルホン酸類、アンモニウム基を有するアクリルアミド類などが挙げられる。
The polyvinyl alcohol-based resin is obtained by saponifying the polyvinyl acetate-based resin. As the polyvinyl acetate-based resin, in addition to polyvinyl acetate, which is a homopolymer of vinyl acetate, a copolymer of vinyl acetate and another monomer copolymerizable therewith is used. Examples of other monomers copolymerizable with vinyl acetate include unsaturated carboxylic acids, olefins, vinyl ethers, unsaturated sulfonic acids, and acrylamides having an ammonium group.
ポリビニルアルコール系樹脂のケン化度は、通常85~100モル%程度であり、好ましくは98モル%以上である。ポリビニルアルコール系樹脂は変性されていてもよく、例えば、アルデヒド類で変性されたポリビニルホルマールやポリビニルアセタールも使用することができる。ポリビニルアルコール系樹脂の重合度は、通常1,000~10,000程度であり、好ましくは1,500~5,000の範囲である。
The degree of saponification of the polyvinyl alcohol-based resin is usually about 85 to 100 mol%, preferably 98 mol% or more. The polyvinyl alcohol-based resin may be modified, and for example, polyvinyl formal or polyvinyl acetal modified with aldehydes can also be used. The degree of polymerization of the polyvinyl alcohol-based resin is usually about 1,000 to 10,000, preferably in the range of 1,500 to 5,000.
このようなポリビニルアルコール系樹脂を製膜したものが、偏光フィルムの原反フィルムとして用いられる。ポリビニルアルコール系樹脂を製膜する方法は、特に限定されるものでなく、公知の方法で製膜することができる。ポリビニルアルコール系原反フィルムの膜厚は、例えば、10~150μm程度とすることができる。
A film formed of such a polyvinyl alcohol-based resin is used as a raw film for a polarizing film. The method for forming the film of the polyvinyl alcohol-based resin is not particularly limited, and the film can be formed by a known method. The film thickness of the polyvinyl alcohol-based raw film can be, for example, about 10 to 150 μm.
ポリビニルアルコール系樹脂フィルムの一軸延伸は、二色性色素による染色の前、染色と同時、または染色の後で行うことができる。一軸延伸を染色の後で行う場合、この一軸延伸は、ホウ酸処理の前に行ってもよいし、ホウ酸処理中に行ってもよい。また、これらの複数の段階で一軸延伸を行うことも可能である。一軸延伸にあたっては、周速の異なるロール間で一軸に延伸してもよいし、熱ロールを用いて一軸に延伸してもよい。また一軸延伸は、大気中で延伸を行う乾式延伸であってもよいし、溶媒を用い、ポリビニルアルコール系樹脂フィルムを膨潤させた状態で延伸を行う湿式延伸であってもよい。延伸倍率は、通常3~8倍程度である。
The uniaxial stretching of the polyvinyl alcohol-based resin film can be performed before dyeing with a dichroic dye, at the same time as dyeing, or after dyeing. When the uniaxial stretching is performed after dyeing, the uniaxial stretching may be performed before the boric acid treatment or during the boric acid treatment. It is also possible to perform uniaxial stretching at these multiple stages. In uniaxial stretching, rolls having different peripheral speeds may be uniaxially stretched, or thermal rolls may be used to uniaxially stretch. Further, the uniaxial stretching may be a dry stretching in which stretching is performed in the atmosphere, or a wet stretching in which the polyvinyl alcohol-based resin film is swollen using a solvent. The draw ratio is usually about 3 to 8 times.
ポリビニルアルコール系樹脂フィルムの二色性色素による染色は、例えば、二色性色素を含有する水溶液に、ポリビニルアルコール系樹脂フィルムを浸漬する方法によって行われる。
Dyeing of a polyvinyl alcohol-based resin film with a dichroic dye is performed, for example, by immersing the polyvinyl alcohol-based resin film in an aqueous solution containing the dichroic dye.
二色性色素として、具体的には、ヨウ素や二色性の有機染料が用いられる。二色性の有機染料としては、C.I.DIRECT RED 39などのジスアゾ化合物からなる二色性直接染料および、トリスアゾ、テトラキスアゾなどの化合物からなる二色性直接染料等が挙げられる。ポリビニルアルコール系樹脂フィルムは、染色処理前に、水への浸漬処理を施しておくことが好ましい。
Specifically, iodine or a dichroic organic dye is used as the dichroic dye. Examples of the dichroic organic dye include C.I. I. Examples thereof include a dichroic direct dye composed of a disazo compound such as DIRECT RED 39, and a dichroic direct dye composed of a compound such as trisazo and tetrakisazo. The polyvinyl alcohol-based resin film is preferably immersed in water before the dyeing treatment.
二色性色素としてヨウ素を用いる場合は通常、ヨウ素およびヨウ化カリウムを含有する水溶液に、ポリビニルアルコール系樹脂フィルムを浸漬して染色する方法が採用される。この水溶液におけるヨウ素の含有量は、水100質量部あたり、通常、0.01~1質量部程度である。またヨウ化カリウムの含有量は、水100質量部あたり、通常、0.5~20質量部程度である。染色に用いる水溶液の温度は、通常20~40℃程度である。また、この水溶液への浸漬時間(染色時間)は、通常20~1,800秒程度である。
When iodine is used as the dichroic dye, a method of immersing a polyvinyl alcohol-based resin film in an aqueous solution containing iodine and potassium iodide and dyeing is usually adopted. The iodine content in this aqueous solution is usually about 0.01 to 1 part by mass per 100 parts by mass of water. The content of potassium iodide is usually about 0.5 to 20 parts by mass per 100 parts by mass of water. The temperature of the aqueous solution used for dyeing is usually about 20 to 40 ° C. The immersion time (staining time) in this aqueous solution is usually about 20 to 1,800 seconds.
一方、二色性色素として二色性の有機染料を用いる場合は通常、水溶性二色性染料を含む水溶液にポリビニルアルコール系樹脂フィルムを浸漬して染色する方法が採用される。この水溶液における二色性有機染料の含有量は、水100質量部あたり、通常、1×10-4~10質量部程度であり、好ましくは1×10-3~1質量部であり、さらに好ましくは1×10-3~1×10-2質量部である。この水溶液は、硫酸ナトリウム等の無機塩を染色助剤として含んでいてもよい。染色に用いる二色性染料水溶液の温度は、通常、20~80℃程度である。また、この水溶液への浸漬時間(染色時間)は、通常、10~1,800秒程度である。
On the other hand, when a dichroic organic dye is used as the dichroic dye, a method of immersing a polyvinyl alcohol-based resin film in an aqueous solution containing a water-soluble dichroic dye and dyeing is usually adopted. The content of the dichroic organic dye in this aqueous solution is usually about 1 × 10 -4 to 10 parts by mass, preferably 1 × 10 -3 to 1 part by mass, more preferably 1 × 10 -3 to 1 part by mass, per 100 parts by mass of water. Is 1 × 10 -3 to 1 × 10 -2 parts by mass. This aqueous solution may contain an inorganic salt such as sodium sulfate as a dyeing aid. The temperature of the dichroic dye aqueous solution used for dyeing is usually about 20 to 80 ° C. The immersion time (staining time) in this aqueous solution is usually about 10 to 1,800 seconds.
二色性色素による染色後のホウ酸処理は通常、染色されたポリビニルアルコール系樹脂フィルムをホウ酸水溶液に浸漬する方法により行うことができる。このホウ酸水溶液におけるホウ酸の含有量は、水100質量部あたり、通常2~15質量部程度であり、好ましくは5~12質量部である。二色性色素としてヨウ素を用いた場合には、このホウ酸水溶液はヨウ化カリウムを含有することが好ましく、その場合のヨウ化カリウムの含有量は、水100質量部あたり、通常0.1~15質量部程度であり、好ましくは5~12質量部である。ホウ酸水溶液への浸漬時間は、通常60~1,200秒程度であり、好ましくは150~600秒、さらに好ましくは200~400秒である。ホウ酸処理の温度は、通常50℃以上であり、好ましくは50~85℃、さらに好ましくは60~80℃である。
The boric acid treatment after dyeing with a dichroic dye can usually be performed by immersing the dyed polyvinyl alcohol-based resin film in an aqueous boric acid solution. The content of boric acid in this aqueous boric acid solution is usually about 2 to 15 parts by mass, preferably 5 to 12 parts by mass, per 100 parts by mass of water. When iodine is used as the bicolor dye, this boric acid aqueous solution preferably contains potassium iodide, and the content of potassium iodide in that case is usually 0.1 to 100 parts by mass per 100 parts by mass of water. It is about 15 parts by mass, preferably 5 to 12 parts by mass. The immersion time in the boric acid aqueous solution is usually about 60 to 1,200 seconds, preferably 150 to 600 seconds, and more preferably 200 to 400 seconds. The temperature of the boric acid treatment is usually 50 ° C. or higher, preferably 50 to 85 ° C., and more preferably 60 to 80 ° C.
ホウ酸処理後のポリビニルアルコール系樹脂フィルムは通常、水洗処理される。水洗処理は、例えば、ホウ酸処理されたポリビニルアルコール系樹脂フィルムを水に浸漬する方法により行うことができる。水洗処理における水の温度は、通常5~40℃程度である。また浸漬時間は、通常1~120秒程度である。
The polyvinyl alcohol-based resin film after boric acid treatment is usually washed with water. The water washing treatment can be performed, for example, by immersing the boric acid-treated polyvinyl alcohol-based resin film in water. The temperature of water in the washing treatment is usually about 5 to 40 ° C. The immersion time is usually about 1 to 120 seconds.
水洗後に乾燥処理が施されて、偏光子が得られる。乾燥処理は例えば、熱風乾燥機や遠赤外線ヒーターを用いて行うことができる。乾燥処理の温度は、通常30~100℃程度であり、好ましくは50~80℃である。乾燥処理の時間は、通常60~600秒程度であり、好ましくは120~600秒である。乾燥処理により、偏光子の水分率は実用程度にまで低減される。その水分率は、通常5~20質量%程度であり、好ましくは8~15質量%である。水分率が前記範囲内であると適度な可撓性を有し、かつ、良好な熱安定性を有する偏光子が得られる。
After washing with water, it is dried to obtain a polarizer. The drying process can be performed using, for example, a hot air dryer or a far-infrared heater. The temperature of the drying treatment is usually about 30 to 100 ° C, preferably 50 to 80 ° C. The drying treatment time is usually about 60 to 600 seconds, preferably 120 to 600 seconds. By the drying treatment, the moisture content of the polarizer is reduced to a practical level. The water content is usually about 5 to 20% by mass, preferably 8 to 15% by mass. When the water content is within the above range, a polarizer having appropriate flexibility and good thermal stability can be obtained.
こうしてポリビニルアルコール系樹脂フィルムに、一軸延伸、二色性色素による染色、ホウ酸処理、水洗および乾燥をして得られる偏光子の厚さは好ましくは5~40μmである。
The thickness of the polarizer obtained by uniaxially stretching, dyeing with a dichroic dye, boric acid treatment, washing with water and drying on the polyvinyl alcohol-based resin film is preferably 5 to 40 μm.
吸収異方性を有する色素を塗布したフィルムとしては、液晶性を有する二色性色素を含む組成物、または、二色性色素と重合性液晶とを含む組成物を塗布して得られるフィルム等が挙げられる。当該フィルムは、好ましくは、その片面または両面に保護フィルムを有する。当該保護フィルムとしては、先に例示した基材フィルムと同一のものが挙げられる。
The film coated with the dye having absorption anisotropy includes a composition containing a dichroic dye having liquid crystal properties, a film obtained by applying a composition containing a dichroic dye and a polymerizable liquid crystal, and the like. Can be mentioned. The film preferably has a protective film on one or both sides thereof. Examples of the protective film include the same base film as those exemplified above.
吸収異方性を有する色素を塗布したフィルムは薄い方が好ましいが、薄すぎると強度が低下し、加工性に劣る傾向がある。当該フィルムの厚さは、通常20μm以下であり、好ましくは5μm以下であり、より好ましくは0.5~3μmである。
The film coated with the dye having absorption anisotropy is preferably thin, but if it is too thin, the strength is lowered and the processability tends to be inferior. The thickness of the film is usually 20 μm or less, preferably 5 μm or less, and more preferably 0.5 to 3 μm.
前記吸収異方性を有する色素を塗布したフィルムとしては、具体的には、特開2012-33249号公報等に記載のフィルムが挙げられる。
Specific examples of the film coated with the dye having absorption anisotropy include the films described in JP-A-2012-33249.
このようにして得られた偏光子の少なくとも一方の面に、接着剤を介して透明保護フィルムを積層することにより偏光フィルムが得られる。透明保護フィルムとしては、先に例示した基材フィルムと同様の透明フィルムを好ましく用いることができる。
A polarizing film can be obtained by laminating a transparent protective film on at least one surface of the polarizing element thus obtained via an adhesive. As the transparent protective film, a transparent film similar to the base film exemplified above can be preferably used.
本発明の長尺フィルムが機能層として水平配向液晶硬化物層を含む場合、本発明の長尺フィルムから機能層を偏光フィルムへ転写する際に、機能層を構成する水平配向液晶硬化物層の遅相軸(光軸)と偏光フィルムの吸収軸との成す角が45±5°となるように転写することが好ましい。
When the long film of the present invention contains a horizontally oriented liquid crystal cured product layer as a functional layer, when the functional layer is transferred from the long film of the present invention to a polarizing film, the horizontally oriented liquid crystal cured product layer constituting the functional layer It is preferable to transfer the film so that the angle formed by the slow axis (optical axis) and the absorption axis of the polarizing film is 45 ± 5 °.
本発明の長尺フィルムから転写された機能層を含む楕円偏光板等の光学積層体は、さまざまな表示装置に用いることができる。
表示装置とは、表示素子を有する装置であり、発光源として発光素子または発光装置を含む。表示装置としては、液晶表示装置、有機エレクトロルミネッセンス(EL)表示装置、無機エレクトロルミネッセンス(EL)表示装置、タッチパネル表示装置、電子放出表示装置(例えば電場放出表示装置(FED)、表面電界放出表示装置(SED))、電子ペーパー(電子インクや電気泳動素子を用いた表示装置、プラズマ表示装置、投射型表示装置(例えばグレーティングライトバルブ(GLV)表示装置、デジタルマイクロミラーデバイス(DMD)を有する表示装置)および圧電セラミックディスプレイなどが挙げられる。液晶表示装置は、透過型液晶表示装置、半透過型液晶表示装置、反射型液晶表示装置、直視型液晶表示装置および投写型液晶表示装置などのいずれをも含む。これらの表示装置は、2次元画像を表示する表示装置であってもよいし、3次元画像を表示する立体表示装置であってもよい。特に本発明の長尺フィルムから転写された機能層を含む楕円偏光板は、有機エレクトロルミネッセンス(EL)表示装置および無機エレクトロルミネッセンス(EL)表示装置に好適に用いることができ、液晶表示装置やタッチパネル表示装置にも好適に用いることができる。これらの表示装置は、高い信頼性を有する楕円偏光板を備えることにより、良好な画像表示特性を発現することができる。 An optical laminate such as an elliptical polarizing plate containing a functional layer transferred from a long film of the present invention can be used in various display devices.
The display device is a device having a display element, and includes a light emitting element or a light emitting device as a light emitting source. Display devices include liquid crystal display devices, organic electroluminescence (EL) display devices, inorganic electroluminescence (EL) display devices, touch panel display devices, electron emission display devices (for example, electric field emission display devices (FED), surface electric field emission display devices). (SED)), electronic paper (display device using electronic ink or electrophoretic element, plasma display device, projection type display device (for example, grating light valve (GLV) display device, display device having a digital micromirror device (DMD)). ) And piezoelectric ceramic displays. The liquid crystal display device includes any of a transmissive liquid crystal display device, a transflective liquid crystal display device, a reflective liquid crystal display device, a direct-view liquid crystal display device, a projection type liquid crystal display device, and the like. These display devices may be display devices that display two-dimensional images or three-dimensional display devices that display three-dimensional images. In particular, functions transferred from the long film of the present invention. The elliptical polarizing plate including a layer can be suitably used for an organic electroluminescence (EL) display device and an inorganic electroluminescence (EL) display device, and can also be suitably used for a liquid crystal display device and a touch panel display device. The display device of the above can exhibit good image display characteristics by providing an elliptical polarizing plate having high reliability.
表示装置とは、表示素子を有する装置であり、発光源として発光素子または発光装置を含む。表示装置としては、液晶表示装置、有機エレクトロルミネッセンス(EL)表示装置、無機エレクトロルミネッセンス(EL)表示装置、タッチパネル表示装置、電子放出表示装置(例えば電場放出表示装置(FED)、表面電界放出表示装置(SED))、電子ペーパー(電子インクや電気泳動素子を用いた表示装置、プラズマ表示装置、投射型表示装置(例えばグレーティングライトバルブ(GLV)表示装置、デジタルマイクロミラーデバイス(DMD)を有する表示装置)および圧電セラミックディスプレイなどが挙げられる。液晶表示装置は、透過型液晶表示装置、半透過型液晶表示装置、反射型液晶表示装置、直視型液晶表示装置および投写型液晶表示装置などのいずれをも含む。これらの表示装置は、2次元画像を表示する表示装置であってもよいし、3次元画像を表示する立体表示装置であってもよい。特に本発明の長尺フィルムから転写された機能層を含む楕円偏光板は、有機エレクトロルミネッセンス(EL)表示装置および無機エレクトロルミネッセンス(EL)表示装置に好適に用いることができ、液晶表示装置やタッチパネル表示装置にも好適に用いることができる。これらの表示装置は、高い信頼性を有する楕円偏光板を備えることにより、良好な画像表示特性を発現することができる。 An optical laminate such as an elliptical polarizing plate containing a functional layer transferred from a long film of the present invention can be used in various display devices.
The display device is a device having a display element, and includes a light emitting element or a light emitting device as a light emitting source. Display devices include liquid crystal display devices, organic electroluminescence (EL) display devices, inorganic electroluminescence (EL) display devices, touch panel display devices, electron emission display devices (for example, electric field emission display devices (FED), surface electric field emission display devices). (SED)), electronic paper (display device using electronic ink or electrophoretic element, plasma display device, projection type display device (for example, grating light valve (GLV) display device, display device having a digital micromirror device (DMD)). ) And piezoelectric ceramic displays. The liquid crystal display device includes any of a transmissive liquid crystal display device, a transflective liquid crystal display device, a reflective liquid crystal display device, a direct-view liquid crystal display device, a projection type liquid crystal display device, and the like. These display devices may be display devices that display two-dimensional images or three-dimensional display devices that display three-dimensional images. In particular, functions transferred from the long film of the present invention. The elliptical polarizing plate including a layer can be suitably used for an organic electroluminescence (EL) display device and an inorganic electroluminescence (EL) display device, and can also be suitably used for a liquid crystal display device and a touch panel display device. The display device of the above can exhibit good image display characteristics by providing an elliptical polarizing plate having high reliability.
以下、実施例により本発明をより具体的に説明する。なお、例中の「%」および「部」は、特記ない限り、それぞれ質量%および質量部を意味する。
Hereinafter, the present invention will be described in more detail with reference to Examples. In addition, "%" and "part" in an example mean mass% and mass part, respectively, unless otherwise specified.
1.実施例1
(1)水平配向膜形成用組成物(A1)の調製
下記構造の光配向性材料5部(重量平均分子量:30000)とシクロペンタノン(溶媒)95部とを成分として混合し、得られた混合物を80℃で1時間攪拌することにより、水平配向膜形成用組成物(A1)を得た。
1. 1. Example 1
(1) Preparation of Composition for Forming Horizontal Alignment Film (A1) 5 parts (weight average molecular weight: 30,000) of a photo-alignable material having the following structure and 95 parts of cyclopentanone (solvent) were mixed as components to obtain a mixture. The mixture was stirred at 80 ° C. for 1 hour to obtain a composition for forming a horizontal alignment film (A1).
(1)水平配向膜形成用組成物(A1)の調製
下記構造の光配向性材料5部(重量平均分子量:30000)とシクロペンタノン(溶媒)95部とを成分として混合し、得られた混合物を80℃で1時間攪拌することにより、水平配向膜形成用組成物(A1)を得た。
1. 1. Example 1
(1) Preparation of Composition for Forming Horizontal Alignment Film (A1) 5 parts (weight average molecular weight: 30,000) of a photo-alignable material having the following structure and 95 parts of cyclopentanone (solvent) were mixed as components to obtain a mixture. The mixture was stirred at 80 ° C. for 1 hour to obtain a composition for forming a horizontal alignment film (A1).
(2)重合性液晶化合物の調製
水平配向液晶硬化膜の形成に用いるため、下記分子構造を有する重合性液晶化合物(X1)および重合性液晶化合物(Y1)を、それぞれ調製した。重合性液晶化合物(X1)は、特開2010-31223号公報に記載の方法に準じて製造した。また、重合性液晶化合物(Y1)は、特開2009-173893号公報に記載の方法に準じて製造した。 (2) Preparation of Polymerizable Liquid Crystal Compound A polymerizable liquid crystal compound (X1) and a polymerizable liquid crystal compound (Y1) having the following molecular structures were prepared for use in forming a horizontally oriented liquid crystal cured film. The polymerizable liquid crystal compound (X1) was produced according to the method described in JP-A-2010-31223. The polymerizable liquid crystal compound (Y1) was produced according to the method described in JP-A-2009-173893.
水平配向液晶硬化膜の形成に用いるため、下記分子構造を有する重合性液晶化合物(X1)および重合性液晶化合物(Y1)を、それぞれ調製した。重合性液晶化合物(X1)は、特開2010-31223号公報に記載の方法に準じて製造した。また、重合性液晶化合物(Y1)は、特開2009-173893号公報に記載の方法に準じて製造した。 (2) Preparation of Polymerizable Liquid Crystal Compound A polymerizable liquid crystal compound (X1) and a polymerizable liquid crystal compound (Y1) having the following molecular structures were prepared for use in forming a horizontally oriented liquid crystal cured film. The polymerizable liquid crystal compound (X1) was produced according to the method described in JP-A-2010-31223. The polymerizable liquid crystal compound (Y1) was produced according to the method described in JP-A-2009-173893.
(3)重合性液晶組成物(B1)の調製
重合性液晶化合物(X1)および重合性液晶化合物(Y1)を質量比90:10で混合し、混合物を得た。得られた混合物100質量部に対して、レベリング剤「BYK-361N」(BYK-Chemie社製)0.10質量部、レベリング剤「F-556」(DIC社製)0.25質量部と、光重合開始剤として2-ジメチルアミノ-2-ベンジル-1-(4-モルホリノフェニル)ブタン-1-オン(BASFジャパン株式会社製「イルガキュア(登録商標)369(Irg369)」)3質量部とBASFジャパン株式会社製「イルガキュアOXE-03」7.5質量部を添加した。さらに、固形分濃度が13%となるようにシクロペンタノンを添加した。この混合物を80℃で1時間攪拌することにより、重合性液晶組成物(B1)を得た。 (3) Preparation of Polymerizable Liquid Crystal Composition (B1) The polymerizable liquid crystal compound (X1) and the polymerizable liquid crystal compound (Y1) were mixed at a mass ratio of 90:10 to obtain a mixture. With respect to 100 parts by mass of the obtained mixture, 0.10 parts by mass of the leveling agent "BYK-361N" (manufactured by BYK-Chemie) and 0.25 parts by mass of the leveling agent "F-556" (manufactured by DIC) were added. As a photopolymerization initiator, 3 parts by mass of 2-dimethylamino-2-benzyl-1- (4-morpholinophenyl) butane-1-one (BASF Japan Co., Ltd. "Irgacure (registered trademark) 369 (Irg369)") and BASF 7.5 parts by mass of "Irgacure OXE-03" manufactured by Japan Co., Ltd. was added. Further, cyclopentanone was added so that the solid content concentration was 13%. The mixture was stirred at 80 ° C. for 1 hour to obtain a polymerizable liquid crystal composition (B1).
重合性液晶化合物(X1)および重合性液晶化合物(Y1)を質量比90:10で混合し、混合物を得た。得られた混合物100質量部に対して、レベリング剤「BYK-361N」(BYK-Chemie社製)0.10質量部、レベリング剤「F-556」(DIC社製)0.25質量部と、光重合開始剤として2-ジメチルアミノ-2-ベンジル-1-(4-モルホリノフェニル)ブタン-1-オン(BASFジャパン株式会社製「イルガキュア(登録商標)369(Irg369)」)3質量部とBASFジャパン株式会社製「イルガキュアOXE-03」7.5質量部を添加した。さらに、固形分濃度が13%となるようにシクロペンタノンを添加した。この混合物を80℃で1時間攪拌することにより、重合性液晶組成物(B1)を得た。 (3) Preparation of Polymerizable Liquid Crystal Composition (B1) The polymerizable liquid crystal compound (X1) and the polymerizable liquid crystal compound (Y1) were mixed at a mass ratio of 90:10 to obtain a mixture. With respect to 100 parts by mass of the obtained mixture, 0.10 parts by mass of the leveling agent "BYK-361N" (manufactured by BYK-Chemie) and 0.25 parts by mass of the leveling agent "F-556" (manufactured by DIC) were added. As a photopolymerization initiator, 3 parts by mass of 2-dimethylamino-2-benzyl-1- (4-morpholinophenyl) butane-1-one (BASF Japan Co., Ltd. "Irgacure (registered trademark) 369 (Irg369)") and BASF 7.5 parts by mass of "Irgacure OXE-03" manufactured by Japan Co., Ltd. was added. Further, cyclopentanone was added so that the solid content concentration was 13%. The mixture was stirred at 80 ° C. for 1 hour to obtain a polymerizable liquid crystal composition (B1).
重合性液晶化合物(X1)の1mg/50mLテトラヒドロフラン溶液を調製し、測定用試料を得た。光路長1cmの測定用セルに測定用試料を入れ、紫外可視分光光度計(株式会社島津製作所製「UV-2450」)にセットして吸収スペクトルを測定し、得られた吸収スペクトルから極大吸収度となる波長を読み取ったところ、波長300~400nmの範囲における極大吸収波長λmaxは350nmであった。
A 1 mg / 50 mL tetrahydrofuran solution of the polymerizable liquid crystal compound (X1) was prepared, and a sample for measurement was obtained. Place the measurement sample in a measurement cell with an optical path length of 1 cm, set it in an ultraviolet-visible spectrophotometer (“UV-2450” manufactured by Shimadzu Corporation), measure the absorption spectrum, and obtain the maximum absorption degree from the obtained absorption spectrum. When the wavelength was read, the maximum absorption wavelength λ max in the wavelength range of 300 to 400 nm was 350 nm.
(4)液晶硬化物層の作製
基材の両端部に、それぞれ、短尺方向幅15mm(短尺方向幅の合計30mm)の凹凸部を設けられているトリアセチルセルロースフィルム(KC4UY、コニカミノルタ株式会社製)上に、水平配向膜形成用組成物(A1)を表1の「機能層塗工幅C」として示す幅となるようにダイコーティング法により塗布した。この際、水平配向膜形成用組成物(A1)の塗膜の端部が、基材フィルムの両端からそれぞれ7.5mmずつ内側に位置し、塗膜の両端の凹凸部にそれぞれ7.5mmずつ被覆するよう塗布した。次いで、100℃で2分間加熱乾燥した後、偏光UVを配向規制力の方向が上記フィルムの長尺方向に対して45°の角度をなすように100mJ(313nm基準)照射し、上記フィルム上に水平配向膜を形成した。得られた水平配向膜の膜厚をエリプソメータで測定したところ、0.2μmであった。続いて重合性液晶組成物(B1)を、塗布膜の平均膜厚が17μmとなるよう、水平配向膜上に該膜と同幅でダイコーティング法にて塗布し、120℃で2分間加熱乾燥し、さらに紫外線照射装置を用いて、重合性液晶組成物(B1)を塗布した面側から紫外線を照射(窒素雰囲気下、波長365nmにおける積算光量:500mJ/cm2)することにより、液晶硬化物層/水平配向膜/基材フィルムからなる、長尺フィルム(長さ:2000m)を得た。得られた長尺フィルムを、内径6インチのFRPコアに巻き取った。
端部の凹凸部にかからない範囲で、基材フィルム/水平配向膜/液晶硬化物層の長尺フィルムについて接触式膜厚計にて幅方向に測定した平均総厚みから、同一箇所の機能層(水平配向膜および液晶硬化物層からなる)を剥離した後の基材フィルム分を幅方向に測定した平均基材厚み分を差し引いて、機能層の面内平均厚みXを確認したところ、2μmであった。また、同様に幅方向同位置の長尺フィルム端部を接触式膜厚計にて1mmピッチで測定した凸部最大高さYは、7μmであった。この巻き取った長尺フィルムを23℃55%RH環境下に1週間保管後、繰り出したところ、面内で顕著な貼りつきはなく、機能層の脱落はなかった。 (4) Preparation of Liquid Crystal Cured Material Layer A triacetyl cellulose film (KC4UY, manufactured by Konica Minolta Co., Ltd.) in which uneven portions having a width of 15 mm in the short direction (total width of 30 mm in the short direction) are provided on both ends of the base material. ), The composition for forming a horizontal alignment film (A1) was applied by a die coating method so as to have a width shown as "functional layer coating width C" in Table 1. At this time, the edges of the coating film of the horizontal alignment film forming composition (A1) are located 7.5 mm inward from both ends of the base film, and 7.5 mm each on the uneven portions at both ends of the coating film. It was applied to cover it. Next, after heating and drying at 100 ° C. for 2 minutes, polarized UV is irradiated on the film at 100 mJ (based on 313 nm) so that the direction of the orientation regulating force is an angle of 45 ° with respect to the elongated direction of the film. A horizontal alignment film was formed. The film thickness of the obtained horizontal alignment film was measured with an ellipsometer and found to be 0.2 μm. Subsequently, the polymerizable liquid crystal composition (B1) was applied onto a horizontally oriented film with the same width as the film by a die coating method so that the average film thickness of the coating film was 17 μm, and dried by heating at 120 ° C. for 2 minutes. Then, using an ultraviolet irradiation device, the cured liquid crystal is further irradiated with ultraviolet rays from the surface side on which the polymerizable liquid crystal composition (B1) is applied (integrated light amount at a wavelength of 365 nm under a nitrogen atmosphere: 500 mJ / cm 2 ). A long film (length: 2000 m) composed of a layer / horizontally oriented film / base film was obtained. The obtained long film was wound around an FRP core having an inner diameter of 6 inches.
From the average total thickness measured in the width direction with a contact film thickness meter for the long film of the base film / horizontal alignment film / liquid crystal cured product layer within the range that does not cover the uneven part at the end, the functional layer at the same location ( The in-plane average thickness X of the functional layer was confirmed by subtracting the average substrate thickness measured in the width direction from the substrate film after peeling (consisting of the horizontally aligned film and the cured liquid crystal layer). there were. Similarly, the maximum height Y of the convex portion measured at a pitch of 1 mm by a contact type film thickness meter at the end of the long film at the same position in the width direction was 7 μm. When this wound long film was stored in a 23 ° C. 55% RH environment for 1 week and then fed out, there was no noticeable sticking in the plane and no dropout of the functional layer.
基材の両端部に、それぞれ、短尺方向幅15mm(短尺方向幅の合計30mm)の凹凸部を設けられているトリアセチルセルロースフィルム(KC4UY、コニカミノルタ株式会社製)上に、水平配向膜形成用組成物(A1)を表1の「機能層塗工幅C」として示す幅となるようにダイコーティング法により塗布した。この際、水平配向膜形成用組成物(A1)の塗膜の端部が、基材フィルムの両端からそれぞれ7.5mmずつ内側に位置し、塗膜の両端の凹凸部にそれぞれ7.5mmずつ被覆するよう塗布した。次いで、100℃で2分間加熱乾燥した後、偏光UVを配向規制力の方向が上記フィルムの長尺方向に対して45°の角度をなすように100mJ(313nm基準)照射し、上記フィルム上に水平配向膜を形成した。得られた水平配向膜の膜厚をエリプソメータで測定したところ、0.2μmであった。続いて重合性液晶組成物(B1)を、塗布膜の平均膜厚が17μmとなるよう、水平配向膜上に該膜と同幅でダイコーティング法にて塗布し、120℃で2分間加熱乾燥し、さらに紫外線照射装置を用いて、重合性液晶組成物(B1)を塗布した面側から紫外線を照射(窒素雰囲気下、波長365nmにおける積算光量:500mJ/cm2)することにより、液晶硬化物層/水平配向膜/基材フィルムからなる、長尺フィルム(長さ:2000m)を得た。得られた長尺フィルムを、内径6インチのFRPコアに巻き取った。
端部の凹凸部にかからない範囲で、基材フィルム/水平配向膜/液晶硬化物層の長尺フィルムについて接触式膜厚計にて幅方向に測定した平均総厚みから、同一箇所の機能層(水平配向膜および液晶硬化物層からなる)を剥離した後の基材フィルム分を幅方向に測定した平均基材厚み分を差し引いて、機能層の面内平均厚みXを確認したところ、2μmであった。また、同様に幅方向同位置の長尺フィルム端部を接触式膜厚計にて1mmピッチで測定した凸部最大高さYは、7μmであった。この巻き取った長尺フィルムを23℃55%RH環境下に1週間保管後、繰り出したところ、面内で顕著な貼りつきはなく、機能層の脱落はなかった。 (4) Preparation of Liquid Crystal Cured Material Layer A triacetyl cellulose film (KC4UY, manufactured by Konica Minolta Co., Ltd.) in which uneven portions having a width of 15 mm in the short direction (total width of 30 mm in the short direction) are provided on both ends of the base material. ), The composition for forming a horizontal alignment film (A1) was applied by a die coating method so as to have a width shown as "functional layer coating width C" in Table 1. At this time, the edges of the coating film of the horizontal alignment film forming composition (A1) are located 7.5 mm inward from both ends of the base film, and 7.5 mm each on the uneven portions at both ends of the coating film. It was applied to cover it. Next, after heating and drying at 100 ° C. for 2 minutes, polarized UV is irradiated on the film at 100 mJ (based on 313 nm) so that the direction of the orientation regulating force is an angle of 45 ° with respect to the elongated direction of the film. A horizontal alignment film was formed. The film thickness of the obtained horizontal alignment film was measured with an ellipsometer and found to be 0.2 μm. Subsequently, the polymerizable liquid crystal composition (B1) was applied onto a horizontally oriented film with the same width as the film by a die coating method so that the average film thickness of the coating film was 17 μm, and dried by heating at 120 ° C. for 2 minutes. Then, using an ultraviolet irradiation device, the cured liquid crystal is further irradiated with ultraviolet rays from the surface side on which the polymerizable liquid crystal composition (B1) is applied (integrated light amount at a wavelength of 365 nm under a nitrogen atmosphere: 500 mJ / cm 2 ). A long film (length: 2000 m) composed of a layer / horizontally oriented film / base film was obtained. The obtained long film was wound around an FRP core having an inner diameter of 6 inches.
From the average total thickness measured in the width direction with a contact film thickness meter for the long film of the base film / horizontal alignment film / liquid crystal cured product layer within the range that does not cover the uneven part at the end, the functional layer at the same location ( The in-plane average thickness X of the functional layer was confirmed by subtracting the average substrate thickness measured in the width direction from the substrate film after peeling (consisting of the horizontally aligned film and the cured liquid crystal layer). there were. Similarly, the maximum height Y of the convex portion measured at a pitch of 1 mm by a contact type film thickness meter at the end of the long film at the same position in the width direction was 7 μm. When this wound long film was stored in a 23 ° C. 55% RH environment for 1 week and then fed out, there was no noticeable sticking in the plane and no dropout of the functional layer.
(5)長尺フィルムの特性評価
<機能層の剥離性評価>
機能層の塗工端部から5mmずつ内側となるようリンテック社製25μm感圧式粘着剤を貼合し、その上にコニカミノルタ株式会社製のトリアセチルセルロースフィルム(KC6UA)を貼合した。このトリアセチルセルロースフィルムを長尺方向と平行に剥離し、機能層を転写させ、転写後の基材フィルム側の機能層剥離状態を蛍光灯下、反射で目視観察した。
長尺方向と平行に良好に剥離できた場合を〇、たとえばギザギザになるような剥離不良が起こった場合を×、として判定した。結果を表2に示す。 (5) Characteristic evaluation of long film <Evaluation of peelability of functional layer>
A 25 μm pressure-sensitive adhesive manufactured by Lintec Corporation was bonded so as to be 5 mm inside from the coated end of the functional layer, and a triacetyl cellulose film (KC6UA) manufactured by Konica Minolta Co., Ltd. was bonded thereto. The triacetyl cellulose film was peeled off in parallel with the elongated direction, the functional layer was transferred, and the peeled state of the functional layer on the base film side after the transfer was visually observed under a fluorescent lamp by reflection.
The case where the peeling was successful in parallel with the long direction was judged as ◯, and the case where the peeling defect such as jaggedness occurred was judged as ×. The results are shown in Table 2.
<機能層の剥離性評価>
機能層の塗工端部から5mmずつ内側となるようリンテック社製25μm感圧式粘着剤を貼合し、その上にコニカミノルタ株式会社製のトリアセチルセルロースフィルム(KC6UA)を貼合した。このトリアセチルセルロースフィルムを長尺方向と平行に剥離し、機能層を転写させ、転写後の基材フィルム側の機能層剥離状態を蛍光灯下、反射で目視観察した。
長尺方向と平行に良好に剥離できた場合を〇、たとえばギザギザになるような剥離不良が起こった場合を×、として判定した。結果を表2に示す。 (5) Characteristic evaluation of long film <Evaluation of peelability of functional layer>
A 25 μm pressure-sensitive adhesive manufactured by Lintec Corporation was bonded so as to be 5 mm inside from the coated end of the functional layer, and a triacetyl cellulose film (KC6UA) manufactured by Konica Minolta Co., Ltd. was bonded thereto. The triacetyl cellulose film was peeled off in parallel with the elongated direction, the functional layer was transferred, and the peeled state of the functional layer on the base film side after the transfer was visually observed under a fluorescent lamp by reflection.
The case where the peeling was successful in parallel with the long direction was judged as ◯, and the case where the peeling defect such as jaggedness occurred was judged as ×. The results are shown in Table 2.
<基材剥離力の測定>
機能層および基材フィルムからなる長尺フィルムの幅方向中央部をサンプリングし、液晶硬化物層側にコロナ処理を実施した後、リンテック社製25μm感圧式粘着剤を介して縦12cm×横10cm×厚み0.7mmのガラスに貼合した(構成:基材フィルム/機能層/粘着剤層/ガラス)。得られたサンプルに対して、基材側からカッターで25mm幅の切れ込みを作製した。作製したサンプルを島津製作所株式会社製オートグラフ「EZ-L」にセットし、ガラス面に対して平行方向に300mm/分の速度で25mm幅基材を剥離するときの剥離力を確認した。結果を表2に示す。 <Measurement of substrate peeling force>
After sampling the central part of the long film composed of the functional layer and the base film in the width direction and performing corona treatment on the liquid crystal cured product layer side, a 25 μm pressure-sensitive adhesive manufactured by Lintec Corporation is used to mediate 12 cm in length × 10 cm in width × It was affixed to glass having a thickness of 0.7 mm (composition: base film / functional layer / adhesive layer / glass). A 25 mm wide notch was made from the base material side of the obtained sample with a cutter. The prepared sample was set on an autograph "EZ-L" manufactured by Shimadzu Corporation, and the peeling force when peeling a 25 mm wide base material at a speed of 300 mm / min in the direction parallel to the glass surface was confirmed. The results are shown in Table 2.
機能層および基材フィルムからなる長尺フィルムの幅方向中央部をサンプリングし、液晶硬化物層側にコロナ処理を実施した後、リンテック社製25μm感圧式粘着剤を介して縦12cm×横10cm×厚み0.7mmのガラスに貼合した(構成:基材フィルム/機能層/粘着剤層/ガラス)。得られたサンプルに対して、基材側からカッターで25mm幅の切れ込みを作製した。作製したサンプルを島津製作所株式会社製オートグラフ「EZ-L」にセットし、ガラス面に対して平行方向に300mm/分の速度で25mm幅基材を剥離するときの剥離力を確認した。結果を表2に示す。 <Measurement of substrate peeling force>
After sampling the central part of the long film composed of the functional layer and the base film in the width direction and performing corona treatment on the liquid crystal cured product layer side, a 25 μm pressure-sensitive adhesive manufactured by Lintec Corporation is used to mediate 12 cm in length × 10 cm in width × It was affixed to glass having a thickness of 0.7 mm (composition: base film / functional layer / adhesive layer / glass). A 25 mm wide notch was made from the base material side of the obtained sample with a cutter. The prepared sample was set on an autograph "EZ-L" manufactured by Shimadzu Corporation, and the peeling force when peeling a 25 mm wide base material at a speed of 300 mm / min in the direction parallel to the glass surface was confirmed. The results are shown in Table 2.
<液晶硬化物層の位相差値測定>
前述の基材フィルム、水平配向膜、液晶硬化物層からなる長尺フィルムの液晶硬化物層側にコロナ処理を実施し、リンテック社製25μm感圧式粘着剤を介して縦4cm×横4cm×厚み0.7mmのガラスに貼合後、基材フィルムを剥離した。王子計測機器株式会社製のKOBRA-WPRを用いて液晶硬化物層のRe(450)およびRe(550)を測定し、α=Re(450)/Re(550)を算出した。結果を表2に示す。 <Measurement of phase difference value of liquid crystal cured product layer>
The liquid crystal cured product layer side of the long film composed of the above-mentioned base film, the horizontally aligned film, and the liquid crystal cured product layer is subjected to corona treatment, and is subjected to a 25 μm pressure-sensitive adhesive manufactured by Lintec Corporation to be 4 cm in length × 4 cm in width × thickness. After bonding to 0.7 mm glass, the base film was peeled off. Re (450) and Re (550) of the liquid crystal cured product layer were measured using KOBRA-WPR manufactured by Oji Measuring Instruments Co., Ltd., and α = Re (450) / Re (550) was calculated. The results are shown in Table 2.
前述の基材フィルム、水平配向膜、液晶硬化物層からなる長尺フィルムの液晶硬化物層側にコロナ処理を実施し、リンテック社製25μm感圧式粘着剤を介して縦4cm×横4cm×厚み0.7mmのガラスに貼合後、基材フィルムを剥離した。王子計測機器株式会社製のKOBRA-WPRを用いて液晶硬化物層のRe(450)およびRe(550)を測定し、α=Re(450)/Re(550)を算出した。結果を表2に示す。 <Measurement of phase difference value of liquid crystal cured product layer>
The liquid crystal cured product layer side of the long film composed of the above-mentioned base film, the horizontally aligned film, and the liquid crystal cured product layer is subjected to corona treatment, and is subjected to a 25 μm pressure-sensitive adhesive manufactured by Lintec Corporation to be 4 cm in length × 4 cm in width × thickness. After bonding to 0.7 mm glass, the base film was peeled off. Re (450) and Re (550) of the liquid crystal cured product layer were measured using KOBRA-WPR manufactured by Oji Measuring Instruments Co., Ltd., and α = Re (450) / Re (550) was calculated. The results are shown in Table 2.
2.実施例2
(1)硬化樹脂層形成用組成物(C1)の調製
ジペンタエリスリトールヘキサアクリレート(アロニックスM-403 東亞合成株式会社製多官能アクリレート)50部、アクリレート樹脂(エベクリル4858 ダイセルユーシービー株式会社製)50部、2-メチル-1[4-(メチルチオ)フェニル]-2-モリフォリノプロパン-1-オン(イルガキュア907;チバ スペシャルティケミカルズ社製)3部をイソプロパノール250部に溶解した溶液を調製し、アクリレート化合物を含んでなる硬化樹脂層形成用組成物(C1)を得た。 2. 2. Example 2
(1) Preparation of composition for forming a cured resin layer (C1) 50 parts of dipentaerythritol hexaacrylate (Aronix M-403 polyfunctional acrylate manufactured by Toa Synthetic Co., Ltd.), acrylate resin (Evecryl 4858 manufactured by Dycel UCB Co., Ltd.) 50 A solution prepared by dissolving 3 parts of 2-methyl-1 [4- (methylthio) phenyl] -2-molyphorinopropan-1-one (Irgacure 907; manufactured by Ciba Specialty Chemicals) in 250 parts of isopropanol was prepared. A composition for forming a cured resin layer (C1) containing an acrylate compound was obtained.
(1)硬化樹脂層形成用組成物(C1)の調製
ジペンタエリスリトールヘキサアクリレート(アロニックスM-403 東亞合成株式会社製多官能アクリレート)50部、アクリレート樹脂(エベクリル4858 ダイセルユーシービー株式会社製)50部、2-メチル-1[4-(メチルチオ)フェニル]-2-モリフォリノプロパン-1-オン(イルガキュア907;チバ スペシャルティケミカルズ社製)3部をイソプロパノール250部に溶解した溶液を調製し、アクリレート化合物を含んでなる硬化樹脂層形成用組成物(C1)を得た。 2. 2. Example 2
(1) Preparation of composition for forming a cured resin layer (C1) 50 parts of dipentaerythritol hexaacrylate (Aronix M-403 polyfunctional acrylate manufactured by Toa Synthetic Co., Ltd.), acrylate resin (Evecryl 4858 manufactured by Dycel UCB Co., Ltd.) 50 A solution prepared by dissolving 3 parts of 2-methyl-1 [4- (methylthio) phenyl] -2-molyphorinopropan-1-one (Irgacure 907; manufactured by Ciba Specialty Chemicals) in 250 parts of isopropanol was prepared. A composition for forming a cured resin layer (C1) containing an acrylate compound was obtained.
(2)硬化樹脂層の作製
実施例1と同様の凹凸部が設けられているトリアセチルセルロースフィルム上に、硬化樹脂層形成用組成物(C1)を表1の「機能層塗工幅C」として示す幅となるようにダイコーティング法により塗布した。この際、硬化樹脂層形成用組成物(C1)の塗膜の端部が、基材フィルムの両端からそれぞれ7.5mmずつ内側に位置し、塗膜の両端の凹凸部にそれぞれ7.5mmずつ被覆するよう塗布した。次いで、60℃で1分間乾燥した後、さらに紫外線照射装置を用いて、硬化樹脂層形成用組成物(C1)を塗布した面側から紫外線を照射(窒素雰囲気下、波長365nmにおける積算光量:400mJ/cm2)することにより、硬化樹脂層を形成した。この時、別途トリアセチルセルロースフィルムと硬化樹脂層との積層体を王子計測機器株式会社「KOBRA-WPR」にてRe(550)を測定したところ、位相差値は5nm以下であり光学的に等方であることを確認した。
続いて、得られた硬化樹脂層上に実施例1と同様の方法で水平配向膜および液晶硬化物層を形成することにより、液晶硬化物層/水平配向膜/硬化樹脂層/基材フィルムからなる長尺フィルムを1000m得た。得られた長尺フィルムを、内径6インチのFRPコアに巻き取った。この硬化樹脂層/水平配向膜/液晶硬化物層からなる機能層の面内平均厚みXを確認したところ、4μmであった。また、凸部最大高さYは9μmであった。巻き取った長尺フィルムを23℃55%RH環境下に1週間保管後、繰り出したところ、面内で顕著な貼りつきはなく、機能層の脱落はなかった。実施例1と同様にして剥離性等の評価を行った。結果を表2に示す。 (2) Preparation of Cured Resin Layer The composition for forming a cured resin layer (C1) is applied to the "functional layer coating width C" in Table 1 on a triacetyl cellulose film provided with the same uneven portions as in Example 1. It was applied by the die coating method so as to have the width shown as. At this time, the edges of the coating film of the cured resin layer forming composition (C1) are located 7.5 mm inward from both ends of the base film, and 7.5 mm each on the uneven portions at both ends of the coating film. It was applied to cover it. Then, after drying at 60 ° C. for 1 minute, ultraviolet rays are further irradiated from the surface side coated with the cured resin layer forming composition (C1) using an ultraviolet irradiation device (integrated light amount at a wavelength of 365 nm under a nitrogen atmosphere: 400 mJ. / Cm 2 ) to form a cured resin layer. At this time, when Re (550) of the laminated body of the triacetyl cellulose film and the cured resin layer was separately measured by Oji Measuring Instruments Co., Ltd. "KOBRA-WPR", the retardation value was 5 nm or less, and it was optically anisotropic. I confirmed that he was the one.
Subsequently, by forming a horizontally aligned film and a liquid crystal cured product layer on the obtained cured resin layer in the same manner as in Example 1, the liquid crystal cured product layer / horizontally aligned film / cured resin layer / base film can be obtained. A long film of 1000 m was obtained. The obtained long film was wound around an FRP core having an inner diameter of 6 inches. When the in-plane average thickness X of the functional layer composed of the cured resin layer / horizontal alignment film / liquid crystal cured product layer was confirmed, it was 4 μm. The maximum height Y of the convex portion was 9 μm. When the wound long film was stored in a 23 ° C. 55% RH environment for 1 week and then fed out, there was no noticeable sticking in the plane and no dropout of the functional layer. The peelability and the like were evaluated in the same manner as in Example 1. The results are shown in Table 2.
実施例1と同様の凹凸部が設けられているトリアセチルセルロースフィルム上に、硬化樹脂層形成用組成物(C1)を表1の「機能層塗工幅C」として示す幅となるようにダイコーティング法により塗布した。この際、硬化樹脂層形成用組成物(C1)の塗膜の端部が、基材フィルムの両端からそれぞれ7.5mmずつ内側に位置し、塗膜の両端の凹凸部にそれぞれ7.5mmずつ被覆するよう塗布した。次いで、60℃で1分間乾燥した後、さらに紫外線照射装置を用いて、硬化樹脂層形成用組成物(C1)を塗布した面側から紫外線を照射(窒素雰囲気下、波長365nmにおける積算光量:400mJ/cm2)することにより、硬化樹脂層を形成した。この時、別途トリアセチルセルロースフィルムと硬化樹脂層との積層体を王子計測機器株式会社「KOBRA-WPR」にてRe(550)を測定したところ、位相差値は5nm以下であり光学的に等方であることを確認した。
続いて、得られた硬化樹脂層上に実施例1と同様の方法で水平配向膜および液晶硬化物層を形成することにより、液晶硬化物層/水平配向膜/硬化樹脂層/基材フィルムからなる長尺フィルムを1000m得た。得られた長尺フィルムを、内径6インチのFRPコアに巻き取った。この硬化樹脂層/水平配向膜/液晶硬化物層からなる機能層の面内平均厚みXを確認したところ、4μmであった。また、凸部最大高さYは9μmであった。巻き取った長尺フィルムを23℃55%RH環境下に1週間保管後、繰り出したところ、面内で顕著な貼りつきはなく、機能層の脱落はなかった。実施例1と同様にして剥離性等の評価を行った。結果を表2に示す。 (2) Preparation of Cured Resin Layer The composition for forming a cured resin layer (C1) is applied to the "functional layer coating width C" in Table 1 on a triacetyl cellulose film provided with the same uneven portions as in Example 1. It was applied by the die coating method so as to have the width shown as. At this time, the edges of the coating film of the cured resin layer forming composition (C1) are located 7.5 mm inward from both ends of the base film, and 7.5 mm each on the uneven portions at both ends of the coating film. It was applied to cover it. Then, after drying at 60 ° C. for 1 minute, ultraviolet rays are further irradiated from the surface side coated with the cured resin layer forming composition (C1) using an ultraviolet irradiation device (integrated light amount at a wavelength of 365 nm under a nitrogen atmosphere: 400 mJ. / Cm 2 ) to form a cured resin layer. At this time, when Re (550) of the laminated body of the triacetyl cellulose film and the cured resin layer was separately measured by Oji Measuring Instruments Co., Ltd. "KOBRA-WPR", the retardation value was 5 nm or less, and it was optically anisotropic. I confirmed that he was the one.
Subsequently, by forming a horizontally aligned film and a liquid crystal cured product layer on the obtained cured resin layer in the same manner as in Example 1, the liquid crystal cured product layer / horizontally aligned film / cured resin layer / base film can be obtained. A long film of 1000 m was obtained. The obtained long film was wound around an FRP core having an inner diameter of 6 inches. When the in-plane average thickness X of the functional layer composed of the cured resin layer / horizontal alignment film / liquid crystal cured product layer was confirmed, it was 4 μm. The maximum height Y of the convex portion was 9 μm. When the wound long film was stored in a 23 ° C. 55% RH environment for 1 week and then fed out, there was no noticeable sticking in the plane and no dropout of the functional layer. The peelability and the like were evaluated in the same manner as in Example 1. The results are shown in Table 2.
3.実施例3
基材フィルムとして日本ゼオン株式会社製の基材COPフィルム(ZF-14-50)を用い、加熱したエンボスロールを押し当てて基材フィルム両端にそれぞれ12.5mm幅のナーリング部を設け、コロナ処理を実施した。この基材フィルム上に、硬化樹脂層形成用組成物(C1)を表1の「機能層塗工幅C」として示す幅となるようにダイコーティング法により塗布した。この際、硬化樹脂層形成用組成物(C1)の塗膜の端部が、基材フィルムの両端からそれぞれ7.5mmずつ内側に位置し、塗膜の両端の凹凸部にそれぞれ5mmずつ被覆するよう塗布した。それ以外は、実施例2と同様にして長尺フィルムを作製し、機能層の面内平均厚みXを確認したところ、4μmであった。また、凸部最大高さYは8μmであった。巻き取った長尺フィルムを23℃55%RH環境下に1週間保管後、繰り出したところ、面内で顕著な貼りつきはなく、機能層の脱落はなかった。実施例1と同様にして剥離性等の評価を行った。結果を表2に示す。 3. 3. Example 3
A base material COP film (ZF-14-50) manufactured by Nippon Zeon Corporation was used as the base film, and heated embossed rolls were pressed against the base film to provide 12.5 mm wide knurling portions on both ends of the base film, and corona treatment was performed. Was carried out. The cured resin layer forming composition (C1) was applied onto this base film by a die coating method so as to have a width shown as "functional layer coating width C" in Table 1. At this time, the edges of the coating film of the cured resin layer forming composition (C1) are located 7.5 mm inward from both ends of the base film, and the uneven portions at both ends of the coating film are coated by 5 mm each. Was applied. Except for this, a long film was prepared in the same manner as in Example 2, and the in-plane average thickness X of the functional layer was confirmed to be 4 μm. The maximum height Y of the convex portion was 8 μm. When the wound long film was stored in a 23 ° C. 55% RH environment for 1 week and then fed out, there was no noticeable sticking in the plane and no dropout of the functional layer. The peelability and the like were evaluated in the same manner as in Example 1. The results are shown in Table 2.
基材フィルムとして日本ゼオン株式会社製の基材COPフィルム(ZF-14-50)を用い、加熱したエンボスロールを押し当てて基材フィルム両端にそれぞれ12.5mm幅のナーリング部を設け、コロナ処理を実施した。この基材フィルム上に、硬化樹脂層形成用組成物(C1)を表1の「機能層塗工幅C」として示す幅となるようにダイコーティング法により塗布した。この際、硬化樹脂層形成用組成物(C1)の塗膜の端部が、基材フィルムの両端からそれぞれ7.5mmずつ内側に位置し、塗膜の両端の凹凸部にそれぞれ5mmずつ被覆するよう塗布した。それ以外は、実施例2と同様にして長尺フィルムを作製し、機能層の面内平均厚みXを確認したところ、4μmであった。また、凸部最大高さYは8μmであった。巻き取った長尺フィルムを23℃55%RH環境下に1週間保管後、繰り出したところ、面内で顕著な貼りつきはなく、機能層の脱落はなかった。実施例1と同様にして剥離性等の評価を行った。結果を表2に示す。 3. 3. Example 3
A base material COP film (ZF-14-50) manufactured by Nippon Zeon Corporation was used as the base film, and heated embossed rolls were pressed against the base film to provide 12.5 mm wide knurling portions on both ends of the base film, and corona treatment was performed. Was carried out. The cured resin layer forming composition (C1) was applied onto this base film by a die coating method so as to have a width shown as "functional layer coating width C" in Table 1. At this time, the edges of the coating film of the cured resin layer forming composition (C1) are located 7.5 mm inward from both ends of the base film, and the uneven portions at both ends of the coating film are coated by 5 mm each. Was applied. Except for this, a long film was prepared in the same manner as in Example 2, and the in-plane average thickness X of the functional layer was confirmed to be 4 μm. The maximum height Y of the convex portion was 8 μm. When the wound long film was stored in a 23 ° C. 55% RH environment for 1 week and then fed out, there was no noticeable sticking in the plane and no dropout of the functional layer. The peelability and the like were evaluated in the same manner as in Example 1. The results are shown in Table 2.
4.実施例4
(1)重合性液晶組成物(B2)の調製
特開2016-81035号公報を参考にして調製した重合性液晶化合物(X2)100質量部に対して、レベリング剤「BYK-361N」(BYK-Chemie社製)0.10質量部、レベリング剤「F-556」(DIC社製)0.25質量部と、光重合開始剤として2-ジメチルアミノ-2-ベンジル-1-(4-モルホリノフェニル)ブタン-1-オン(BASFジャパン株式会社製「イルガキュア(登録商標)369(Irg369)」)3質量部とBASFジャパン株式会社製「イルガキュアOXE-03」7.5質量部を添加した。さらに、固形分濃度が13%となるようにシクロペンタノンを添加した。この混合物を80℃で1時間攪拌することにより、重合性液晶組成物(B2)を得た。 4. Example 4
(1) Preparation of Polymerizable Liquid Liquid Composition Composition (B2) With respect to 100 parts by mass of the polymerizable liquid crystal compound (X2) prepared with reference to JP-A-2016-81035, the leveling agent "BYK-361N" (BYK-). 0.10 parts by mass of Chemie), 0.25 parts by mass of leveling agent "F-556" (manufactured by DIC), and 2-dimethylamino-2-benzyl-1- (4-morpholinophenyl) as a photopolymerization initiator. ) Butan-1-one (“Irgacure (registered trademark) 369 (Irg369)” manufactured by BASF Japan Co., Ltd.) and 7.5 parts by mass of “Irgacure OXE-03” manufactured by BASF Japan Co., Ltd. were added. Further, cyclopentanone was added so that the solid content concentration was 13%. The mixture was stirred at 80 ° C. for 1 hour to obtain a polymerizable liquid crystal composition (B2).
(1)重合性液晶組成物(B2)の調製
特開2016-81035号公報を参考にして調製した重合性液晶化合物(X2)100質量部に対して、レベリング剤「BYK-361N」(BYK-Chemie社製)0.10質量部、レベリング剤「F-556」(DIC社製)0.25質量部と、光重合開始剤として2-ジメチルアミノ-2-ベンジル-1-(4-モルホリノフェニル)ブタン-1-オン(BASFジャパン株式会社製「イルガキュア(登録商標)369(Irg369)」)3質量部とBASFジャパン株式会社製「イルガキュアOXE-03」7.5質量部を添加した。さらに、固形分濃度が13%となるようにシクロペンタノンを添加した。この混合物を80℃で1時間攪拌することにより、重合性液晶組成物(B2)を得た。 4. Example 4
(1) Preparation of Polymerizable Liquid Liquid Composition Composition (B2) With respect to 100 parts by mass of the polymerizable liquid crystal compound (X2) prepared with reference to JP-A-2016-81035, the leveling agent "BYK-361N" (BYK-). 0.10 parts by mass of Chemie), 0.25 parts by mass of leveling agent "F-556" (manufactured by DIC), and 2-dimethylamino-2-benzyl-1- (4-morpholinophenyl) as a photopolymerization initiator. ) Butan-1-one (“Irgacure (registered trademark) 369 (Irg369)” manufactured by BASF Japan Co., Ltd.) and 7.5 parts by mass of “Irgacure OXE-03” manufactured by BASF Japan Co., Ltd. were added. Further, cyclopentanone was added so that the solid content concentration was 13%. The mixture was stirred at 80 ° C. for 1 hour to obtain a polymerizable liquid crystal composition (B2).
重合性液晶化合物(X2)の1mg/50mLテトラヒドロフラン溶液を調製し、測定用試料を得た。光路長1cmの測定用セルに測定用試料を入れ、紫外可視分光光度計(株式会社島津製作所製「UV-2450」)にセットして吸収スペクトルを測定し、得られた吸収スペクトルから極大吸収度となる波長を読み取ったところ、波長300~400nmの範囲における極大吸収波長λmaxは352nmであった。
A 1 mg / 50 mL tetrahydrofuran solution of the polymerizable liquid crystal compound (X2) was prepared, and a sample for measurement was obtained. Place the measurement sample in a measurement cell with an optical path length of 1 cm, set it in an ultraviolet-visible spectrophotometer (“UV-2450” manufactured by Shimadzu Corporation), measure the absorption spectrum, and obtain the maximum absorption degree from the obtained absorption spectrum. When the wavelength was read, the maximum absorption wavelength λ max in the wavelength range of 300 to 400 nm was 352 nm.
重合性液晶組成物(B1)にかえて、(B2)を用いた以外は、実施例1と同様にして長尺フィルムを作製した。機能層の面内平均厚みXを確認したところ2μmであった。また、凸部最大高さYは7μmであった。巻き取った長尺フィルムを23℃55%RH環境下に1週間保管後、繰り出したところ、面内で顕著な貼りつきはなく、機能層の脱落はなかった。実施例1と同様にして剥離性等の評価を行った。結果を表2に示す。
A long film was produced in the same manner as in Example 1 except that (B2) was used instead of the polymerizable liquid crystal composition (B1). When the in-plane average thickness X of the functional layer was confirmed, it was 2 μm. The maximum height Y of the convex portion was 7 μm. When the wound long film was stored in a 23 ° C. 55% RH environment for 1 week and then fed out, there was no noticeable sticking in the plane and no dropout of the functional layer. The peelability and the like were evaluated in the same manner as in Example 1. The results are shown in Table 2.
5.実施例5
(1)重合性液晶組成物(B3)の調製
国際特許公開2015/025793号公報を参考にして調製した重合性液晶化合物(X3)100質量部に対して、レベリング剤「BYK-361N」(BYK-Chemie社製)0.10質量部、レベリング剤「F-556」(DIC社製)0.25質量部と、光重合開始剤として2-ジメチルアミノ-2-ベンジル-1-(4-モルホリノフェニル)ブタン-1-オン(BASFジャパン株式会社製「イルガキュア(登録商標)369(Irg369)」)3質量部とBASFジャパン株式会社製「イルガキュアOXE-03」7.5質量部を添加した。さらに、固形分濃度が13%となるようにシクロペンタノンを添加した。この混合物を80℃で1時間攪拌することにより、重合性液晶組成物(B3)を得た。 5. Example 5
(1) Preparation of Polymerizable Liquid Liquid Composition Composition (B3) The leveling agent "BYK-361N" (BYK) was prepared with reference to International Patent Publication No. 2015/025793 for 100 parts by mass of the polymerizable liquid crystal compound (X3). -Chemie) 0.10 parts by mass, leveling agent "F-556" (DIC) 0.25 parts by mass, and 2-dimethylamino-2-benzyl-1- (4-morpholino) as a photopolymerization initiator 3 parts by mass of phenyl) butane-1-one (“Irgacure (registered trademark) 369 (Irg369)” manufactured by BASF Japan Ltd.) and 7.5 parts by mass of “Irgacure OXE-03” manufactured by BASF Japan Ltd. were added. Further, cyclopentanone was added so that the solid content concentration was 13%. The mixture was stirred at 80 ° C. for 1 hour to obtain a polymerizable liquid crystal composition (B3).
(1)重合性液晶組成物(B3)の調製
国際特許公開2015/025793号公報を参考にして調製した重合性液晶化合物(X3)100質量部に対して、レベリング剤「BYK-361N」(BYK-Chemie社製)0.10質量部、レベリング剤「F-556」(DIC社製)0.25質量部と、光重合開始剤として2-ジメチルアミノ-2-ベンジル-1-(4-モルホリノフェニル)ブタン-1-オン(BASFジャパン株式会社製「イルガキュア(登録商標)369(Irg369)」)3質量部とBASFジャパン株式会社製「イルガキュアOXE-03」7.5質量部を添加した。さらに、固形分濃度が13%となるようにシクロペンタノンを添加した。この混合物を80℃で1時間攪拌することにより、重合性液晶組成物(B3)を得た。 5. Example 5
(1) Preparation of Polymerizable Liquid Liquid Composition Composition (B3) The leveling agent "BYK-361N" (BYK) was prepared with reference to International Patent Publication No. 2015/025793 for 100 parts by mass of the polymerizable liquid crystal compound (X3). -Chemie) 0.10 parts by mass, leveling agent "F-556" (DIC) 0.25 parts by mass, and 2-dimethylamino-2-benzyl-1- (4-morpholino) as a photopolymerization initiator 3 parts by mass of phenyl) butane-1-one (“Irgacure (registered trademark) 369 (Irg369)” manufactured by BASF Japan Ltd.) and 7.5 parts by mass of “Irgacure OXE-03” manufactured by BASF Japan Ltd. were added. Further, cyclopentanone was added so that the solid content concentration was 13%. The mixture was stirred at 80 ° C. for 1 hour to obtain a polymerizable liquid crystal composition (B3).
重合性液晶化合物(X3)の1mg/50mLテトラヒドロフラン溶液を調製し、測定用試料を得た。光路長1cmの測定用セルに測定用試料を入れ、紫外可視分光光度計(株式会社島津製作所製「UV-2450」)にセットして吸収スペクトルを測定し、得られた吸収スペクトルから極大吸収度となる波長を読み取ったところ、波長300~400nmの範囲における極大吸収波長λmaxは352nmであった。
A 1 mg / 50 mL tetrahydrofuran solution of the polymerizable liquid crystal compound (X3) was prepared, and a sample for measurement was obtained. Place the measurement sample in a measurement cell with an optical path length of 1 cm, set it in an ultraviolet-visible spectrophotometer (“UV-2450” manufactured by Shimadzu Corporation), measure the absorption spectrum, and obtain the maximum absorption degree from the obtained absorption spectrum. When the wavelength was read, the maximum absorption wavelength λ max in the wavelength range of 300 to 400 nm was 352 nm.
重合性液晶組成物(B1)にかえて、(B3)を用いた以外は、実施例1と同様にして長尺フィルムを作製した。機能層の面内平均厚みXを確認したところ2μmであった。また、凸部最大高さYは7μmであった。巻き取った長尺フィルムを23℃55%RH環境下に1週間保管後、繰り出したところ、面内で顕著な貼りつきはなく、機能層の脱落はなかった。実施例1と同様にして剥離性等の評価を行った。結果を表2に示す。
A long film was produced in the same manner as in Example 1 except that (B3) was used instead of the polymerizable liquid crystal composition (B1). When the in-plane average thickness X of the functional layer was confirmed, it was 2 μm. The maximum height Y of the convex portion was 7 μm. When the wound long film was stored in a 23 ° C. 55% RH environment for 1 week and then fed out, there was no noticeable sticking in the plane and no dropout of the functional layer. The peelability and the like were evaluated in the same manner as in Example 1. The results are shown in Table 2.
6.実施例6
(1)重合性液晶組成物(B4)の調製
下記式(LC242)に示す液晶化合物LC242:PaliocolorLC242(BASF社 登録商標)100質量部に対して、レベリング剤「BYK-361N」(BYK-Chemie社製)0.10質量部、レベリング剤「F-556」(DIC社製)0.25質量部と、重合開始剤Irg369 3質量部とを添加し、固形分濃度が13質量部となるようにシクロペンタノンを添加した。この混合物を80℃で1時間攪拌することにより、重合性液晶組成物(B4)を得た。 6. Example 6
(1) Preparation of Polymerizable Liquid Crystal Composition (B4) The leveling agent "BYK-361N" (BYK-Chemie) with respect to 100 parts by mass of the liquid crystal compound LC242: Palocolor LC242 (registered trademark of BASF) represented by the following formula (LC242). ) 0.10 parts by mass, leveling agent "F-556" (manufactured by DIC) 0.25 parts by mass, and polymerization initiator Irg369 3 parts by mass were added so that the solid content concentration became 13 parts by mass. Cyclopentanone was added. The mixture was stirred at 80 ° C. for 1 hour to obtain a polymerizable liquid crystal composition (B4).
(1)重合性液晶組成物(B4)の調製
下記式(LC242)に示す液晶化合物LC242:PaliocolorLC242(BASF社 登録商標)100質量部に対して、レベリング剤「BYK-361N」(BYK-Chemie社製)0.10質量部、レベリング剤「F-556」(DIC社製)0.25質量部と、重合開始剤Irg369 3質量部とを添加し、固形分濃度が13質量部となるようにシクロペンタノンを添加した。この混合物を80℃で1時間攪拌することにより、重合性液晶組成物(B4)を得た。 6. Example 6
(1) Preparation of Polymerizable Liquid Crystal Composition (B4) The leveling agent "BYK-361N" (BYK-Chemie) with respect to 100 parts by mass of the liquid crystal compound LC242: Palocolor LC242 (registered trademark of BASF) represented by the following formula (LC242). ) 0.10 parts by mass, leveling agent "F-556" (manufactured by DIC) 0.25 parts by mass, and polymerization initiator Irg369 3 parts by mass were added so that the solid content concentration became 13 parts by mass. Cyclopentanone was added. The mixture was stirred at 80 ° C. for 1 hour to obtain a polymerizable liquid crystal composition (B4).
重合性液晶化合物(LC242)
液晶化合物LC242:PaliocolorLC242(BASF社登録商標)
Polymerizable liquid crystal compound (LC242)
Liquid crystal compound LC242: Palocolor LC242 (registered trademark of BASF)
液晶化合物LC242:PaliocolorLC242(BASF社登録商標)
Polymerizable liquid crystal compound (LC242)
Liquid crystal compound LC242: Palocolor LC242 (registered trademark of BASF)
基材フィルムとして、実施例1と同様の凹凸部が設けられているトリアセチルセルロースフィルムを用い、このトリアセチルセルロースフィルム上に、水平配向膜形成用組成物(A1)を表1の「機能層塗工幅C」として示す幅となるようにダイコーティング法により塗布した。この際、水平配向膜形成用組成物(A1)の塗膜の端部が、基材フィルムの両端からそれぞれ7.5mmずつ内側に位置し、塗膜の両端の凹凸部にそれぞれ7.5mmずつ被覆するよう塗布した。次いで、100℃で2分間加熱乾燥した後、偏光UVを配向規制力の方向が上記フィルムの長尺方向に対して15°の角度をなすように100mJ(313nm基準)照射し、上記フィルム上に水平配向膜を形成した。得られた水平配向膜の膜厚をエリプソメータで測定したところ、0.2μmであった。続いて重合性液晶組成物(B4)を、塗布膜の平均膜厚が17μmとなるよう、水平配向膜上に該膜と同幅でダイコーティング法にて塗布し、80℃で1分間加熱乾燥し、さらに紫外線照射装置を用いて、重合性液晶組成物を塗布した面側から紫外線を照射(窒素雰囲気下、波長365nmにおける積算光量:500mJ/cm2)することにより、液晶硬化物層/水平配向膜/基材フィルムからなる、長尺フィルムを500m得た。得られた長尺フィルムを、内径6インチのFRPコアに巻き取った。機能層の面内平均厚みXを確認したところ2μmであった。また、凸部最大高さYは8μmであった。巻き取った長尺フィルムを23℃55%RH環境下に1週間保管後、繰り出したところ、面内で顕著な貼りつきはなく、機能層の脱落はなかった。実施例1と同様にして剥離性等の評価を行った。結果を表2に示す。
As the base film, a triacetyl cellulose film having the same uneven portions as in Example 1 was used, and the composition for forming a horizontal alignment film (A1) was placed on the triacetyl cellulose film in the "functional layer" of Table 1. The film was applied by a die coating method so as to have a width indicated as "coating width C". At this time, the edges of the coating film of the horizontal alignment film forming composition (A1) are located 7.5 mm inward from both ends of the base film, and 7.5 mm each on the uneven portions at both ends of the coating film. It was applied to cover it. Next, after heating and drying at 100 ° C. for 2 minutes, polarized UV is irradiated on the film at 100 mJ (based on 313 nm) so that the direction of the orientation regulating force is at an angle of 15 ° with respect to the elongated direction of the film. A horizontal alignment film was formed. The film thickness of the obtained horizontal alignment film was measured with an ellipsometer and found to be 0.2 μm. Subsequently, the polymerizable liquid crystal composition (B4) was applied onto a horizontally oriented film with the same width as the film by a die coating method so that the average film thickness of the coating film was 17 μm, and dried by heating at 80 ° C. for 1 minute. Then, using an ultraviolet irradiation device, ultraviolet rays are irradiated from the surface side on which the polymerizable liquid crystal composition is applied (integrated light amount at a wavelength of 365 nm under a nitrogen atmosphere: 500 mJ / cm 2 ) to obtain a cured liquid crystal layer / horizontal. A long film composed of an alignment film / base film was obtained at 500 m. The obtained long film was wound around an FRP core having an inner diameter of 6 inches. When the in-plane average thickness X of the functional layer was confirmed, it was 2 μm. The maximum height Y of the convex portion was 8 μm. When the wound long film was stored in a 23 ° C. 55% RH environment for 1 week and then fed out, there was no noticeable sticking in the plane and no dropout of the functional layer. The peelability and the like were evaluated in the same manner as in Example 1. The results are shown in Table 2.
7.実施例7
(1)垂直配向重合性液晶組成物(B5)の調製
信越化学工業株式会社製の「KBE-903」13質量部とシクロペンタノン87質量部との混合液、および昭和電工株式会社製「カレンズMOI-EG」13質量部とシクロペンタノン87質量部との混合液を、KBE-903:カレンズMOI-EG=1.00:1.35(質量比)となるように混合した後、30℃で16時間保温して、ヒドロキシル基またはカルボキシル基と反応し得る官能基(ヒドロキシシリル基)と(メタ)アクリロイル基(アクリロイル基)とを分子内に有する化合物(プレ反応化合物)を含む混合液(以下、混合液(1)という場合がある。)を得た。
続いて、重合性液晶化合物(X1)と重合性液晶化合物(Y1)とを質量比90:10で混合し、混合物を得た。得られた混合物100質量部に対して、レベリング剤「F-556」(DIC社製)0.25質量部、特願2016-514802号公報を参考にして調製したイオン性化合物A(分子量:645)2.0質量部、光重合開始剤としてIrgacure369E(BASFジャパン株式会社製)6質量部、2以上の(メタ)アクリロイル基を有する重合性非液晶性化合物として新中村化学工業株式会社製「APG-700」(2官能)1.0質量部を添加し、固形分濃度が13%となるようにシクロペンタノンを添加した。さらに、ヒドロキシル基またはカルボキシル基と反応し得る官能基と(メタ)アクリロイル基を分子内に有する化合物(プレ反応化合物)が、前記重合性液晶化合物(X1)および(Y1)の混合物100質量部に対して2.35質量部となるように、混合液(1)を添加し、混合物を得た。得られた混合物を80℃で1時間攪拌することにより、垂直配向重合性液晶組成物(B5)を得た。 7. Example 7
(1) Preparation of Vertically Oriented Polymerizable Liquid Liquid Composition (B5) A mixed solution of 13 parts by mass of "KBE-903" manufactured by Shinetsu Chemical Industry Co., Ltd. and 87 parts by mass of cyclopentanone, and "Carens" manufactured by Showa Denko Co., Ltd. A mixed solution of 13 parts by mass of "MOI-EG" and 87 parts by mass of cyclopentanone was mixed so as to have KBE-903: Karenz MOI-EG = 1.00: 1.35 (mass ratio), and then 30 ° C. A mixed solution containing a compound (pre-reaction compound) having a functional group (hydroxysilyl group) capable of reacting with a hydroxyl group or a carboxyl group and a (meth) acryloyl group (acryloyl group) in the molecule (pre-reaction compound). Hereinafter, it may be referred to as a mixed solution (1)).
Subsequently, the polymerizable liquid crystal compound (X1) and the polymerizable liquid crystal compound (Y1) were mixed at a mass ratio of 90:10 to obtain a mixture. With respect to 100 parts by mass of the obtained mixture, 0.25 parts by mass of the leveling agent "F-556" (manufactured by DIC) and ionic compound A (molecular weight: 645) prepared with reference to Japanese Patent Application No. 2016-514802. ) 2.0 parts by mass, Irgacure369E (manufactured by BASF Japan Co., Ltd.) as a photopolymerization initiator 6 parts by mass, as a polymerizable non-liquidity compound having two or more (meth) acryloyl groups, "APG" manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Industry Co., Ltd. -700 "(bifunctional) 1.0 part by mass was added, and cyclopentanone was added so that the solid content concentration was 13%. Further, a compound (pre-reaction compound) having a functional group capable of reacting with a hydroxyl group or a carboxyl group and a (meth) acryloyl group in the molecule is added to 100 parts by mass of the mixture of the polymerizable liquid crystal compounds (X1) and (Y1). The mixture (1) was added so as to have a volume of 2.35 parts by mass to obtain a mixture. The obtained mixture was stirred at 80 ° C. for 1 hour to obtain a vertically oriented polymerizable liquid crystal composition (B5).
(1)垂直配向重合性液晶組成物(B5)の調製
信越化学工業株式会社製の「KBE-903」13質量部とシクロペンタノン87質量部との混合液、および昭和電工株式会社製「カレンズMOI-EG」13質量部とシクロペンタノン87質量部との混合液を、KBE-903:カレンズMOI-EG=1.00:1.35(質量比)となるように混合した後、30℃で16時間保温して、ヒドロキシル基またはカルボキシル基と反応し得る官能基(ヒドロキシシリル基)と(メタ)アクリロイル基(アクリロイル基)とを分子内に有する化合物(プレ反応化合物)を含む混合液(以下、混合液(1)という場合がある。)を得た。
続いて、重合性液晶化合物(X1)と重合性液晶化合物(Y1)とを質量比90:10で混合し、混合物を得た。得られた混合物100質量部に対して、レベリング剤「F-556」(DIC社製)0.25質量部、特願2016-514802号公報を参考にして調製したイオン性化合物A(分子量:645)2.0質量部、光重合開始剤としてIrgacure369E(BASFジャパン株式会社製)6質量部、2以上の(メタ)アクリロイル基を有する重合性非液晶性化合物として新中村化学工業株式会社製「APG-700」(2官能)1.0質量部を添加し、固形分濃度が13%となるようにシクロペンタノンを添加した。さらに、ヒドロキシル基またはカルボキシル基と反応し得る官能基と(メタ)アクリロイル基を分子内に有する化合物(プレ反応化合物)が、前記重合性液晶化合物(X1)および(Y1)の混合物100質量部に対して2.35質量部となるように、混合液(1)を添加し、混合物を得た。得られた混合物を80℃で1時間攪拌することにより、垂直配向重合性液晶組成物(B5)を得た。 7. Example 7
(1) Preparation of Vertically Oriented Polymerizable Liquid Liquid Composition (B5) A mixed solution of 13 parts by mass of "KBE-903" manufactured by Shinetsu Chemical Industry Co., Ltd. and 87 parts by mass of cyclopentanone, and "Carens" manufactured by Showa Denko Co., Ltd. A mixed solution of 13 parts by mass of "MOI-EG" and 87 parts by mass of cyclopentanone was mixed so as to have KBE-903: Karenz MOI-EG = 1.00: 1.35 (mass ratio), and then 30 ° C. A mixed solution containing a compound (pre-reaction compound) having a functional group (hydroxysilyl group) capable of reacting with a hydroxyl group or a carboxyl group and a (meth) acryloyl group (acryloyl group) in the molecule (pre-reaction compound). Hereinafter, it may be referred to as a mixed solution (1)).
Subsequently, the polymerizable liquid crystal compound (X1) and the polymerizable liquid crystal compound (Y1) were mixed at a mass ratio of 90:10 to obtain a mixture. With respect to 100 parts by mass of the obtained mixture, 0.25 parts by mass of the leveling agent "F-556" (manufactured by DIC) and ionic compound A (molecular weight: 645) prepared with reference to Japanese Patent Application No. 2016-514802. ) 2.0 parts by mass, Irgacure369E (manufactured by BASF Japan Co., Ltd.) as a photopolymerization initiator 6 parts by mass, as a polymerizable non-liquidity compound having two or more (meth) acryloyl groups, "APG" manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Industry Co., Ltd. -700 "(bifunctional) 1.0 part by mass was added, and cyclopentanone was added so that the solid content concentration was 13%. Further, a compound (pre-reaction compound) having a functional group capable of reacting with a hydroxyl group or a carboxyl group and a (meth) acryloyl group in the molecule is added to 100 parts by mass of the mixture of the polymerizable liquid crystal compounds (X1) and (Y1). The mixture (1) was added so as to have a volume of 2.35 parts by mass to obtain a mixture. The obtained mixture was stirred at 80 ° C. for 1 hour to obtain a vertically oriented polymerizable liquid crystal composition (B5).
実施例1と同様の凹凸部が設けられているトリアセチルセルロースフィルム((KC4UY、コニカミノルタ株式会社製))上に、垂直配向重合性液晶組成物(B5)を、塗布膜の平均膜厚が9.5μmとなるよう表1の「機能層塗工幅C」として示す幅でダイコーティング法にて塗布した。この際、垂直配向重合性液晶組成物(B5)の塗膜の端部が、基材フィルムの両端からそれぞれ7.5mmずつ内側に位置し、塗膜の両端の凹凸部にそれぞれ7.5mmずつ被覆するよう塗布した。次いで、120℃で90秒間加熱乾燥した後、紫外線照射装置を用いて、重合性液晶組成物(B5)を塗布した面側から紫外線を照射(窒素雰囲気下、波長365nmにおける積算光量:500mJ/cm2)することにより、液晶硬化物層/基材フィルムからなる長尺フィルムを1000m得た。得られた長尺フィルムを、内径6インチのFRPコアに巻き取った。この面内平均厚みXを確認したところ1μmであった。また、凸部最大高さYは6μmであった。巻き取った長尺フィルムを23℃55%RH環境下に1週間保管後、繰り出したところ、面内で顕著な貼りつきはなく、機能層の脱落はなかった。実施例1と同様にして剥離性等の評価を行った。結果を表2に示す。
A vertically oriented polymerizable liquid crystal composition (B5) is applied onto a triacetyl cellulose film ((KC4UY, manufactured by Konica Minolta Co., Ltd.)) provided with the same uneven portions as in Example 1, and the average film thickness of the coating film is The film was coated by the die coating method with a width shown as "functional layer coating width C" in Table 1 so as to have a thickness of 9.5 μm. At this time, the edges of the coating film of the vertically oriented polymerizable liquid crystal composition (B5) are located 7.5 mm inward from both ends of the base film, and 7.5 mm each on the uneven portions at both ends of the coating film. It was applied to cover it. Next, after heating and drying at 120 ° C. for 90 seconds, ultraviolet rays are irradiated from the surface side to which the polymerizable liquid crystal composition (B5) is applied using an ultraviolet irradiation device (integrated light amount at a wavelength of 365 nm under a nitrogen atmosphere: 500 mJ / cm. 2 ) A long film composed of a liquid crystal cured product layer / base film was obtained in an amount of 1000 m. The obtained long film was wound around an FRP core having an inner diameter of 6 inches. When this in-plane average thickness X was confirmed, it was 1 μm. The maximum height Y of the convex portion was 6 μm. When the wound long film was stored in a 23 ° C. 55% RH environment for 1 week and then fed out, there was no noticeable sticking in the plane and no dropout of the functional layer. The peelability and the like were evaluated in the same manner as in Example 1. The results are shown in Table 2.
<垂直配向液晶硬化物層のRth測定>
前記手順にて作製した基材フィルム、(垂直配向)液晶硬化物層から成る長尺フィルムの液晶硬化物層側にコロナ処理を実施し、リンテック社製25μm感圧式粘着剤を介して縦4cm×横4cm×厚み0.7mmのガラスに貼合後、基材フィルムを剥離した。得られたガラス、粘着剤、液晶硬化物層からなる積層体について、王子計測機器株式会社製KOBRA-WPRを使用して光学特性測定用サンプルへの光の入射角を変化させて正面位相差値、および進相軸中心に40°傾斜させたときの位相差値を測定した。各波長における平均屈折率は日本分光株式会社製のエリプソメータ M-220を用いて測定した。また、膜厚は前述の面内平均厚みを用いた。前述の正面位相差値、進相軸中心に40°傾斜させたときの位相差値、平均屈折率、膜厚の値から、王子計測機器技術資料(http://www.oji-keisoku.co.jp/products/kobra/reference.html)を参考に3次元屈折率を算出した。得られた3次元屈折率から、以下の式に従って各垂直配向液晶硬化物層の光学特性を計算した。結果を表2に示す。
RthC(λ)=((nxC(λ)+nyC(λ))/2-nzC(λ))×dC
なお、RthC(λ)は波長λnmにおける垂直配向液晶硬化物層の厚み方向の位相差値を表す。また、nxC(λ)は波長λnmにおける垂直配向液晶硬化物層の面内主屈折率、nyC(λ)は波長λnmにおける、nxC(λ)に対して面内で直交する方向の屈折率、nzC(λ)は波長λnmにおける垂直配向液晶硬化物層の厚み方向の屈折率を示し、nxC(λ)=nyC(λ)である場合には、nxC(λ)はフィルム面内で任意の方向の屈折率とすることができ、dCは垂直配向液晶硬化物層の膜厚を示す。 <Rth measurement of vertically oriented liquid crystal cured product layer>
Corona treatment was performed on the liquid crystal cured product layer side of the base film produced by the above procedure and the long film composed of the (vertically oriented) liquid crystal cured product layer, and the length was 4 cm × via a 25 μm pressure-sensitive adhesive manufactured by Lintec Corporation. After bonding to a glass having a width of 4 cm and a thickness of 0.7 mm, the base film was peeled off. For the obtained laminate composed of glass, adhesive, and liquid crystal cured product layer, the angle of incidence of light on the sample for measuring optical characteristics was changed using KOBRA-WPR manufactured by Oji Measuring Instruments Co., Ltd. to change the front phase difference value. , And the phase difference value when tilted by 40 ° to the center of the phase advance axis was measured. The average refractive index at each wavelength was measured using an ellipsometer M-220 manufactured by JASCO Corporation. Moreover, the above-mentioned in-plane average thickness was used as the film thickness. From the above-mentioned front phase difference value, phase difference value when tilted by 40 ° to the center of the phase advance axis, average refractive index, and film thickness value, Oji Measuring Instruments Technical Data (http://www.oji-keisoku.co. The three-dimensional refractive index was calculated with reference to (.jp / products / kobra / reference.html). From the obtained three-dimensional refractive index, the optical characteristics of each vertically oriented liquid crystal cured product layer were calculated according to the following formula. The results are shown in Table 2.
RthC (λ) = ((nxC (λ) + nyC (λ)) / 2-nzC (λ)) × dC
RthC (λ) represents a phase difference value in the thickness direction of the vertically oriented liquid crystal cured product layer at a wavelength of λ nm. Further, nxC (λ) is the in-plane main refractive index of the vertically oriented liquid crystal cured product layer at a wavelength of λ nm, and nyC (λ) is the refractive index in the in-plane direction orthogonal to nxC (λ) at a wavelength of λ nm, nzC. (Λ) indicates the refractive index in the thickness direction of the vertically oriented liquid crystal cured product layer at a wavelength of λ nm, and when nxC (λ) = nyC (λ), nxC (λ) is in an arbitrary direction in the film plane. It can be a refractive index, and dC indicates the thickness of the vertically oriented liquid crystal cured product layer.
前記手順にて作製した基材フィルム、(垂直配向)液晶硬化物層から成る長尺フィルムの液晶硬化物層側にコロナ処理を実施し、リンテック社製25μm感圧式粘着剤を介して縦4cm×横4cm×厚み0.7mmのガラスに貼合後、基材フィルムを剥離した。得られたガラス、粘着剤、液晶硬化物層からなる積層体について、王子計測機器株式会社製KOBRA-WPRを使用して光学特性測定用サンプルへの光の入射角を変化させて正面位相差値、および進相軸中心に40°傾斜させたときの位相差値を測定した。各波長における平均屈折率は日本分光株式会社製のエリプソメータ M-220を用いて測定した。また、膜厚は前述の面内平均厚みを用いた。前述の正面位相差値、進相軸中心に40°傾斜させたときの位相差値、平均屈折率、膜厚の値から、王子計測機器技術資料(http://www.oji-keisoku.co.jp/products/kobra/reference.html)を参考に3次元屈折率を算出した。得られた3次元屈折率から、以下の式に従って各垂直配向液晶硬化物層の光学特性を計算した。結果を表2に示す。
RthC(λ)=((nxC(λ)+nyC(λ))/2-nzC(λ))×dC
なお、RthC(λ)は波長λnmにおける垂直配向液晶硬化物層の厚み方向の位相差値を表す。また、nxC(λ)は波長λnmにおける垂直配向液晶硬化物層の面内主屈折率、nyC(λ)は波長λnmにおける、nxC(λ)に対して面内で直交する方向の屈折率、nzC(λ)は波長λnmにおける垂直配向液晶硬化物層の厚み方向の屈折率を示し、nxC(λ)=nyC(λ)である場合には、nxC(λ)はフィルム面内で任意の方向の屈折率とすることができ、dCは垂直配向液晶硬化物層の膜厚を示す。 <Rth measurement of vertically oriented liquid crystal cured product layer>
Corona treatment was performed on the liquid crystal cured product layer side of the base film produced by the above procedure and the long film composed of the (vertically oriented) liquid crystal cured product layer, and the length was 4 cm × via a 25 μm pressure-sensitive adhesive manufactured by Lintec Corporation. After bonding to a glass having a width of 4 cm and a thickness of 0.7 mm, the base film was peeled off. For the obtained laminate composed of glass, adhesive, and liquid crystal cured product layer, the angle of incidence of light on the sample for measuring optical characteristics was changed using KOBRA-WPR manufactured by Oji Measuring Instruments Co., Ltd. to change the front phase difference value. , And the phase difference value when tilted by 40 ° to the center of the phase advance axis was measured. The average refractive index at each wavelength was measured using an ellipsometer M-220 manufactured by JASCO Corporation. Moreover, the above-mentioned in-plane average thickness was used as the film thickness. From the above-mentioned front phase difference value, phase difference value when tilted by 40 ° to the center of the phase advance axis, average refractive index, and film thickness value, Oji Measuring Instruments Technical Data (http://www.oji-keisoku.co. The three-dimensional refractive index was calculated with reference to (.jp / products / kobra / reference.html). From the obtained three-dimensional refractive index, the optical characteristics of each vertically oriented liquid crystal cured product layer were calculated according to the following formula. The results are shown in Table 2.
RthC (λ) = ((nxC (λ) + nyC (λ)) / 2-nzC (λ)) × dC
RthC (λ) represents a phase difference value in the thickness direction of the vertically oriented liquid crystal cured product layer at a wavelength of λ nm. Further, nxC (λ) is the in-plane main refractive index of the vertically oriented liquid crystal cured product layer at a wavelength of λ nm, and nyC (λ) is the refractive index in the in-plane direction orthogonal to nxC (λ) at a wavelength of λ nm, nzC. (Λ) indicates the refractive index in the thickness direction of the vertically oriented liquid crystal cured product layer at a wavelength of λ nm, and when nxC (λ) = nyC (λ), nxC (λ) is in an arbitrary direction in the film plane. It can be a refractive index, and dC indicates the thickness of the vertically oriented liquid crystal cured product layer.
8.実施例8
実施例2と同様にトリアセチルセルロースフィルム上に硬化樹脂層を作製し、さらに実施例7と同様の手法で長尺フィルムを作製した。機能層の面内平均厚みXを確認したところ3μmであった。また、凸部最大高さYは8μmであった。巻き取った長尺フィルムを23℃55%RH環境下に1週間保管後、繰り出したところ、面内で顕著な貼りつきはなく、機能層の脱落はなかった。実施例1と同様にして剥離性等の評価を行った。結果を表2に示す。 8. Example 8
A cured resin layer was prepared on the triacetyl cellulose film in the same manner as in Example 2, and a long film was further prepared in the same manner as in Example 7. When the in-plane average thickness X of the functional layer was confirmed, it was 3 μm. The maximum height Y of the convex portion was 8 μm. When the wound long film was stored in a 23 ° C. 55% RH environment for 1 week and then fed out, there was no noticeable sticking in the plane and no dropout of the functional layer. The peelability and the like were evaluated in the same manner as in Example 1. The results are shown in Table 2.
実施例2と同様にトリアセチルセルロースフィルム上に硬化樹脂層を作製し、さらに実施例7と同様の手法で長尺フィルムを作製した。機能層の面内平均厚みXを確認したところ3μmであった。また、凸部最大高さYは8μmであった。巻き取った長尺フィルムを23℃55%RH環境下に1週間保管後、繰り出したところ、面内で顕著な貼りつきはなく、機能層の脱落はなかった。実施例1と同様にして剥離性等の評価を行った。結果を表2に示す。 8. Example 8
A cured resin layer was prepared on the triacetyl cellulose film in the same manner as in Example 2, and a long film was further prepared in the same manner as in Example 7. When the in-plane average thickness X of the functional layer was confirmed, it was 3 μm. The maximum height Y of the convex portion was 8 μm. When the wound long film was stored in a 23 ° C. 55% RH environment for 1 week and then fed out, there was no noticeable sticking in the plane and no dropout of the functional layer. The peelability and the like were evaluated in the same manner as in Example 1. The results are shown in Table 2.
9.実施例9
基材フィルムとして日本ゼオン株式会社製の基材COPフィルム(ZF-14-50)を用い、加熱したエンボスロールを押し当てて基材フィルム両端にそれぞれ12.5mm幅のナーリング部を設け、コロナ処理を実施した。この基材フィルム上に、硬化樹脂層形成用組成物(C1)を表1の「機能層塗工幅C」として示す幅となるようにダイコーティング法により塗布した。この際、硬化樹脂層形成用組成物(C1)の塗膜の端部が、基材フィルムの両端からそれぞれ7.5mmずつ内側に位置し、塗膜の両端の凹凸部にそれぞれ5mmずつ被覆するよう塗布した。それ以外は実施例8と同様にして長尺フィルムを得た。機能層の面内平均厚みXを確認したところ3μmであった。また、凸部最大高さYは11μmであった。巻き取った長尺フィルムを23℃55%RH環境下に1週間保管後、繰り出したところ、面内で顕著な貼りつきはなく、機能層の脱落はなかった。実施例1と同様にして剥離性等の評価を行った。結果を表2に示す。 9. Example 9
A base material COP film (ZF-14-50) manufactured by Nippon Zeon Corporation was used as the base film, and heated embossed rolls were pressed against the base film to provide 12.5 mm wide knurling portions on both ends of the base film, and corona treatment was performed. Was carried out. The cured resin layer forming composition (C1) was applied onto this base film by a die coating method so as to have a width shown as "functional layer coating width C" in Table 1. At this time, the edges of the coating film of the cured resin layer forming composition (C1) are located 7.5 mm inward from both ends of the base film, and the uneven portions at both ends of the coating film are coated by 5 mm each. Was applied. A long film was obtained in the same manner as in Example 8 except for the above. When the in-plane average thickness X of the functional layer was confirmed, it was 3 μm. The maximum height Y of the convex portion was 11 μm. When the wound long film was stored in a 23 ° C. 55% RH environment for 1 week and then fed out, there was no noticeable sticking in the plane and no dropout of the functional layer. The peelability and the like were evaluated in the same manner as in Example 1. The results are shown in Table 2.
基材フィルムとして日本ゼオン株式会社製の基材COPフィルム(ZF-14-50)を用い、加熱したエンボスロールを押し当てて基材フィルム両端にそれぞれ12.5mm幅のナーリング部を設け、コロナ処理を実施した。この基材フィルム上に、硬化樹脂層形成用組成物(C1)を表1の「機能層塗工幅C」として示す幅となるようにダイコーティング法により塗布した。この際、硬化樹脂層形成用組成物(C1)の塗膜の端部が、基材フィルムの両端からそれぞれ7.5mmずつ内側に位置し、塗膜の両端の凹凸部にそれぞれ5mmずつ被覆するよう塗布した。それ以外は実施例8と同様にして長尺フィルムを得た。機能層の面内平均厚みXを確認したところ3μmであった。また、凸部最大高さYは11μmであった。巻き取った長尺フィルムを23℃55%RH環境下に1週間保管後、繰り出したところ、面内で顕著な貼りつきはなく、機能層の脱落はなかった。実施例1と同様にして剥離性等の評価を行った。結果を表2に示す。 9. Example 9
A base material COP film (ZF-14-50) manufactured by Nippon Zeon Corporation was used as the base film, and heated embossed rolls were pressed against the base film to provide 12.5 mm wide knurling portions on both ends of the base film, and corona treatment was performed. Was carried out. The cured resin layer forming composition (C1) was applied onto this base film by a die coating method so as to have a width shown as "functional layer coating width C" in Table 1. At this time, the edges of the coating film of the cured resin layer forming composition (C1) are located 7.5 mm inward from both ends of the base film, and the uneven portions at both ends of the coating film are coated by 5 mm each. Was applied. A long film was obtained in the same manner as in Example 8 except for the above. When the in-plane average thickness X of the functional layer was confirmed, it was 3 μm. The maximum height Y of the convex portion was 11 μm. When the wound long film was stored in a 23 ° C. 55% RH environment for 1 week and then fed out, there was no noticeable sticking in the plane and no dropout of the functional layer. The peelability and the like were evaluated in the same manner as in Example 1. The results are shown in Table 2.
10.実施例10
(1)垂直配向膜形成用組成物(A2)の作製
0.5%のポリイミド(日産化学工業株式会社製「サンエバーSE-610」)、72.3%のN-メチル-2-ピロリドン、18.1%の2-ブトキシエタノール、9.1%のエチルシクロヘキサン、および0.01%のDPHA(新中村化学製)を混合して、垂直配向膜形成用組成物(A2)を作製した。 10. Example 10
(1) Preparation of Composition for Forming Vertical Alignment Film (A2) 0.5% Polyimide (“Sunever SE-610” manufactured by Nissan Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.), 72.3% N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone, 18 A composition (A2) for forming a vertical alignment film was prepared by mixing 1% 2-butoxyethanol, 9.1% ethylcyclohexane, and 0.01% DPHA (manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.).
(1)垂直配向膜形成用組成物(A2)の作製
0.5%のポリイミド(日産化学工業株式会社製「サンエバーSE-610」)、72.3%のN-メチル-2-ピロリドン、18.1%の2-ブトキシエタノール、9.1%のエチルシクロヘキサン、および0.01%のDPHA(新中村化学製)を混合して、垂直配向膜形成用組成物(A2)を作製した。 10. Example 10
(1) Preparation of Composition for Forming Vertical Alignment Film (A2) 0.5% Polyimide (“Sunever SE-610” manufactured by Nissan Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.), 72.3% N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone, 18 A composition (A2) for forming a vertical alignment film was prepared by mixing 1% 2-butoxyethanol, 9.1% ethylcyclohexane, and 0.01% DPHA (manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.).
基材フィルムとして、実施例9と同様にナーリング部を設けたCOPフィルムを用いた。このCOPフィルム上に、垂直配向膜形成用組成物(A2)を表1の「機能層塗工幅C」として示す幅となるようにダイコーティング法により塗布した。この際、垂直配向膜形成用組成物(A2)の塗膜の端部が、基材フィルムの両端からそれぞれ7.5mmずつ内側に位置し、塗膜の両端の凹凸部にそれぞれ5mmずつ被覆するよう塗布した。80℃で1分間加熱乾燥し、上記フィルム上に垂直配向膜を形成した。続いて重合性液晶組成物(B4)を、塗布膜の平均膜厚が5μmとなるよう、垂直配向膜上に該膜と同幅でダイコーティング法にて塗布し、80℃で1分間加熱乾燥し、さらに紫外線照射装置を用いて、重合性液晶組成物(B4)を塗布した面側から紫外線を照射(窒素雰囲気下、波長365nmにおける積算光量:500mJ/cm2)することにより、液晶硬化物層/垂直配向膜/基材フィルムからなる長尺フィルムを得た。機能層の面内平均厚みXを確認したところ1μmであった。また、凸部最大高さYは9μmであった。巻き取った長尺フィルムを23℃55%RH環境下に1週間保管後、繰り出したところ、面内で顕著な貼りつきはなく、機能層の脱落はなかった。実施例1と同様にして剥離性等の評価を行った。結果を表2に示す。
As the base film, a COP film provided with a knurling portion was used as in Example 9. The composition for forming a vertically oriented film (A2) was applied onto this COP film by a die coating method so as to have a width shown as "functional layer coating width C" in Table 1. At this time, the edges of the coating film of the vertical alignment film forming composition (A2) are located 7.5 mm inward from both ends of the base film, and the uneven portions at both ends of the coating film are coated by 5 mm each. Was applied. The film was dried by heating at 80 ° C. for 1 minute to form a vertically oriented film on the film. Subsequently, the polymerizable liquid crystal composition (B4) was applied onto a vertically aligned film with the same width as the film by a die coating method so that the average film thickness of the coating film was 5 μm, and dried by heating at 80 ° C. for 1 minute. Then, by further irradiating ultraviolet rays from the surface side coated with the polymerizable liquid crystal composition (B4) using an ultraviolet irradiation device (integrated light amount at a wavelength of 365 nm in a nitrogen atmosphere: 500 mJ / cm 2 ), the cured liquid crystal product is obtained. A long film composed of a layer / vertical alignment film / base film was obtained. When the in-plane average thickness X of the functional layer was confirmed, it was 1 μm. The maximum height Y of the convex portion was 9 μm. When the wound long film was stored in a 23 ° C. 55% RH environment for 1 week and then fed out, there was no noticeable sticking in the plane and no dropout of the functional layer. The peelability and the like were evaluated in the same manner as in Example 1. The results are shown in Table 2.
11.比較例1
実施例1と同様の凹凸部を設けられているトリアセチルセルロースフィルム上に、表1の「機能層塗工幅C」として示す幅になるよう水平配向膜形成用組成物(A1)および重合性液晶組成物(B1)を塗布した以外は実施例1と同様の方法にて長尺フィルムを得た。なお、水平配向膜形成用組成物(A1)の塗布は、水平配向膜形成用組成物(A1)の塗膜の端部が、基材フィルムの両端からそれぞれ25mmずつ内側に位置し、基材フィルムの両端に設けられた凹凸部に塗膜の両端がかからないよう塗布した。
機能層の面内平均厚みXを確認したところ2μmであった。また、凸部最大高さYは2μmであった。巻き取った長尺フィルムを23℃55%RH環境下に1週間保管後、繰り出したところ、面内で貼りつきが発生し、フィルムロールの変形が見られた。また、機能層の剥離性評価の結果、端部がギザギザにチギレ、脱落した。実施例1と同様にして剥離性等の評価を行った。結果を表2に示す。 11. Comparative Example 1
The composition for forming a horizontal alignment film (A1) and the polymerizable composition (A1) so as to have a width shown as "functional layer coating width C" in Table 1 on a triacetyl cellulose film provided with the same uneven portions as in Example 1. A long film was obtained in the same manner as in Example 1 except that the liquid crystal composition (B1) was applied. In the application of the horizontal alignment film forming composition (A1), the edges of the coating film of the horizontal alignment film forming composition (A1) are located 25 mm inward from both ends of the base film, respectively, and the base material is applied. The coating was applied so that both ends of the coating film did not cover the uneven portions provided on both ends of the film.
When the in-plane average thickness X of the functional layer was confirmed, it was 2 μm. The maximum height Y of the convex portion was 2 μm. When the wound long film was stored in an environment of 23 ° C. and 55% RH for one week and then fed out, sticking occurred in the plane and deformation of the film roll was observed. In addition, as a result of the evaluation of the peelability of the functional layer, the end portion was jagged and fell off. The peelability and the like were evaluated in the same manner as in Example 1. The results are shown in Table 2.
実施例1と同様の凹凸部を設けられているトリアセチルセルロースフィルム上に、表1の「機能層塗工幅C」として示す幅になるよう水平配向膜形成用組成物(A1)および重合性液晶組成物(B1)を塗布した以外は実施例1と同様の方法にて長尺フィルムを得た。なお、水平配向膜形成用組成物(A1)の塗布は、水平配向膜形成用組成物(A1)の塗膜の端部が、基材フィルムの両端からそれぞれ25mmずつ内側に位置し、基材フィルムの両端に設けられた凹凸部に塗膜の両端がかからないよう塗布した。
機能層の面内平均厚みXを確認したところ2μmであった。また、凸部最大高さYは2μmであった。巻き取った長尺フィルムを23℃55%RH環境下に1週間保管後、繰り出したところ、面内で貼りつきが発生し、フィルムロールの変形が見られた。また、機能層の剥離性評価の結果、端部がギザギザにチギレ、脱落した。実施例1と同様にして剥離性等の評価を行った。結果を表2に示す。 11. Comparative Example 1
The composition for forming a horizontal alignment film (A1) and the polymerizable composition (A1) so as to have a width shown as "functional layer coating width C" in Table 1 on a triacetyl cellulose film provided with the same uneven portions as in Example 1. A long film was obtained in the same manner as in Example 1 except that the liquid crystal composition (B1) was applied. In the application of the horizontal alignment film forming composition (A1), the edges of the coating film of the horizontal alignment film forming composition (A1) are located 25 mm inward from both ends of the base film, respectively, and the base material is applied. The coating was applied so that both ends of the coating film did not cover the uneven portions provided on both ends of the film.
When the in-plane average thickness X of the functional layer was confirmed, it was 2 μm. The maximum height Y of the convex portion was 2 μm. When the wound long film was stored in an environment of 23 ° C. and 55% RH for one week and then fed out, sticking occurred in the plane and deformation of the film roll was observed. In addition, as a result of the evaluation of the peelability of the functional layer, the end portion was jagged and fell off. The peelability and the like were evaluated in the same manner as in Example 1. The results are shown in Table 2.
1:基材フィルム
2:機能層
3:凹凸部
11:長尺フィルム
A:基材フィルムの短尺方向幅
B1およびB2:凹凸部の短尺方向幅
C:機能層の短尺方向幅 1: Base film 2: Functional layer 3: Concavo-convex portion 11: Long film A: Short-length direction width of base film B1 and B2: Short-length direction width of uneven portion C: Short-length direction width of functional layer
2:機能層
3:凹凸部
11:長尺フィルム
A:基材フィルムの短尺方向幅
B1およびB2:凹凸部の短尺方向幅
C:機能層の短尺方向幅 1: Base film 2: Functional layer 3: Concavo-convex portion 11: Long film A: Short-length direction width of base film B1 and B2: Short-length direction width of uneven portion C: Short-length direction width of functional layer
Claims (10)
- 少なくとも一方の面の短尺方向の少なくとも一方の端部に凹凸部を有する長尺状の基材フィルムと、少なくとも1種の重合性液晶化合物を含有する重合性液晶組成物の硬化物層を含む転写可能な機能層とを含んでなる長尺フィルムであって、
前記機能層が、前記基材フィルムの凹凸部を有する面上に積層されており、
前記基材フィルムの短尺方向全幅をA、該基材フィルムの凹凸部の短尺方向幅の合計をB、前記機能層の短尺方向幅をCとした場合に、B+C>Aを満たす長尺フィルム。 A transfer containing a long base film having an uneven portion at at least one end in the short direction of at least one surface and a cured product layer of a polymerizable liquid crystal composition containing at least one polymerizable liquid crystal compound. A long film comprising a possible functional layer.
The functional layer is laminated on the surface having the uneven portion of the base film.
A long film satisfying B + C> A when the total width of the base film in the short direction is A, the total width of the uneven portions of the base film in the short direction is B, and the width of the functional layer in the short direction is C. - 機能層の基材フィルムからの剥離力が、0.02N/25mm以上1N/25mm未満である、請求項1に記載の長尺フィルム。 The long film according to claim 1, wherein the peeling force of the functional layer from the base film is 0.02 N / 25 mm or more and less than 1 N / 25 mm.
- 基材フィルムがセルロース系樹脂フィルムまたはオレフィン系樹脂フィルムである、請求項1または2に記載の長尺フィルム。 The long film according to claim 1 or 2, wherein the base film is a cellulosic resin film or an olefin resin film.
- 機能層の面内平均厚みXと凹凸部の凸部最大高さYとの関係が、1.0<Y/X≦15.0を満たす、請求項1~3のいずれかに記載の長尺フィルム。 The long length according to any one of claims 1 to 3, wherein the relationship between the in-plane average thickness X of the functional layer and the maximum height Y of the convex portion of the uneven portion satisfies 1.0 <Y / X ≦ 15.0. the film.
- 機能層を構成する前記硬化物層中の重合性液晶化合物の分子配向方向が、前記基材フィルム長尺方向面内に対して水平であり、かつ、前記基材フィルムの長尺方向に対して平行方向でない、請求項1~4のいずれかに記載の長尺フィルム。 The molecular orientation direction of the polymerizable liquid crystal compound in the cured product layer constituting the functional layer is horizontal with respect to the long direction plane of the base film and with respect to the long direction of the base film. The long film according to any one of claims 1 to 4, which is not in the parallel direction.
- 機能層を構成する前記硬化物層が、下記式(1)および(2)を満たす、請求項1~5のいずれかに記載の長尺フィルム。
Re(450)/Re(550)≦1.00 (1)
100nm≦Re(550)≦150nm (2)
[式(1)および(2)中、Re(λ)は波長λnmにおける面内位相差値を表す。] The long film according to any one of claims 1 to 5, wherein the cured product layer constituting the functional layer satisfies the following formulas (1) and (2).
Re (450) / Re (550) ≤ 1.00 (1)
100 nm ≤ Re (550) ≤ 150 nm (2)
[In equations (1) and (2), Re (λ) represents an in-plane retardation value at a wavelength of λ nm. ] - 機能層を構成する前記硬化物層が、下記式(3)および(4)を満たす、請求項1~5のいずれかに記載の長尺フィルム。
200nm≦Re(550)≦300nm (3)
1.00≦Re(450)/Re(550) (4)
[式(3)および(4)中、Re(λ)は波長λnmにおける面内位相差値を表す。] The long film according to any one of claims 1 to 5, wherein the cured product layer constituting the functional layer satisfies the following formulas (3) and (4).
200 nm ≤ Re (550) ≤ 300 nm (3)
1.00 ≤ Re (450) / Re (550) (4)
[In equations (3) and (4), Re (λ) represents an in-plane retardation value at a wavelength of λ nm. ] - 機能層が光配向膜を含む、請求項1~7のいずれかに記載の長尺フィルム。 The long film according to any one of claims 1 to 7, wherein the functional layer contains a photoalignment film.
- 機能層を構成する前記硬化物層中の重合性液晶化合物の分子配向方向が、前記基材フィルムの長尺方向面内に対して実質的に鉛直方向である、請求項1~5のいずれかに記載の長尺フィルム。 Any of claims 1 to 5, wherein the molecular orientation direction of the polymerizable liquid crystal compound in the cured product layer constituting the functional layer is substantially vertical with respect to the longitudinal plane of the base film. The long film described in.
- 機能層を構成する前記硬化物層が、下記式(5)を満たす、請求項1~5および9のいずれかに記載の長尺フィルム。
-150nm≦Rth(550)≦-20nm (5)
[式(5)中、Rth(550)は硬化物層の波長550nmにおける厚み方向の位相差値を示す。] The long film according to any one of claims 1 to 5 and 9, wherein the cured product layer constituting the functional layer satisfies the following formula (5).
-150 nm ≤ Rth (550) ≤ -20 nm (5)
[In the formula (5), Rth (550) indicates the phase difference value in the thickness direction of the cured product layer at a wavelength of 550 nm. ]
Priority Applications (2)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
CN202080047996.5A CN114051586A (en) | 2019-07-11 | 2020-06-26 | Long film |
KR1020217037582A KR20220032514A (en) | 2019-07-11 | 2020-06-26 | long film |
Applications Claiming Priority (2)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
JP2019-129646 | 2019-07-11 | ||
JP2019129646A JP7339039B2 (en) | 2019-07-11 | 2019-07-11 | long film |
Publications (1)
Publication Number | Publication Date |
---|---|
WO2021006068A1 true WO2021006068A1 (en) | 2021-01-14 |
Family
ID=74115181
Family Applications (1)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
PCT/JP2020/025189 WO2021006068A1 (en) | 2019-07-11 | 2020-06-26 | Long film |
Country Status (5)
Country | Link |
---|---|
JP (1) | JP7339039B2 (en) |
KR (1) | KR20220032514A (en) |
CN (1) | CN114051586A (en) |
TW (1) | TW202110614A (en) |
WO (1) | WO2021006068A1 (en) |
Families Citing this family (2)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
CN116134181A (en) | 2020-07-22 | 2023-05-16 | 三菱综合材料株式会社 | Terminal material for connector |
WO2024062850A1 (en) * | 2022-09-22 | 2024-03-28 | 富士フイルム株式会社 | Optical film, method for producing optical film, polarizing plate, and image display device |
Citations (5)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
JP2000108228A (en) * | 1998-10-06 | 2000-04-18 | Dainippon Printing Co Ltd | Roll film and its manufacture |
JP2006224607A (en) * | 2005-02-21 | 2006-08-31 | Konica Minolta Opto Inc | Method for manufacturing roll-shape film having coating layer, roll-shape optical film, polarizing plate, and liquid crystal display |
WO2016136901A1 (en) * | 2015-02-26 | 2016-09-01 | 日本ゼオン株式会社 | Transfer body for optical film, optical film, organic electroluminescence display device, and method for manufacturing optical film |
JP2017121777A (en) * | 2016-01-08 | 2017-07-13 | コニカミノルタ株式会社 | Protection film laminate |
JP2017223962A (en) * | 2017-07-18 | 2017-12-21 | 富士フイルム株式会社 | Optical anisotropic film and production method of the same, laminate and production method of the same, polarizing plate, liquid crystal display device and organic el display device |
Family Cites Families (3)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
TWI645962B (en) | 2013-08-09 | 2019-01-01 | 住友化學股份有限公司 | Optically anisotropic sheet |
JP2018171586A (en) * | 2017-03-31 | 2018-11-08 | 富士フイルム株式会社 | Method for producing laminated film |
JP7001379B2 (en) * | 2017-07-12 | 2022-02-03 | 住友化学株式会社 | Functional transferable plastic film |
-
2019
- 2019-07-11 JP JP2019129646A patent/JP7339039B2/en active Active
-
2020
- 2020-06-26 CN CN202080047996.5A patent/CN114051586A/en active Pending
- 2020-06-26 KR KR1020217037582A patent/KR20220032514A/en unknown
- 2020-06-26 WO PCT/JP2020/025189 patent/WO2021006068A1/en active Application Filing
- 2020-07-07 TW TW109122889A patent/TW202110614A/en unknown
Patent Citations (5)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
JP2000108228A (en) * | 1998-10-06 | 2000-04-18 | Dainippon Printing Co Ltd | Roll film and its manufacture |
JP2006224607A (en) * | 2005-02-21 | 2006-08-31 | Konica Minolta Opto Inc | Method for manufacturing roll-shape film having coating layer, roll-shape optical film, polarizing plate, and liquid crystal display |
WO2016136901A1 (en) * | 2015-02-26 | 2016-09-01 | 日本ゼオン株式会社 | Transfer body for optical film, optical film, organic electroluminescence display device, and method for manufacturing optical film |
JP2017121777A (en) * | 2016-01-08 | 2017-07-13 | コニカミノルタ株式会社 | Protection film laminate |
JP2017223962A (en) * | 2017-07-18 | 2017-12-21 | 富士フイルム株式会社 | Optical anisotropic film and production method of the same, laminate and production method of the same, polarizing plate, liquid crystal display device and organic el display device |
Also Published As
Publication number | Publication date |
---|---|
JP2021015188A (en) | 2021-02-12 |
KR20220032514A (en) | 2022-03-15 |
JP7339039B2 (en) | 2023-09-05 |
CN114051586A (en) | 2022-02-15 |
TW202110614A (en) | 2021-03-16 |
Similar Documents
Publication | Publication Date | Title |
---|---|---|
JP6763916B2 (en) | Elliptical polarizing plate | |
JP7398868B2 (en) | Composition | |
JP2020076920A (en) | Vertically aligned liquid crystal cured film and laminate including the same | |
JP7461122B2 (en) | Laminate and elliptically polarizing plate including same | |
JP7443413B2 (en) | Vertical alignment liquid crystal cured film | |
JP2024009942A (en) | Laminate and composition for forming vertically aligned liquid crystal cured film | |
WO2021006068A1 (en) | Long film | |
WO2022050003A1 (en) | Optical laminate, and ellipsoidally polarizing plate including same | |
WO2020149357A1 (en) | Layered body, elliptical polarization plate and polymerizable liquid crystal composition | |
JP7302954B2 (en) | Laminate containing horizontal alignment liquid crystal cured film | |
JP7001379B2 (en) | Functional transferable plastic film | |
WO2019159889A1 (en) | Layered body and method for manufacturing same | |
US11971566B2 (en) | Horizontally oriented liquid crystal cured film and laminate including the same | |
WO2019159886A1 (en) | Composition | |
KR20240146576A (en) | Laminate, polarizing plate and image display device | |
KR20240146578A (en) | Laminate, polarizing plate and image display device | |
JP2024144162A (en) | Laminate, polarizing plate and image display device | |
JP2024144160A (en) | Laminate, polarizing plate and image display device | |
JP2021081651A (en) | Optical anisotropic film |
Legal Events
Date | Code | Title | Description |
---|---|---|---|
121 | Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application |
Ref document number: 20837109 Country of ref document: EP Kind code of ref document: A1 |
|
122 | Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase |
Ref document number: 20837109 Country of ref document: EP Kind code of ref document: A1 |